Category Archives: Teachers’ Resources

CBC Grade 8 Exams

Download free Grade 8 Free CBC Exams here: FREE DOWNLOAD OF GRADE 8:

FREE DOWNLOAD OF  G8-ENGLISH-PP2.docx
FREE DOWNLOAD OF  GRADE-8-MATHEMATICS.docx
FREE DOWNLOAD OF  GRADE-8-PRETECHNICAL-STUDIES-exam.docx
FREE DOWNLOAD OF  GRADE-8-IRE.docx
FREE DOWNLOAD OF  G8-SOCIAL-STUDIES.docx
FREE DOWNLOAD OF  G8-KISWAHILI-PP1.docx
FREE DOWNLOAD OF  GRADE-8-CREATIVE-ARTS-AND-SPORTS.docx
FREE DOWNLOAD OF  G8-KISWAHILI-PP2.docx
FREE DOWNLOAD OF  G8-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE-PP1.docx
FREE DOWNLOAD OF  G8-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE-PP2.docx
FREE DOWNLOAD OF  G8-INTEGRATED-SCIENCE-PP1-1.docx
FREE DOWNLOAD OF  GRADE 8 KISWAHILI.pdf
FREE DOWNLOAD OF  G8-ENGLISH-PP1.docx
FREE DOWNLOAD OF G8-AGRICULTURE-AND-NIUTRITION.docx
FREE DOWNLOAD OF G8-CRE.docx
FREE DOWNLOAD OF INTEGRATED-1 (1).pdf
FREE DOWNLOAD OF GRADE 8  INTEGRATED-1.pdf
FREE DOWNLOAD OF GRADE 8 AGRIC-1.pdf
FREE DOWNLOAD OF GRADE 8 CREATIVE.pdf
FREE DOWNLOAD OF GRADE 8 Marking-Scheme-1.pdf
FREE DOWNLOAD OF GRADE 8 SST-1.pdf
FREE DOWNLOAD OF GRADE 8 PRE-TEC-1.pdf
FREE DOWNLOAD OF GRADE 8 MATHS-1.pdf

 

teachers arena exams, grade 4,
Teachers Arena CBC exams,
Teachers Arena exams Grade 8,
Teachers Arena exams Grade 7,
Teachers Arena exams Grade 5,
Grade 8 EXAMS PDF,
CBC Grade 5 revision papers with answers,
Grade 4 exams,
Get free Grade 8 CBC Juniour School Schemes of Work, Notes, Revision Materials, Exams, Past Papers , Lesson Plans and Lesson Notes

Physics Form 3 Notes, Revision Questions And Answers Free PDF

PHYSICS FORM THREE

CHAPTER ONE

 LINEAR MOTION

Introduction

Study of motion is divided into two;

  1. Kinematics
  2. Dynamics

In kinematics forces causing motion are disregarded while dynamics deals with motion of objects and the forces causing them.

  1. Displacement

Distance moved by a body in a specified direction is called displacement. It is denoted by letter‘s’ and has both magnitude and direction. Distance is the movement from one point to another. The Si unit for displacement is the metre (m).

  1. Speed

This is the distance covered per unit time.

Speed= distance covered/ time taken. Distance is a scalar quantity since it has magnitude only. The SI unit for speed is metres per second(m/s or ms-1)

Average speed= total distance covered/total time taken

Other units for speed used are Km/h.

Examples                                                                                                                                                                         

  1. A body covers a distance of 10m in 4 seconds. It rests for 10 seconds and finally covers a distance of 90m in 60 seconds. Calculate the average speed.

Solution

Total distance covered=10+90=100m

Total time taken=4+10+6=20 seconds

Therefore average speed=100/20=5m/s

  1. Calculate the distance in metres covered by a body moving with a uniform speed of 180 km/h in 30 seconds.

Solution

Distance covered=speed*time

=180*1000/60*60=50m/s

=50*30

=1,500m

  1. Calculate the time in seconds taken a by body moving with a uniform speed of 360km/h to cover a distance of 3,000 km?

Solution

Speed:360km/h=360*1000/60*60=100m/s

Time=distance/speed

3000*1000/100

=30,000 seconds.

  • Velocity

This is the change of displacement per unit time. It is a vector quantity.

Velocity=change in displacement/total time taken

The SI units for velocity are m/s

Examples

  1. A man runs 800m due North in 100 seconds, followed by 400m due South in 80 seconds. Calculate,
  2. His average speed
  3. His average velocity
  4. His change in velocity for the whole journey

Solution

  1. Average speed: total distance travelled/total time taken

=800+400/100+80

=1200/180

=6.67m/s

  1. Average velocity: total displacement/total time

=800-400/180

=400/180

=2.22 m/s due North

  1. Change in velocity=final-initial velocity

= (800/100)-(400-80)

=8-5

=3m/s due North

  1. A tennis ball hits a vertical wall at a velocity of 10m/s and bounces off at the same velocity. Determine the change in velocity.

Solution

Initial velocity(u)=-10m/s

Final velocity (v) = 10m/s

Therefore change in velocity= v-u

=10- (-10)

=20m/s

  1. Acceleration

This is the change of velocity per unit time. It is a vector quantity symbolized by ‘a’.

Acceleration ‘a’=change in velocity/time taken= v-u/t

The SI units for acceleration are m/s2

Examples

  1. The velocity of a body increases from 72 km/h to 144 km/h in 10 seconds. Calculate its acceleration.

Solution

Initial velocity= 72 km/h=20m/s

Final velocity= 144 km/h=40m/s

Therefore ‘a’ =v-u/t

= 40-20/10

2m/s2

  1. A car is brought to rest from 180km/h in 20 seconds. What is its retardation?

Solution

Initial velocity=180km/h=50m/s

Final velocity= 0 m/s

A = v-u/t=0-50/20

= -2.5 m/s2

Hence retardation is 2.5 m/s2

 

Motion graphs

Distance-time graphs

 

 

 

 

Stationary body

 

 

 

 

 

 

b)

 

 

 

A body moving with uniform speed

 

 

 

 

 

 

c)

 

A body moving with variable speed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Area under velocity-time graph

Consider a body with uniform or constant acceleration for time‘t’ seconds;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distance travelled= average velocity*t

=(0+v/2)*t

=1/2vt

This is equivalent to the area under the graph. The area under velocity-time graph gives the distance covered by the body under‘t’ seconds.

Example

A car starts from rest and attains a velocity of 72km/h in 10 seconds. It travels at this velocity for 5 seconds and then decelerates to stop after another 6 seconds. Draw a velocity-time graph for this motion. From the graph;

  1. Calculate the total distance moved by the car
  2. Find the accelerationof the car at each stage.

Solution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. From the graph, total distance covered= area of (A+B+C)

=(1/2×10×20)+(1/2×6×20)+(5×20)

=100+60+100

=260m

Also the area of the trapezium gives the same result.

 

  1. Acceleration= gradient of the graph

Stage A gradient= 20-0/ 10-0 = 2 m/s2

Stage b gradient= 20-20/15-10 =0 m/s2

Stage c gradient= 0-20/21-15 =-3.33 m/s2

 

Using a ticker-timer to measure speed, velocity and acceleration.

It will be noted that the dots pulled at different velocities will be as follows;

 

Most ticker-timers operate at a frequency of 50Hzi.e. 50 cycles per second hence they make 50 dots per second. Time interval between two consecutive dots is given as,

1/50 seconds= 0.02 seconds. This time is called a tick.

The distance is measured in ten-tick intervals hence time becomes 10×0.02= 0.2 seconds.

Examples

  1. A tape is pulled steadily through a ticker-timer of frequency 50 Hz. Given the outcome below, calculate the velocity with which the tape is pulled.
C
B
A
·
·
·

 

 

 

Solution

Distance between two consecutive dots= 5cm

Frequency of the ticker-timer=50Hz

Time taken between two consecutive dots=1/50=0.02 seconds

Therefore, velocity of tape=5/0.02= 250 cm/s

  1. The tape below was produced by a ticker-timer with a frequency of 100Hz. Find the acceleration of the object which was pulling the tape.

 

 

 

 

 

Solution

Time between successive dots=1/100=0.01 seconds

Initial velocity (u) 0.5/0.01 50 cm/s

Final velocity (v) 2.5/0.01= 250 cm/s

Time taken= 4 ×0.01 = 0.04 seconds

Therefore, acceleration= v-u/t= 250-50/0.04=5,000 cm/s2

 

Equations of linear motion

The following equations are applied for uniformly accelerated motion;

      v = u + at

      s = ut + ½ at2

      v2= u2 +2as

Examples

  1. A body moving with uniform acceleration of 10 m/s2 covers a distance of 320 m. if its initial velocity was 60 m/s. Calculate its final velocity.

Solution

V2 = u2 +2as

= (60) +2×10×320

=3600+6400

= 10,000

Therefore v= (10,000)1/2

v= 100m/s

  1. A body whose initial velocity is 30 m/s moves with a constant retardation of 3m/s. Calculate the time taken for the body to come to rest.

Solution

v = u+at

0= 30-3t

30=3t

t= 30 seconds.

  1. A body is uniformly accelerated from rest to a final velocityof 100m/s in 10 seconds. Calculate the distance covered.

Solution

s=ut+ ½ at2

=0×10+ ½ ×10×102

= 1000/2=500m

 

Motion under gravity.

  1. Free fall

The equations used for constant acceleration can be used to become,

v =u+gt

s =ut + ½ gt2

v2= u+2gs

  1. Vertical projection

Since the body goes against force of gravity then the following equations hold

v =u-gt ……………1

s =ut- ½ gt2 ……2

v2= u-2gs …………3

N.B time taken to reach maximum height is given by the following

 t=u/g since v=0 (using equation 1)

 

Time of flight

The time taken by the projectile is the timetaken to fall back to its point ofprojection. Using eq. 2 then, displacement =0

0= ut- ½ gt2

0=2ut-gt2

t(2u-gt)=0

Hence, t=0 or t= 2u/g

t=o corresponds to the start of projection

t=2u/gcorresponds to the time of flight

The time of flight is twice the time taken to attain maximum height.

 

Maximum height reached.

Using equation 3 maximum height, Hmax is attained when v=0 (final velocity). Hence

v2= u2-2gs;- 0=u2-2gHmax, therefore

2gHmax=u2

      Hmax=u2/2g

 

Velocity to return to point of projection.

At the instance of returning to the original point, total displacement equals to zero.

v2 =u2-2gs hence v2= u2

Thereforev=u or v=±u

Example

A stone is projected vertically upwards with a velocity of 30m/s from the ground.      Calculate,

  1. The time it takes to attain maximum height
  2. The time of flight
  3. The maximum height reached
  4. The velocity with which it lands on the ground. (take g=10m/s)

Solution

  1. Time taken to attain maximum height

T=u/g=30/10=3 seconds

 

  1. The time of flight

T=2t= 2×3=6 seconds

Or T=2u/g=2×30/10=6 seconds.

 

  1. Maximum height reached

Hmax= u2/2g= 30×30/2×10= 45m

 

  1. Velocity of landing (return)

v2= u2-2gs, but s=0,

Hence v2=u2

Thereforev=(30×30)1/2=30m/s

  1. Horizontal projection

The path followed by a body (projectile) is called trajectory. The maximum horizontal distance covered by the projectile is called range.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The horizontal displacement ‘R’ at a time‘t’ is given by s=ut+1/2at2

Taking u=u and a=0 hence R=ut, is the horizontal displacement and h=1/2gt2 is the vertical displacement.

NOTE

The time of flight is the same as the time of free fall.

 

Example

A ball is thrown from the top of a cliff 20m high with a horizontal velocity of 10m/s. Calculate,

  1. The time taken by the ball to strike the ground
  2. The distance from the foot of the cliff to where the ball strikes the ground.
  3. The vertical velocity at the time it strikes the ground. (take g=10m/s)

Solution

  1. h= ½ gt2

20= ½ ×10×t2

40=10t2

t2=40/10=4

t=2 seconds

  1. R=ut

=10×2

=20m

  1. v=u+at=gt

= 2×10=20m/s

CHAPTER TWO

REFRACTION OF LIGHT

 

Introduction

Refraction is the change of direction of light rays as they pass at an angle from one medium to another of different optical densities.

 

Exp. To investigate the path of light through rectangular glass block.

Apparatus: – soft-board, white sheet of paper, drawing pins (optical), rectangular glass block.

Procedure

  1. Fix the white plain paper on the soft board using pins.
  2. Place the glass block on the paper and trace its outline, label it ABCD as shown below.
  3. Draw a normal NON at point O.
  4. Replace the glass block to its original position.
  5. Stick two pins P1 and P2 on the line such that they are at least 6cm apart and upright.
  6. Viewing pins P1 and P2 from opposite side, fixpins P3 and P4 such that they’re in a straight line.
  7. Remove the pins and the glass block.
  8. Draw a line joining P3 and P4 and produce it to meet the outline face AB at point O

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Explanation of refraction.

Light travels at a velocity of 3.0×108in a vacuum. Light travels with different velocities in different media. When a ray of light travels from an optically less dense media to more dense media, it is refracted towards the normal. The glass block experiment gives rise to a very important law known as the law of reversibility which states that “if a ray of light is reversed, it always travels along its original path”. If the glass block is parallel-sided, the emergent ray will be parallel to the incident ray but displaced laterally as shown

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

‘e’ is called the angle of emergence. The direction of the light is not altered but displaced sideways. This displacement is called lateral displacement and is denoted by‘d’. Therefore

XY= t/Cos r   YZ= Sin (i-r) ×xy

So, lateral displacement, d = t Sin (i-r)/Cos r

Laws of refraction

  1. The incident ray, the refracted ray and the normal at the point of incidence all lie on the same plane.
  2. The ratio of the sine of the angle of incidence to the sine of the angle of refraction is a constant for a given pair of media.

Sin i/sin r = constant (k)

 

Refractive index

Refractive index (n) is the constant of proportionality in Snell’s law; hence

Sin i/ sin r = n

Therefore sin i/sin r=n=1/sin r/sin i

 

Examples                                                             

  1. Calculate the refractive index for light travelling from glass to air given thatang= 1.5

Solution

gna= 1/ang = 1/1.5=0.67

 

  1. Calculate the angle of refraction for a ray of light from air striking an air-glass interface, making an angle of 600 with the interface. (ang= 1.5)

Solution

Angle of incidence (i) = 900-600=300

1.5=sin 30o/sin r, sin r =sin 300/ 1.5=0.5/1.5

Sin r=0.3333, sin-10.3333= 19.50

R= 19.50

 

Refractive index in terms of velocity.

Refractive index can be given in terms of velocity by the use of the following equation;

 

1n2 = velocity of light in medium 1/velocity of light in medium 2

 

When a ray of light is travelling from vacuum to a medium the refractive index is referred to as absolute refractive index of the medium denoted by ‘n’

Refractive index of a material ‘n’=velocity of light in a vacuum/velocity of light in material ‘n’

The absolute refractive indices of some common materials is given below

Material Refractive index
1 Air (ATP) 1.00028
2 Ice 1.31
3 Water 1.33
4 Ethanol 1.36
5 Kerosene 1.44
6 Glycerol 1.47
7 Perspex 1.49
8 Glass (crown) 1.55
9 Glass (flint) 1.65
10 Ruby 1.76
11 Diamond 2.72

 

Examples

  1. A ray of light is incident on a water-glass interface as shown. Calculate ‘r’. (Take the refractive index of glass and water as 3/2 and 4/3 respectively)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Solution

Since anw sin θw=ang sing

4/3 sin 300= 3/2 sin r

3/2 sin r= 4/3× 0.5

Sin r =4/6×2/3=4/9= 0.4444

r = 26.40

  1. The refractive index of water is 4/3 and that of glass is 3/2. Calculate the refractive index of glass with respect to water.

Solution

wng= gna×ang, but wna = 1/ anw=3/4

wng=3/4×3/2=9/8= 1.13

 

Real and apparent depth

Consider the following diagram

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The depth of the water OM is the real depth, and the distance IM is known as the apparent depth. OI is the distance through which the coin has been displaced and is known as the vertical displacement. The relationship between refractive index and the apparent depth is given by;

 

Refractive index of a material=real depth/apparent depth

NB

This is true only if the object is viewed normally.

Example

A glass block of thickness 12 cm is placed on a mark drawn on a plain paper. The mark is viewed normally through the glass. Calculate the apparent depth of the mark and hence the vertical displacement. (Refractive index of glass =3/2)

Solution

ang= real depth/apparent depth

apparent depth= real depth/ ang=(12×2)/3= 8 cm

vertical displacement= 12-8=4 cm

 

Applications of refractive index

Total internal reflection

This occurs when light travels from a denser optical medium to a less dense medium. The refracted ray moves away from the normal until a critical angle is reached usually 900 where the refracted ray is parallel to the boundary between the two media. If this critical angle is exceeded total internal reflection occurs and at this point no refraction occurs but the ray is reflected internally within the denser medium.

Relationship between the critical angle and refractive index.

Consider the following diagram

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From Snell’s law

gnw = sin C/sin 900,but ang = 1/gna since sin 900 = 1

Thereforeang= 1/sin C, hence sin C=1/n or n=1/sin C

 

Example

Calculate the critical angle of diamond given that its refractive index is 2.42

Solution

Sin C= 1/n=1/ 2.42= 0.4132= 24.40

 

Effects of total internal reflection

  1. Mirage: These are ‘pools of water’ seen on a tarmac road during a hot day. They are also observed in very cold regions but the light curves in opposite direction such that a polar bear seems to be upside down in the sky.
  2. Atmospheric refraction: the earths’ atmosphere refracts light rays so that the sun can be seen even when it has set. Similarly the sun is seen before it actually rises.

 

Applications of total internal reflection

  1. Periscope: a prism periscope consists of two right angled glass prisms of angles 450,900 and 450 arranged as shown below. They are used to observe distant objects.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Prism binoculars: the arrangement of lenses and prisms is as shown below. Binoculars reduce the distance of objects such that they seem to be nearer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Pentaprism: used in cameras to change the inverted images formed into erect and actual image in front of the photographer.
  2. Optical fibre: this is a flexible glass rod of small diameter. A light entering through them undergoes repeated internal reflections. They are used in medicine to observe or view internal organs of the body

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Dispersion of white light: the splitting of light into its constituent colours is known as dispersion. Each colour represents a different wavelength as they strike the prism and therefore refracted differently as shown.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER THREE

NEWTON’S LAWS OF MOTION

Newton’s first law (law of inertia)

This law states that “A body continues in its state of rest or uniform motion unless an unbalanced force acts on it”. The mass of a body is a measure of its inertia. Inertia is the property that keeps an object in its state of motion and resists any efforts to change it.

Newton’s second law (law of momentum)

Momentum of a body is defined as the product of its mass and its velocity.

Momentum ‘p’=mv. The SI unit for momentum is kgm/s or Ns. The Newton’s second law states that “The rate of change of momentum of a body is proportional to the applied force and takes place in the direction in which the force acts”

Change in momentum= mv-mu

Rate of change of momentum= mv-mu/t

Generally the second law gives rise to the equation of force F=ma

Hence F=mv-mu/t and Ft=mv-mu

The quantity Ft is called impulse and is equal to the change of momentum of the body.  The SI unit for impulse is Ns.

 

Examples

  1. A van of mass 3 metric tons is travelling at a velocity of 72 km/h. Calculate the momentum of the vehicle.

Solution

Momentum=mv=72km/h=(20m/s)×3×103 kg

=6.0×104kgm/s

 

  1. A truck weighs 1.0×105 N and is free to move. What force willgiveit an acceleration of 1.5 m/s2? (take g=10N/kg)

Solution

Mass of the truck = (1.0×105)/10=6.0×104

Using F=ma

=1.5×10×104

=1.5×104 N

  1. A car of mass 1,200 kg travelling at 45 m/s is brought to rest in 9 seconds. Calculate the average retardation of the car and the average force applied by the brakes.

Solution

Since the car comes to rest, v=0, a=(v-u)/t =(0-45)/9=-5m/s (retardation)

F=ma =(1200×-5) N =-6,000 N (braking force)

  1. A truck of mass 2,000 kg starts from rest on horizontal rails. Find the speed 3 seconds after starting if the tractive force by the engine is 1,000 N.

Solution

Impulse = Ft=1,000×3= 3,000 Ns

Let v be the velocity after 3 seconds. Since the truck was initially at rest then u=0.

Change in momentum=mv-mu

= (2,000×v) – (2,000×0)

=2,000 v

But impulse=change in momentum

2,000 v = 3,000

v = 3/2=1.5 m/s.

 

Weight of a body in a lift or elevator

When a body is in a lift at rest then the weight

W=mg

When the lift moves upwards with acceleration ‘a’ then the weight becomes

W = m (a+g)

If the lift moves downwards with acceleration ‘a’ then the weight becomes

W = m (g-a)

Example

A girl of mass stands inside a lift which is accelerated upwards at a rate of 2 m/s2. Determine the reaction of the lift at the girls’ feet.

Solution

Let the reaction at the girls’ feet be ‘R’ and the weight ‘W’

The resultant force F= R-W

= (R-500) N

Using F = ma, then R-500= 50×2, R= 100+500 = 600 N.

 

Newton’s third law (law of interaction)

This law states that “For every action or force there is an equal and opposite force or reaction”

Example

A girl of mass 50 Kg stands on roller skates near a wall. She pushes herself against the wall with a force of 30N. If the ground is horizontal and the friction on the roller skates is negligible, determine her acceleration from the wall.

Solution

Action = reaction = 30 N

Force of acceleration from the wall = 30 N

F = ma

a = F/m = 30/50 = 0.6 m/s2

 

Linear collisions

Linear collision occurs when two bodies collide head-on and move along the same straight line. There are two types of collisions;

  1. Inelastic collision: – this occurs when two bodies collide and stick together i.e. hitting putty on a wall. Momentum is conserved.
  2. Elastic collision: – occurs when bodies collide and bounce off each other after collision. Both momentum and kinetic energy are conserved.

 

Collisions bring about a law derived from both Newton’s third law and conservation of momentum. This law is known as the law of conservation of linear momentum which states that “when no outside forces act on a system of moving objects, the total momentum of the system stays constant”.

Examples

  1. A bullet of mass 0.005 kg is fired from a gun of mass 0.5 kg. If the muzzle velocity of the bullet is 300 m/s, determine the recoil velocity of the gun.

Solution

Initial momentum of the bullet and the gun is zero since they are at rest.

Momentum of the bullet after firing = (0.005×350) = 1.75 kgm/s

But momentum before firing = momentum after firing hence

0 = 1.75 + 0.5 v where ‘v’ = recoil velocity

0.5 v = -1.75

v =-1.75/0.5 = – 3.5 m/s (recoil velocity)

  1. A resultant force of 12 N acts on a body of mass 2 kg for 10 seconds. What is the change in momentum of the body?

Solution

Change in momentum = ∆P = mv – mu= Ft

= 12×10 = 12 Ns

  1. A minibus of mass 1,500 kg travelling at a constant velocity of 72 km/h collides head-on with a stationary car of mass 900 kg. The impact takes 2 seconds before the two move together at a constant velocity for 20 seconds. Calculate
  2. The common velocity
  3. The distance moved after the impact
  4. The impulsive force
  5. The change in kinetic energy

Solution

  1. Let the common velocity be ‘v’

Momentum before collision = momentum after collision

(1500×20) + (900×0) = (1500 +900)v

30,000 = 2,400v

v = 30,000/2,400 = 12.5 m/s (common velocity)

  1. After impact, the two bodies move together as one with a velocity of 12.5 m/s

Distance = velocity × time

= 12.5×20

= 250m

  1. Impulse = change in momentum

= 1500 (20-12.5) for minibus or

=900 (12.5 – 0) for the car

= 11,250 Ns

Impulse force F = impulse/time = 11,250/2 = 5,625 N

  1. E before collision = ½ × 1,500 × 202 = 3 × 105 J

K.E after collision = ½ × 2400 × 12.52 = 1.875×105 J

Therefore, change in K.E =(3.00 – 1.875) × 105 = 1.25× 105 J

 

 

 

Some of the applications of the law of conservation of momentum

  1. Rocket and jet propulsion: – rocket propels itself forward by forcing out its exhaust gases. The hot gases are pushed through exhaust nozzle at high velocity therefore gaining momentum to move forward.
  2. The garden sprinkler: – as water passes through the nozzle at high pressure it forces the sprinkler to rotate.

 

Solid friction

Friction is a force which opposes or tends to oppose the relative motion of two surfaces in contact with each other.

Measuring frictional forces

We can relate weight of bodies in contact and the force between them. This relationship is called coefficient of friction. Coefficient of friction is defined as the ratio of the force needed to overcome friction Ff to the perpendicular force between the surfaces Fn. Hence

µ = Ff/ Fn

Examples

  1. A box of mass 50 kg is dragged on a horizontal floor by means of a rope tied to its front. If the coefficient of kinetic friction between the floor and the box is 0.30, what is the force required to move the box at uniform speed?

Solution

Ff = µFn

Fn= weight = 50×10 = 500 N

Ff = 0.30 × 500 = 150 N

 

  1. A block of metal with a mass of 20 kg requires a horizontal force of 50 N to pull it with uniform velocity along a horizontal surface. Calculate the coefficient of friction between the surface and the block. (take g = 10 m/s)

Solution

Since motion is uniform, the applied force is equal to the frictional force

Fn = normal reaction = weight = 20 ×10 = 200 N

Therefore, µ =Ff/ Fn = 50/ 200 = 0.25.

 

Laws of friction

It is difficult to perform experiments involving friction and thus the following statements should therefore be taken merely as approximate descriptions: –

  1. Friction is always parallel to the contact surface and in the opposite direction to the force tending to produce or producing motion.
  2. Friction depends on the nature of the surfaces and materials in contact with each other.
  3. Sliding (kinetic) friction is less than static friction (friction before the body starts to slide).
  4. Kinetic friction is independent of speed.
  5. Friction is independent of the area of contact.
  6. Friction is proportional to the force pressing the two surfaces together.

Applications of friction

  1. Match stick
  2. Chewing food
  3. Brakes
  4. Motion of motor vehicles
  5. Walking

Methods of reducing friction

  1. Rollers
  2. Ball bearings in vehicles and machines
  3. Lubrication / oiling
  4. Air cushioning in hovercrafts

 

Example

A wooden box of mass 30 kg rests on a rough floor. The coefficient of friction between the floor and the box is 0.6. Calculate

  1. The force required to just move the box
  2. If a force of 200 N is applied the box with what acceleration will it move?

Solution

  1. Frictional force Ff= µFn = µ(mg)

= 0.6×30×10 = 180 N

  1. The resultant force = 200 – 180 = 20 N

From F =ma, then 20 = 30 a

a = 20 / 30 = 0.67 m/s2

 

Viscosity

This is the internal friction of a fluid. Viscosity of a liquid decreases as temperature increases. When a body is released in a viscous fluid it accelerates at first then soon attains a steady velocity called terminal velocity. Terminal velocity is attained when F + U = mg where F is viscous force, U is upthrust and mg is weight.

 

 

 

CHAPTER FOUR

 ENERGY, WORK, POWER AND MACHINES

Energy

This is the ability to do work.

Forms of energy.

  1. Chemical energy: – this is found in foods, oils charcoal firewood etc.
  2. Mechanical energy: – there are two types;
  3. Potential energy – a body possesses potential energy due to its relative position or state
  4. Kinetic energy – energy possessed by a body due to its motion i.e. wind, water
  • Wave energy – wave energy may be produced by vibrating objects or particles i.e. light, sound or tidal waves.
  1. Electrical energy – this is energy formed by conversion of other forms of energy i.e. generators.

Transformation and conservation of energy

Any device that facilitates energy transformations is called transducer. Energy can be transformed from one form to another i.e. mechanical – electrical – heat energy. The law of conservation of energy states that “energy cannot be created or destroyed; it can only be transformed from one form to another”.

 

Work

Work is done when a force acts on a body and the body moves in the direction of the force.

Work done = force × distance moved by object

W = F × d

Work is measured in Nm. 1 Nm = 1 Joule (J)

 

Examples

  1. Calculate the work done by a stone mason lifting a stone of mass 15 kg through a height of 2.0 m. (take g=10N/kg)

Solution

Work done = force × distance

= (15× 10) × 2 = 300 Nm or 300 J

  1. A girl of mass 50 kg walks up a flight of 12 steps. If each step is 30 cm high, calculate the work done by the girl climbing the stairs.

Solution

Work done = force × distance

= (50× 10) × (12 ×30) ÷ 100 = 500 × 3.6 = 1,800 J

  1. A force of 7.5 N stretches a certain spring by 5 cm. How much work is done in stretching this spring by 8.0 cm?

Solution

A force of 7.5 produces an extension of 5.0 cm.

Hence 8.0 cm = (7.5 ×8)/ 5 = 12.0 N

Work done = ½ × force × extension

= ½ × 12.0 × 0.08 = 0.48 J

  1. A car travelling at a speed of 72 km/h is uniformly retarded by an applicationof brakes and comes to rest after 8 seconds. If the car with its occupants has a mass of 1,250 kg. Calculate;
  2. The breaking force
  3. The work done in bringing it to rest

Solution

  1. F = ma and a = v – u/t

But 72 km/h = 20m/s

a = 0 -20/8 = – 2.5 m/s

Retardation = 2.5 m/s

Braking force F = 1,250 × 2.5

= 3,125 N

  1. Work done = kinetic energy lost by the car

= ½ mv2 – ½ mu2

= ½ × 1250 × 02 – ½ × 1250 × 202

= – 2.5 × 105 J

  1. A spring constant k = 100 Nm is stretched to a distance of 20 cm. calculate the work done by the spring.

Solution

Work = ½ ks2

= ½ × 100 × 0.22

= 2 J

Power

Poweris the time rate of doing work or the rate of energy conversion.

Power (P) = work done / time

  P = W / t

The SI unit for power is the watt (W) or joules per second (J/s).

Examples

  1. A person weighing 500 N takes 4 seconds to climb upstairs to a height of 3.0 m. what is the average power in climbing up the height?

Solution

Power = work done / time = (force × distance) / time

= (500 ×3) / 4 = 375 W

  1. A box of mass 500 kg is dragged along a level ground at a speed of 12 m/s. If the force of friction between the box and floor is 1200 N. Calculate the power developed.

Solution

Power = F v

= 2,000 × 12

= 24,000 W = 24 kW.

Machines

A machine is any device that uses a force applied at one point to overcome a force at another point. Force applied is called the effort while the resisting force overcome is called load. Machines makes work easier or convenient to be done. Three quantities dealing with machines are;-

  1. Mechanical advantage (M.A.) – this is defined as the ratio of the load (L) to the effort (E). It has no units.

M.A = load (L) / effort (E)

  1. Velocity ratio – this is the ratio  of thedistance moved by the effort to the distance moved by the load

V.R = distance moved by effort/ distance moved by the load

  1. c) Efficiency – is obtained by dividing the work output by the work input and the getting                      percentage

Efficiency = (work output/work input) × 100

= (M.A / V.R) × 100

= (work done on load / work done on effort) × 100

Examples

  1. A machine; the load moves 2 m when the effort moves 8 m. If an effort of 20 N is used to raise a load of 60 N, what is the efficiency of the machine?

Solution

Efficiency =   (M.A / V.R) × 100    M.A = load/effort =60/20 = 3

V.R =DE/ DL = 8/2 = 4

Efficiency = ¾ × 100 = 75%

Some simple machines

  1. Levers– this is a simple machine whose operation relies on the principle of moments
  2. Pulleys – this is a wheel with a grooved rim used for lifting heavy loads to high levels. The can be used as a single fixed pulley, or as a block-and-tackle system.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M.A = Load/ Effort

V.R = no. of pulleys/ no. of strings supporting the load

Example

A block and tackle system has 3 pulleys in the upper fixed block and two in the lower moveable block. What load can be lifted by an effort of 200 N if the efficiency of the machine is 60%?

Solution

V.R = total number of pulleys = 5

Efficiency = (M.A /V.R) × 100 = 60%

0.6 = M.A/ 5 =3, but M.A = Load/Effort

Therefore, load = 3 ×200 = 600 N

  1. Wheel and axle– consists of a large wheel of big radius attached to an axle of smaller radius.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

V.R = R/r and M.A = R/r

Example

A wheel and axle is used to raise a load of 280 N by a force of 40 N applied to the rim of the wheel. If the radii of the wheel and axle are 70 cm and 5 cm respectively. Calculate the M.A, V.Rand efficiency.

Solution

M.A = 280 / 40 = 7

V.R = R/r = 70/5 = 14

Efficiency = (M.A/ V.R) × 100 = 7/14 × 100 = 50 %

  1. Inclined plane: –

V.R = 1/ sin θ           M.A = Load/ Effort

 

Example

A man uses an inclined plane to lift a 50 kg load through a vertical height of 4.0 m. the inclined plane makes an angle of 300 with the horizontal. If the efficiency of the inclined plane is 72%, calculate;

  1. The effort needed to move the load up the inclined plane at a constant velocity.
  2. The work done against friction in raising the load through the height of 4.0 m. (take g= 10 N/kg)

Solution

  1. R = 1 / sin C = 1/ sin 300 = 2 M.A = efficiency × V.R = (72/100)× 2 = 1.44

Effort = load (mg) / effort (50×10)/ 1.44 = 347.2 N

 

  1. Work done against friction = work input – work output

Work output = mgh = 50×10×4 = 2,000 J

Work input = effort × distance moved by effort

347.2 × (4× sin 300) = 2,777.6 J

Therefore work done against friction = 2,777.6 – 2,000 = 777.6 J

  1. The screw: – the distance between two successive threads is called the pitch

V.R of screw = circumference of screw head / pitch P

                        = 2πr / P

Example

A car weighing 1,600 kg is lifted with a jack-screw of 11 mm pitch. If the handleis 28 cmfrom the screw, find the force applied.

Solution

Neglecting friction M.A = V.R

V.R = 2πr /P = M.A = L / E

1,600 / E = (2π× 0.28) / 0.011

E = (1,600 × 0.011 × 7) / 22×2×0.28 =10 N

  1. Gears: – the wheel in which effort is applied is called the driver while the load wheel is the driven wheel.

V.R = revolutions of driver wheel / revolutions of driven wheel

            Or

V.R = no.of teeth in the driven wheel/ no. of teeth in the driving wheel

Example

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Pulley belts: -these are used in bicycles and other industrial machines

V.R = radius of the driven pulley / radius of the driving pulley

 

  1. Hydraulic machines

V.R = R2 / r2 where R- radius of the load piston and r- radius of the effort piston

Example

The radius of the effort piston of a hydraulic lift is 1.4 cm while that of the load piston is 7.0 cm. This machine is used to raise a load of 120 kg at a constant velocity through a height of 2.5 cm. given that the machine is 80% efficient, calculate;

  1. The effort needed
  2. The energy wasted using the machine

Solution

  1. R = R2 / r2 = (7×7) / 1.4 × 1.4 = 25

Efficiency = M.A / V.R = (80 /100) × 25 = 20

But M.A = Load / Effort = (120×10) / 20 = 60 N

  1. Efficiency = work output / work input = work done on load (m g h) /80

= (120 × 10× 2.5) / work input

80 / 100 = 3,000 / work input

Work input = (3,000 × 100) /80 = 3,750 J

Energy wasted = work input – work output

= 3,750 – 3,000 = 750 J

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER FIVE

CURRENT ELECTRICITY

Electric potential difference and electric current

Electric current

Electric potential difference (p. d) is defined as the work done per unit charge in moving charge from one point to another. It is measured in volts.

Electric current is the rate of flow of charge. P. d is measured using a voltmeter while current is measured using an ammeter. The SI units for charge is amperes (A).

 

Ammeters and voltmeters

In a circuit an ammeter is always connected in series with the battery while a voltmeter is always connected parallel to the device whose voltage is being measured.

 

Ohm’s law

This law gives the relationship between the voltage across a conductor and the current flowing through it. Ohm’s law states that “the current flowing through a metal conductor is directly proportional to the potential difference across the ends of the wire provided that temperature and other physical conditions remain constant

Mathematically V α I

So V /I = constant, this constant of proportionality is called resistance

V / I = Resistance (R)

Resistance is measured in ohms and given the symbol Ω

 

Examples

  1. A current of 2mA flows through a conductor of resistance 2 kΩ. Calculate the voltage across the conductor.

Solution

V = IR = (2 × 10-3) × (2 × 103) = 4 V.

 

  1. A wire of resistance 20Ω is connected across a battery of 5 V. What current is flowing in the circuit?

Solution

I = V/R = 5 / 20 = 0.25 A

Ohmic and non-ohmic conductors

Ohmic conductors are those that obey Ohms law(V α I) and a good example is nichrome wire i.e. the nichrome wire is not affected by temperature.

Non-ohmic conductors do not obey Ohms law i.e. bulb filament (tungsten), thermistor couple, semi-conductor diode etc. They are affected by temperature hence non-linear.

 

Factors affecting the resistance of a metallic conductor

  1. Temperature – resistance increases with increase in temperature
  2. Length of the conductor– increase in length increases resistance
  3. Cross-sectional area– resistance is inversely proportional to the cross-sectional area of a conductor of the same material.

Resistivity of a material is numerically equal to the resistance of a material of unit length and unit cross-sectional area. It is symbolized by ρ and the units are ohmmeter (Ωm). It is given by the following formula;

ρ = AR /lwhere A – cross-sectional area, R – resistance, l – length

Example

Given that the resistivity of nichrome is 1.1× 10-6Ωm, what length of nichrome wire of diameter 0.42 mm is needed to make a resistance of 20 Ω?

Solution

ρ = AR /l, hence l = RA/ ρ = 20 × 3.142 × (2.1×10-4) / 1.1 × 10-6 = 2.52 m

 

Resistors

 

Resistors are used to regulate or control the magnitude of current and voltage in a circuit according to Ohms law.

Types of resistors

Carbon resistor
  • Fixed resistors – they are wire-wound or carbon resistors and are designed togive a fixed resistance.

 

 

 

  1. ii) Variable resistors – they consist of the rheostat and potentiometer. The resistance can be varied by sliding a metal contact to generate desirable resistance.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wire-wound resistor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Resistor combination

  1. Series combination

Consider the following loop

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Since it is in series then,

VT = V1 + V2 + V3

The same current (I) flows through the circuit (resistors), hence

IRT = I (R1 + R2 + R3), dividing through by I, then

RT = R1 + R2 + R3

Therefore for resistors connected in series the equivalent resistance (Req) is equal to the total sum of their individual resistances.

Req = R1 + R2 + R3

 

 

 

  1. Parallel combination

Consider the following circuit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current is given by;

IT = I1 + I2 + I3.  But IT = VT/RT = V1/R1 + V2/R2 + V3/R3

Since in parallel, VT = V1 = V2 = V3

Then 1/RT = 1/R1 + 1/R2 +1/R3, for ‘n’ resistors in parallel

1/RT = 1/R1 + 1/R2 +1/R3 ………… 1/Rn

If only two resistors are involved then the equivalent resistance becomes

1/Req = 1/R1 + 1/R2 = (R1 + R2)/ R1 R2

 

Examples

  1. Calculate the effective resistance in the following

 

 

 

 

 

 

Solution

This reduces to

 

Combining the two in parallel;

1/Req = (R1 + R2)/R1 R2 = 20/96

1/Req = 20/96, therefore Req = 96/20 = 4.8 Ω

Lastly combining the two in series;

Then Req = 4 Ω + 4.8 Ω = 8.8 Ω

  1. In the diagram below, a current of 0.8 A, passing through an arrangement of resistors as shown below. Find the current through the 10 Ω

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Solution

Combining those in series then this can be replaced by two resistors of 60 Ω and 40 Ω.

Current through 10 Ω = (p.d. between P and R)/ (30 + 10) Ω

p.d between P and R = 0.8 × Req. Req = (40 × 60)/ 40 + 60 = 2400/ 100 = 24 Ω

p.d across R and P = 0.8 × 24 (V=IR)

therefore, current through 10 Ω = 19.2 / 10 + 30 = 0.48 A

 

Electromotive force and internal resistance

Electromotive force (e.m.f.) is the p.d across a cell when no current is being drawn from the cell. The p.d across the cell when the circuit is closed is referred to as the terminal voltage of the cell. Internal resistance of a cell is therefore the resistance of flow of current that they generate. Consider the following diagram;

 

The current flowing through the circuit is given by the equation,

 Current = e.m.f / total resistance

I = E / R + rwhere E – e.m.f of the cell

Therefore E = I (R + r) = IR + I r = V + I r

Examples

  1. A cell drives a current of 0.6 A through a resistance of 2 Ω. if the value of resistance is increased to 7 Ω the current becomes 0.2 A. calculate the value of e.m.f of the cell and its internal resistance.

Solution

Let the internal resistance be ‘r’ and e.m.f be ‘E’.

Using E = V + I r = IR + I r

Substitute for the two sets of values for I and R

E = 0.6 × (2 + 0.6 r) = 1.2 + 0.36 r

E = 0.6 × (7 × 0.2 r) = 1.4 + 0.12 r

Solving the two simultaneously, we have,

E = 1.5 v and R = 0.5 Ω

  1. A battery consists of two identical cells, each of e.m.f 1.5 v and internal resistance of 0.6 Ω, connected in parallel. Calculate the current the battery drives through a 0.7 Ω

Solution

When two identical cells are connected in series, the equivalent e.m.f is equal to that of only one cell. The equivalent internal resistance is equal to that of two such resistance connected in parallel. Hence Req = R1 R2 / R1 + R2 = (0.6 × 0.6) / 0.6 + 0.6 = 0.36 / 1.2 = 0.3 Ω

Equivalent e.m.f =1.5 / (0.7 + 0.3) = 1.5 A

Hence current flowing through 0.7 Ω resistor is 1.5 A.

CHAPTER SIX

WAVES II                          

Properties of waves

Waves exhibit various properties which can be conveniently demonstrated using the ripple tank. It consists of a transparent tray filled with water and a white screen as the bottom. On top we have a source of light. A small electric motor (vibrator) is connected to cause the disturbance which produces waves.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The wave fronts represent wave patterns as they move along.

 

Rectilinear propagation

This is the property of the waves travelling in straight lines and perpendicular to the wave front. The following diagrams represent rectilinear propagation of water waves.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Refraction

This is the change of direction of waves at a boundary when they move from one medium to another. This occurs when an obstacle is placed in the path of the waves. The change of direction occurs at the boundary between deep and shallow waters and only when the waves hit the boundary at an angle.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diffraction of waves

This occurs when waves pass an edge of an obstacle or a narrow gap, they tend to bend around the corner and spread out beyond the obstacle or gap.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interference of waves

This occurs when two waves merge and the result can be a much larger wave, smaller wave or no wave at all. When the waves are in phase they add up and reinforce each other. This is called a constructive interference and when out of phase they cancel each other out and this is known as destructive interference.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A ripple tank can be used to produce both constructive and destructive waves as shown below in the following diagram.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interference in sound

Two loud speakers L1 and L2 are connected to the same signal generator so that sound waves from each of them are in phase. The two speakers are separated by a distance of the order of wavelengths i.e. 0.5 m apart for sound frequency of 1,000 Hz.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If you walk along line AB about 2m away from the speakers, the intensity of sound rises and falls alternately hence both destructive and constructive interference will be experienced.

 

Stationary waves

They are also known as standing waves and are formed when two equal progressive waves travelling in opposite direction are superposed on each other. When the two speakers are placed facing each other they produce standing waves. A rope tied at one end will still produce stationary waves.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER SEVEN

ELECTROSTATICS II

Electric fields

An electric field is the space around a charged body where another charged body would be acted on by a force. These fields are represented by lines of force. This line of force also called an electric flux line points in the direction of the force.

 

Electric field patterns

Just like in magnetic fields, the closeness of the electric field-lines of force is the measure of the field strength. Their direction is always from the north or positive to the south or negative.

 

 

 

 

 

Electric field pattern for an isolated positive charge
Electric field pattern for an isolated negative charge

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Electric field pattern for a dipole

 

 

 

 

 

Charge distribution on conductors’ surface

A proof plane is used to determine charge distribution on spherical or pear-shaped conductors. For an isolated sphere it is found that the effect is the same for all points on the surface meaning that the charge is evenly distributed on all points on the spherical surface. For appear-shaped conductor the charge is found to be denser in the regions of large curvature (small radius). The density of charge is greatest where curvature is greatest.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge distribution for an isolated pear-shaped conductor
Charge distribution for an isolated spherical conductor

 

 

 

 

Charges on or action at sharp points

A moving mass of air forms a body with sharp points. The loss of electrons by molecules (ionization) makes the molecules positively charged ions. These ions tend to move in different directions and collide producing more charged particles and this makes the air highly ionized. When two positively charged bodies are placed close to each other, the air around them may cause a spark discharge which is a rush of electrons across the ionized gap, producing heat, light and sound in the process which lasts for a short time. Ionization at sharp projections of isolated charged bodies may sometimes be sufficient to cause a discharge. This discharge produces a glow called corona discharge observed at night on masts of ships moving on oceans. The same glow is observed on the trailing edges of aircrafts. This glow in aircrafts and ships is called St. Elmo’s fire. Aircrafts are fitted with ‘pig tails’ on the wings to discharge easily.

 

The lightning arrestors

Lightning is a huge discharge where a large amount of charge rushes to meet the opposite charge. It can occur between clouds or the cloud and the earth. Lightning may not be prevented but protection from its destruction may be done through arrestors. An arrestor consists of a thick copper strip fixed to the outside wall of a building with sharp spikes.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capacitors and capacitance

A capacitor is a device used for storing charge. It consists of two or more plates separated by either a vacuum or air. The insulating material is called ‘dielectric’. They are symbolized as shown below,

 

 

 

Capacitance C = Q / V where Q- charge and V – voltage.

The units for capacitance are coulombs per volt (Coul /volt) and are called farads.

1 Coul/ volt = 1 farad (F)

1 µF = 10-6 F and 1pF = 10-12

Types of capacitors are;

  1. Paper capacitors
  2. Electrolyte capacitors
  3. Variable capacitors
  4. Plastic capacitors
  5. Ceramic capacitors
  6. Mica capacitors

 

Factors affecting the capacitance of a parallel-plate capacitor

  1. Distance between the plates: – reducing separation increases capacitance but the plates should not be very close to avoid ionization which may lead to discharge.
  2. Area of plate: – reduction of the effective area leads to reduction in capacitance.
  3. Dielectric material between plates: – different materials will produce different capacitance effects.

Charging and discharging a capacitor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

When the switch S1 is closed the capacitor charges through resistor R and discharges through the same resistor when switch S2 is closed.

 

Applications of capacitors

  1. Variable capacitor: – used in tuning radios to enable it transmit in different frequencies.
  2. Paper capacitors: – used in mains supply and high voltage installations.
  3. Electrolytic capacitors: – used in transistor circuits where large capacitance values are required.

 

Other capacitors are used in reducing sparking as a car is ignited, smoothing rectified current and increasing efficiency in a. c. power transmission.

 

Example

A capacitor of two parallel plates separated by air has a capacitance of 15pF. A potential difference of 24 volts is applied across the plates,

  1. Determine the charge on the capacitors.
  2. When the space is filled with mica, the capacitance increases to 250pF. How much more charge can be put on the capacitor using a 24 V supply?

Solution

  1. C= Q / V then Q = VC, hence Q = (1.5 × 10-12) × 24 = 3.6 × 10-10
  2. Mica C = 250pF, Q = (250 × 10-12) × 24 = 6 × 10-9

Additional charge = (6 × 10-9) – (3.6 × 10-10) = 5.64 × 10-9Coul.

 

Capacitor combination

  1. Parallel combination – for capacitors in parallel the total capacitance is the sum of all the separate capacitances.

CT = C1 + C2 + C3 + ………..

 

  1. Series combination – for capacitors in series, the reciprocal of the total capacitance is equal to the sum of the reciprocals of all the separate capacitances.

1/ CT = 1 / C1 + 1 / C2 + 1 / C3

For two capacitors in series then total capacitance becomes,

CT = (C1 C2) / (C1 + C2)

 

Examples

  1. Three capacitors of capacitance 1.5µF, 2µF and 3µF are connected to a potential difference of 12 V as shown.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

            Find;

  1. The combined capacitance
  2. The charge on each capacitor
  3. The voltage across the 2 µF capacitor

Solution

  1. 1 /CT = 1/ 1.5 + 1 / 3.0 + 1 /20 = 3/2 hence CT = 0.67 µF
  2. Total charge, Q = V C , (2/3 × 10-6) × 12.0 V = 8 × 10-6 = 8 µC.
  3. The charge is the same for each capacitor because they’re in series hence = 8 µC.
  4. V = Q / C, then V = 8 µC / 2 µF = 4 V.
  1. Three capacitors of capacitance 3 µF, 4 µF and 5 µF are arranged as shown. Find the effective capacitance.

 

 

 

 

 

Solution

Since 4 µF and 5 µF are in parallel then, CT = 9 µF, then the 9 µF is in series with 3 µF,

Hence CT = 27/ 12 = 2.25 µF

  1. Calculate the charges on the capacitors shown below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Solution

The 2 µF and 4 µF are in parallel then combined capacitance = 6 µF

The 6 µF is in series with the 3 µF capacitor hence combined capacitance = 18 / 9 = 2 µF

Total charge Q = CV then Q = (2.0 × 10-6) × 100 = 2.0 × 10-4 C

The charge on the 3 µF capacitor is also equal to 2.0 × 10-4 C

The p.d across the 3 µF capacitor => V = Q / C => (2.0 × 10-4)/ 3.0 × 10_6

= 2/3 × 102 = 66.7 V

The p.d across the 2 µF and 4 µF is equal to 100 V – 66.7 V = 33.3 V,

Hence Q1 = CV = 2.0 × 10-6 × 33.3 = 6.66 × 10-5 C

Q2 = CV = 4.0 × 10-6 × 33.3 = 1.332 × 10-4 C

N.B

Energy stored in a capacitor is calculated as;

Work done (W) = average charge × potential difference

                       W = ½ QV or ½ CV2

Example

A 2 µF capacitor is charged to a potential difference of 120 V. Find the energy stored in it.

Solution

W = ½ CV2 = ½ × 2 × 10-6 × 1202 = 1.44 × 10-2 J

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER EIGHT

HEATING EFFECT OF AN ELECTRIC CURRENT

When current flows, electrical energy is transformed into other forms of energy i.e. light, mechanical and chemical changes.

 

Factors affecting electrical heating

Energy dissipated by current or work done as current flows depends on,

  1. Current
  2. Resistance
  3. Time

 

This formula summarizes these factors as, E = I2 R t, E = I V t or E = V2 t / R

Examples

  1. An iron box has a resistance coil of 30 Ω and takes a current of 10 A. Calculate the heat in kJ developed in 1 minute.

Solution

E = I2 R t = 102 × 30 × 60 = 18 × 104 = 180 kJ

 

  1. A heating coil providing 3,600 J/min is required when the p.d across it is 24 V. Calculate the length of the wire making the coil given that its cross-sectional area is 1 × 10-7 m2 and resistivity 1 × 10-6 Ω m.

Solution

E = P t hence P = E / t = 3,600 / 60 = 60 W

P = V2 / R therefore R = (24 × 24)/ 60 = 9.6 Ω

R = ρ l/ A, l = (RA) / ρ = (9.6 × 1 × 10-7) / 1 × 10-6 = 0.96 m

 

Electrical energy and power

In summary, electrical power consumed by an electrical appliance is given by;

P = V I

            P = I2 R

            P = V2 / R

The SI unit for power is the watt (W)

1 W = 1 J/s and 1kW = 1,000 W.

Examples

  1. What is the maximum number of 100 W bulbs which can be safely run from a 240 V source supplying a current of 5 A?

Solution

Let the maximum number of bulbs be ‘n’. Then 240 × 5 = 100 n

So ‘n’ = (240 × 5)/ 100 = 12 bulbs.

  1. An electric light bulb has a filament of resistance 470 Ω. The leads connecting the bulb to the 240 V mains have a total resistance of 10 Ω. Find the power dissipated in the bulb and in the leads.

Solution

Req = 470 + 10 = 480 Ω, therefore I = 240 / 480 = 0.5 A.

Hence power dissipated = I2 R = (0.5)2 × 470 = 117.5 W (bulb alone)

For the leads alone, R = 10 Ω and I = 0.5 A

Therefore power dissipated = (0.5)2 × 10 = 2.5 W.

 

Applications of heating of electrical current

  1. Filament lamp – the filament is made up of tungsten, a metal with high melting point (3.400 0C). It is enclosed in aglass bulb with air removed and argon or nitrogen injected to avoid oxidation. This extends the life of the filament.
  2. Fluorescent lamps – when the lamp is switched on, the mercury vapour emits ultra violet radiation making the powder in the tube fluoresce i.e. emit light. Different powders emit different colours.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Electrical heating – electrical fires, cookers e.tc. their elements are made up nichrome ( alloy of nickel and chromium) which is not oxidized easily when it turns red hot.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Fuse – this is a short length of wire of a material with low melting point (often thinned copper) which melts when current through it exceeds a certain value. They are used to avoid overloading.

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER NINE

QUANTITY OF HEAT

 

Heat is a form of energy that flows from one body to another due to temperature differences between them.

Heat capacity

Heat capacity is defined as the quantity of heat required to raise the temperature of a given mass of a substance by one degree Celsius or one Kelvin. It is denoted by ‘C’.

Heat capacity, C = heat absorbed, Q / temperature change θ.

The units of heat capacity are J / 0C or J / K.

Specific heat capacity.

S.H.C of a substance is the quantity of heat required to raise the temperature of 1 kg of a substance by 1 0C or 1 K. It is denoted by ‘c’, hence,

c = Q / m θ where Q – quantity of heat, m – mass andθ – change in temperature.

The units for ‘c are J kg-1 K-1. Also Q = m c θ.

Examples

  1. A block of metal of mass 1.5 kg which is suitably insulated is heated from 30 0C to 50 0C in 8 minutes and 20 seconds by an electric heater coil rated54 watts. Find;
  1. The quantity of heat supplied by the heater
  2. The heat capacity of the block
  3. Its specific heat capacity

Solution

  1. Quantity of heat = power × time = P t

= 54 × 500 = 27,000 J

  1. Heat capacity, C = Q / θ = 27,000 / (50 – 30) = 1,350 J Kg-1 K-1
  2. Specific heat capacity, c = C / m = 1,350 / 1.5 = 900 J Kg-1 K-1
  1. If 300 g of paraffin is heated with an immersion heater rated 40 W, what is the temperature after 3 minutes if the initial temperature was 20 0C? (S.H.C for paraffin = 2,200 J Kg-1 K-1).

Solution

Energy = P t = m c θ = Q = quantity of heat.

P t = 40 × 180 = 7,200 J

m = 0.30 kg c = 2,200, θ = ..?

Q = m c θ, θ = Q / m c = 7,200 / (0.3 × 2,200) = 10.9 0C

  1. A piece of copper of mass 60 g and specific heat capacity 390 J Kg-1 K-1 cools from 90 0C to 40 0C. Find the quantity of heat given out.

Solution

Q = m c θ, = 60 × 10-3 × 390 × 50 = 1,170 J.

 

Determination of specific heat capacity

A calorimeter is used to determine the specific heat capacity of a substance. This uses the principle of heat gained by a substance is equal to the heat lost by another substance in contact with each other until equilibrium is achieved. Heat losses in calorimeter are controlled such that no losses occur or they are very minimal.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Examples

  1. A 50 W heating coil is immersed in a liquid contained in an insulated flask of negligible heat capacity. If the mass of the liquid is 10 g and its temperature increases by 10 0C in 2 minutes, find the specific heat capacity of the liquid.

Solution

Heat delivered (P t) = 50 × 2 × 60 = 2,400 J

Heat gained              = 0.1 × c × 10 J

Therefore ‘c’              = 2,400 / 0.1 × 10 = 2,400 J Kg-1 K-1

  1. A metal cylindermass 0.5 kg is heated electrically. If the voltmeter reads 15V, the ammeter 0.3A and the temperatures of the block rises from 20 0C to 85 0C in ten minutes. Calculate the specific heat capacity of the metal cylinder.

Solution

Heat gained = heat lost, V I t = m c θ

15 × 3 × 10 × 60 = 0.5 × c × 65

c = (15 × 3 × 600)/ 0.5 × 65 = 831 J Kg-1 K-1

 

Fusion and latent heat of fusion

Fusion is the change of state from solid to liquid. Change of state from liquid to solid is called solidification. Latent heat of fusion is the heat energy absorbed or given out during fusion. Specific latent heat of fusion of a substance is the quantity of heat energy required to change completely 1 kg of a substance at its melting point into liquid without change in temperature. It is represented by the symbol (L), we use the following formula,

Q = m Lf

Different substances have different latent heat of fusion.

Factors affecting the melting point

  1. Pressure
  2. Dissolved substances

Specific latent heat of vaporization is the quantity of heat required to change completely 1 kg of a liquid at its normal boiling point to vapour without changing its temperature. Hence

Q = m L v

The SI unit for specific latent heat of vaporization is J / Kg.

Example

An immersion heater rated 600 W is placed in water. After the water starts to boil, the heater is left on for 6 minutes. It is found that the mass of the water had reduced by 0.10 kg in that time. Estimate the specific heat of vaporization of steam.

Solution

Heat given out by the heater = P t = 600 × 6 × 60

Heat absorbed by steam         = 0.10 × L v

Heat gained = heat lost, therefore, 600 × 6 × 60 = 0.10 × L v = 2.16 × 106 J / Kg

Evaporation

Factors affecting the rate of evaporation

  1. Temperature
  2. Surface area
  3. Draught (hot and dry surrounding)
  4. Humidity

Comparison between boiling and evaporation

Evaporation                                                                            Boiling

  1. Takes place at all temperature – takes place at a specific temperature
  2. Takes place on the surface (no bubbles formed)- takes place throughout the liquid ( bubbles formed)
  3. Decrease in atmospheric pressure increases the rate –decreases as atmospheric pressure lowers

Applications of cooling by evaporation

  1. Sweating
  2. Cooling of water in a porous pot
  3. The refrigerator

 

 

CHAPTER TEN

THE GAS LAWS

Pressure law

This law states that “the pressure of a fixed mass of a gas is directly proportional to the absolute temperature if the volume is kept constant”. The comparison between Kelvin scale and degrees Celsius is given by; θ0 = (273 + θ) K, and T (K) = (T – 273) 0C.

Examples

  1. A gas in a fixed volume container has a pressure of 1.6 × 105 Pa at a temperature of 27 0 What will be the pressure of the gas if the container is heated to a temperature of 2770C?

Solution

Since law applies for Kelvin scale, convert the temperature to kelvin

T1 = 270C = (273 + 27) K = 300 K

T2 = 2270C = (273 + 277) = 550 K

P1 / T1 = P2 / T2, therefore P2 = (1.6 × 105) × 550 / 300 = 2.93 × 105 Pa.

  1. At 200C, the pressure of a gas is 50 cm of mercury. At what temperature would the pressure of the gas fall to 10 cm of mercury?

Solution

P / T = constant, P1 / T1 = P2 / T2, therefore T2 = (293 × 10) / 50 = 58.6 K or (– 214.4 0C)

 

 

 

 

Charles law

Charles law states that “the volume of a fixed mass of a gas is directly proportional to its absolute temperature (Kelvin) provided the pressure is kept constant”. Mathematically expressed as follows,

V1 / T1 = V2 / T2

Examples

  1. A gas has a volume of 20 cm3 at 270C and normal atmospheric pressure. Calculate the new volume of the gas if it is heated to 540C at the same pressure.

Solution

Using, V1 / T1 = V2 / T2, then V2 = (20 × 327) / 300 = 21.8 cm3.

  1. 0.02m3 of a gas is at 27 0C is heated at a constant pressure until the volume is 0.03 m3. Calculate the final temperature of the gas in 0C.

Solution

Since V1 / T1 = V2 / T2, T2 = (300 × 0.03) / 0.02 = 450 K 0r 1770C

 

Boyle’s law

Boyle’s law states that “the pressure of a fixed mass of a gas is inversely proportional to its volume provided the temperature of the gas is kept constant”. Mathematically expressed as,

P1 V1 = P2 V2

Examples

  1. A gas in a cylinder occupies a volume of 465 ml when at a pressure equivalent to 725 mm of mercury. If the temperature is held constant, what will be the volume of the gas when the pressure on it is raised to 825 mm of mercury?

Solution

Using, P1 V1 = P2 V2, then V2 = (725 × 465) / 825 = 409 ml.

 

 

 

  1. The volume of air 26 cm long is trapped by a mercury thread 5 cm long as shown below. When the tube is inverted, the air column becomes 30 cm long. What is the value of atmospheric pressure?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Solution

Before inversion, gas pressure = atm. Pressure + h p g

After inversion, gas pressure = atm. Pressure – h p g

From Boyle’s law, P1 V1 = P2 V2, then let the atm. Pressure be ‘x’,

So (x + 5) 0.26 = (x – 5) 0.30

0.26x + 1.30 = 0.3x – 1.5, x = 2.8/ 0.04 = 70 cm.

 

A general gas law

Any two of the three gas laws can be used derive a general gas law as follows,

P1 V1 / T1 = P2 V2 / T2or

P V / T = constantequation of state for an ideal gas.

Examples

  1. A fixed mass of gas occupies 1.0 × 10-3 m3 at a pressure of 75 cmHg. What volume does the gas occupy at 17.0 0C if its pressure is 72 cm of mercury?

Solution

P V / T = constant so V1 = (76 × 1.0 × 10-3 × 290) / 273 ×72 = 1.12 × 10-3 m3.

  1. A mass of 1,200 cm3 of oxygen at 270C and a pressure 1.2 atmosphere is compressed until its volume is 600 cm3 and its pressure is 3.0 atmosphere. What is the Celsius temperature of the gas after compression?

Solution

Since P1 V1 / T1 = P2 V2 / T2, then T2 = (3 × 600 × 300) / 1.2 × 1,200 = 375 K or 102 0C.

CRE NOTES FORM ONE LATEST PDF

SECTION ONE

INTRODUCTION TO CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION

 CHAPTER ONE

GENERAL INTRODUCTION TO CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION (CRE)

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

By the end of this topic, the learner should be able to:-

  1. Define Christian religious education
  2. Explain the importance of learning Christian Religious Education
  3. Explain the Bible as the word of God, its major divisions and its human authors
  4. Outline and appreciate the translation of the Bible from the original languages (Hebrew, Greek) to local language
  5. Discuss the effects of the translation of the Bible into African languages
  6. Respect the Bible as the word of God and apply the acquired insights in their daily life.

 

  1. (a) WHAT IS CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION

CRE is one of the academic subjects in the school curriculum in Kenya

It is the subject that brings us a vivid awareness of God and how He reveals Himself to us through our personal experience, the creation, the scriptures, Jesus Christ and Holy Spirit.

It helps learners to develop as a morally upright person.

 

(c) REASONS FOR STUDYING CRE

The following are some of the reasons for studying CRE

  1. To get a better understanding of God

We get a better understanding of God through the way He reveals Himself to us in our daily experiences. We also come to know God more through the teachings recorded in both the Old and New Testaments

  1. To enable us to think critically and make appropriate social, moral and spiritual decisions

As students, we face a lot of dilemmas on moral questions involving matters such as attraction to opposite sex, temptation to steal etc. CRE gives us the basis of making such choices based on Christian Principles.

  • To appreciate our own religion and that of others

In order to live in peace and harmony with others CRE helps us learn and appreciate their religion and respect their cultures and faiths

  1. To help you acquire principles of Christian living

This is summed up in the Ten Commandments and in the teachings of Jesus Christ

  1. To help us develop a sense of self worth and identity for ourselves and others
  2. To promote international consciousness

As Christians, we should appreciate every person in every part of the world as God’s creation.

  • To help us live new lives in Christ

Through CRE we learn and acquire some values and attitudes which in turn transform us.

  • To help form a bridge for further studies and career development

CRE forms a foundation for further   studies and career training

  1. To identify answers to some life questions

Some life questions such as why we exist, why people die and what happens after death are answered through CRE

  1. To contribute to the achievement of the national goals of education

National goals of education deal with the improvement of life and include:-

  • National unity
  • National development (economic and social needs)
  • Industrial development and self-fulfillment
  • Social equality
  • Respect and development of cultural heritage
  • International consciousness

 

In conclusion, CRE makes a contribution to the total development of a person-morally, spiritually, emotionally, physically, intellectually and socially

 

  1. THE BIBLE
  2. The Bible as God’s Word

The Bible is a book accepted by Christians as the written word of God through which God communicates to them.

It is also referred to as the inspired word of God. This means that what was written was what God intended them to communicate to other people. God’s power worked through the writers controlling what was being written.

It contains the history of salvation, that is, God’s purpose in creating and redeeming human through Jesus Christ

 

  1. Human Authors of the Bible

The authors of the Bible were under direct influence of God and they wrote what God wanted them to write. Some books were written by prophets like Nehemiah, Ezra and Isaiah. Luke’s gospel was written by Luke the disciple of Jesus, while Paul wrote various letters to different churches such as Corinth.

 

  1. Literally Forms used in writing the Bible

Literally forms are the different styles that the authors of the Bible used in writing it. Some of the literally forms used were:-

  1. Legislative texts (Leviticus)
  2. Wise sayings (Proverbs)
  • Prophetic Speeches (Jeremiah)
  1. Prayers (Nehemiah)
  2. Love Songs (Song of Solomon)
  3. Philosophical essays (Job)
  • Religious epics (Exodus)
  • Epistles (Romans)
  1. Gospels (Luke)

 

  1. The Bible as a Library

A library is a collection of books. The Bible is referred to as a library because:-

  • Although its one book, it contains many books
  • The books were written by different people
  • The books were written at different times in history
  • The writers came from different backgrounds
  • The writers were inspired to write by different circumstances
  • The authors wrote for different people and for various reasons

 

  1. Major divisions of the Bible

The Bible has two major sections:-

  • The Old Testament
  • The New Testament

The word Testament means covenant.

The Bible has 66 books, which have been accepted by Christians all over the world as the word of God

39 of the books are in the Old Testament while 27 books are in the New Testament.

Some Bibles used by the Roman Catholic Church such as Common Bible and the Jerusalem Bible contain 45 books in the Old Testament. The six extra books are commonly referred to as Deutro-Canonical or books of apocrypha.

The word apocrypha means hidden or secret. These books are:-

  • Tobit
  • Judith
  • Ecclesiasticus
  • Baruch
  • Meccabees I and II
  • Books of Wisdom

The books accepted by all Christians, make up the Canon (a Greek word meaning rule, standard or guidance) of the Old and New Testament

 

THE OLD TESTAMENT BOOKS

The Old Testament Books are grouped into four major sections. These are:

  • Books of Law
  • Books of History
  • Books of Prophecy
  • Books of Poetry

 

  1. Books of Law

These are first five books of the Bible. They are also referred to as the Torah (meaning law) or the Pentateuch which means five. These books are:-

  • Genesis
  • Exodus
  • Leviticus
  • Numbers
  • Deuteronomy

They contain the law of God to the Israelites. They also contain the history of the Israelites from creation to the time they entered the Promised Land, Canaan.

  1. Books of History

These contain the history of the Israelites from the time they entered and settled in the Promised Land to the period after the exile. They are 12 in number. These books are:-

  • Joshua
  • Judges
  • Ruth
  • I and II Samuel
  • I and II Kings
  • I and II Chronicles
  • Ezra
  • Nehemiah
  • Esther
  • Books of Prophecy

These are 17 in number.

Major Prophets are:-

  • Jeremiah
  • Isaiah
  • Ezekiel
  • Daniel
  • Lamentation

They are called so due to the larger length of their content

Minor Prophets are:-

  • Hosea
  • Joel
  • Amos
  • Obadiah
  • Jonah
  • Micah
  • Nahum
  • Habakkuk
  • Zephaniah
  • Haggai
  • Malachi
  • Zachariah
  1. Books of Poetry

These are sometimes referred to as writings or books of wisdom. These are:-

  • Psalms
  • Proverbs
  • Job
  • Ecclesiastes
  • Song of songs/ songs of Solomon

 

 

 

 

THE NEW TESTAMENT

These are divided into four major divisions namely:-

  1. The Gospels
  2. Church History
  • Epistles/Letters
  1. Revelations/Prophetic

 

  1. The Gospels

The word Gospel means the announcing of good news. These are the first four books of the New Testament. Namely:-

  • Mathew
  • Mark
  • Luke
  • John

The first three books are called the Synoptic gospels because they report similar incidents about the life of Jesus.

 

  1. Historical book
  • Acts of the Apostles

This book was written by Luke, the author of St. Luke’s Gospel. It deals with the history of the Early Church

 

  • The Epistles/Letters

These are 21 letters, mainly written by Paul. These letters fall under three categories:-

 

  1. The letters of Paul (Pauline letters)

These are 9.they are:-

  • Romans
  • I Corinthians
  • II Corinthians
  • Galatians
  • Ephesians
  • Philippians
  • Colossians
  • I Thessalonians
  • II Thessalonians
  1. The Pastoral Letters

There are 5 Pastoral Letters. These are:-

  • I Timothy
  • II Timothy
  • Titus
  • Philemon
  • Hebrews

They are called Pastoral because they are mainly addressed to Shepherds or Pastors. They show high regard for the duties of pastors and how these duties should be carried out

  1. The Catholic Letters

The word Catholic means Universal. Hence these letters can be applied to any group.  They are 7 in number. These include:-

  • James
  • I Peter
  • II Peter
  • I John
  • II John
  • III John
  • Jude
  1. Prophetic Book

This is the book of Revelation. It is also called apocalypse, a Greek word meaning revelation or disclosure. It talks of God’s will for the future.

 

  1. TRANSLATION OF THE BIBLE FROM ORIGINAL LANGUAGES TO LOCAL LANGUAGES
  2. Bible Translation

The word translation refers to expression of words, books, poems, songs and sayings from one language to another.

The Old Testament section of the Bible was originally written in Hebrew. It was later translated to Greek 200 years before Christ was born. This Greek translation is commonly known as Septuagint. This name refers to the seventy scholars and scribes who worked on the translation.

The New Testament was originally written in Greek.

During 14th Century AD, the Bible was translated into Latin. A language commonly used in the Roman Empire. This Latin translation of the Bible is known as Vulgate which means for common use. This translation was done by a Christian Scholar known as Jerome.

This translation was used for many years by the Christian Churches in Europe up to 16th Century AD when the period of Reformation began.

English and German translations were done during this period of Reformation. The Catholic Church, however, continued to use the Vulgate even to date.

As Christian Missionaries left their homelands for new lands, the Bible was translated into the local languages of the people that they evangelized to.

The first Bible translation in East Africa was done by Johann Ludwig Kraft. He was a missionary sent by the Church Missionary Society. It took him nine years to translate the Bible in Kiswahili. Translation has since been done into a number of Kenyan languages. These are:-

  • Gikuyu 1951
  • Kikamba 1956
  • Kimeru 1964
  • Kalenjin 1968
  • Luhya 1974
  • Swahili 1977

In Kenya, the work of the Bible translation is done by the Bible Society of Kenya. Their work is being complimented by the Bible Translation and Literacy Organization

 

 

  1. Versions of the Bible used in Kenya today

The word version refers to the style of the language use in the translation of the Bible texts. A version attempts to make the Bible content better understood by the readers

Examples of versions used in Kenya are:-

  • Good News Bible
  • Revised Standard Version (RSV)
  • The African Bible
  • Common Bible
  • King James Version
  • Jerusalem Bible
  • New International Version
  • English Bible
  • The Authored Version
  • The Living Bible
  • The Gideon’s International Version

 

  1. EFFECTS OF THE TRANSLATION OF THE BIBLE INTO AFRICAN LANGUAGES
  2. The translation ensured that there is effective communication between the locals and the missionaries in passing the word of God.
  3. It led to the development of local languages which had to be written down so as to facilitate the translation
  • The word of God reached more people in their languages because of the translation
  1. The local people could read the Bible on their own and understand it better
  2. It enabled the local people to have a critical outlook on certain issues such as the Similarities and differences between Christianity and African Traditional way of life.
  3. It led to high demand for formal education by Africans
  • It led to the foundation of more mission schools
  • More Africans became literate and were now able to communicate with others confidently through writing
  1. It led to the emergence of African Independent Churches and Schools
  2. It led to the expansion of the church as more people became believers, leaders in the churches as priests, catechists and lay leaders
  3. The translation has facilitated research and studies in African Religious Heritage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER TWO

 

CREATION AND THE FALL OF HUMANKIND

 

Specific objectives

By the end of this topic, the learner should be able to:-

  1. Describe the biblical accounts of creation and appreciate creation as the work of God
  2. Identify and appreciate the attributes of God from the biblical creation accounts
  3. Describe the traditional African understanding of creation
  4. Explain and appreciate the teachings from the biblical creation accounts
  5. Explain the origin and consequences of sin according to the biblical accounts of the fall of man
  6. Explain the traditional African concept of evil and discuss the similarities and differences with the biblical concept of sin
  7. Explain and appreciate God’s plan of salvation

 

  1. THE BIBLICAL STORIES OF CREATION AND THERE MEANING

(Genesis I and 2)

The Bible contains two accounts of creation in the beginning of the book of Genesis

 

1ST CREATION ACCOUNT

Genesis 1:12-2:4

This first account gives a record of what was created on specific days. The story is as follows:-

In the beginning, when God created the universe, the earth was formless and desolate. The raging ocean that covered everything was engulfed in total darkness. The spirit of God was moving over the water

 

1st Day, God commanded “Let there be light”. God was pleased with what he saw. He then separated light from the darkness. He named light Day and darkness Night.

 

2nd Day, God commanded “Let there be a dome to divide the water and to keep it in two separate places” He named the dome Sky.

 

3rd Day, God commanded “Let the water below the sky come together in one place so that land would appear.” He named the land Earth and the water which had come together He name Sea.

3rd Day still God commanded “Let the earth produce all kinds of plants, those that bear grain and those that bear fruit.

 

4th Day, then God commanded “Let light appear in the sky to separate day from night and to show the time when days, years and religious festivals begin” So God made two large lights, the Sun  to rule over the day and the Moon to rule over the night. He also made the Stars.

 

5th Day, God commanded “Let the water be filled with many kinds of living beings, and let the air be filled with birds.” So God created the great Sea Monsters, all kinds of creatures that live in the water, all kinds of Birds.

 

6th Day, God commanded “Let the earth produce all kinds of animal life: Domestic and Wild, Large and small”.

6th Day still, Then God said, “And now we will make human beings; they will be like us and resemble us” So God created Human Beings, male and female and blessed them to have many children

 

7th Day, by the seventh day, God finished what He had been doing and stopped working. He blessed the day.

 

Summary of first creation Account

Day Work Work of division and ornamentation
1 I Light and Day
2 II Sky
3 III Land and Sea
  IV Vegetation (grass, hearts, trees)
4 V Sun, Moon, Stars
5 VI Birds and Sea creatures
6 VII Animals (cattle and creeping animal)
  VIII Human beings (male and female)
7 Resting day (Sabbath)

 

 

2nd Creation Account

Genesis 2: 4-25

God had created the universe before but it had no plants because He had not sent any rain and there was no one to cultivate the land. Water was coming up from beneath the earth surface and waters the ground.

God took some soil from the ground and formed a man. He breathed life-giving breath into his nostrils and the man began to live.

Then the Lord planted a garden in Eden where He placed man there.

He made all kinds of beautiful trees to grow there and produce good fruit. In the middle of the garden stood the tree that gives life and the tree that gives knowledge of what is good and what is bad.

A stream flowed in Eden and watered the garden. Beyond Eden, it divided into four rivers. These are Pishon, Gihon, Tigris and Euphrates.

God place man in the Garden of Eden in order to cultivate it He told man that he may eat the fruit of any tree in the garden except the tree that gives knowledge of what is good and what is bad. He warned man that if he eats that fruit, he will die the same day.

God then took some soil from the ground to create man a companion. He created all animals and all birds and gave man to name them.

God saw that the animals were not suitable companion for man, so He made man fall into a deep sleep. While man was sleeping, God took out one of the man’s ribs and closed up the flesh. He formed woman out of the rib and brought her to him.

 

SIMILARITIES BETWEEN THE 1ST AND THE 2ND CREATION ACCOUNTS

  1. God is acknowledged as the creator
  2. Creation includes both the living and non-living objects
  • Human beings are presented as special creatures with responsibilities and privileges
  1. Human beings share in the life of God

 

DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE 1ST AND THE 2ND CREATION ACCOUNTS

  1. The creation of the firmament, light, sun, moon, stars, fishes and creeping things are included in the first account but omitted in the second account
  2. The planting of the garden of Eden and the making of the river are in the second account but omitted in the first account
  • In the first account, both man and woman are created at the same time and in God’s image, while in the second account, man is created from dust while woman out of man’s rib.
  1. Creation in the first account is out of nothing but, in the second man is made out of the dust of the ground and plants are made to grow out of garden.
  2. In the first account, human beings were created last while in the second they were created first.
  3. Creation in the first account was completed on the sixth day and God rested on the seventh day. There are no days mentioned in the second account, and subsequently no rest is mentioned.
  • In the first account, everything that God created is good while in the second account, there is no mention of that.
  • In the first account, the emphasis on marriage is for procreation, while in the second account marriage is for partnership
  1. In the second account, there is mention of the forbidden tree but the first account makes no mention of it.

 

  1. ATTRIBUTES OF GOD FROM THE CREATION ACCOUNTS

The following are identified from the creation accounts

  1. There is only one God
  2. He is self-existent: God was there from the beginning.
  • He is a personal God: he creates human beings to be like Him so that they might enjoy a personal and loving relationship with Him
  1. He is the sole creator
  2. He is a God of order
  3. He is good and perfect. He was pleased with His creation which He saw as good. He is the source of goodness and happiness.
  • He is the sole source of life. Through His breath, He gave human beings life.
  • He is a moral God interested in the behavior of human beings
  1. He is a spirit
  2. He is powerful. He simply spoke and it happened
  3. He is the provider and sustainer of the universe
  • He is a worker

 

  1. TEACHINGS FROM THE BIBLICAL CREATION ACCOUNTS
  2. Man and woman were created for love and companionship
  3. Work and leisure are God’s gift to human beings
  • Human beings are commanded to continue with the work of creation
  1. Human beings occupy a place of honor in God’s created order
  2. Life should be respected
  3. Human culture (way of life) is ordained by God
  • The heavenly bodies (sun, moon, earth) were created to serve human beings
  • The marriage union is monogamous and permanent
  1. God is real

 

  1. TRADITIONAL AFRICAN VIEW OF CREATION

Every community in Kenya has its own myths concerning the origin of man and the world. It is generally agreed in these myths that man originated from God. Myths also try to explain man’s relationship with God. Some myths have cultural meanings. They try to explain supernatural phenomena such as death.

 

AGIKUYU MYTHS OF ORIGIN

The myth tells us that at the beginning of things Gikuyu, the founder of Agikuyu tribe, was called by God (Ngai or Mugai), and was given a land with forests, rivers, valleys, animals and all other natural things. At the same time, Ngai (Divider of the Universe) made a big Mountain called Kirinyaga (Mt. Kenya). The mountain was His resting place when He was on inspection tours. It was also a sign of his splendor and majesty.

After calling Gikuyu, God took him to the top of the mountain and showed him the land He was to give him. This was a beautiful land full of fig trees (Migumo) in the centre of the country. God then ordered Gikuyu to descend from the mountain and proceed to the place he had shown him and establish his homestead there. This place was called Mukurwe wa Nyagathanga which is in Murang’a county.

Before Gikuyu parted with God, he was advised that whenever he had any need he should make a sacrifice and raise his hands towards Kirinyaga the mountain of mystery. God promised him his continued assistance anytime he called on Him.

When Gikuyu arrived at Mukurwe wa Nyagathanga his dwelling place, he found that God had provided him with a beautiful wife called Mumbai. The name Mumbi means creator or molder. Both lived happily and were blessed with nine beautiful daughters.

However, Gikuyu was disturbed by the fact that he did not have sons to inherit his property. He remembered what Ngai had promised him. He therefore made his needs known to God. he was advised to sacrifice a lamb and a kid, pour the blood and the fat of the two animals on the trunk of the fig tree, and then burn the meat as a sacrifice.

After this, he was asked to take his wife and daughters home and then come back to the sacred fig tree where he would find nine handsome young men. God revealed to Gikuyu that the young men would be willing to marry his daughter on his conditions.

When he returned to the place of sacrifice, he found nine young men as Ngai had promised. Gikuyu was overjoyed and knew that his Ngai was faithful to His promise. He took the nine young men to his family, where they were warmly received, entertained and fed well. They spent the night with Gikuyu’s family.

The next morning, the issue of marriage was discussed. The young men agreed to marry Gikuyu’s daughters on his conditions. The one condition that Gikuyu gave was that he would be willing to give his daughters for marriage only if the young men agreed to live with Gikuyu in his homestead. The young men could not resist the beauty of the daughters of Gikuyu and the hospitality accorded to them. As a result, they agreed to marry them. After a short time, all the nine daughters were married and each established their own family sets. These were joined together under the name Nyumba ya Mumbi (house of Mumbi).

The names of the nine daughters comprise the nine clans of the Agikuyu people. These are:

Name                                      Clan

Wachera                                  Achera

Wanjiku                                  Agachika

Wairimu                                 Airimu

Wambui                                  Ambui

Wangari                                  Angari

Wanjiru                                   Anjira

Wangui                                   Angui

Warigia/Mwithaga/Warigia   Ethaga

Waithira                                  Aithirandu

 

TEACHINGS FROM THE AGIKUYU MYTH OF ORIGIN

  1. God is the chief architect of the world
  2. He created out of nothing
  • He provides for the needs of human beings
  1. Man and woman are created by God
  2. Human beings lived in eternal bliss

 

  1. THE BIBLICAL TEACHING ON THE ORIGIN OF SIN AND ITS CONSEQUENCES

Genesis 3, 4, 6-9, 11

Definition of sin

Sin could be understood to mean:

  • To miss a mark, i.e. making an error or mistake of failing to attain a goal.
  • Iniquity
  • Transgression
  • A rebellion or offense against God

 

Origin of Sin

Sin entered the world when Adam and Eve disobeyed God by eating the fruit from the forbidden tree.

Sin is an offense against God. human beings have been endowed with the ability to make moral choices.

Adam and Eve sinned because they yielded to temptation

By yielding to temptation, they exhibited greed; a desire to want what did not belong to them, they wanted to be like God.

 

The Consequences of Sin

  1. Human beings are alienated from God. their friendship with Him changed to fear of God.
  2. What had been innocent and good became shameful. Adam and Eve are now ashamed of nakedness.
  • Pain will be part of human experience. Eve was told that she will experience pain during child bearing.
  1. The good relationship between God and human beings is ruined. God sent them out of the garden of Eden.
  2. The perfect relationship between man and woman is damaged. God told woman that she will still have desire and yet be subject to him.
  3. People will have to toil and struggle to meet their needs
  • The earth itself is under a curse
  • There is enmity between man and the wild animals
  1. Death sentence is passed upon all people
  2. Murderous feelings began to enter people’s hearts, for example Cain killed Abel.
  3. Human beings changed and became prone to sin
  • The life span of human beings was reduced
  • Global violence and forbidden marriages with heavenly beings led God to declare global destruction
  • God felt regret and remorse for having created human beings. God punished the world through the floods
  1. God confused human language after the flood. This led to dispersion of races.

 

  1. GOD’S PLAN OF SALVATION

God’s love and grace for human beings, however, could not allow Him to leave them with no hope for salvation.

He took steps to heal the damaged situation and relationship. He looked for Adam and Eve to find out where they were. When He found them, He provided them with clothes and the means to find food.

The snake is a symbol of evil

The woman was told that her seed will crush the head of the snake

This implies that Jesus, who is the ultimate seed of a woman, will defeat the devil.

Jesus brought salvation to the human race. God’s initiative in reconciling human beings to Himself is also seen in the call of Abraham.

 

  1. TRADITIONAL AFRICAN CONCEPT OF EVIL

Evil in the African understanding may mean an offense against another person or community. It can also mean an offence against God, spirits and ancestors. It can also mean any misfortune that can befall any individual or community.

There are many views concerning its origin and nature.

Many communities believe that God is good and therefore, did not create evil.

Others hold that evil originates from a source outside God.

The Abakusu, for example, believe that evil is caused by an evil black god (WERE Kumali) who was originally created by God but rebelled against God and became evil

Other communities believe that evil is caused by malicious ancestral spirits who have a grudge against the living-mainly due to neglect.

Evil people like witches, wizards and sorcerers who are able to tap mystical power and use it for evil

Evil is also caused by breaking of taboos

Also curses from parents, aunts, uncle and grandparents

Breaking of oaths

Bad omen

 

Consequences of evil in A.T.S

The consequences of evil in A.T.S are experienced in the here and now (in this world) and not in the hereafter (next world)

Most African communities believe that the consequences of evil have a great impact. Not only to the individuals concerned, but also on the relationship between the individual, wider community, God and ancestors

The consequences are social, religious and physical

The punishment for doing evil is given by God, spirits and ancestors, elders and other members of the community

It is believed that misfortunes such as barrenness, epidemics, illness, poverty, madness, drought, birth of physically and mentally challenged children, rebellious children, unstable families, environmental disasters and even war are punishment for wrong doing

Some also believe that when people die, they continue to experience the same lifestyle and status as they did on earth. Hence those who lead a good life in this life continue to have a good life and form a positive link between the living and God.

 

  1. SIMILARITIES AND DIFFERENCES BETWEEN TRADITIONAL AFRICAN VIEW OF EVIL AND BIBLICAL CONCEPT OF SIN

 

SIMILARITIES

  1. God is the Supreme Being and is good. He is not the author of evil. Evil may be caused by an external force namely the devil (serpent) in the biblical creation account, or an evil force (malicious ancestral spirits), witches, sorcerers, evil spirits in traditional African communities.
  2. Both view sin as arising from human beings’ disobedience, greed and selfishness
  • Both view evil as misfortunes arising out of a curse by elders because of committing some offence. In the ATS, parents can curse their children for failing them in some way. In Genesis 3: 14 Adam and Eve are cursed for betraying God. the forth commandment demands that children honor their parents so that they can be blessed with long life. This means that an early death could sometimes be attributed to dishonoring parents.
  1. In both cases evil may result from failing in social or spiritual obligation
  2. Both agree that the result of sin and evil is suffering, death and hardships. In the biblical account, Adam will toil in hardship while in traditional African understanding, illness, misfortune, death and poverty are said to result from evil doing.
  3. In both cases, sin and evil results in human beings being separated from God and the end of the original state of goodness and innocence.
  • In both, God is the guardian of morality, law and order.

 

DIFFERENCES

  1. While the Biblical account emphasizes the personal nature of sin, the African concept emphasizes more on the social nature and consequences of evil. When Adam and Eve sinned, each one offended God individually. However, in the African understanding whatever an individual does affects the whole community.
  2. While the African traditional understanding of evil emphasis the act of evil and its consequences, in the Bible human beings are sinners by nature because they are tainted by the sin of Adam. However, Christ’s death on the cross has affected the redemption of humankind.
  • Although the Bible recognizes other forces that may lead human beings to sin, emphasis is on the moral choices people make. African traditional understanding attributes evil to external forces like spirits or breaking of taboos
  1. The biblical view of sin does not leave human beings doomed to suffer forever. They are offered an escape and a message of hope through Christ’s death and resurrection. The African understanding of evil does not offer a final solution to the problem of evil. They continue in the cycle of appeasing the offended forces so as to be forgiven and reconciled.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER THREE

 

FAITH AND GOD’S PROMISES-ABRAHAM

 

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

By the end of this topic, the learner should be able to:-

  1. Outline the background to the call of Abraham
  2. Define the term “faith in God”
  3. Explain how Abraham demonstrated his faith in God and its relevance to Christians today
  4. State the promises made by God to Abraham and explain their importance to Christians today
  5. Define the term covenant
  6. Explain and appreciate the importance of God’s covenant with Abraham
  7. Identify covenants in modem life and appreciate their significance
  8. State the importance of circumcision to Abraham and his descendants (the Jews) and relate to the African circumcision practice
  9. Develop and appreciate a sense to live according to Gods guidance and direction

 

 

  1. BACKGROUND TO THE CALL OF ABRAHAM

Genesis 11: 24-32, 12: 1-9

Abraham lived with his father Terah in Ur. He had two brothers, Haran and Nahor. Haran had a son called Lot.

The people in Ur practiced Polytheism (worship of many gods or idols) the moon god was one of the gods.

At the time of his call, Abraham was known as Abram and his wife as Sarai. God changed their names to Abraham (meaning “father of many nations’) and Sarah (meaning mother of nations)

Terah left Ur for Canaan with his son Abraham, Sarah and Lot. On their way to Canaan, they settled at Haran about 1000Km from Ur where Terah died.

While at Haran, God called Abraham at the age of 75. He was told by God to leave his native land, his relatives, his father’s home and go to a land where God will show him.

He was also promised many descendants, blessings and fame.

Abraham obeyed God’s call. He left Haran to an unknown destination. He was accompanied by his wife Sarah and his nephew Lot.

On arrival at Canaan, Abraham came to Shechem. There, the Lord appeared to him and told him that he will give him the land of Canaan. Abraham built an altar of God at Shechem.

From Shechem, Abraham went to Bethel. At Bethel, he built another altar for God and worshipped Him.

After awhile, there was famine in Canaan and Abraham left for Egypt where he lived for some years. In Egypt, Abraham was treated kindly by the king and he was given flocks of sheep and goats, cattle, donkeys, slaves and camels, making him a rich man.

 

  1. THE MEANING OF FAITH IN GOD

Hebrews 11: 1-6

Faith is complete trust or confidence in somebody or something.

It is a firm belief without necessarily having a logical proof.

Faith in God implies total obedience and trust in Him

The Bible says that without faith, it is impossible to please God because anyone who comes to Him must believe that He exists and that He rewards those who earnestly seek Him.

 

  1. ABRAHAM’S ACTS OF FAITH

Genesis 12: 1-9, 15: 1-6, 17:23-24, 21:1-7, 22:1-19

Abraham is referred to as the father of faith for the following reasons:-

  1. He agreed to move from his home Haran to an unknown destination as commanded by God
  2. Abraham believed in God when God promised him a son of his own even though he was old.
  • He agreed to circumcise himself at the age of 99. His son Ishmael and all male children of his household as a sign of the covenant he made with God.
  1. He circumcised his son Isaac at the age of 8 days and made it a command for all hi descendants.
  2. He agreed to sacrifice his own son Isaac when God told him to.
  3. He trusted and believed in the promises God made to him.
  • He agreed to change his name from Abram to Abraham and his wife’s name from Sarai to Sarah as commanded by God
  • He built altars for God at Shechem and Bethel where he worshiped God.
  1. He believed he will have as many descendants as the stars in the sky as God promised even though he had no son of his own.

 

Lessons that Christians learn from Abraham’s acts of faith

  1. God expects Christians to obey and have absolute faith in Him
  2. Christians should learn not to doubt God but to always remember that God fulfill His promise in His own time
  • Nothing is impossible with God. Despite being old, Abraham and Sarah were able to have a son of their own.
  1. Christians should be prepared to face very difficult situations as tests of their faith
  2. Christians are assured of possession of the Promised Land (eternal life) through their faith in Jesus Christ.
  3. Christians should be ready to make sacrifice to God without questioning
  • Those who have faith are the spiritual descendants of Abraham.

 

  1. GOD’S PROMISES TO ABRAHAM

Genesis 12: 2-3, 15: 1-21, 17: 1-8, 15-18

Promise means giving an assurance of something to someone.

God promised Abraham the following:-

  1. God will give him a land to dwell in
  2. He will give his descendants the land of Canaan to dwell in.
  • God would make Abraham’s name famous
  1. God would establish an everlasting covenant with Abraham and his descendants. He shall be their God.
  2. God would be a shield to Abraham, He will protect him.
  3. God would give him and his wife Sarah a son of their own.
  • God would make Abraham’s descendants a great nation
  • God would make his descendants be enslaved for four hundred years in a foreign land. God would however free them and deliver them back to their land with great possessions
  1. God would punish the nation that enslaved Abraham’s descendants
  2. God would make some of Abraham’s descendants Kings
  3. God would bless him
  • God would bless those that blessed Abraham
  • God would curse those that cursed Abraham
  • God will make all the families of the earth receive blessings through Abraham
  1. God would let Abraham live for long and die in peace.

 

Relevance of the promises made to Abraham by God to Christians today.

  1. God continues to call people from different backgrounds such as evangelists, priests, to serve Him
  2. God continuous to protect Christians in all circumstances
  • Christians learn that God values personal relationship with Him
  1. Christians are called to leave their past sinful lives and put their whole trust in God Almighty
  2. Through faith in Jesus Christ, all people become children of God and receive God’s blessings.

 

  1. THE MEANING OF COVENANT

Covenant is a serious or solemn agreement between two persons or groups of person

It can also be referred to as pact or treaty

 

Characteristics of a covenant

  1. It involves two or more persons making a pact
  2. Once parties involved enter into a covenant, it cannot be broken
  • If one of the parties decides to break the covenant, serious consequences are expected
  1. There must be a ceremony signifying the signing of the covenant
  2. There must be an outward sign that shows that the covenant exists
  3. Vows are exchanged between those signing the covenant

 

Types of covenants

There are two types of covenants

Conditional covenant

This involves two or more parties that regard each other as equals making a covenant

For example, the Sinai Covenant whereby the Israelites promised to keep God’s commandments as God promised to be their God as long as they kept these promises.

In marriage also, both man and woman give each other promise.

 

 

Unconditional covenants

These covenants are made between unequal parties such as between kings and their subjects

In this case, the subjects are inferior to their masters and they have to obey the commandments issued by the king without question

 

Examples of covenants from the Bible

  1. The Covenant with Noah in which God entered into a relationship with the whole world and promised to preserve the life of people. The sign of this covenant is the rainbow (Genesis 9)
  2. The covenant with Abraham in which god promised to fulfill the promises He made with him. The sign of the covenant is circumcision. (Genesis 15, 17)
  • The covenant with the people of Israel at Mount Sinai in which God promised to be their God. The Israelites promised obedience. The sign of this covenant is the Law. (Exodus 24)
  1. The covenant with King David in which God promised him that his dynasty will continue forever (2nd Samuel 7:14-16)
  2. Jeremiah’s covenant in which God promises to make a New covenant with the Israelites where each individual will come to know God personally (Jeremiah 31: 3-34)

 

  1. GOD’S COVENANT WITH ABRAHAM

Genesis 15: 1-19, 17: 1-22

God appeared to Abraham in a vision where God assured Abraham that He will shield him from danger and give him a great reward.

Abraham asked God what good the reward will do to hi and yet he had no child. He told God that his only heir was Eliezer of Damascus and wondered why his slave should inherit his property.

God told Abraham that Eliezer will not inherit his property but his own son will be his heir.

God took him outside and told him to look up to the sky and try to count the stars. He told Abraham that he will have as many descendants as the stars.

Abraham (who was 100 years old then and his wife 90 years) put his trust in God and because of this God was pleased with him and accepted him.

God then told Abraham that He will give him the land of Canaan.

Abraham wanted an assurance from God that He would fulfill His promises.

God entered into a covenant with him. God told him to bring a heifer (cow), a goat, a ram each of which three years old and a dove and a pigeon.

He then cut the animals into halves and placed them opposite each other in two rows. The birds were not split.

Vultures came down on the bodies, but Abraham drove them off.

Towards evening, Abraham fell into a deep sleep and was filled with fear while he slept. The Lord appeared to him in a vision and told him that:-

  • His descendants will be strangers in a foreign land and will be slaves but will leave that land after 400 years. They will however, come out of the foreign land with a lot of wealth and God will punish the nation that enslaves them.
  • He will live to a ripe age, die in peace and be buried.

When the sun had set and it was dark, a smoking firepot and a flaming torch suddenly appeared and passed between the pieces of the animals.

Then the Lord made a covenant with Abraham and promised to him and his descendants the land of Canaan.

Note: the physical manifestations of God are called Theophany. In this case, God appeared to Abraham in form of a smoking firepot and flaming torch. Other examples of Theophany are:

  • The burning bush in the call of Moses
  • The pillar of fire and pillar of cloud during the exodus
  • Thunder, lighting, smoking mountain during the making of the Sinai Covenant
  • They mighty wind, earthquake and still small voice of calm in the story of Elijah

 

Importance of the Covenant between God and Abraham

  • This covenant was unconditional. God took the initiative to enter into a covenant while Abraham obeyed. Therefore God bound Himself in a personal relationship with a human being.
  • As God passed through the pieces of meat, He showed that He will protect Abraham and his descendants.
  • This covenant begins a lasting relationship between God and all nations of the earth.
  • The covenant confirmed God’s choice of Abraham.
  • God was initiating His plan of salvation for human kind. God was ready to die in the person of His son, Jesus Christ, so that this covenant would be filled.

 

  1. COVENANTS IN MODERN LIFE
  2. Marriage Ceremony

In marriage, the bride, the bridegroom and their families come together.

It happens in customary, civil or church marriages.

Several agreements are made and both sides promise to be loyal to each other for the rest of their lives.

 

  1. Baptism

This happens in the Christians Churches. The new believers, infants or adults, are expected to keep vows from the day of baptism for the rest of their lives

 

  1. Loyalty

Leaders in public service, for example, heads of state, government ministries, members of parliament, senators, governors, administrators such as chiefs and church leader must be sworn in before they take over their new responsibilities.

 

  1. CIRCUMCISION
  2. The importance of circumcision for Abraham and his descendants

Genesis 17: 1-16

God appeared to Abraham and reassure him of the promises He had made earlier. God promised to make an everlasting covenant between Him and Abraham and his descendants.

Abraham was expected to obey and do what was right and pleasing to God. As a sign of obedience to the Lord, God commanded Abraham to circumcise all males of eight days old including slaves born within and those brought from foreigners

Those who failed t be circumcised would be considered as outcasts

Abraham’s name was also changed from Abram and Sarah, his wife was changed from Sarai.

Abraham was circumcised at the age of 99. His son Ishmael (by Haggar, the slave girl) who was 13 years old was also circumcised.

From that day, circumcision was to take place on the eighth day. It was a mark of identity for all true Jews, the chosen people of God. Circumcision was now going to be an outward sign of inner faith

It was also to be a physical sign that Abraham and his descendants had entered into a covenant with God.

 

  1. Similarities between the African and the Jewish rite of circumcision
  2. Circumcision is a physical mark of identity for both the Africans and Jews
  3. The rite of circumcision gives a sense of belonging/ mark of unity to both Jews and Africans
  • Circumcision is perceived as a religious function in both communities
  1. The practice of circumcision is passed on from one generation to another
  2. Those who fail to undergo the rite are considered outcasts
  3. In both communities, the rite of circumcision is taken as an important stage in a person’s life.

 

  1. Differences between the Jewish rite of Circumcision and the African practice of circumcision
  2. the Jewish community circumcised eight day old males while the African community circumcised adolescents between 10-18 years old
  3. In the Jewish community, circumcision is a physical sign for those joined to God in faith. In the African community it is not only a sign of identity but also marks the end of childhood and the beginning of adulthood
  • In the African community the initiates acquire new status and responsibilities. They enter warrior group, marry, and own property, where as in the Jewish community this is not possible since circumcision is performed on eight year old males.
  1. In Jewish practice, only boys are circumcised. In some African communities, even girls are circumcised through clitodectomy.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER FOUR

 

THE SINAI COVENANT-MOSES

 

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

By the end of this topic, the learner should be able to:-

  1. Give the historical background to the call of Moses
  2. Describe the call of Moses
  3. Outline the ten plagues
  4. Explain the Passover
  5. Describe Israelites journey during the wilderness including how they worshipped
  6. Describe the Sinai Covenant

 

 

HISTORICAL BACKGROUND

Genesis 37: 1-36, 50: 1-26; Exodus 1-2

The history of the Israelites dates back to the time of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob who are considers being the great ancestors of the Israelites. Jacob had twelve sons. His son Joseph was his favorite. This made his brothers envy and hate him. As a result, they conspired and sold him to the Ishmaelite traders who later took him to Egypt and sold him to Portiphar, an army officer of Pharaoh.

In Egypt, the Lord was with Joseph and he became a successful man in Portiphar’s house. Later on, he interpreted Pharaoh’s dream which saved the Egyptians from severe famine. He was then appointed by Pharaoh to be a governor in charge of all the food stores in Egypt. After some years, there was severe famine in Canaan and Joseph’s brothers went to Egypt to buy food.  They unwillingly landed in the hands of Joseph. Joseph treated them kindly, and gave them food. At later date, he sent for whole family to come and settle in Egypt. When they arrived in Egypt, Joseph and Pharaoh settled them in the fertile land of Goshen.

The Pharaoh, who ruled the Egyptians at the time of Joseph, was a Hyksos King. Hyksos were Semitic people who had conquered the Egyptians. Joseph was from the same Semitic group as that one of the King and because of that, his family enjoyed protection from Pharaoh. After some years, Joseph and the Pharaoh who loved him died. Then, there came a new king from Egyptian community who did not know anything about Joseph. This King feared that the Israelites, being Semites unlike the Egyptians, might turn and join their enemies in fighting them. Therefore, the new King ordered that the Israelites be enslaved so that their number and strength could be reduced.

The King’s order proved futile as the number of the Israelites continued to increase. The King commanded that every new born baby boy should be killed by being drowned in River Nile.

It is during that time that Moses was born. His mother hid him for three months. When she could no longer hide him, she made a waterproof basket, laid the child inside and placed it among the reeds at the bank of River Nile.

At River Nile, Moses was rescued and adopted by Pharaoh’s daughter.

In Pharaoh’s palace, he was given the best education and training of the time. One day, Moses killed an Egyptian when he was defending an Israelite. He killed the Egyptian as a sign of identifying himself with his people, the Israelite. When he learned that Pharaoh had discovered what he had done, he ran to the wilderness to escape punishment.

 

Explain ways in which Moses background prepared him for his leadership

  • He grew up in the palace as prince, getting the best education befitting a royal.
  • Being nursed by his Mother at the place ensured he doesn’t lose his identity as an Israelite
  • Moses grew up to be an intelligent man, an attribute he used later in his Mission as a leader of God’s people.
  • Living in the wilderness as a shepherded, and experiencing all the difficulties of the wilderness also prepared him adequately to be a shepherded of God’s people.

 

  1. THE CALL OF MOSES

Exodus 3:1-22

When Moses escaped into the wilderness after killing the Egyptian, Jethro, a priest in Midian, took him in. he became a shepherd, tending Jethro’s flock and later married one of his daughters.

One day, when Moses was near Mount Horeb, commonly referred to as Mount Sinai, looking after his father in-laws sheep, he saw a strange sight. A bush was on fire but was not consumed. He went near to see what it was.

The angel of the Lord appeared to him in a flaming fire out of the midst of the bush. When Moses moved near to see the strange sight, God called him by name and instructed him, “Do not come any closer. Take off your sandals, because you are standing on a holy ground.” The removal of shoes by Moose was a sign of spiritual nakedness before God.

God told Moses that He was the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob. Moses hid his face, for he was afraid to look at God. Then God told him that He had seen the suffering of His people, the Israelites in Egypt. He told Moses that He had come down to liberate them from the land of bondage

God commanded Moses to go back to Egypt and free the Israelites from the hands of the Egyptians. Moses protested by saying that he was not worthy to go before Pharaoh

Moses had killed an Egyptian and had run away from Egypt. He was afraid of being arrested if he went back there.

God assured Moses that He would be with him. He gave Moses a sign of assurance that when he liberates the Israelites from Egypt, they should worship Him at Mount Sinai.

Moses asked God what His name was. God told him, “I am who I am” meaning that God was what He was in the past and would always be the same God.

He instructed Moses to tell the Israelites that He was the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob. He assured Moses that the Israelites would respond to him positively. However, Pharaoh would not let them go until several terrifying occurrences would force him to release the Israelites.

Despite the assurances Moses was given by God, he complained to God that the Israelites would neither believe nor listen to him.

God gave him two signs he was to use in performing miracles as proof that he was God’s messenger.

  • First, he was told to use the rod he had in his hand which would turn into a snake
  • Secondly, he was to place his hand in his pocket and on pulling it out, it would be affected with leprosy.

 

Moses still complained to God that he was not eloquent speaker, but just a stammerer

God assured Moses that the Egyptians would finally cooperate with the Israelites when the time came for them to leave Egypt. They would acquire a lot of property from the Egyptians. God also told him that his brother Aaron was to be his spokesman. Then Moses went back to Jethro’s home, gathered his family members and started his journey to Egypt.

 

Attributes of God from the call of Moses

  • God is loving and caring
  • God is transcendent; He is beyond human understanding. He cannot be limited to time and space.
  • God chooses whoever He wills to carry out His plans
  • God expects total obedience and faith on the part of those He chooses.

 

  1. THE TEN PLAGUES

Exodus 7: 14-11: 1-10

A plague may be a disease or an unfortunate occurrence in one’s life.

When Moses approached Pharaoh, Pharaoh proved difficult and would not release the Israelites. God intervened with ten severe plagues. God sent to the Egyptians as follows:

  1. the plague of Blood
  2. the plague of Frogs
  • the plague of Gnats
  1. the plague of Flies
  2. the plague of Death of Animals
  3. the plague of Boils
  • the plague of Hail
  • the plague of Locusts
  1. the plague of Darkness
  2. the Passover

 

  1. The plague of Blood

Moses was commanded by God to tell Aaron to strike the waters of the Nile with his rod. He did this in the presence of Pharaoh and the waters of the Nile turned into blood.

 

  1. The plague of Frogs

The Lord commanded Moses to tell Aaron to stretch his hand over the streams, canals and ponds. Aaron did as was commanded; and there were frogs all over the land of Egypt. When the Egyptians were overwhelmed by these frogs, Pharaoh asked Moses to pray for their removal

 

  • The plague of the Gnats

Gnats are small two-winged biting flies. This plague was so severe that even the magicians of Egypt acknowledged the hand and power of God. The Gnats covered the land, people and animals. Pharaoh did not give in

  1. The plague of Flies

Flies came to the land of Egypt in swarms. They invaded Pharaoh’s palace and the houses of his officials while there were no flies in the houses of the Israelites. Pharaoh deceived Moses that he would release the Israelites if the flies were removed. Moses prayed to Yahweh and the flies left. Pharaoh however, did not release the children of God.

 

  1. The plague of Death of Animals

God sent a plague that killed all the Egyptians animals. Their cows, donkeys, camels, sheep, goats and horses were killed. However, the animals of the Israelites were not affected. Still Pharaoh refused to release them

 

  1. The plague of Boils

Moses and Aaron were told by God to cast ashes into the air. This act produced sores and open wounds on Egyptians and their animals. Pharaoh remained stubborn and did not release the Israelites

 

  • The plague of Hail

God sent severe hailstorm which affected Pharaoh as well. It was the worst storm Egypt had ever experienced. Everything left in the open was destroyed and all people who had not taken shelter were killed. Moses prayed to God and stopped the storm, Pharaoh refused to release the Israelites.

 

  • The plague of Locusts

Locusts came to the Egyptian land, but Pharaoh refused to release them

 

  1. The plague of Darkness

The Lord sent darkens over the whole land of Egypt. No one could see anything or anyone for three days. Pharaoh now softened and told Moses that he could take his people and go to worship God with all his people but leave the animals. Moses told Pharaoh that they had to leave with all their animals so that they may go and sacrifice to their God in the wilderness. Pharaoh refused to release them yet again.

After this plague, Moses promised never to appear before Pharaoh again. However, God was still concerned about the freedom of the Israelites and, therefore, He sent Moses to Pharaoh one last time.

 

  1. THE PASSOVER

Exodus 12: 1-3

The term Passover is driveled from the Hebrew word Pasach meaning ‘to pass over’ with the aim of sparing or protecting.

In the tenth plague, the first born sons of the Egyptians and those of their animals were to die, starting with the son of Pharaoh to the son of a slave in Egypt.

 

Instructions for the Preparation of the Tenth plagues

Moses called all the elders of Israel and gave them the following instructions:-

  1. On the tenth of that month, each man had to choose either a lamb or a young goat for his household. If his family was too small to eat a whole animal, then he and his next door neighbor were to share the animal. The animal chosen was to be male, one year old and without blemish. Using a young animal signified the innocence of the sacrifice an animal without blemish signified the purity of the sacrifice.
  2. The animal chosen was to be killed on the evening of the fourteenth day of that month. The animal’s blood was to be smeared on the two door posts and the lintel of the Israelite’s houses. The blood was to act as a sign of distinguishing the Israelites’ houses from those of the Egyptians. This was to ensure that the angel of death would spare them when he killed the first born sons of the Egyptians.
  • The lamb or animal for sacrifice was to be roasted whole, meaning with its head, legs and inner parts. Roasting was the quickest method of coking since the Israelites were in a hurry.
  1. The meat was to be eaten that night with unleavened bread and bitter herbs. This was because there was no time to ferment the dough. The bitter herbs signified the bitter experiences of slavery in Egypt.
  2. They were to eat the sacrificial meat after they were dressed up and packed their luggage. This was because they were in a hurry to leave
  3. The Israelite women were to ask for jewels, silver and clothing from the Egyptians women on the eve of departure. These items were to act as compensation for the free labor the Israelites had given in Egypt.
  • Everyone was to remain indoors until morning in order to be protected from the angel of death
  • The Passover was to be commemorated annually and its significance taught to the coming generations

 

The Israelites carried out all the instructions given. On the 14th night, the angel of death or “the destroyer” passed over the Israelites’ houses, sparing them and killing the first born sons of the Egyptians. Pharaoh’s son was not spared, neither the sons of slaves in the Egyptian houses, or the male offspring of their animals. There was wailing and crying throughout Egypt.

The tenth plague broke Pharaoh’s heart and arrogance. He called Moses and Aaron and commanded them to take the Israelites out of Egypt.

 

Attributes of God from the Ten Plagues

The plagues revealed that Yahweh was:-

  • More powerful than the Egyptian gods
  • Aware of the problems of the Israelites
  • Determined to save His people
  • Working through His prophet, Moses
  • Was just
  • Requires absolute obedience

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. THE EXODUS

The journey from Egypt to the wilderness by the Israelites is what is called the Exodus which means “going out”.

 

  1. The crossing of the Red Sea

Exodus 14: 5-31

The people of Israel had been in slavery for 430 years when Moses led them out of Egypt. Moses wanted them to get away as quickly as possible. This is because God had warned Moses that Pharaoh would pursue them. He led them south, towards the Mountain of God, Mount Sinai.

Just as God had been with His people in Egypt, so was He with them when they left. He went before them during the day in a pillar of cloud and during the night in a pillar of fire.

Pharaoh took 600 chariots, horsemen and soldiers, and pursued the Israelites. He hoped to bring them back because he did not want to lose the slave labor. Pharaoh’s army soon came close to the Israelites. The Israelites saw a cloud of dust at a distance and knew that the Egyptians were after them. They were afraid and angry at Moses. They said it would have been better for them to serve the Egyptians than to die in the desert.

Moses assured the Israelites that God would not abandon them. Yahweh ordered Moses to stretch out his hand over the sea that was ahead of them. A strong wind parted the water and the people of God crossed on dry ground to safety.

Pharaoh’s soldiers, who had also reached the sea, began to cross. When they reached the middle of the sea, the water began to flow back and filled the path the Israelites had used. The chariots and horses could not move. They tried turning back but this was not possible. God ones again told Moses to hold out his hand over the sea, and the water flowed over the Egyptians until none of them was left alive.

 

  1. God provides water in the wilderness

Exodus 15: 22-27, 17: 1-6

From the Red Sea, Moses led the Israelites towards Mt. Sinai through the desert. Soon, the people were thirsty and hungry.

Their faith in God came under severe test as they began to grumble because they could not get water to drink at Marah and Rephidim. They wondered why Moses brought them into the wilderness to suffer.

Moses sought God’s guidance in a bid to appease the Israelites. At Marah, the bitter waters were turned sweet after God told Moses to throw a tree into the water. At Rephidim, God told Moses to strike a rock with his rod and water flowed from it.

After this, God promised to protect the Israelites from diseases if they obeyed Him because He was their leader.

 

  1. God provides Manna and Quails

Exodus 16: 1-13

The people of Israel lacked food while in the wilderness. When they complained and mourned to Moses, God provided food for them

God provided Manna and each morning the people gathered the day’s portion. Manna was white seed-like substance that tested like biscuits made with honey. He also provided Quails which came in large flocks. A Quail is a round-bodied bird with a small tail.

  1. Defeat of the Amalekites

Exodus 17: 8-16

While at Rephidim, the Israelites were attacked by men from the tribe of Amalek. Moses had become too old to fight, so he asked Joshua, the son of Nun, to lead the people to battle. Moses stood on a hill with his hands held out to God in prayer.

Whenever the Israelites saw his hands held up, they knew God was in control, but whenever Moses got tired and put his hands down, they lost hope and the Amalekites began to win. Aaron and Hur held up Moses’ hands and eventually the Israelites won

 

  1. THE MAKING OF THE SINAI COVENANT

Exodus 19, 20: 18-21, 24: 1-8

  1. Preparation

God made a covenant with the Israelites at Mount Sinai in the wilderness. He brought them here so that He could enter into a personal relationship with the whole community of Abraham’s descendants

God called Moses to the mountain to ask him if the Israelites were willing to obey Him. If they were, He promised to make them:

  • His People
  • A Kingdom of Priest
  • A Holy Nation

When Moses came down to the foot of the mountain, he told the Israelites what God had said. The Israelites promised to do what the Lord had spoken. As He had promised earlier, God told Moses to inform the Israelites that He would come down in a thick cloud to meet them. God wanted to confirm to the people that Moses was His true prophet.

In preparation for God’s coming, the Israelites were to;

  • Make themselves holy by washing their garments
  • Mark the boundaries on the foot of the mountains so as to prevent any person or animal going up the mountain.
  • Abstain from sexual relationship

On the third day, Moses took the Israelites to meet their God. God manifested His presence in form of thunder, lightening, earthquake and a thick cloud that covered the whole mountain. There was also a loud trumpet blast that made the people tremble

Moses went up the Mountain and was given the Ten Commandments. Moses came back from the mountain and told the people about the laws and ordinances which were to guide them as a covenant people.

All the people answered in one voice, and said “All the words which the Lord has spoken we will do”

 

  1. Sealing of the Covenant

The following morning, Moses prepared a ceremony to seal the covenant. He built an altar at the foot of the mountain on which he placed twelve pillars according to the twelve tribes of Israel. Then he sent young men to offer burnt offerings and peace offerings to the Lord.

Moses took half of the blood and poured it on the altar, the place of meeting with God. He then took the book of the covenant, in which the divine laws had been written down by him, he read it in the hearing of all people and they all said, “all that the Lord has spoken, we will do and we will be obedient.”

Then Moses took the remainder of the blood and sprinkled it over the people. The sprinkling of the blood implied that the covenant was binding the Israelites to God.

God concluded the covenant ceremony by giving Moses the two stone tablets on which the laws were written.

 

  1. The Ten Commandments

Exodus 20:1-17

These are the main laws which God gave Moses. The Greek name for them is Decalogue.

These laws were either conditional laws or absolute laws

Conditional law states that if a certain thing happens, then a certain consequence will follow.

Absolute laws were unconditional, whereby everything had to be followed without question or discussion

The Ten Commandments are divided into two major groups, these are:-

 

  1. Those which define the people’s duty towards God

Under this category, fall the first four commandments

  1. Those which define one’s duty towards others

Under this category fall the last six commandments

 

The Ten Commandments are:-

  1. You shall have no other gods before Me

The Israelites were to worship God alone. Christians are urged to love God with all their heart, mind and soul.

 

  1. You shall not make for yourself a graven image

God was not to be depicted in any form or description such as images or idols

 

  • You shall not take the name of the Lord your God in vain

This commandment forbids the use of God’s name in light or careless manner without regard to His holiness. One should not swear in God’s name

 

  1. Remember the Sabbath Day and keep it holy

The Sabbath Day was instituted by God at creation. Since God rested on this day after completing the work of creation. This is still applicable today.

 

  1. Honor your father and mother that your days may be long

This means that God’s gift of life is passed on to us through our parents. Parents sustain their children by providing for them in every way they can. Therefore, they deserve respect, obedience and love from their children. This is the only commandment with a blessing.

 

  1. You shall not kill

It is God alone who gives life and it should be Him alone to take it. Christians are called upon to preserve, respect and protect life. Therefore, acts like abortion and murder are evil and thus condemned by God.

 

  • You shall not commit adultery

It is wrong to have sexual intercourse with somebody else’s wife or husband, for such an act will sow discord in the community.

 

  • You shall not steal

Stealing indicates lack of trust in God’s providence. Practices like slavery, robbery, cheating in trade and refusal to pay debts are condemned.

 

  1. You shall not bear false witness against your neighbor

False accusations destroy respect and love among God’s people.

 

  1. You shall not covet your neighbor’s property

This commandment condemns greed of any nature. Christians are encouraged to practice self control and acquire what they need justly.

 

Besides the Ten Commandments, the Israelites were given other rules and regulations to govern their daily lives. Those rules dealt with matters concerning religious ceremonies, treatment of slaves and strangers, theft, loses and repayment, violence and bodily injury.

 

  1. The Breaking of the Covenant

Exodus 32: 1-35

Although the Israelites had promised to keep the covenant, they did not take long before they dishonored their pledge to obey God. This happened when Moses had gone to the mountain to receive the written Ten Commandments

He had left Aaron in charge of the people. When Moses delayed in coming back, the Israelites became impatient and restless. They asked Aaron to make them a god that would lead them, for they did not know what had happened to Moses.

Aaron told them to take off the rings of gold which were worn by their sons, daughters and wives and bring them to him. Then, he melted them and molded a bull calf and the Israelites said that that was their god which had brought them out of Egypt.

They also built an altar for god. They offered burnt offerings and peace offerings to it and indulged themselves in eating, drinking and sex.

In the meantime, God revealed to Moses that the Israelites had broken the covenant. God threatened to destroy them.  Moses interceded for them and God changed His mind.

As Moses came down the mountain, he found the Israelites singing and dancing around the golden calf. This annoyed him and he threw down the stone tablets on which the Ten Commandments were written on. Moses took the golden calf, burnt it into powder, mixed it with water and made the Israelites drink. Then he called those who had not sinned and ordered them to take their swords and kill those who had sinned.

 

  1. The Renewal of the Sinai Covenant

Exodus 34: 1-35

The renewal of the covenant came after Moses had pleaded with God not to destroy the Israelites after they broke the covenant. God spared the Israelites.

The Lord commanded Moses to cut two stone tablets and go up to the mountain. Then He told Moses that He would make a covenant with the Israelites again.

 

Conditions that God expected the Israelites to fulfill with the renewal of the Sinai Covenant

  • to obey what God commands them
  • not to make any treaty with the those who live in the land where they were going
  • To break down the altars, sacred stones and false gods of the inhabitants of Canaan.
  • Not to worship any other god
  • Not to make cast idols
  • To keep the feast of the unleavened bread
  • To rest on the seventh day
  • To dedicate all their first-born male children and first-born male of their domestic animals to God
  • To offer to God the first fruits of their crops

After all these commands, God promised the Israelites that He would:

  • Protect and preserve them
  • Bless them
  • Make them prosper so much that the surrounding nations would enquire about their source of wealth and success.

After these promises, God asked Moses to write these words in new set of stone tablets. This showed that the covenant between God and the Israelites was now renewed.

 

  1. HOW THE ISRAELITES WORSHIPPED GOD IN THE WILDERNESS

Exodus 20: 22-26, 23: 14-20

Worship refers to the reverence paid to God. It may also refer to the recognition given to God as the creator and controller of the universe.

During this period in the wilderness, the Israelites worshipped God as individuals and as a community. This occurred at specific places, at different times and in a particular manner. All worship involved:-

  • Offering of prayers
  • Petitioning God for desired favors
  • Thanking God for His protection and providence
  • Singing songs of praise
  • Offering sacrifices and offerings by priests
  • Observing the Sabbath Day

 

Various aspects of Israelites worship and where it occurred:-

 

  1. SACRIFICES AND OFFERINGS

In sacrifices, animals were used where as in an offering, agricultural produce was used. Sacrifices included:

  1. Burnt offerings/holocaust

Here the sacrificial animal was completely burnt and therefore, entirely removed from human possession and given to God.

 

 

 

  1. Atonement/ sin offering

This type of sacrifice was offered when one had sinned either against God or his/her fellow human beings and wanted his/her sins to be forgiven. The one who had sinned brought an animal before God and it was offered as a sacrifice. In this case, the animal died on behalf of the person who had sinned.

 

  • Peace offering/communion sacrifice/fellowship offering

In this sacrifice, part of the meat of the sacrificial animal was eaten by the people and other parts which consisted of fat and blood were burnt on the altar for God. The purpose of this sacrifice was to bring the worshippers into union with God.

 

  1. Gift offering

In this offering, the best animal or grains that God had blessed the concerned party was chosen and offered to God as a thanksgiving

 

  1. Meal offering/drink offering

This type of offering involved both vegetable and animal offerings. Meat offering could be offered alone, but was usually offered together with fresh agricultural produce.

 

  1. Incense offering

Incense is a substance composed of sweet smelling herbs. It is burnt before God and it was a sign of God’s holiness and His acceptance of the sacrifice.

 

  1. FESTIVALS

Festival is a celebration commemorating a past event such as a day of independence in a given country.

The festivals in the Israelites community included:-

  1. The Passover/ Feast of the Unleavened Bread

This feast was held annually at the beginning of each year. Unleavened bread would be eaten for seven days of the first month in every New Year. The feast was a commemoration of the Israelites’ liberation from Egypt.

 

  1. The Feast of Weeks/ Pentecost

This feast originally marked the end of the wheat harvest. Later, it was conducted 50 days from the Sabbath following the Passover, hence the name Pentecost.

 

  • The feast of tabernacles

This festival marked the end of the agricultural year. It took place in autumn when the fruits had been harvested.

 

  1. ALTARS

Altars are earthly marked meeting places between God and people.

The Israelites built an altar in places where they received a Theophany or God’s physical manifestation. Examples of altars are like the ones Moses built at the place where Amalek was defeated and at the foot of Mount Sinai.

 

  1. THE TENT OF MEETING

This was a portable structure in which the Israelites worshipped God in. it was also called a Tabernacle

The outer court of the Tabernacle consisted of an altar for burnt offerings and a basin where priests washed their feet and hands.

The interior part of the Tabernacle had two chambers. The outer one contained an altar for incense, the golden sick and bread of the presence table. The second chamber was known as the most holy place because it contained the Ark of the Covenant.

The Ark of the Covenant was a wooden box that was covered by pure gold and the inside contained the two stone tablets on which the Ten Commandments were written on. It was taken care of by the Levites who were appointed priests the time of Moses.

The Tabernacle symbolized the presence of God among His people. Only appointed or elected people would approach the Tent of Meeting.  Priests would go inside the tabernacle to offer prayers and sacrifices to God on behalf of other people.

 

Identify the elements of Israelites worship which have found place in the Christian worship today

  1. The Passover feast which marked the liberation of the Israelites from Egypt. This is also referred to as The Lord’s Supper in the New Testament and Christian worship today.
  2. use of prayers and songs
  • observing the Lord’s Day (Sabbath) by modern Christians
  1. offerings are also given in form of money, goods and services
  2. building of altars

 

  1. THE ISRAELITES’ NEW UNDERSTANDING OF THE NATURE OF GOD

Exodus 33, 34

Although God introduced Himself to Moses as Yahweh, the Israelites only came to know Him through their experiences in the wilderness.

The renewal of the covenant showed that the broken covenant relationship could now be formerly restored. Yahweh showed that He is a merciful and compassionate God by giving them a second chance.

The favored position of the Israelites in God’s presence was a source of envy by other nations. They were God’s chosen nation

In the wilderness, the Israelites came to know God as their healer. He promised to heal all their diseases if they obeyed Him.

Despite the Israelites’ sins, God fulfilled His promises to them of a land of their own. He had promised to drive away their enemies.

They came to recognize Him as God of Victory for He defeated the Canaanites, Perizzites, Hittites and Jebusites who had occupied the Promised Land.

The Israelites realized that they could depend upon God as He was faithful.

 

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER FIVE

 

LEADERSHIP IN ISRAEL-DAVID & SOLOMON

 

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

By the end of this topic, the leaner should be able to:

  1. explain the reasons for Kingship in Israel
  2. Explain reasons against Kingship in Israel
  • Explain King Soul’s failures
  1. Explain the lessons that can be learnt from King Soul’s failures
  2. Explain and appreciate the importance of David as King of Israel and as ancestor of Jesus Christ
  3. Explain the qualities of a good leader drawn from King David’s leadership
  • Explain and asses King Solomon’s achievements and failures
  • Explain the importance of the Temple in Israel
  1. Desire to seek God’s guidance in leadership

 

INTRODUCTION

Leadership refers to the manner in which a community’s way of life is ruled or controlled.

When the Israelites settled in Canaan for the first 200 years, they were ruled by Judges.

THE FIRST Judge was Joshua who took over after Moses died in the wilderness. The last Judge was Samuel.

However, Yahweh, the God of Israel, remained the sovereign ruler of His people.

 

DUTIES OF JUDGES

  • They led the Israelites to war against their enemies
  • They settled disputes among the people
  • They acted as religious leaders and led the Israelites in worship. They received God’s Spirit who gave them the knowledge and power to carry out these duties
  • Some of the Judges acted as God’s prophets.

 

  1. REASONS FOR KINGSHIP IN ISRAEL

1st Samuel 8: 1-9

The Israelites were led by Judges from the time they settled in Canaan. However, it reached a time where they made a decision to have an earthly king to rule over them. Some of the reasons for Kingship are:-

  1. Samuel’s sons, Joel and Abidjan, were corrupt and took bribes

When Samuel grew old, he appointed his two sons to be judges in his place. The two sons lacked good leadership qualities of their father. They were corrupt and took bribes. The Israelites went to Samuel and asked him to choose a king to rule over them.

 

 

  1. The Israelites wanted a warrior king to lead them to war and bring victory to Israel.

The place where the Ark of the Covenant (Sanctuary) was kept had been destroyed by the Philistines. The Philistines had also taken the Ark of the Covenant. Canaan; therefore, faced threat of being a Philistine empire. As a result, the Israelites wanted a warrior king who would lead them into battles against the philistines so as to recover the stolen ark.

 

  • The Israelites wanted kings like the other nations around who had kings

Moabites, Philistines, Amalekites and Phoenicians all had kings. The Israelites saw that they were the only nation in that region who had no king. Hence, they wanted one.

 

  1. The Israelites wanted a physical leader whom they could see and approach

This implied that they were rejecting Yahweh as their unseen ruler

 

  1. The Israelites wanted a stable political government ruled by laws and order

They wanted a government that had enough security established through a regular army and perhaps one with an established law courts to try and punish wrong doers.

 

  1. REASON AGAINST KINGSHIP IN ISRAEL

1st Samuel 8: 10-20

By demanding a king, the Israelites were seen as rejecting Yahweh as their unseen ruler. God told Samuel to give the Israelites strict warnings and explain how the king would treat them. For example:-

  1. The king would conscribe the Israelites’’ sons forcefully into the army
  2. The king would introduce forced labor
  • The king would grab people’s land or vineyards for government use
  1. The king would turn people into slaves
  2. The king would force their daughters to work for his wives’ sons and for the royal house in general
  3. Israel would become like other nations which did not know Yahweh and then they would cease to be a covenant people.
  • Yahweh would reject them when they cried to Him.

The elders request for a king threatened to destroy the true identity of Israel as a “people of God” and as a covenant people

 

  1. KING SAUL’S SUCCESS AND FAILURES

1st Samuel 13: 8-14, 15: 7-25

Saul was son of Kish from the tribe of Benjamin. God commanded Samuel to anoint him.

 

King Saul’s success

  1. Saul was Yahweh’s own choice
  2. Saul received God’s spirit, which gave him power to act as God’s appointee like it had happened with the judges.
  • Through Yahweh’s help, Saul fought against all Israel’s enemies everywhere and won. For example he:-
  • Fought against the Amalekites
  • Led a successful war against the Philistines
  • Defeated the Amalekites

 

King Saul’s failure

  1. He became impatient and offered sacrifices to God at Gilgal instead of waiting for Prophet Samuel

Samuel had told Saul that he would meet him at Gilgal and offer sacrifices to God before the Israelites’ army went to fight the Philistines. Saul waited for seven days and Samuel seemed late in coming. The Philistine army started closing in on the Israelites. Saul’s army started running away to escape from the Philistines. Saul feared that unless he received God’s blessing before going to battle, the Philistines would destroy them. Saul decided to offer a sacrifice to god as a matter of urgency.

Just as he finished offering sacrifice, Samuel arrived and was angry with Saul and rebuked him. Saul had appointed himself as a mediator between God and the people. (He was neither a priest nor a prophet to do that work) therefore, Samuel prophesied the end of his rule.

  1. He failed to carry out the law of total destruction of an enemy conquered

The Law of Herem or the Ban required that when the Israelites went to war against any enemy, they were to destroy everything: man, woman, child, cattle and all property belonging to the enemy.

However, when Saul led his army against the Amalekites and defeated them, he did not destroy everything as Samuel had commanded him to do. Saul and his army kept the best sheep, lambs, cattle and everything else that was good, he intended to offer them as burnt sacrifices to God. He also captured King Agag alive and spared his life.

Samuel met Saul and he was disappointed with him and refused to listen to Saul’s excuses as to why he had disobeyed God’s commandment. Samuel told him that to obey God was better than mere sacrifice to Him.

  • The spirit of god left Saul and was replaced with an evil spirit that tormented him
  1. Saul turned against David because David had become popular with the Israelites.
  2. He consulted a median in trying to bring back Samuel’s spirit, hence practiced idolatry

 

Lessons learnt from king Saul’s failures

Saul’s failures have messages for both Christians and other leaders, for example:-

  1. Need for patience
  2. Need for obedience and faith in God
  • Need for political leaders to listen to advice from Church leaders
  1. Need for not turning against rivals
  2. Need for sincerity in worship of God

 

 

 

 

 

  1. KING DAVID’S IMPORTANCE

1st Samuel 16:1-23; 2nd  Samuel 6: 1-15

After Saul was rejected as king of Israel, Samuel was guided by God to go to Bethlehem. To the home of a Shepherded called Jesse who had eight sons. God would then show him who among those sons would be anointed as the next king of Israel.

Seven of Jesse’s sons were brought before Samuel; one at a time but God told Samuel that he had not chosen any of them. However, when the youngest son, David, a shepherded, was brought before Samuel, God told Samuel that that was the one, he should anoint him.

Samuel then took the olive oil and anointed David in front of his brothers. The spirit of the Lord then took control of David and was with him from that day on. However, this anointing had to be kept secret from Saul; otherwise he would plan to kill David. David had to wait until Saul died before he would take over. David was then employed in the service of Saul to be playing a lyre and harp to sooth Saul whenever he was possessed by an evil spirit.

As long as David worked for Saul, he remained faithful servant of the King. He was loved by Saul’s family. He even married one of his daughters. He became a personal friend of one of Saul’s son called Jonathan.

Many years later, Saul and his sons were killed in a battle against the Philistines. David then became the next king and ruled for over 40 years as king of Judah and Israel. His successes lay in the fact that he knew and obeyed God in all his undertakings.

 

KING DAVID’S ACHIEVEMENTS

  1. He was chosen by God
  2. He received public anointing at Hebron where he signed a treaty with the elders. This meant that he had been acknowledged by all the twelve tribes of Israel as their king.
  • He received the spirit of God from the time he was anointed.
  1. He was a brilliant military commander.

He broke the Philistines’ control over Canaan. He also waged successful wars against Moab, Ammon, Edom, Amalek and Aram (Syria). He concluded a treaty with the Phoenician King, Hiram of Tyre.

  1. He captured the old fortress of Jerusalem from the Jebusites and made it his capital city. Jerusalem was a neutral site belonging neither to the Southern nor to the Northern tribes of Israel.
  2. He removed the Ark of the Covenant from the house of Abinadab in Shiloh and brought it to Jerusalem with a great ceremony, singing and dancing. He then brought priests of Jerusalem and attached them to the royal court.
  • He expressed faith in God. In this, he managed to kill Goliath, the great Philistine warrior. He consulted God before going to war and never forgot to thank God for whatever blessing he had bestowed on him.
  • He was a skilled musician and composed many Psalms that were used and are still being used in temple and church worship.
  1. David respected the prophets of God and always consulted them whenever he wanted to do anything.
  2. He expanded the geographical boundaries of Israel through conquests and after which he would annex the land.
  3. He was a great diplomat and established good political relations with the neighboring kings.
  • He was a shrewd administrator who chose wise elders and counselors to advice him.
  • God promised to establish an everlasting kingdom for David where his descendants would live in security never to be disturbed by anybody.
  • David ruled over Israel, administering law and justice to all people.
  1. He insisted on taking census of all Israel.
  • He had remarkable leadership qualities. For example he was a brave man, eloquent in speech, patient and God fearing.
  • David was He was ready to accept sins he had committed and repent.
  • David received great favor from the Deutronomist by asserting that David was an ideal king.

 

  1. DAVID AS AN ANCESTOR OF JESUS CHRIST

2nd Samuel 1-29; Luke 1:26-33

After building a palace for himself, David intended to build a temple for God. He consulted Prophet Nathan to find out whether it was in order to do so. The prophet approved the idea. However, later that night Nathan received revelation from God which stated that David was not to build the temple. God instead made the following promises to David:-

  • God promised to keep David and his descendants safe from all enemies.
  • God would give David’s descendants a place to settle
  • God promised to raise up an heir from the house of David to sit on the throne
  • He promised to let David’s son be the one to build a temple for Him. God’s relationship with this king would be like that of a father to his son
  • God promised to establish an everlasting kingdom for David
  • God promised to make David’s name great or famous among all other leaders of the earth.

Some of these promises were fulfilled through Solomon his son, who also built a temple for God. David’s reign was also marked by period of peace and prosperity.

 

The promises made to David were also fulfilled in the New Testament through the coming of Jesus Christ in the following ways:-

  1. Jesus was born by a girl in Galilee who had been promised in marriage to Joseph, a descendant of King David.
  2. Angel Gabriel in his annunciation message to Mary says that Jesus will be king like his ancestor David.
  3. Zachariah in his Benedictus says that God has risen up a savior descended from the house of David.
  4. Jesus was born in Bethlehem which was also the birth place of David.
  5. The blind man at Jericho hailed Jesus as the son of David and looked to him to restore his sight.
  6. Jesus was hailed by the crowd as the Messiah, descended from David during His Triumphal entry into Jerusalem
  7. The early apostles like Peter and Paul, in their Sermons, made a number of references to Jesus as a descendant of David
  8. Saint Paul asserted that the Good News of salvation is about the son of God that took human nature and was born from David’s lineage
  9. In his genealogy, Saint Mathew also says that Jesus was a descendant of David.
  10. QUALITIES OF A GOOD LEADER DRAWN FROM KING DAVID
  11. Courage/bravery

David was a courageous military commandment who led his people to wars.

  1. Faith

David was a God-fearing man and expressed his total trust in God by consulting Him before engaging in any adventure

  • Gratitude

David always thanked God for any success or favors he received from Him

  1. Loyalty

David drew the support of his subjects by concluding a number of agreements or treaties with both the men of Judah and Israel in which the subjects promised their loyalty to him and he did likewise.

  1. Justice

David is said to have administered justice to all his subjects without favoring anyone. He never practiced tribalism or nepotism.

  1. Wisdom

David was a wise man; he chose wise legal advisors to assist him in his rule and chose Jerusalem, a neutral spot for administration hence tribal jealousies.

  • Humility

King David was ready to admit his mistakes and accepted criticism and rebukes from religious leaders such as prophets. He was ready to repent when he realized his mistakes.

  • Kindness

David forgave Saul and spared his life even though the latter wanted to kill him.

 

  1. KING SOLOMON’S ACHIEVEMENTS AND FAILURES

1st Kings 3-11

Solomon was the son of David. He was appointed by his father to succeed him. He was anointed by Zadok, the priest. He ruled for 40 years like his father David.

 

KING SOLOMON’S ACHIEVEMENTS

  1. He was a successful merchant. He achieved this by establishing and developing trade with the neighboring countries.
  2. He built up a professional army equipped with horse-drawn chariots.
  3. Solomon appointed government officials who assisted him in his administration.
  4. He developed a diplomatic relationship with foreign countries by marrying the daughters of the Kings of Egypt, Moab, Edom, Tyre etc.
  5. He was a great wise man and was praised for this.
  6. He built the temple for God.
  7. Solomon brought the Ark of the Covenant to the Temple of Jerusalem. This represented God’s presence among His people.
  8. He built himself a palace that took 13 years to complete.
  9. He composed 3,000 proverbs and 1,005 songs

 

 

 

KING SOLOMON’S FAILURE

  1. He married foreign wives who worshipped other god’s
  2. He built temples for the Pagan gods worshipped by his wives
  • He introduced forced labor in the building of palace & the temple
  1. He killed his own half brother, Adonijah, he suspected he could be his rival to the throne
  2. He practiced nepotism. Solomon’s own tribesmen from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin were exempted from forced labor.
  3. He introduced high taxation in Israel.
  • He valued himself more than God; he spent only seven years in building the Temple, but 13 years in building his own palace.
  • He was extravagant in the way he used the wealth belonging to the state of Israel.
  1. King Solomon sold part of Israelite territory: 20 towns of Galilee to Hiram, the King of Tyre in repayment for a debt he was unable to settle.
  2. He hired the skills of pagan craftsmen who designed, decorated and furnished the Temple of God.

 

THE DEATH OF SOLOMON AND THE DIVISION OF THE KINGDOM

1st King 12

When Solomon died, his son, Rehoboam succeeded him. A delegation of elders from the ten tribes of the North led by Jeroboam I. son of Nebat, met Rehoboam at Shechem. They presented their memorandum and told him they were willing to accept him as their king if he would give them some assurance of better treatment. They wanted him to rule them less harshly than his father Solomon had done.

Instead of listening to their grievances, he threatened them even with worse treatment than his father.

The delegation was angered with the harsh reply and rebelled against Rehoboam. They made Jeroboam I King of the Northern tribes. This split the kingdom into two; Israel comprising ten tribes and Judah comprising two tribes.

The Kingdom of Judah retained Jerusalem as its capital city. Jeroboam fortified two cities, Shechem and Penuel from where he ruled Israel in turn. He finally settled at Tirzah to the north of Shechem.

 

  1. THE IMPORTANCE OF THE TEMPLE IN ISRAEL
  2. It symbolized God’s presence among His people through the Ark of the Covenant which was kept in the Temple.
  3. It was a dwelling place for God. On the day of dedication to God, God’s glory filled the Temple in form of a thick cloud.
  4. It was a house of worship and prayer.
  5. it was a place where all first-born male children were dedicated to God
  6. all the Jewish religious festivals or feasts such as the Passover and Pentecost were celebrated in the Temple
  7. The temple was a training place for the Jewish religious teachers. These are the Scribes
  8. The Temple was the place where the prophets and priests lived.
  9. The Temple was the only place where all rites of purification were carried out.
  10. It was used as a law-court by the council of Jewish religious leaders called the Sanhedrin.
  11. The Temple was the only place where sacrifices to God were offered by the priests
  12. Religious ceremonies like naming and circumcision of baby boy took place in the Temple on the eighth day.
  13. It was the place where the right types of animals for sacrifice were brought by the Jews who had travelled long distances to celebrate the annual feasts.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER SIX

 

LOYALTY TO GOD-ELIJAH

 

SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

By the end of this topic, the leaner should be able to:

  1. Identify the factors that led to the spread of idolatry in Israel
  2. Explain the effects of Idolatry in Israel
  3. Describe the Mount Camel’s contest
  4. Explain how Elijah fought corruption in Israel
  5. Outline the reasons why Elijah faced danger and hostility as a prophet of God
  6. Explain the relevance of Elijah’s prophetic mission to Christians today

 

  1. FACTORS THAT LED TO THE SPREAD OF IDOLATRY IN ISRAEL

Idolatry refers to the worship of idol. (An idol is an image representing a god). The following contributed to the Israelites idol worship:-

 

  1. The local Canaanite Religion

Characteristics of the Canaanites religion that made it be a constant temptation to the Israelites

  1. It was a nature religion. The worshippers aim was to control forces of nature such as rain and drought.
  2. The aims of the religion were to ensure continued fertility of land, flock and people.
  • It was a cyclic religion which meant that seasons were repeated in contrast to Yahweism which was linear.
  1. It comprised family of gods
    • the high god was called El, the King and the father of years
    • The “wife” of El was Asherah, a goddess of fertility.
    • The storm god was called Baal, also referred to as the god of rain and fertility
    • The female partner of Baal was called Baalath which means Lady although her personal name was Ashtarte
    • The sister of Baal was called Anat, a goddess of war and love.
    • Mot was the god of drought, famine and death
  2. Symbols were used to represent each god. i.e Baal was in the form of bull and stone pillar, Asherah by a sacred pole.
  3. temple prostitution was practiced. It was believed that if a barren couple imitated Baal and Ashtarte when having sex, they would be able bear children.
  • there were many places of worship such as temples under sacred trees and on top of the hills
  • sacrifices including human beings were offered to these gods
  1. Festivals and feasts were also celebrated. For example:
  • Feast of Unleavened Bread which was carried out at the beginning of the barely harvest
  • Feast of weeks celebrated during the wheat harvest

Characteristics that made Israelites an easier target to Canaanites Religion and way of life

  1. Israelites transformed from pastoral life to agricultural life
  2. The belief that a god was only powerful in his own land
  • The Israelites were attracted to the visible gods of the Canaanites as opposed to the invisible Yahweh
  1. The Israelites’ failure to effect God’s command to destroy all the cultic objects and temples used in the worship of Canaanite gods

 

  1. Religious Schism between Judah and Israel

Schism refers to a division within or separation from an established church/religion but not necessarily involving a difference in doctrine.

After the separation of the two kingdoms, Jeroboam feared that the people of Israel, will be won over by Rehoboam in Judah if they continued going to Jerusalem to worship, so he did the following:-

  1. He made two golden calves and placed one at Bethel and the other one at Dan to act as the visible representation of Yahweh
  2. He ignored Jerusalem as centre of worship and set up two rival places of worship at Dan and Bethel
  • He made the Israelites to offer sacrifices to the two golden bulls representing Yahweh
  1. He built other places of worship on hilltops thus copying the practices of the surrounding nations.
  2. He chose priests from ordinary families to serve Yahweh at the centers of worship instead of the tribe of Levi
  3. He instituted religious festivals or feasts in the month of his choices
  • He burnt incense at the altar of idols

 

  1. King Ahab’s Marriage with the Phoenician Priests

When Omri, Ahab’s father, seized power, he made great political achievements for Israel. He formed an alliance with the king of Phoenicia.

To strengthen further the political union between the two countries, Israel and Phoenicia, Omri arranged for the royal marriage of his son, Ahab to Jezebel, the daughter of Ethbaal, king of Tyre.

Immediately Ahab became the king of Israel, he tried to please his wife by allowing her to introduce her religion to Israel.

She imported her Baal (Baal-Melkart) to Israel which was the official protective god of Tyre.

She also imported 450 prophets of Baal and supported them out of the public treasury

King Ahab built a temple for Baal-Melkart, equipped it with an altar and an image of Asherah-mother goddess

Jezebel began a strong complain that resulted with the Israelites being forced to worship Baal hence Baalism became the official state religion.

 

 

 

 

  1. THE EFFECTS OF IDOLATRY IN ISRAEL
  2. Syncretism-the process in which certain beliefs or practices from different religions are fused. Yahweh became one of other gods as the Israelites fused/mixed elements from Canaanite gods to the worship of Yahweh.
  3. Former places of worship for the Canaanite gods were turned into places of worship for Yahweh without removing the Canaanite symbols such as altars and pillars.
  • The Canaanite agricultural calendar was adopted by Israel for the timing of the pilgrimage festival.
  1. Names of the Canaanite gods (i.e. El, the father of all gods) was used for Yahweh
  2. The Canaanite sacrificial system was incorporated into Israelite worship. For example peace offerings, burnt offerings and cereal offerings were originally Canaanite
  3. Under the influence of Jezebel, king Ahab declared Baalism a compulsory state religion
  • Queen Jezebel ordered the destruction of the altars of Yahweh
  • Prophets of Yahweh were killed
  1. 450 prophets of Baal were made the officials of the royal court

 

  1. ELIJAH’S FIGHT AGAINST FALSE RELIGION AND CORRUPTION

Introduction

  • Elijah was a prophet from the Northern Kingdom of Israel
  • He prophesized during the reign of King Ahab, sixty years after Jeroboam I had been ruler of  Israel
  • This was a time when the worship of Yahweh was on the verge of extinction because of threats from Queen Jezebel.

 

  1. Elijah’s fight against false religion

1st king 18: 17-46

God told Elijah to go and meet the king. As soon as King Ahab saw him, he called him trouble maker. Elijah had stated that there would be no rain in the capital (Samaria) until he say so. This was because of Israelites unfaithfulness

Elijah asked the king to gather all Israelites together with the 450 prophets of Baal to a contest at Mount Carmel

The contest was to determine there and then, who was the Lord, who had the power to control rain and fertility

Elijah told them to bring two bulls. The prophets of Baal to take one and offer a sacrifice to their god and Elijah to offer the other one to God They were not to light any fire and the people agreed that the God who answered by fire would be the true God

The prophets of Baal were the first to offer their sacrifice. After preparing the altar, they started praying to their god. Shouting and dancing around the altar.

However, there was no answer. By midday, Elijah started mocking them in four different ways. He told them to pray harder because Baal is:-

 

  • The philosopher, inventor-he is musing or pre-occupied
  • The patron of Phoenician merchant-he is busy or gone aside
  • The patron of his sailors-he is on a journey or business trip
  • The winter sleeper, the vegetable god- he is asleep and must be awakened.

 

Baal failed to answer his prophets by bringing fire to consume the sacrifice

After this, Elijah repaired the abandoned altar of Yahweh; he set up twelve stones, to represent each of the twelve tribes of Israel. He poured water on the wood. The purposes of these rituals were:

 

  • To enhance the fire miracle by ensuring that the altar was wet
  • To bring down rain by imitating the falling of rain

 

After this, Elijah prayed to the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob for help. Immediately after his prayer, the supernatural fire descended from heaven and consumed the sacrifice.

Elijah then condemned the prophets of Baal to death. Afterwards, Elijah performed rain ceremony. On that day, rain fell in great torrents.

 

Lessons learnt about the nature of God from the contest at Mount Carmel

  • Yahweh is the only God. Baal is no god at all
  • Yahweh is a living God who controls forces of nature
  • He is the Lord of nature
  • Yahweh is a powerful God
  • Yahweh is a merciful God who back wayward hearts
  • Yahweh is a jealous God who will have no other gods besides Him
  • Yahweh is a God of justice who punished idolaters and other sinners
  • Yahweh answers prayers

 

  1. Elijah fight against Corruption

1st King 21: 1-29

Corruption can be defined as any form of injustice done to the innocent by those in position of leadership

King Ahab coveted Naboth’s vineyard which was close to his own palace at Jezreel, Samaria’s second capital. Ahab offered to buy the vineyard at a generous price or have it exchanged with another one.

But Naboth refused to sell or exchange the inheritance for the one reason that it was a family estate.

Naboth’s refusal to sell or exchange the vineyard made King Ahab gloomy and he even refused to eat.

Jezebel, his wife, consoled him and told him not to worry as he was King and would get the vineyard.

She forged letters in the King’s name and accused Naboth of blasphemy and treason. Naboth was not given time to defend himself, he was stoned to death in accordance to the law.

The land hence became a state property and Ahab went to possess it.

God sent Elijah to go and pronounce divine judgment on the house of Ahab for what he had done. He was to tell Ahab that his dynasty was going to be destroyed.

Ahab put on sack clothes as a sign of repentance. God hence promised to effect punishment during the reign of his sons and not him.

As for Jezebel, God said that dogs will eat her body in the city of Jezreel.

 

Forms of corruption found in our society today are:-

  • Tribalism
  • Bribery
  • Cheating in business
  • Stealing
  • Robbery with violence
  • Dishonesty
  • Misuse of public funds/property
  • Grabbing of personal and public land

 

  1. Ways in which Christians can help in reducing corruption in Kenya
  • Respecting oneself and others
  • Respecting laws set up in the constitution
  • Building a fair and just society by applying life skills such as critical thinking, creative thinking and making appropriate moral decisions
  • Pray for the corrupt to change their behavior
  • Set good example of acting as good role models for others
  • Educate people on the evils of corruption
  • Report those who engage in corrupt practices to the relevant authorities.

 

  1. REASONS WHY ELIJAH FACED DANGER AND HOSTILITY AS A PROPHET OF GOD

1st king 18: 1-46. 19: 1-21, 21: 1-26

Because of Elijah’s work as prophet of God, he had direct conflict with the king and Jezebel. The two wanted to kill him for the following reasons

  • Elijah had pronounced a three year drought in Israel
  • Prophet Elijah had put to death the 450 prophets of Baal during Mount Camel contest
  • Elijah had boldly condemned King Ahab for taking away Naboth vineyard

 

  1. WHAT IS THE RELEVANCE OF ELIJAH’S PROPHETIC MISSION TO CHRISTIANS TODAY?
  2. Church leaders should remain courageous and firm in condemning any form of social injustice in society
  3. Christians should remain faithful to God through word and deed even if this would cost them their lives
  • Christians should not despair in their missionary work but lean on God for encouragement and providence
  1. Christians should pray to God in faith as God would answer them
  2. Christians should advocate for rights of the poor and speak against any form of oppression
  3. Christians should not give false evidence against their neighbors like Jezebel did to Naboth
  • Christians should be persistent like Elijah in their struggle against injustice
  • God is able to establish an intimate relationship with His faithful.

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION TWO

 

 

AFRICAN RELIGIOUS HERITAGE-MORAL AND CULTURAL VALUES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE AFRICAN COMMUNITY

Specific objectives

By the end of this section, the learner should be able to:-

  1. Explain the importance of blood kinship in the African communities
  2. Explain the factors contributing to harmony and mutual responsibility in the African Community
  3. Explain the importance of rites of passage
    1. Birth and naming
    2. Initiation
  • Marriage
  1. Death
  1. Explain the changing attitude of African communities towards the rites of passage
  2. Explain the role of specialists in the Traditional African communities
  3. Discuss and evaluate continuity and change of the African understanding of community land, property, worship, medicine, old age and dressing

 

KINSHIP SYSTEM IN TRADITIONAL AFRICAN SOCIETY

Kinship refers to relationships

In A.T.S, each individual is related to the other person either through blood or marriage

Blood relatives include parents, brothers, sisters, uncles, aunts, cousins and grandparents

Through marriage, the husband or wife acquire more relatives who are referred to as in laws

Every marriage brings new links thus increasing and strengthening the kinship ties.

 

FAMILY TREE

 

Great Grandparents                                                                        Great Grand-parents

 

 

Grandparents                                                                         Grandparents

 

 

 

Aunts       Uncles        Father                                                             Mother    Uncles   Aunts

 

Cousins Cousins                                                                                             Cousins  Cousins

                                                                                                 

 

 

                       

                                                Brothers                                 Sisters

 

 

                                    Nephews         Nieces             Nephews     Nieces

 

 

 

 

IMPORTANCE OF BLOOD KINSHIP IN AFRICAN SOCIETY

The kinship system extended to ancestors who were seen as part of the living. Kinship was important because:-

  1. It controlled relationship among people
  2. It governed marriage so that clans related could not marry
  • It encouraged communal living and unity. It bound members of the community together
  1. It took the responsibility of solving social problems. This provided security to all concerned
  2. It emphasized the brotherhood of human beings and promoted harmony in the society. It was the duty of each member of the community to ensure that the society lived in harmony
  3. Each person learnt the values of the society during the rites of passage. This gave members a sense of belonging
  • Wishes of the ancestors and spirits were respected so that they did not curse the family
  • Family problems were solved to avoid misunderstandings and conflicts
  1. Each adult was responsible for discipline the children
  2. Children were taught how to behave toward older people

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO HARMONY AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY IN THE AFRICAN COMMUNITY

These factors include:-

  1. Division of labor
  2. Communal worship
  • Leisure activities
  1. Rites of passage
  2. Sharing
  3. Social norms/rules and regulations
  • Punishments for law breakers
  • Communal work
  1. Virtues

 

  1. DIVISION OF LABOR

Various tasks to be performed were fairly distributed among the people

Elders –they played political roles and they were the chief counselors

-they maintained laws and order

-they settled disputes

Old women     –they looked after the grandchildren

-They educated girls on their roles as future wives and mothers

Young unmarried men           –They provided security for the community

Small boys      –Helped in handling animals

-Teamed up with their fathers and young men in some of their activities

-They learnt through observation and acquired skills such as smelting, hunting

and building

Girls    -They help their mothers in household duties like cooking, looking after babies, fetching

firewood and water

-they learn some skills such as weaving and pottery.

 

  1. SHARING

They shared material things and participated in all activities depending on age, sex and status

 

Rites of passage

The whole community participated in ceremonies related to birth, initiation, marriage and death.

All kinsmen, friends and neighbors actively participated in the ceremonies by sharing responsibilities, eat and feast together.

 

  1. COMMUNAL WORSHIP

During such occasions, people come to thank God for a good harvest or after victory in battle. In such a function, sacrifices are made and prayers offered. During such times of crisis, for example, when there is a disaster, an epidemic or serious sickness, people gather and offer sacrifices to God and to the ancestral spirits in order to appease them.

 

  1. LEISURE ACTIVITIES

In African Traditional Society, leisure is integrated with other activities although after work; people rest and share jokes. People are occasionally entertained by the youth through singing and dancing during times when there is little work to be done. In the evenings, men are entertained by the youth. As the elders watch the youths perform, they encourage and correct them accordingly and also they identify certain talents among the performers

 

  1. SOCIAL NORMS

In A.T.S, people grow up knowing what is right and wrong. Rules and regulations are established to govern and regulate people’s behavior. Everybody understands the virtues they should uphold such as friendship, love, honesty, courage, bravery and b compassion. People are also discouraged from developing vices such as cheating, theft, selfishness, greed and dishonesty.  Social norms keep the community from disintegrating and they provide peace to the individual and the society.

 

  1. RITES OF PASSAGE

Rites of passage are important stages in a person’s life. Such rights are turning points which make changes from old to new stages in one’s life. They include:-

  1. Conception and pregnancy
  2. Birth
  • Naming
  1. Initiation
  2. Marriage
  3. Death
  • Burial
  • Life after death

N/B Each individual involved in each stage goes through a number of ceremonies with three main characteristics.

  1. Separation –being secluded/cut off from the rest of the people around for a period of time
  2. Transition this is a period of change brought about by new knowledge given during seclusion period
  3. Incorporation –This is a return to the ordinary community.

Ritual performed, assumed both social and religious values. It is through these rites that kinship ties are strengthened.

 

  1. Conception and Pregnancy

The unborn child is very valuable to the larger community hence the pregnant mother is greatly taken care of. The expectant mother is not referred to directly as expectant. Terms like:-

  • She is heavy
  • She is full
  • She is satisfied

Direct reference to this stage can easily affect the unborn child. It can lead to miscarriage or other abnormalities.

Special treatment given to the expectant Mother

  1. She had to avoid being in the company of people with various disabilities such as the blind and the lame.
  2. She had to keep off from metallic objects
  • She had to avoid doing heavy work like splitting firewood, carrying heavy luggage
  1. In some communities, the expectant mother had to keep off from the husband.
  2. She was supposed to abstain from certain food such as eggs and fatty meat.
  3. She was supposed to wear protective charms
  • She was not supposed to speak to the husband directly. It had to be through an intermediary

 

  1. Birth of the Child

The birth of the child is a community affair as the child belongs to the whole community. It is witnessed by elderly women who act as midwives. Men are not allowed to go near the delivery place.

When the baby arrives, Its sex is announced in various ways such as shouts and ululations. This is because everybody is eager to know the sex of the baby. Some communities like Gikuyu, give five ululations for a baby boy and four ululations for a baby girl.

The placenta is disposed off ceremoniously:-

  • In some communities, it is thrown into a running stream or river.
  • In others, it is dried up and kept for rituals to be performed later.
  • In others, it is carefully buried near the homestead or in uncultivated field or in a shamba with bananas or cereals.
  • In some, it is hung in the house to symbolize the continuity of life.

All these ceremonies are observed so that the womb may remain fertile to ensure continuity of life. The umbilical cord is also disposed off ceremoniously.

Where birth took place

  • A special house has to be built for that purpose
  • In the house of the expectant mother
  • In the home of the expectant mothers parents

 

Rituals and ceremonies conducted during birth

  1. The father prepared sugar cane dish-for the mother and the child and for her strength
  2. The child was washed and smeared with oil for cleansing
  • The father sacrificed a goat- -to purify the homestead

-as a way of giving thanks,

-for protection of the child

-for joining the child with the ancestors

 

  1. The mother and the child were kept in seclusion
  2. The mother and the child were shaved. Shaving of the hair indicated that the mother had lost out pregnancy and growth of new hair was a symbol of new and clean life

 

Sacrifices offered during birth

  • Sacrifice which were of the goat and sheep were intended to bring God and the ancestors to share the occasion of birth of the child with the clan
  • They were being appeased to protect the mother and the child
  • It was for thanks giving for the giving of the baby

 

  1. Naming of the child
  2. Describe ways of naming children in African Traditional Society
  3. Some of the names given reflected the problems that the parents faced. For example, a special name is given to a child who is born after many years of childless marriage. In some instances, if many children have died before the arrival of another, such is given the name of an animal or ugly name as an indication that they have little hope that this one will survive.
  4. Some reflected the conditions of weather and seasons of the time of birth. For example floods, drought and famine. Others reflected certain activities within the community such as planting, harvesting or hunting. Names like Wanjala and Nanjala show that these were born during famine. Some also describe important or strange events that are current among the people such as wars or the invasion of locust. For example Nasiche for Luhyas’ and Ngige for Kikuyu’s showing the invasion of locusts
  • some names have religious connotations for example Were for Luhya God.
  1. other names reflected the different labor the mother went through during delivery
  2. twins are given special names
  3. some names are given to remember the departed relatives. This is so especially when the new born baby shows features of such a person. Names of the dead relatives show gratitude to the ancestors and retain links between the living and the dead.

 

Changing attitude to birth and naming

  1. women attend antenatal clinic and eventually give birth in hospitals and health centre. Doctors play the role of midwives
  2. the mother and the child are not secluded from the rest of the family members
  • the sex of the baby is casually announced by attending doctors and midwives in hospitals. It is not accompanied by ululations
  1. the birth of the new baby is no longer a community affair but rather a family affair.
  2. The rituals performed to the mother and the child in the past has been down played. For example participation in shaving of hair and protection rites

As regards naming, many communities have retained their traditions so that the name given reflects the character and personality of the child or the person they are named after.

 

  1. Initiation Rites

in most communities in Kenya, the main initiation rite for boys is circumcision and clitodectomy for girls. Others like Luo’s have six of their lower front teeth removed.

Initiation rites involved the whole community. Every member of the community is expected to undergo the rite, failure to which the person will be looked as an outcast and as a child no matter how old he/she might be.

Before initiation ceremony is done, the young people are prepared both physically and psychologically. The physical preparation involves being properly fed on a special diet so that they are healthy and strong. The psychological preparation involves them being informed on what to expect and what is expected of them. They are encouraged and challenged to face the ordeal with courage and taught about its significance.

 

Reasons why initiation rites are important in A.T.S

  1. The initiate gains a new status in life; he/she moves from childhood to adulthood and is considered a mature and full member of the community.
  2. After initiation, a person acquires new rights and privileges. For example he or she qualifies to marry. The man can also own property and has a right to inherit his father’s property. A man can now bury his father, defend his family and the community.
  • Initiates receive special education from sponsors during the seclusion period. They’re instructed on how to behave as adults, warriors, future husbands and parents
  1. Initiation ceremonies bring families, relatives and friends together. They help strengthening kinship ties for example the shading of blood binds the initiates to the land and to the ancestors
  2. Initiation ceremonies are looked at as an occasion for prayers to God for the well being of the initiates and the property of the whole community
  3. In some communities, initiation rites help in structuring the community through age or groups.
  • In some communities, like among the Maasai and Poket, the initiation rite is a sign of courage and bravery. It helps to identify the warriors.
  • The pain endured during initiation prepares the initiates to face the difficulties and challenges of adult life.

 

 

Channing attitude towards initiation rites

  1. It is no longer possible to gather together all those undergoing rituals such as circumcision and keep them in seclusion for long periods. This is mainly due to demand of formal education
  2. Boys are taken to hospitals individually by their families for the operation for hygienic and safety reasons
  • The pomp that used to accompany such rituals is slowly dying out due to economic reasons
  1. It is difficult for those circumcised at the same time to know one another and even form age groups or sets
  2. Parents organize to circumcise their children when much younger unlike in the past when this was done at puberty.
  3. Circumcision is being practiced by some communities which never practiced it before for example the Luo
  • Education offered during such rites in the past is now being offered formally through subjects such as Biology, CRE, SEE and Home Science
  • Many Kenyan communities have abandoned the practice of circumcision of girls

 

Give reasons why initiates were put in seclusion for some time

  1. To give them an opportunity to share experiences
  2. To enable proper feeding for all
  • In order to undergo some rituals to bond them together
  1. It was easy to guide and counsel them on adulthood responsibilities and customs
  2. Seclusion kept them from women and children
  3. They were secluded to cement their brotherhood relation
  • To help in proper check-up and monitoring of their healing
  • To learn the community secrets, customs and traditions of the people.

 

  1. Marriage Rites

In A.T.S marriage is looked upon as sacred and ordained by God

 

Importance of marriage in African Traditional Community

  1. Through marriage, new social relationships are created between families and relatives. As a result, the web of kinship is expanded
  2. Marriage ceremonies (where there is feasting and rejoicing) brings the whole community together and everybody in the community has a role to play
  • The new couple is provided with an opportunity to learn new knowledge and skills, for example, how to build a family, how to fulfill sexual needs and how to love and be loved. It is in marriage that a man and a woman find mutual love and companionship
  1. It improves the status of individuals in society. They are more respected and accorded social responsibilities. Their status increase further when they get children. The survival of the community is ensured through the children born within marriage
  2. Marriage was a source of wealth for the man and the family as a whole. In polygamous marriage for example, the many wives and their children provided the necessary labor that was required. The more children the couple had, the more prestigious they become in society.
  3. Sons born in marriage inherit their father’s property
  • Children promote the social status of their parents. If a family has many children, the man and his wife will be accorded more respect than in cases where there are few or no children.
  • Children make the marriage complete and strengthen the bond of unity between husband and wife.
  1. Children take care of their parents in old age and give them a decent burial when they die
  2. Children provide security for the home collectively. The young unmarried men were expected to defend the community against any aggressors
  3. Through marriage, the living, the dead and the yet to be born are brought in harmony. Marriage makes it possible for the African to regain the loss immortality through the children born and who are named after dead relatives.

 

What approaches were used in chasing a marriage partner in African Traditional Society?

  1. Parents chose the partners when the boy/girl was young or not yet born
  2. Some young people made their own choices and then informed their parents
  • It was made by an intermediary
  1. In some communities, the girl was waylaid on her way home
  2. Senior wives made a choice of another wife/wives for her husband
  3. In some communities, twin boys married twin girls
  • In other communities, marriage was done through inheriting the wife of the dead brother.
  • In some communities, rich men/leaders were given wives as gift
  1. Some debtors would give her daughters as a wife for the creditor

 

Changing attitude to marriage rites

  1. Western culture, such as formal education and Christianity have changed marriage attitude to some extent
  2. It used to be an obligation for all normal persons to get married and have children. This is not happening today because there are many individuals who decided not to get married.
  • In A.T.S, pre-marital sex was not permitted and offenders were severely punished. They also valued virginity among girls and girls of this kind fetched a lot of bride-price on wedding day. today, the society has become permissive and morality has declined.
  1. The more children a married couple had, the more prestige they gained in society. Today most couples prefer small families because of economic constrains
  2. Today, young people get into serious relationships before they have time to know each other’s background
  3. Today, divorce cases are on the rise and marriage vows are not taken seriously by people
  • Marriage in A.T.S was basically for procreation but today a couple can decide to stay together even without children
  • Bride price has been highly commercialized today to an extent that it has lost meaning
  1. Today, people prefers monogamous marriages as opposed to polygamy
  2. In the past, marriages were carried out within tribes but today there are inter-tribal and even interracial marriages which have diluted cultural practices.
  3. Today, young people get married late in life because they have to complete formal education, vocational training and look for employment before they can think about settling down in marriage

 

  1. Death Rites

Death was the final stage in one’s life. It was a community affair and was seen as inevitable. Death is a sorrowful event because the dead person is physically and permanently removed from the living members of the family

 

Causes of death in African Traditional Society

  1. Sorcery/witchcraft/evil magic
  2. Curses of the old
  • Breaking of taboos/oaths
  1. Punishment from God
  2. Failure to respect the ancestors
  3. Eating poisoned food
  • Accidents
  • Diseases
  1. Natural calamities for example drought or floods
  2. Neglecting the ancestors
  3. Lack of reverence to God

 

State five rituals performed during the funeral rites in African Traditional Society

  1. The corpse was washed in some communities using water and herbal medicine in order to preserve it and send it clean to the spirit world
  2. In some communities, the dead are buried with their belongings such as food stuffs, animal, bows and arrows. Such communities believe that the dead will need these things in the next world.
  • Pregnant women and children are not allowed to touch or come in close contact with the corpse so that misfortunes do not befall them.
  1. The dead are buried in a carefully selected places in the ancestral land so that the spirit continuous to be close to the family
  2. The body is also carefully placed in the grave facing the appropriate direction according to the customs of the people
  3. In some communities, the bodies are properly dressed before disposal while in others, like the Luhya, they are buried naked in the belief that they will be reborn in the spirit world
  • The grave which is a symbol of separation is respected by being protected and made a family shrine in the cases when the dead were the head of the family. People avoid walking over it
  • Before and during burial, the members of the family and all relatives enter a period of mourning. Normal activities temporarily are halted. In some, people smear their body with white clay, others stop washing their bodies, refrain from sexual intercourse or stop eating
  1. During the same period, there is singing or mourning songs and dancing as a way of expressing sorrow and sending off the departed to the next world
  2. In some communities, there is feasting and drinking of bear
  3. After burial, close relatives share their hair as a sign that one of their members has been separated from them and for cleansing impurities. The new hair that grows shows that life continuous after death.

 

Describe ways of expressing solidarity during funeral rites in African Traditional Community

  1. Everyone took part in ceremonies performed by the bereaved family for example eating and dancing
  2. They helped to prepare home duties for example cleaning and cooking
  • They brought the food to be eaten during the mourning period
  1. They came to mourn with the family of the dead to give them moral support
  2. They came to prepare the grave/digging is done by young men
  3. Members of the bereaved family in form the friends and relatives in the event of death
  • They attend the funeral to bid farewell to the dead
  • They sing/dance and sacrifice to the ancestors to express their solidarity
  1. They give the Eulogy to praise the diseased and his/her contribution to the community

 

Describe ways in which African Traditional Society demonstrated their belief in life after death

  1. Burying the dead with their belongings to enable them to continue with life in the spiritual world
  2. The dead is buried in his best estate as a sign that he’s with the family
  • Continued care for the dead through attending of grave
  1. Offerings of sacrifice/libations to the dead are offered to appease them
  2. Preparing the corpse through washing in water and herbal medicine to send it clean to the spiritual world
  3. Purification ceremonies after burial were performed as a sign that no misfortune has been left
  • Burying the dead without cloths to ensure quick re-birth in the spiritual world
  • Singing and dancing to send away the departed peacefully to the next world
  1. Children are named after the ancestors/dead
  2. The ancestors were the intermediaries between men and God. they were consulted to give solutions

 

Changing attitudes to death and funeral rites

  • Funeral rites are still taken seriously by all Africans Communities.
  • Most of the dead are still being taken to ancestral land for burial. Others are buried in cemeteries in urban centers or wherever they’ve purchased land
  • The major method of disposing bodies is still by burying although some communities prefer cremation
  • Among Christians, although death is sorrowful and painful, it is also looked at as a gateway to joining the savior in heaven for the righteous. Sinners go to hell where there is eternal suffering
  • However, in Traditional African Religion, there is no concept of heaven or hell. Those who die join the world of spirits
  • Christians believe in the resurrection of the body but Africans do not have these beliefs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE ROLE OF SPECIALISTS IN TRADITIONAL AFRICAN SOCIETY

Specialists are people who have undergone training and have acquired great knowledge and skills in a certain occupation or study.

In African Traditional Society, specialists are people who have special knowledge and skills on different subjects in the community. The specialists included:-

  • The rain makers
  • The elders
  • The diviners
  • Prophets
  • Priests
  • Healers

 

THE RAINMAKERS

They were normally responsible for bringing rain. Rainmakers normally pray for rain. They plead with God for rain and they tell the people when the rain will fall.

Identify five duties of rainmakers in African Traditional Community

  1. They prayed for long hours for rain
  2. They performed rituals when asking for rain or stopping the rain
  • They advised people about the time to expect the rain
  1. They acted as mediators between God and the people. They offered sacrifices/prayers/offerings to God. this was done with the help of priests
  2. They acted as diviners and prophets

Outline the methods used to acquire the rain-making skills in African Traditional Society

  1. By consulting other rain-makers
  2. Through studying the skies
  • By studying the habits of trees and plants
  1. They studied the habits of birds for example sparrows, animals or insects
  2. By studying the heavenly bodies for example the moon, the sun, the clouds and stars
  3. Use of common sense
  • There are those who were called by the ancestors

 

 THE ELDERS

State the duties of elders in African Traditional Society

  1. They act as a government in the community and are called upon to perform important functions such as settling family and land disputes
  2. They make major decisions affecting families and the community
  • They stipulate rules and regulations to be followed for the purposes of maintaining law and order
  1. They ensure that traditional values and cultural practices are observed and maintained by all through the education given to the youth and members of the community
  2. They play a leading role during important functions in the community; for example, during the rites of passage
  3. They assist priests in preparing and performing rituals of sex and marriage
  • They lead the members of their families in religious functions such as sacrifices or pouring of libation

 

THE HEALERS

These were also referred to as medicine men. They inherited the profession from their parents

Roles of healers/medicine men

  1. They were responsible for the combating(preventing) sickness and misfortunes
  2. Advising people on prevention methods by pointing out the possible causes of death such as witchcraft, curses, sorcery and magic, bad omen
  • Aid in increasing productivity and love among spouses
  1. Removing curses
  2. Controlling spirits/ancestral powers which could harm the living.
  3. They gave protection and security from evil forces
  • Guaranteeing prosperity and good fortunes
  • They were responsible for cleansing harm and impurity

 

DIVINERS

The main role of the diviners is to find out the hidden secrets or knowledge and then convey the same to other people. They also work as medicine men

The diviners communicate with the spirit world directly or through mediums. The median help diviners to find out the following:-

  1. Which spirit of the living dead needs to be appeased
  2. Those who bewitch others
  • Types of rituals and medicine

The practice of diviners has been seriously affected by the adoption of Christian and Western values

 

PROPHETS

In African Traditional Society, prophets are also called seers. They possess special powers and can predict what is going to happen in the future. Some of them receive revelations about the future through visions and dreams

Sometime, they use their intuition and foresight and are able to advice the community on issues that concern them. For example they advise and warn the people when to expect problems like drought, war or raids.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONTINUITY AND CHANGE OF SOME ASPECTS OF TRADITIONAL CULTURE

These deals with the continuity and change of some aspects of traditional African understanding of:-

  1. Community land
  2. Property
  • Worship
  1. Medicine
  2. Old age
  3. Dressing

Changes in African lifestyles have been brought by:-

  • Modern education
  • Urbanization
  • Individualism

 

COMMUNITY LAND

  • In most communities, land was a gift from God and it was communally owned and inherited from ancestors
  • Land would not be transferred from one family to another
  • Land provided food, building materials, firewood, herbs
  • Family land fixed boundaries and nobody could interfere with it.

 

Changes

  • Today, land is still believed as God given, it is a source of livelihood. However, land is like any other property
  • It is a source of wealth which can be sold when need arises
  • Land is individually owned and title deeds are evidence of individual ownership
  • It is subdivided among individuals in different families
  • Greed has resorted in land grabbing or conflicts

 

PROPERTY

In the African Traditional Society property was acquired through:-

  1. Inheritance
  2. Gifts-cattle
  • Winning in wars/raiding
  1. Payment of dowry
  2. Individual effort

Wealth was seen in terms of land, cattle, wives, and children. Property was a source of security and social prestige. Property was commonly owned. The share holders were;-

  • The family
  • The clan
  • The tribe and
  • The living dead

Changes

  • Property is individually owned
  • There is competition for property even among family members
  • The poor are neglected
  • Wealth takes different forms:- money, houses, land etc
  • Daughters are no longer seen as a source of wealth because many do not get married
  • Wealth can be acquired unethically through stealing, land grabbing

 

WORSHIP

The African had a clear concept of the God they worshipped and they called upon Him at all times to help them. God would be worshipped at individual, family or community level

The purpose of worship was to petition God, thank Him and appease ancestral spirits. God was worshipped through sacrifices, offerings, prayers, singing and dancing

Places of worship such as forests, hill tops and caves were regarded as sacred and set aside

 

Changes

Today many Africans follow the Christian faith and other foreign religions. They have integrated certain aspects of traditional religion with the Christian faith, for example:-

  1. Prayers at individual, family and community level
  2. Congregational or communal worship is regularized at least once a week where people meet in the house of God for worship
  • Although God can be worshipped everywhere, there are certain places (buildings) set aside for worship
  1. Offerings in form of money and material gods
  2. Singing and dancing
  3. Invocations

African   Christians no longer sacrifice animals to God as the case was in the past

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AFRICAN CONCEPT OF GOD, SPIRITS AND ANCESTORS

  1. GOD

The traditional idea of God is that He is a Supreme Being/Deity. He was a perfect human being. The supreme God is that who excels in all good qualities of man. This Being does not have material body but exists as a spiritual being.

 

Attributes of God

  • God is good-He’s the giver of life and sustainer
  • God is merciful- Proven in times of danger, anxiety etc
  • God is all knowing –(Omniscient) nothing is/can be hidden for Him
  • God is holy hence those offering sacrifice ought to be pure
  • God is all powerful (Omnipotent) supersede everything in power and strength
  • God is all understanding hence forgiving
  • God is all present (Omnipresent) simultaneously worldwide
  • God is limitless not limited by time or space
  • God is self existent God originated on His own
  • God is spirit He is invisible and everlasting
  • God is ever lasting (Eternal) lives beyond lifetime of a person, an animal or a plant.
  • God is the creator all was created by Him

 

  1. SPIRITS

Spirits are believed to be existing between God and human beings in the universe. There are many types of spirits and all of them are believed to have been created by God. however, it is also believed that some spirits were once human beings who died many years back and the living people can no longer identify them.

 

Spirits

 

 

Nature spirit                                                                                 Human spirit

 

 

Sky            Earth                                                                          Long               Recently

                                                                          

Spirits       Spirits                                                                         Dead               Dead

                                                                                                      (Ghosts)            (Ancestors)

 

  1. Nature spirits
    1. Nature spirits of the sky

These are the spirits which are associated with objects and forces of the sky like the sun, the moon, the stars, rain, thunder and lightning. The belief in these spirits help people to explain the mysteries of the forces of nature connected with the sky.

 

 

  1. Nature spirits of earth

These spirits are connected with forces of the earth such as hills, mountains, rocks and trees etc

 

  1. Human Spirits

They are in two categories, namely: the ghost’s spirits belonging to those who died long ago and the ancestral spirits (the living dead), whose identity is still alive in the memories of people. These spirits are believed to appear to the living in visions, dreams or even in the open. In general, people fear ghosts more than the ancestral spirits.

 

  • Divinities

Some African communities in West Africa like the Ashanti of Ghana, Yoruba of Nigeria and Mande of Sieraleon believe in category of spirits between God and the spirits described above i.e. divinities

These divinities are believed to have been created by God and they represent His activities on earth.

 

The role of the spirits

  1. Some spirits (the good ones) appear in people’s dreams especially the diviners, priests, medicine men and rainmakers to relay information. This information is then used as given to avoid any punishment from the spirits.
  2. The naughty spirits may call someone by name but on turning round to see who called the person, there would be nobody.
  • The religious specialists may also consult the spirits as part of their normal training and practice
  1. The belief in the existence of spirits provides people with the explanation of many mysteries which they find in the universe
  2. Spirits relay God’s response to human beings
  3. Bad spirits sometimes possess a person. This could cause the person to leave home and go to the forests, jump into the fire and get burnt etc

 

  1. ANCESTORS

These are the fore-fathers or founders of the African clans or tribes. They are people who died and whose names and identity are still remembered by the family or clan members

 

Role of Ancestors

Like spirits, ancestors are believed to appear to the living in various forms such as dreams and visions. Reasons for appearance are:-

  1. To enquire about the family affairs as they are still part of the family
  2. To give instructions to the family as to what should be done in certain areas affecting it.
  • To rebuke and worn of the impending punishment to those who failed to carry out certain instructions
  1. To request for something like an animal to be slaughtered for them if need be
  2. To act as mediators between the living and God
  3. They punish those who commit crime

THE AFRICAN UNDERSTANDING OF THE HIERARCHY OF BEINGS

The African understanding of the universe is that it consists of two parts:-

  • The visible (the Earth) and
  • The invisible (sky) which is regarded as the home of God.

 

  1. HIERARCHY OF BEINGS

This universe has a specific order of created beings with God, the Creator, occupying the highest rank. This ordering is what is referred to as the hierarchy of beings. It can be divided into seven categories:-

  1. God, the Supreme being is at the top. He is believed to be responsible for the existence and sustenance of human beings and all other beings
  2. 2nd are the Divinities
  • 3rd are the Spirits
  1. 4th are the Living Dead, (ancestors). This forms an intermediate stage between the human beings who are alive and the spirit world
  2. 5th position is Human Beings. They include those who are physically alive and those who are yet to be born
  3. 6th are the Living Things like animals and plants
  • Lastly are the Natural and Artificial Things without biological life such as rain, rivers, mountains, rocks and all other lifeless objects.

 

God

 

Divinities

 

 

Spirits

 

Living Dead (Ancestors)

 

Human Beings

 

Plants and Animals-Living Things

 

None Living Things

 

  1. THE INTER-RELATIONSHIP OF ALL THINGS, LIVING AND NONE-LIVING

According to the African view of the universe, all created beings depend on each other and on God

 

  1. Human Beings and God
  2. Human beings, depend on God for most essential requirements of life for example rain, air and sunshine
  3. They are less powerful than God
  • They are under all obligations to obey the laws and commandments given by God
  1. Failure to obey these regulations may lead to punishment
  2. They must offer sacrifices to God to maintain good relation with him
  3. Natural calamities like draught, floods and earthquakes are believed to be controlled by God and are beyond people’s power.

 

  1. Human beings and animals

God gave animals to people for their use and they should be handled responsibly

Importance of animals to man

  • Domestic animals like cattle, sheep and goats are used as food and for payment of dowry
  • Possession of these animals is also seen as a sign of prestige and wealth
  • The skins of these animals can be used as clothes
  • Some are used as sacrifices to God and as payment for a fine by an offender to the offended person

 

  1. Human Beings and Plants

Ways through which human beings depend on plants are:-

  • Certain plants like vegetables are used for food
  • Pastoralists and those rear animals depend on grass and foliage for their livestock
  • Trees are used for fuel and for building purposes
  • Plants are also used for conservation of wildlife for example trees

 

  1. Human Beings and Non-living things

None-Living things like rain, rocks and rivers are given a religious significance. For example, rain is seen as great blessings from God because it brings pasture for pastoralists and good harvest of crops for agriculturalists. Natural phenomena like thunder are seen as God’s movement or God’s voice. They are therefore seen as signs of warning from God.

 

RESPONSIBILITY OF THE LIVING TOWARDS GOD, SPIRIT AND ANCESTORS

 

  1. Traditional African worship of God

Worship is people’s attempt to meet and communicate with the spiritual world especially with God

  • Sacrifices and offerings were made to God, spirits and ancestors for the following reasons:-
  1. In recognition of God’s absolute ownership of life and property
  2. To invoke God for special blessings to the clan at large
  • To thank God for various reasons such as success in war or plentiful harvest by the community or individual
  1. To express a person’s fellowship or communion with God
  2. To avert evil
  • Prayers always accompanied offerings and sacrifices so that the purpose of the occasion is declared.
  • Singing and dancing was also done as a way of worship
  • Prayers, invocation and blessings also formed part of African way of worship

 

  1. Veneration of Ancestors

Every effort made to ensure that good relationships are maintained and that these spirits and ancestors are not offended

Ways of maintaining good relationship with the ancestors:-

  1. Pouring libation of beer, milk and water to the spirits
  2. They are consulted through a diviner or a medicine man when a major family undertaking or decision is about to be made
  • They are remembered by naming the children after them
  1. They are remembered through rituals

 

  1. Communication with the spirits

People came to know what the spirits want through the use of specialists especially the diviners and mediums. The medium who normally works with a diviner gets “spirit possession” through various means. For example by;

  1. Sitting quietly in a place
  2. Singing
  • Dancing
  1. Clapping of hands

The medium then loses his/her senses and become an instrument of the spirit. The spirit begins to speak, giving requests sort and can also make demands on the living

 

Quiz

  1. Identify ways which the Africans sort reconciliation with God
  2. Explain the means through which Africans communicated with God
  • Identify occasions when prayers were offered in Traditional African Communities

KCPE 2004 ANSWERS, MARKING SCHEMES, FOR ALL SUBJECTS- OFFICIAL KNEC NEWSLETTER

KCPE-2004 N EWS LETTE R MARKING SC HEMES
NUMBER MATHS ENGLISH KISWAHILI SCIENCE SST C.R.E
1 C B A B D C
2 A D B A C A
3 B A C A A B
4 D B D D B D
5 B A C C D B
6 C D B D C A
7 B B A B A C
8 A C D D B D
9 D A C C A A
10 D C A B B D
11 A C D B A B
12 C A B D D B
13 C A A A C C
14 C D C C D B
15 B B B B C D
16 A D D A B D
17 B A B B A C
18 A C A D D B
18 B D D C A C
20 D C C B C D
21 D C A A B A
22 B C D C A A
23 D C C D D C
24 C D B D D D
25 C A D C B C
26 C C B A C C
27 A A A B A B
28 C D C A B A
29 A A A A D D
30 D C D C C C
31 A B C D D
32 B A B D C
33 D D C C D
34 A B A A B
35 C C B C C
36 D A D C A
37 D B B A D
38 B C C A B
39 A C A B C
40 C A D D C
41 B D B C D
42 D B D D B
43 B C A C A
44 D D A B C
45 A A A D D
46 B B B B C
47 C D D A A
48 A B D C B
49 C D C B C
50 B A B B B
51 D
52 B
53 A
54 D
55 B
56 D
57 C
58 A
59 D
60 C
I.R.E
C
A
B
D
B
A
C
D
A
D
B
B
C
B
D
D
C
B
A
D
A
A
C
D
C
C
B
A
D
C

Grade 4 Lesson Plans

Grade 4 Lesson Plans Free Downloads by clicking the links below. The free resources will be automatically downloaded to your Computer or mobile phone. Get these and many more free CBC resources on this site; yes, absolutely free of charge:

Click this link for grade-4-social-studies-lesson-plans-term-1-2-and-3-longhorn-social-studies

Click this link for grade-4-science-and-technology-lesson-plans-term-2

Click this link for grade-4-science-and-technology-lesson-plans-term-2-1

Click this link for grade-4-rationalised-ire-lesson-plans-term-2

Click this link for grade-4-rationalised-cre-lesson-plans-term-2

Click this link for grade-4-music-lesson-plans-term-1-2-and-3-foundation-music

Click this link for grade-4-rationalised-creative-arts-and-sports-lesson-plans-term-2

Click this link for grade-4-cre-lesson-plans-term-1-2-and-3-knowing-god-cre-book-4

Click this link for grade-4-kiswahili-lesson-plans-term-1-2-and-3-kiswahili-dadisi

Click this link for grade-4-kiswahili-lesson-plans-term-1-2-and-3-kiswahili-dadisi-1

Click this link for grade-4-klb-science-and-technology-lesson-plans-term-2

 

SCHEME OF WORK FORM THREE HISTORY TERM 1-3 UPDATED

SCHEME  OF  WORK               FORM THREE HISTORY                TERM ONE  20…………  

WK

NO

L/

NO

TOPIC/

SUBTOPIC

LESSON / SPECIFIC
OBJECTIVES
TEACHING / LEARNING

ACTIVITIES

 

MATERIALS

&

RESOURCES

 

REFS.

 

REMARKS

1

1

EUROPEAN INVASION OF AFRICA & THE PROCESS OF COLONIZATION

Reasons for European invasion.

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

 

Give reasons for European invasion of Africa.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brain storming,

Discussion.

 

 

 

 

 

Maps  showing colonies

 

 

 

 

 

 

KLB BOOK III PP 1-2.

 

2

Meanings of the terms Scramble & Partition.

Methods used to acquire colonies in Africa.

Define the terms scramble & partition.

Discuss the methods used to acquire colonies in Africa.

 

 

 

 

Oral questions, explanations & discussion.

 

 

Maps  showing colonies

KLB BOOK III. P 2.  

3

Factors leading to scramble for colonies in Africa.

Explain factors leading to scramble for colonies in Africa. Exposition & detailed discussion. Maps  showing colonies KLB BOOK III PP 5-7.

 

 

4

The process of partition of Africa.

 

European colonies in Africa.

Describe the process of partition of Africa.

 

Identify African colonies possessed by each European country.

 

Exposition: principles & terms of the Berlin Conference.

Discussion: process of partitioning in Africa.

Q/A discussion.

 

 

 

Maps  showing colonies

KLB BOOK III PP 7-9.

 

 

2

1

The impacts of partitioning of Africa.

Explain the political, economic and social impacts of partitioning of Africa. Exposition & discussion.   KLB BOOK III PP 9-11.  

2

2

Africans’ reactions to European colonization.

 

 

Leaders who offered resistance.

Outline factors influencing African reactions to European colonization.

Identify the two basic ways of

African reactions to European colonization.

Give examples of African leaders who offered military resistance to European Colonization.

 

Oral questioning followed by a discussion.

 

 

Discussion on  resistant African leaders’ principles & philosophies of leadership.

 

  KLB BOOK III.

PP 11-27.

 

3

The causes & course of Maji Maji rebellion.

Outline the causes of Maji Maji rebellion.

Describe the course of Maji Maji rebellion.

 

Simulation & detailed discussion.    

KLB BOOK III.

P 28.

 

4

Reasons for failure of the uprising.

 

Results of uprising.

Outline reasons for failure of the uprising.

 

Analyze the results of the uprising.

Q/A and brief discussion.    

KLB BOOK III.

P 28.

 

3

1

Causes & course of Toure’s Resistance.

 

Describe the resistance by the Mandinka to French imposition.

State causes of Toure’s Resistance.

Describe the course of Toure’s Resistance.

 

Oral questions.

 

Exposition.

 

Discussion

 

   

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 29.

 

2

Toure’s long resistance and eventual defeat.

Give reasons for Samouri’s long resistances and eventual defeat.

Give reasons for Samuori eventual defeat.

List down the results of the resistance.

 

Q/A & guided discussion.

 

   

 

KLB BOOK III. PP 29-30.

 

3,

4

The Ndebele War.

The Shona – Ndebele War.

Explain the causes of the Ndebele War.

Describe the course of the war.

Identify grievances of the Shona & Ndebele against the British.

Descriptive approach;

Exposition.

Map: British occupation of Zimbabwe  

KLB BOOK III.

PP29-30

 

4

1

Collaboration of the Baganda to European invasion.

Give reasons for Collaboration of the Baganda to European invasion.

Describe the course of collaboration.

Q/A & discussion.    KLB BOOK III.

PP 29-30.

 

2

The factors of Buganda Agreement.

Explain The factors of agreement.

Explain significance of Buganda agreement.

Explain results of Baganda collaboration.

 

 

Exposition & discussion.   KLB BOOK III.

P 30.

 

3,4

The collaboration of the Lozi to British invasion.

Give reasons for Lewanika’s collaboration.

Describe the process of collaboration with the British.

Analyse results of Lozi collaboration.

Detailed discussion. Map: regions occupied by the Lozi. KLB BOOK III.

P 30.

 

5

1

ESTABLISHMENT OF COLONIAL RULE IN KENYA.

 

Factors leading to scramble & partition of East Africa.

 

 

 

Discuss factors leading to scramble & partition of East Africa.

 

 

Q/A, review scramble & partition of Africa.

Discuss scramble for East Africa.

   

 KLB BOOK III.

 PP 30-31.

 

2

The process of partition of East Africa.

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

Describe the process of partition.

Discussion: the Anglo-German Agreement, Anglo- German conflicts & Anglo- German treaty.

 

   

KLB BOOK III.

 PP 31-34.

 

3

British occupation of Kenya.

 

Outline the process British occupation of Kenya.

Identify problems faced by the I.B.E.A. company in administering the British territory.

Identify methods used to establish colonial rule in Kenya.

Exposition & discussion.    

 

 KLB BOOK III.

PP 34-35.

 

4

Resistance to British invasion.

Identify communities that resisted British rule.

Give reasons for the resistance.

Analyse the results of the resistance.

State reasons for their failure.

 

Detailed discussion.    

 

 KLB BOOK III.

PP 35-36.

 

6

1

Causes & the course of Nandi resistance.

State the causes of the Nandi resistance.

Describe the course of Nandi resistance.

 

Q/A & discussion.    

 KLB BOOK III.

PP 35-36.

 

2

Reasons for long resistance and eventual defeat.

Give reasons for long resistance and eventual defeat of the Nandi.

Explain factors for the defeat of the Nandi resistance.

 

Detailed discussion & assignment.    

 

 KLB BOOK III.

PP 41-46.

 

3

Causes & course of Agiriama

resistance.

State the causes of the Agiriama resistance.

Analyse results of Agiriama resistance.

 

Q/A & discussion.    

 KLB BOOK III.

PP 41-46.

 

 

4

Causes & course of the Bukusu resistance.

State the causes of the Bukusu resistance.

Analyse results of Bukusu resistance.

 

Guided discussion.    

 

 KLB BOOK III.

PP 41-46.

 

7

1

The causes & the courses of the Somali resistance.

State the causes of the Somali resistance.

Outline the results of Somali resistance.

 

Q/A & detailed discussion.    

 KLB BOOK III.

PP 41-46.

 

2

Reasons for failure of armed African resistance.

Give reasons for failure of armed African resistance. Q/A & discussion.    

 

 KLB BOOK III.

 PP 41-46.

 

3,4

TEST  & MID-TERM BREAK        

8

1

Causes & course of collaboration by the Maasai.

 

 

State causes of collaboration by the Maasai.

Describe the course of collaboration by the Maasai.

Identify the positive and negative results of the collaboration of the Maasai with the British.

Q/A, exposition & explanations.    

 

    KLB BOOK III.

PP 41-46.

 

2

Causes and results of Akamba resistance.

Causes and results of collaboration by the Akamba.

State causes of collaboration by the Akamba.

 

Analyse results of the collaboration.

 

 

Oral questions, brief explanations.    

 

    KLB BOOK III.

PP 41-46.

 

3

Causes, course and results of the resistance by the Agikuyu.

 

Causes, course and results of the collaboration by the Agikuyu.

 

State the causes of the resistance by the Agikuyu to the British.

Describe the course of their resistance.

 

State the causes of the resistance by the Agikuyu to British rule.

Describe the course of their collaboration.

Analyse the results of collaboration.

 

Q/A & Discussion

 

 

 

 

 

Q/A & Discussion.

Resource person.  

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 47.

 

 

 

  KLB BOOK III.

 PP 47-48.

 

4

Causes, course and results of the collaboration by the Luo.

State the causes of the collaboration by the Luo.

Describe the course of their collaboration.

Analyse the results of collaboration

 

 

Q/A & Discussion.

 

Assignment: Essay questions.

Resource person.  

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 48.

 

9

1

COLONIAL ADMINISTRATION

 

Features of Colonial Rule.

 

Indirect Rule.

 

 

 

 

Outline the features of colonial rule.

Define the term Indirect Rule.

Outline features of Indirect Rule.

 

 

 

 

 

Explanations and Discussion.

   

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 49.

 

9

2

Colonial Central Government & Colonial Local Government.

Describe the Administrative structure of British Administration

Describe the Administrative structure of colonial local government.

 

Flow diagram: colonial Administration structure.

Q/A: provincial administration structure.

Resource person: ex –colonial chief.

Chart:

Colonial Administration structure

 

 

 KLB BOOK III.

 PP 49-50.

 

3

The British in Kenya.

Describe direct and indirect rule of British Administration in Kenya.

Identify effects of indirect rule in Kenya.

Detailed discussion on British Administration in Kenya.

Q/A: effects of indirect rule.

Teacher gives a summary of the effects.

   

 

KLB BOOK III.

PP 52-53.

 

4

The British in Nigeria. Outline the role of Fredrick Lugard in administering Nigeria indirectly.

Describe the structure of indirect rule in Nigeria.

 

Detailed discussion.    

 

KLB BOOK III.

PP 53-54.

 

10

1

Reasons and shortcomings of Indirect Rule in Nigeria.

Highlight reasons for indirect rule in Nigeria.

Identify shortcomings of indirect rule if Nigeria.

 

Oral questions & detailed discussion   KLB BOOK III.

 PP 54-55.

 

2

The British in Zimbabwe. (Southern Rhodesia.)

Outline the role of Cecil Rhodes in British Administration in Zimbabwe.

Describe the structure of direct rule in Zimbabwe.

 

 

Exposition & Discussion.    

 

KLB BOOK III.

PP 55-56.

 

3

Reasons for and shortcomings of British Direct Rule in Zimbabwe.

 

 

Explain reasons for and shortcomings of British direct rule in Zimbabwe. Exposition & detailed discussion.    

 

KLB BOOK III.

PP 58-59.

 

4

Effects of Direct Rule in Zimbabwe.

List down effects of direct rule in Zimbabwe. Q/A & highlighting the effects of Direct Rule in Zimbabwe.

 

 

Map: location of Zimbabwe.  

 KLB BOOK III.

PP 59-60.

 

11

1,2

Aspects of Assimilation.

Identify aspects of assimilation as a method of administration.

 

 

Exposition, Q/A and detailed discussion.    

KLB BOOK III.

PP 60-64.

 

3,4

Benefits and effects of French Assimilation in Senegal.

Identify benefits enjoyed by sssimilated Africans in the four communes.

Explain the failures of Assimilation Policy.

Analyse the effects of Assimilation In Senegal.

 

 

Exposition, Q/A and detailed discussion Map: location of Senegal.  

 

KLB BOOK III.

PP 60-64.

 

12,13

END  OF  TERM  ONE  ASSESSMENT TEST

 

 

 

SCHEME  OF  WORK               FORM THREE HISTORY                TERM  TWO   20…………  

WK

NO

L/

NO

TOPIC/

SUBTOPIC

LESSON / SPECIFIC
OBJECTIVES
TEACHING / LEARNING

ACTIVITIES

 

MATERIALS

&

RESOURCES

 

REFS.

 

REMARKS

1

1

SOCIAL & ECONOMICAL DEVELOPMENTS DURING COLONIAL PERIOD IN KENYA.

 

The Uganda Railway.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Give reasons for building the railway.

 

 

 

 

 

Oral questions & brief discussion.

 

 

 

 

 

Map: the Uganda railway & slave trade routes.

 

 

 

 

 

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 65.

 

 

 

2

The process of building the railway and the problems encountered.

 

Describe the process of building the railway.

Identify the problems encountered.

Oral questions & brief discussion. Map: the Uganda railway & slave routes.  

 

KLB BOOK III.

 PP 65-67.

 

3

Effects of construction of the Uganda railway.

Outline effects of construction of Uganda railway. Q/A and brief discussion.    

KLB BOOK III.

P 68.

 

4

Settler farming in Kenya.

State the reasons for settler farming in Kenya.

Explain methods used by the colonial government to promote settler farming.

 

Exposition & discussion. Map: white highlands in Kenya. KLB BOOK III.

P 69.

 

2

1

Problems encountered by the settlers in Kenya.

Identify problems encountered by the settlers in Kenya. Exposition & discussion.    

KLB BOOK III.

P 71.

 

2

Crops grown by European settlers in Kenya.

Identify crops grown by European settlers in Kenya and where they were grown. Q/A: listing down the crops and mentioning the areas they were first introduced.    

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 72

 

2

3

Colonial land policies.

Outline elements of Colonial land policies. Exposition: major land policies. Map: white highlands in Kenya.  

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 75.

 

4

Consequences of colonial land policies.

Analyse the consequences of colonial land policies. Exposition: consequences of major land policies.

 

 

   

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 76.

 

3

1

Devon shire White Paper (1923).

 

   Background.

Trace the background of Devon shire White Paper.

State the grievances of settlers, Asians and Africans.

 

Exposition, probing questions & discussion.    

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 76.

 

2

Devonshire White Paper.

Recommendations and effects

Outline the recommendations of the Devon shire White Paper.

Enumerate effects of the

Devon shire White Paper.

Exposition, probing questions & discussion.    

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 77.

 

3

Urbanization.

Definition & reasons for Urbanization.

Define urbanization.

Give reasons for influx of Africans into urban areas.

 

Q/A: meaning of urbanization and reasons for influx into towns.

Brief discussion.

 

   

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 78.

 

4

Consequences of Urbanization.

State positive and negative consequences of Urbanization. Oral questions and brief discussion.    

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 78.

 

4

1

Development of early

Primary & Secondary Education.

 

Describe the development of primary and secondary education. Q/A: review role of the missionaries in development of education.

Brief discussion: primary & secondary of Africans and European education.

 

   

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 81.

 

4

2,3

Development of early University Education.

Describe the development of university education in colonial Kenya. Exposition & discussion.    

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 81.

 

4

Development of Health.

Describe African initiative in the field of health.

State effects of introduction of Western medicine in Kenya during the colonial period.

 

 

Q/A & brief discussion.    

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 81.

 

5

1

POLITICAL DEVELOPMENTS & STRUGGLE FOR INDEPENDENCE IN KENYA.

(1919-1963)

Early political organizations up to 1939.

 

The East Africa Association. (EAA)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identify officials of EAA.

Outline the activities of EAA.

Highlight the achievements of EAA.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q/A: review problems facing Africans.

Detailed discussion.

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 86.                 

 

 

2

Kikuyu Central Association (KCA).

Identify officials of KCA.

Outline the activities of KCA.

Highlight the achievements of KCA.

 

Detailed discussion.    

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 87.

 

3

Kavirondo Tax Payers’ and Welfare Association.

Identify officials of Kavirondo Tax Payers’ and Welfare Association.

Outline the activities of Kavirondo Tax Payers’ and Welfare Association.

Highlight the achievements of Kavirondo Tax Payers’ and Welfare Association.

Exposition, probing questions and discussion.    

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 89.

 

4

The Ukamba African Association.

Identify officials of the Ukamba African Association.

Outline the activities of Ukamba African Association.

Highlight the achievements of Ukamba African Association.

 

Exposition and discussion.    

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 90.

 

6

1

The Coast African Association.

Identify officials of the Coast African Association.

Outline the activities and achievements Coast African Association.

 

 

Exposition, probing questions and discussion.    

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 91.

 

2

The Taita Hills Association.

Identify officials of the Taita Hills Association.

Outline the activities and achievements of Taita Hills Association.

 

 

Exposition and detailed discussion    

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 91.

 

3

Political organizations & movements after 1945.

 

KASU.

Identify the objectives of KASU

Outline the activities of the organization.

Detailed discussion.    

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 99.

 

4

KAU

Identify the objectives of KAU.

Outline the activities of the organization.

Probing questions & detailed discussion.    

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 99.

 

7

1,2

Mau Mau War.

Explain the role of ex-servicemen in Mau Mau War.

Give an outline of Mau Mau War.

State the consequences of Mau Mau War.

Resource person,

Detailed discussion.

Resource person.  

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 102.

 

 

3

C.A.T.

         

 

4

KANU & KADU.

Outline the principles & activities of KANU & KADU in 1960. Brief discussion & assignment.    

KLB BOOK III.

PP 104-105.

 

8

1,2

The Trade Union Movement.

 

Background.

 

The African Workers Federation (AWF).

Explain reasons for the e rising of the Trade Unions.

 

 

Describe the activities of AWF.

Analyse the successes of AWF.

 

Exposition: background of trade unions.

 

Exposition & discussion.

   

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 106.

 

3

The Kenya Federation of Labour.

Describe the activities of KFL.

Analyse the successes of KFL.

Exposition & discussion.    

KLB BOOK III.

P 109.

 

4

Roles of KFL & other Unions.

 

Role of women in the struggle for independence.

 

Identify roles of KFL & other unions.

Identify the active role of women in the struggle for independence.

 

Q & A and brief discussion.    

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 110.

 

9

1

Constitutional Changes leading to Independence.

 

African representation in the Legco.

Describe the circumstances leading to nomination of Eliud Mathu to the LegCo. in 1944.

Identify other constitutional changes as far as African representation in the LegCo was concerned.

 

Probing questions, Exposition & discussion.    

 

KLB BOOK III.

P 111.

 

2

The Lyttelton Constitution.

Discuss the constitutional events following Oliver Lyttelton recommendations.

Name the first eight LegCo. Members.

Exposition & discussion.    

KLB BOOK III.

 PP 112-113.

 

3

Lennox – Boyd Constitution.

Discuss the constitutional events following Lennox – Boyd recommendations.

 

Exposition & discussion.    

 KLB BOOK III.

PP114-115.

 

4

First Lancaster House Conference.

Outline the constitutional findings & resolutions of First Lancaster House Conference. Exposition & discussion.    

 KLB BOOK III.

PP 115-116.

 
10

1

Second Lancaster House Conference.

Outline the constitutional findings & resolutions of Second Lancaster House Conference. Exposition & discussion

 

Assignment: essay questions.

Chart: Constitutional changes in Kenya (1944-1963)  

 KLB BOOK III.

PP 115-116.

 

 

 

2

THE RISE OF AFRICAN NATIONALISM.

 

Factors responsible for African Nationalism.

 

 

 

 

 

Define the term Nationalism.

Explain the factors responsible for African Nationalism.

 

 

Probing questions leading to reasons for African Nationalism.

Exposition of new ideas.

 

   

 

 

 

 KLB BOOK III.

PP 116-118.

 

3,4

Rise & growth of African Nationalism in Ghana.

 

Trace the Rise & growth of African Nationalism in Ghana.

Identify the role of Dr. Kwame Nkrumah in independence struggle.

 

 

 

Exposition of new ideas & detailed discussion. Globe / atlas: position of Ghana.  

 KLB BOOK III.

PP 119-122.

 
11

1

Methods used by Nationalists in Ghana.

 

Problems faced by early Nationalists.

Explain the methods used by nationalists in Ghana.

Highlight the problems faced by nationalists.

Explain why Ghana gained independence earlier than other African countries.

 

 

Exposition, discussion & Q/A.    

 KLB BOOK III.

PP 125-126.

 

2

 Rise & growth of African Nationalism in Mozambique.

Discuss the rise & growth of African Nationalism in Mozambique.

Outline the role of FRELIMO in independence struggle.

 

 

Exposition & discussion. Atlas: location of Mozambique  

 KLB BOOK III.

PP 127-128.

 
11

3

Success of FRELIMO

Give reasons why FRELIMO succeeded in struggle against Portuguese.

Identify problems faced by FRELIMO in liberation struggle.

 

 

Exposition & discussion.    

 KLB BOOK III.

PP 129-130.

 

4

Rise & growth of African Nationalism in South Africa.

Discuss the rise & growth of African Nationalism in South Africa. Discussion: African nationalism / apartheid laws.

 

 

Atlas: to locate South Africa & her provinces  

KLB BOOK III.

P 133.

 
12-13

END  OF  TERM  TWO  EXAMINATIONS  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEME  OF  WORK               FORM THREE HISTORY                TERM ONE  20…………    

WK

NO

L/

NO

TOPIC/

SUBTOPIC

LESSON / SPECIFIC
OBJECTIVES
TEACHING / LEARNING

ACTIVITIES

 

MATERIALS

&

RESOURCES

 

REFS.

 

REMARKS  

1

1,2

Methods used by nationalists in South Africa.

Describe the methods used by nationalists in South Africa. Q/A & discussion.    

KLB BOOK III.P 133.

   

3

Challenges in liberation struggle.

Identify challenges faced by nationalists in liberation struggle. Q/A & discussion.    

KLB BOOK III P 134.

   

4

Contribution of Nelson Mandela to the fight for freedom & democracy in South Africa.

Discuss the Contribution of Nelson Mandela to the fight for freedom & democracy in South Africa. Q/A & detailed discussion.    

KLB BOOK III P 135.

   

2

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIVES & CONTRIBUTIONS OF KENYAN LEADERS.

 

JOMO KENYATTA.

 

Early life.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Describe the early life of Jomo Kenyatta.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q/A: Kenyatta’s brief analysis of early life.

 

   

 

 

 

KLB BOOK III PP 136-137.

   

2

Kenyatta’s early political career.

Give an account of Kenyatta’s early political career. Q/A Kenyatta’s contribution to independence struggle.

Detailed discussion.

 

   

KLB BOOK III PP 136-137.

   

3,4

Kenyatta’s later political career.

Analyse the problems encountered by Kenyatta in the struggle for independence. Detailed analysis of his political career.    

KLB BOOK III PP 137-138.

   

3

1

DANIEL ARAP MOI 

 Early life.

 

 

Describe the early life of Daniel Moi.

 

 

 

Brief analysis of his early life.

 

Serialized biography.  

KLB BOOK III PP 140-141.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

Moi’s early political career.

Give an account of Moi’s early political career.

 

Brief analysis of his early life.

 

Q/A: Moi’s contribution in pre-independent Kenya.

   

 KLB BOOK III PP 140-141.

   

3,4

Moi’s later political career.

Analyse the problems encountered by Daniel Moi in the struggle for independence.

Outline the political developments during Moi’s era.

 

Detailed analysis of his political career and developments in independent Kenya.    

KLB BOOK III PP 142-143.

   

4

1

OGINGA ODINGA

 

Early life.

Describe the early life of Oginga Odinga.

 

 

 

.

Brief analysis of his early life.

 

Biography   

KLB BOOK III PP144-146.

   

2,3

 Odinga’s Political career.

Give an account of Odinga’s political career. Detailed analysis of Odinga’s political career.    

KLB BOOK III PP 144-146.

   

4

THOMAS JOSEPH MBOYA.

 

Early Life.

Describe the early life of Tom Mboya

 

 

.

Brief analysis of his early life.

 

Serialized biography.  

KLB BOOK III PP 147-149.

   

5

1,2

Mboya’s Political career.

Give an account of Mboya’s political career. Detailed analysis of his political life. Biography   

KLB BOOK III PP 147-149.

   

3,4

RONALD GEDION NGALA.

Early Life & political career.

 

Describe the early life of Ronald Ngala.

 

 

 

Brief analysis of his early life.

 

Biography   

KLB BOOK III P 150.

   

6

1

THE FORMATION, STRUCTURE & FUNCTIONS OF THE GOVERNMENT OF KENYA.

 

The Electoral process.

 

 

 

Identify the two fundamental characteristics of the eectoral process.

Identify situations that occasion a general election and a by- election.

 

 

 

Q/A: review the constitution.

Oral questions;

Brief explanations.

   

KLB BOOK III P 152.

   

2

Voters & Election Candidates.

Identify conditions fulfilled by a voter.

Identify conditions fulfilled by a candidate seeking elective post(s).

 

Oral questions during the lesson.

 

Brief discussion.

 

 

Voter’s card.  

KLB BOOK III P 152.

   

3

The structure & Functions of the Electoral Commission of Kenya.

 

Outline functions of the Electoral Commission of Kenya.

 

Describe the ECK secretariat.

State the duties of ECK officials.

 

 

Q/A& brief discussion.

 

 

Exposition of new ideas.

Flow chart: ECK secretariat & ECK officials.  

KLB BOOK III P 153.

   

4

The process of the formation of Government.

Describe the process of the formation of Government. Exposition and discussion.    

KLB BOOK III P 154.

   

7

1

Structure and Functions of the Government of Kenya.

 

The Legislature.

 

Composition & Functions.

 

Identify the three arms of the Government.

 

Explain the principle of separation of powers among the three arms.

 

 

Describe the composition and functions of the Legislature.

Q/A: Other names of the Legislature.

 

Exposition of new concepts.

 

Q/A & Discussion.

   

KLB BOOK III P 155.

 

 

 

 

 

KLB BOOK III P 155.

   

2

The Law making process.

Describe the Law making process. Discussion :origin of the Law, stages of the Bill. Chart: block diagram of law making process.  

KLB BOOK III PP 156-157.

   

3

Parliamentary Supremacy.

Explain the concept of supremacy of parliament. Exposition of new ideas and concepts.    

KLB BOOK III PP 156-157.

   

4

 

C.A.T.

       

8

1

The Executive Arm.

 

Composition & Powers.

Describe the composition of the Executive Arm.

List the powers and functions of the president.

Q/A, Exposition and discussion.    

 KLB BOOK III PP 160-162.

   

2

The Cabinet.

Describe the composition of the Cabinet & Cabinet Committees. Q/A, Exposition and discussion.    

KLB BOOK III PP 163-164.

   

3

Functions of the Cabinet.

State the functions of Cabinet. Q/A, Exposition and discussion.    

KLB BOOK III PP 165-166.

   

4

The Civil Service.

Describe the composition and functions of the Civil Service. Q/A, Exposition and discussion.        

9

1

Provincial Administration.

 

The P.C.

Describe the structure and hierarchy of the P.C.

 

State the Function and duties of the P.C.

Q/A: name the eight provinces.

 

Discussion: P.C.’s duties.

 

Map: Kenyan’s eight provinces.

Chart: hierarchy of provincial Administration.

 

 

KLB BOOK III PP 167-168.

   

2

The D.C.

 

The D.O.

 

State the functions and duties of the D.C.

State the functions and duties of the D.O.

 Q/A and discussion.    

KLB BOOK III PP 167-168.

   

3

The Chief and the

Assistant Chief.

 

The villages Elders.

 

State the functions and duties of the Chief.

State the functions and duties of the Assistant Chief and Village Elders.

 

Q/A and discussion.

 

Assignment: functions and duties of Village Elders.

   

KLB BOOK III PP 168-169.

   

4

Functions of the Armed Forces.

State the functions of the Armed Forces. Q/A & discussion.    

KLB BOOK III PP 170-171.

   
10

1

The Police.

Identify the branches of the Police.

State the functions of the Police.

 

Q/A: branches of the Police.    

KLB BOOK III PP 170-171.

   

2

The Prisons Department.

State basic aims of prison sentences.

Identify categories of Kenyan Prisons.

State functions of prisons.

Q/A & Explanations. Newspaper extracts.  

KLB BOOK III PP 170-171.

   

3

Challenges facing the police and prisons departments.

Outline the Challenges facing the police and prisons departments.

 

Q/A & open discussion. Newspaper extracts.  

 KLB BOOK III PP 170-171.

   

4

The Judiciary.

 

The Chief Justice.

 

Outline the qualities of the Chief Justice.

State the functions and duties of the Chief Justice.

 

Exposition and new ideas.

Guided discussion.

   

KLB BOOK III P 172.

   

11

1

The Attorney General.

 

The Judicial Service Commission.

State the functions and duties of the Attorney General.

 

Describe the composition of the Judicial Service Commission.

 

Exposition and Discussion.    

KLB BOOK III P 172.

   

2

The Court System in Kenya.

List down the Courts of Kenya.

Identify the hierarchal order of Courts of Kenya.

 

 

 

Discuss: powers and areas of jurisdiction of Courts.    

KLB BOOK III P 172.

   

3

Independence of the Judiciary.

Explain the concepts of independence of the judiciary.

Explain ways in which the independence of the judiciary is achieved in Kenya.

 

 

 

Exposition & detailed discussion.    

KLB BOOK III P 172.

   

4

The rule of law & the concept of natural justice.

Explain the concepts of rule of law and natural justice.

Outline principles of natural justice.

 

 

Explanations.

Exposition: principles of natural justice.

   

KLB BOOK III P 172.

   

12-13

 

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT TEST

 

 

 

Kenya Technical Trainers College Location, Course List, Fees, Requirements, How to Apply

Kenya Technical Trainers College Location, Course List, Fees, Requirements, How to Apply

KSTVET is located in the Gigiri area of Nairobi along Limuru Road, next to the United Nations Office at Nairobi. 

ABOUT KTTC

The Kenya Technical Trainers College (KTTC) is a Government Institution under Ministry of Education, Directorate of Technical Education Vocational and Training (TVET). KTTC was established with the primary objective of training technically skilled personnel, to not only teach in Technical Institutions, but, also for employment in all sectors of the economy. With the mushrooming of Harambee Institutes (HITS); introduction of Technical Training Institutes, opening of private and other Government Training Institutes, the demand for technical teachers increased. As a result the Kenya Government held discussions with the Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) between 1973 and 1978.

 

The Kenya Technical Trainers College (KTTC) opened its doors to the first students in 1978. The then president, H.E. Daniel T. Arap Moi, EGH, MP officially opened the college on 16th March 1979. Since then, the college has contunued to develop, in terms of courses and student enrollment. It is among the leading colleges of this kind in Eastern and Central Africa. KTTC derives its authority from the Education Act Cap 211 (revised in 1980) and Legal Notice N0 242 of 1978, which mandates it to train technical teachers for technical institutions in the country.

 

Initially, the bulk of teaching staffs were canadians. However, immediate steps were taken by CIDA to train Kenyans in Canadian Universities. Between 1978-1993 about 135 Kenyans effectively replaced Canadian teaching staff at the Kenya Technical Teachers College. This was one of the most succcessful CIDA projects in Kenya. The first graduation was held in 1979.

 

The core functions of KTTC are as follows:

 

  • Training of Technical Trainers  to teach in secondary schools and tertiary institutions.
  •  Implementation of various syllabi under TVET Programs in collaboration with stakeholders.
  •  Development of relevant syllabi for technical training in collaboration with stakeholders.
  •  To develop, administer and process examinations and award certificates, diploma, and higher diploma to successful candidates.
  •  Development and implementation of curricula in response to demands of the labor market.
  •  Promotion of entrepreneurial skill and culture within the KTTC staff and students.
  •  Undertaking of Income generating activities through production, consultancy, and tailor made short courses, part-time courses,  facility hiring and hospitality services to complement government grants and fees revenue.
  • To conduct applied research and promote innovation.
  • To foster linkages with industry and other institutions for promotion of quality and
DEPARTMENT & COURSES
INSTRUCTORS TRAINING
·       Certificate in Instructor Training
 

AGRICULTURE AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Agribusiness Management and Marketing
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Agricultural Extension Education)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Agricultural Economics)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Animal Health)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Horticulture)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Agriculture and Plant Biotechnology)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Entrepreneurial Agriculture)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Environmental Science)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education ((Fisheries & Aquaculture)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (General Agriculture
 

BUILDING & CIVIL ENGINEERING

»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Architecture)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Building Technology)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Civil Engineering)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Highway Engineering)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Land Survey)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Water Engineering)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (quantity Survey)
 

BUSINESS STUDIES

»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Accounting)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Business Administration)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Banking & Finance)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Co-operative Management)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Economics)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Entrepreneurship Development)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Human Resource)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Sales & Marketing)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Project Management)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Supply Chain Management)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Secretarial Studies)

 

COMPUTER STUDIES
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Computer Studies)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Computer & Mathematics)
 

ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Electrical & Electronics Engineering)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Control & Instrumentation)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Medical Engineering)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Power)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Telecommunications)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Electrical Engineering Avionics)
 

HEALTH & APPLIED SCIENCES

»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Applied Biology)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Analytical Chemistry)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Bio-chemistry)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Chemical Engineering)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Food Science Technology)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Leather Technology)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Medical Laboratory)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Mathematics & Statistics)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Petroleum & Geoscience Technology)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Public Health)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Physical Sciences)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Pharmaceutical Technology)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Industrial Chemistry)
 

HOSPITALITY & INSTITUTIONAL MANAGEMENT

»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Food & Beverage)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Fashion & Design)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Hairdressing & Beauty Therapy)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Nutrition & Dietetics)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Tourism)
 

LIBERAL STUDIES

»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Communication & Media)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Information Studies)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Social Work & Community Development)

 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Automotive Engineering)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Agricultural Engineering)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Aeronautical Engineering)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Medical Engineering)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Mechatronics)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Production Engineering)
»    Diploma in Technical Trainer Education (Plant Engineering)

 

KTTC Contact Details
P. O. Box 44600-00100.
Nairobi.
Tel. 0707444222/0786444600
Emailinfo@kstvet.ac.ke

CRE PAPER 2 KCSE REVISION QUESTIONS, ANSWERS

REVISION

C.R.E.

 PAPER 2 (313/2) 

SAMPLE  1

313/2

CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION PAPER 2

  1. (a) With reference to St. Luke’s Gospel state the mission of John the Baptist as prophesied by his

father in the Benedictus                                                                                 4mks)

(b) Give the teachings of John the Baptist about the Messiah                            (8mks)

(c) How do Christians today play the role of John the Baptist?                         (8mks)

  1. (a) Describe the reasons why Jesus taught in parables (6mks)

(b) Explain the qualities of God from the parable of the prodigal son               (8mks)

(c) Identify ways in which the disciples of Jesus reacted to his parables          (6mks)

  1. (a) Explain the role of the Holy Spirit as taught by Jesus Christ (8mks)

(b) Relate the message of Peter on the day of Pentecost                                                 (7mks)

(c) How are the gifts of the Holy Spirit manifested in the church today?         (5mks)

  1. (a) State the factors that lead to sexual immorality among the youth today (8mks)

(b) Give guidelines that can help boys and girls to lead responsible sexual lives (6mks)

(c) Describe the social and the moral effects of HIV/AIDS on the family        (6mks)

  1. (a) Give the qualities a Christian would look for in a prospective marriage partner (7mks)

(b) Give the characteristics of responsible parenthood                                       (8mks)

(c) Family life today is faced with innumerable problems. List some of them   (5mks)

  1. (a) Give reasons why people work   (6mks)

(b) Explain some of the factors that bring about unemployment in Kenya today (8mks)

(c) What are the negative results brought about by a strike action in a school situation?

(6mks)

 

 

 

MARKING SCHEME

SAMPLE  1

313/2

 

  1. a) With reference to St. Luke’s Gospel state the Mission of John the Baptist as prophesied by his

father in the Benedictus (4mks)

  1. i) He would be the prophet of the most high
  2. ii) He would go before the Lord to prepare the road for him/ he would be the forerunner of the Messiah
  • His duty would involve imparting the knowledge of salvation to the people
  1. He would call people to repentance and forgiveness in order to restore the right relationship with God
  2. He would give ‘light’ to those living in darkness and guide them into path of peace

Any 4×1=4 mks

  1. b) Give the teachings of John the Baptist about the Messiah                            (8mks)
  2. i) He was going to be famous and greater than John the Baptist
  3. ii) He would baptise with the Holy Spirit and fire
  • He would bring God’s salvation/ saviour/ save humanity
  1. He will proclaim judgement
  2. He will punish the sinners and reward the righteous/ give eternal life
  3. Jesus is the Messiah/ Christ is the anointed one
  • Jesus as the lamb who takes away the sins of the world/ Christ would die for the sins of humanity
  • Jesus will be a Lord and a judge
  1. Jesus will lead the new community of believers
  2. Christ was sent by God/ He is from God                         Any 8×1=8 mks
  3. c) How do Christians today play the role of John the Baptist?                         (8mks)
  4. i) John baptised the believers; Christians today baptise those who believe
  5. ii) John preached and called people to repentance; Christians today preach and call people to repentance
  • Like John Christians should announce the consequences of not believing in Christ’s salvation
  1. Like John Christians should be bold enough to condemn evil in society
  2. Like John advised the tax collectors to be honest, Christians should advice people to be honest and not practice corruption
  3. John proclaimed Christ as the lamb of God who takes away the sins of the world, Christians should do the same today
  • John taught against accusing people falsely, Christians should preach and practice justice
  • John taught on sharing, therefore Christians should not only preach but also practice it
  1. Christians should realise that Christianity alone without sincerity cannot justify their entry into the kingdom of God             Any 8×1=8 mks
  2. a) Describe the reasons why Jesus taught in parables                                                   (6mks)
  3. i) To distinguish the serious seekers of the kingdom from those who were just eager to

listen to the story

  1. To explain unknown issues in a language people could easily understand
  • To make people think critically about issues concerning the Kingdom
  1. They were used by Jesus to teach about God’s Kingdom
  2. To teach about God’s mercy to sinners i.e. parable of the debtors/ parable of lost coin
  3. To conceal his true identity as the Messiah
  • To teach about the requirement of God’s Kingdom
  • Parables were avenues of passing important teachings to the people, how to relate to one another, how to use wealth and even how to pray
  1. It was a method of teaching which was common those days
  2. To teach his disciples that they should be persistent and never be discouraged (Lk18:1-8)
  3. He wanted to make an indirect attack on his opponents like the Pharisees, the scribes and the Sadducees                                                 Any 6×1=6 mks
  4. b) Explain the qualities of God from the parable of the prodigal son             (8mks)
  5. i) God is a God of freedom who has given man freedom to choose as the father granted the

wishes of the younger son

  1. God responds to people’s prayer and request as the father listened to the wishes of his younger son
  • God is always concerned about sinners as the father was looking forward to the return of his son
  1. God is merciful and compassionate and ready to receive those who repent as the father welcomed his son
  2. God is a loving father as he loves us unlimitedly the way the father loved his younger son
  3. God is happy and rejoices when the repentant sinner go back to him i.e. when the lost one is found as the father rejoiced when the son came back
  • God is forgiving as the father forgave his son
  • God does not discriminate against some people. All people are his children just like the father did not discriminate against his son
  1. God is generous as shown by the father who gave his younger son part of his property and told the older one that all my wealth is yours
  2. God is mysterious i.e. the older son could not understand what the father was doing
  3. God provides as he is the provider and giver; this is seen in the father giving his younger son a ring and clothing
  • God knows and understands each individual needs as the father knew the needs of his sons                         Any 8×1=8 mks
  1. c) Identify ways in which the disciples of Jesus reacted to his parables             (6mks)
  2. i) They were surprised at the meaning and reasons for the use of parables
  3. ii) They failed to understand the message of some of the parables
  • They asked Jesus to explain the parables
  1. They felt privileged
  2. They understood some parables clearly
  3. They marvelled at Jesus ability to teach using parables
  • They enjoyed listening to Jesus parables
  • They felt challenged by Jesus parables

 

  1. a) Explain the role of the Holy Spirit as taught by Jesus Christ                                               (8mks)
  2. i) He would be a counsellor/ advocate/ a comforter / aiding believers / helpers
  3. ii) He would convict people about sins, righteousness and the coming judgement
  • He would remind the believers everything that Jesus had taught them
  1. He would reveal the truth concerning God the father and Jesus the son
  2. He would pass judgement to the sinners
  3. He would declare things to come through the believers
  • He will glorify Jesus by declaring what belongs to Jesus Christ from the father
  • He would teach the believers of all things and reveal the sins of the world
  1. He would give authority to the believers to forgive sin
  2. He would give the believers power to become witnesses of Jesus Christ
  3. He would enable the believers to discern and expose the secret heart of sinful people
  • He would affirm the right of Jesus as the son of God             Any 8×1=8 mks
  1. b) Relate the message of peter on the day of Pentecost                         (7mks)
  2. i) What was happening was the fulfillment of Joel’s prophecy about the outpouring of

God’s spirit

  1. The outpouring of the Holy Spirit was a positive proof that the Messianic age had arrived through Jesus Christ
  • Jesus was from Nazareth through whom God worked miracles
  1. Jesus suffered and was crucified by sinful people in accordance with God’s plan
  2. God raised Jesus up to fulfill the prophecy of King David
  3. The apostles are living witnesses to the resurrection of Jesus
  • God has exalted Jesus and made him both God and saviour
  • Jesus is a descendant of David
  1. Peter told the people to repent so that they could be forgiven and receive the gift of the Holy Spirit                         Any 8×1=8 mks
  2. c) How are the gifts of the Holy Spirit manifested in the Church today?                     (5mks)
  3. i) People speaking in tongues
  4. ii) People healing the sick
  • Performing miracles e.g. casting out demons
  1. Proper understanding and interpretation of God’s message
  2. Proper/ wise decision making and right believing
  3. Giving of prophetic messages to the church
  • Ability to withstand challenges of life/ persecution
  • Helps believers to repent and seek forgiveness for their sins
  1. The believers loving one another
  2. Charity work done by believers             Any 5×1=5 mks
  3. a) State the factors that lead to sexual immorality among the youth today
  4. i) Human weakness
  5. ii) Sexual curiosity
  • Testing fertility
  1. Fear of being jilted by boy/ girl friend
  2. Poverty
  3. Availability of contraceptives
  • Negative peer pressure and bad company
  • Influence from print and electronic media
  1. Frustrations
  2. Unemployment
  3. Drug and alcohol abuse
  • Proving manhood Any 8×1=8 mks
  1. b) Give guidelines that can help boys and girl to lead responsible sexual lives                        (6mks)
  2. i) Avoid physical contact like kissing and hugging
  3. ii) Avoid conversations on topics that are sexually suggestive
  • Dwell on positive thoughts about your special friend as a way of controlling your desires
  1. Avoid meeting in lonely and isolated places
  2. Avoid social functions such as discos and parties that may create room for sexual abuse
  3. Avoid visiting each other frequently
  • Avoid pornographic literature, films and music
  • Seek guidance from Christian leaders and counselors on your relationship
  1. Study the Bible teachings on sex
  2. Pray for God’s guidance Any 6×1=6 mks
  3. c) Describe the Social and Moral effects of HIV/AIDS on the family
  4. i) Economic contribution of the AIDS patient is drastically reduced
  5. ii) It increases the medical expenses as the person is often sick
  • The AIDS patient eventually dies and this brings sorrow to the family
  1. Emergence of children- headed households
  2. Dropping out of school by the children
  3. Discrimination against people living with AIDS in work place, and may not be hired for jobs
  • Stigmatisation of AIDS sufferers
  • Feeling of loneliness, isolation and helplessness
  1. Grandparents are burdened with taking care of orphans
  2. Work load for women in the family set-up increases because they have to provide for the family                                                 Any 6×1=6 mks
  3. a) Give the qualities a Christian would look for in a prospective marriage partner (7mks)
  4. i) Commitment to ones faith
  5. ii) Moral uprightness
  • Common interest
  1. Ability to provide for the family
  2. Socio- economic status
  3. Level of education
  • Common faith
  • Good management of family finances
  1. Health status             Any 7×1=7 mks
  2. b) Give the characteristics of responsible parenthood                                                  (8mks)
  3. i) Understanding parental roles and responsibilities
  4. ii) Educating children in all aspects of life
  • Teaching and training children in religious matters
  1. Helping their children to grow physically, socially, psychologically and emotionally
  2. Helping children to develop intellectually by providing opportunities for them to learn
  3. Teaching morals and right behaviour to their children
  • Teaching children on how to relate with another as brothers and sisters, among other relatives and kinsmen and among their peers
  • Teaching them social and civic responsibilities
  1. Being hardworking so that they are able to provide for the needs of their families
  2. Parents should remember not to discriminate against any of their children
  3. Showing understanding and tolerance to their children             Any 8×1=8 mks
  4. c) Family life today is faced with innumerable problems. List some of them              (5mks)
  5. i) Child abuse and domestic violence
  6. ii) Diseases and sicknesses
  • Unfaithfulness
  1. Separation and divorce
  2. Childlessness
  3. Single- parent families
  • Jealousy
  • Misuse of family resources
  1. Leadership style             Any 5×1=5 mks
  2. a) Give reasons why people work                                                                      ( 6mks)
  3. i) For self satisfaction and fulfillment
  4. ii) For personal development
  • To acquire basic essentials of life e.g. food, clothing and shelter
  1. To give life direction, meaning and dignity
  2. To provide services for the community and fellow human beings and to develop and care for the environment
  3. To acquire wealth and status in society
  • To socialize and grow as a member of a community e.g. people participate in communal work and projects such as building schools, bridges, churches e.t.c.
  • To attain independence. Young people look forward to the time when they will not depend on their parents and guardians for the necessity of life Any 6×1=6 mks
  1. b) Explain some of the factors that bring about unemployment in Kenya today
  2. i) The available job opportunities are too limited to absorb the great number of school

leavers and college graduates

  1. Most young school leavers despise “blue collar” jobs (The manual jobs) and opt for “

White collar jobs”

  • Bribery and corruption. This denies job those who are more qualified in preference for the unqualified who might have given bribes
  1. Lack of skills and capital to start self-employment
  2. Bad governance and poor economic policies by the government
  3. Increase in poverty since 1990’s due to Structural Adjustment Programmes (SAPs) imposed by the world bank and IMF on developing countries like Kenya
  • International policies of globalisation that have affected the agricultural sector which has been the greatest employer in Kenya.
  • Retrenchment of workers in the civil service and private sectors
  1. Increase in crime that has aggravated insecurity in the country. This has discouraged local and international investors                                     Any 8×1=8 mks
  2. c) What are the negative results brought about by a strike action in a school situation?
  3. i) May lead to the inciters and culprits being expelled
  4. ii) It may be very expensive to parents as they pay for damages
  • May lead to injuries among students in case of riots
  1. It leads to loss of study time due to suspension
  2. May lead to poor academic results
  3. May lead to mistrust between the teachers and students
  • Injuries and death may occur when police confronts the strikers
  • Loss of employment if teachers are involved
  1. Victimisation of some individuals especially the ring leader may occur

Any 6×1=6 mks

 

 

SAMPLE  2

313/2

CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION PAPER 2

  1. a) What is the concept of the Messiah in the New Testament.                                9mks
  2. b) State the expectations of the Jews about the Messiah.                                        6mks
  3. c) Explain the Christian understanding of the concept of the Messiah to day.            5mks
  4. a)  Identify the three Temptations of Jesus in the wilderness and how Jesus responded to each one of them.                                                                                                                     9mks
  5. b) Explain the relevance of Jesus Temptations to Christians today.                                   6mks
  6. c) State some of the Temptations that you face today as young people.                 5mks
  7. a) Why did Jesus find it necessary to pray during his public ministry.                   8mks
  8. b) Explain the ways in which God’s divine power is demonstrated in the healing miracles.             6mks
  9. c) Give ways in which the church in the New Testament demonstrated unity.            6mks
  10. a) Briefly describe ways in which an employer can motivate his employees.            7mks
  11. b) State ways in which alcoholism can deter one’s career.                                      8mks
  12. c) Which criteria can Christians use to evaluate the use of leisure?                                   5mks
  13. a) Describe the social and moral effects of HIV/AIDS on the family.                    10mks
  14. b) How do you identify an individual infected with HIV/AIDS?                             5mks
  15. c) Explain the way the church in Kenya is handling the challenge posed by HIV/AIDS.                         5mks
  16. a) Explain the factors that cause disaster in society.                                                           6mks
  17. b) Why are Christians opposed to capital punishment?                                           6mks
  18. c) How do Christian contribute to the maintenance of law and order in Kenya            8mks

 

 

 

 

MARKING SCHEME

SAMPLE  2

313/2

  1. a) – He was born of a virgin Mary

–           He was a descendant of David (Joseph his foster father was a descendant of David)

–           He was born in Bethlehem the city of David

–           The Tittles given by prophet Isaiah were reported by the angel Gabriel to Mary e.g. “the son of the most high”

–           Jesus himself at the beginning of his ministry affirms that, he is the Messiah, when he repeats that Isaiah said, “The spirit of the lord is upon me” Isaiah 61:1-3

–           His life, death and resurrection fulfills what the Old Testament prophets said about him

–           His shameful death on the cross fulfills what Deutro –Isaiah 53 said about the suffering servant of God

–           His resurrection fulfills what the Old Testament said that God will restore his life after his suffering                                                                                                      1×8=8 mks

  1. – The Messiah was to come out of the house of David

–     The messiah was to liberate the Jews from the rule of the Romans

–     The messiah was to restore the kingdom of God

–     The Messiah was to do great things for Israel

–     The Messiah was to be a perfect King

–     The Messiah was to establish ultimate peace and joy

–     The Messiah was to lead them into a time of great National power and prosperity

1×7=7 mks

  1. – Christians accept Jesus as the Messiah that was foretold by Old Testament prophets

–     Christians believe that Jesus is the final revelation of God’s saving works

–     Jesus the Messiah established a spiritual kingdom which is received by faith by those who believe in him

–     The Messianic Kingdom is universal offered to all mankind and not just restricted to the Jews

–     Through his death and resurrection, he established God’s kingdom on earth

1×5=5 mks

  1. a) – Jesus was led to the wilderness by the holy spirit after his baptism to be tempted by satan. While

in the wilderness, Jesus entered into prayer and fasting for 40 days. At the end of 40 days, satan came to him and tempted him in three ways

  1. i) Turn stones into bread

satan wanted Jesus to use his divine power to turn stones into bread. Jesus told satan that man does not live on bread but by the word that procedeth from his mouth

  1. ii) satan took Him to high ground and showed him all the earthly wealth and told Jesus that all will be given to him, if he paid homage to satan. Jesus told him that he should not tempt God. Homage is only given to God
  • satan took Jesus to the highest part of the temple (pinnacle) and told Jesus that if he jumped down, God will provide angels to protect him from being hurt. Jesus rebuked satan. He departed from Jesus at opportune

NB                   Introduction before temptation                                                                  3 mks

First temptation                                                                                              1 mk

Response                                                                                                         1 mk

2nd temptation                                                                                                 1 mk

Response                                                                                                         1 mk

3rd temptation                                                                                                 1 mk

Response                                                                                                         1 mk

Total                                                                                       9 mks

 

  1. – Being tempted is not a sin unless you give in to the temptations

–     Temptations will always come to those who follow Jesus

–     Since Jesus was tempted; he understands our problems/ our weakness

–     When Christians turn to Christ in prayer, he answers and assists us

–     Temptations can be overcome through the word of God as Jesus did       2×3=6 mks

  1. – Drug abuse (cocaine, heroin)

–     Lack of finance leads to commercial sex/ prostitution

–     Pre-marital sex/ fornication

–     Early pregnancies

–     Abortion

–     Drunkard-ness/ smoking

–     Gossiping

–     Stealing/ theft

–     Robbery                                                                      Any other relevant points1×5=5 mks

  1. a) –      To get assurance from his father/ God

–      To ensure that he was within the will of God

–      To get in touch with the father

–      To renew his strength in order to face temptations

–      To give thanks to God

–      To set examples to his disciples

–      To teach his disciples how to pray

–      To intercede for others

–      To honor God

–      To seek for guidance from God.                                                                    1×8=8 mks

  1. b) –      The spoken word of Jesus during the healing of the paralytic, “your sins are forgiven” shows that

Jesus was interested in curing people of their spiritual illnesses

–     Restoring the sick people back to health by liberating them from physical and psychological suffering

–     The casting out of demons shows that evils and the powers of satan are overcome

–     Those who witnessed the healing miracles of Jesus realised the presence of God’s power in Jesus

–     The healing of non-Jews states that God’s saving power/ grace is for all communities/ universal

–       The healing miracles liberated the sick from despair and restored them to holiness

–       The healing was a demonstration of God’s love for the oppressed

–       The healing miracles shows that Jesus had come to liberate human kind from suffering and death

1×6=6 mks

c)-       They met for prayers/ prayed together in fellowship

–        They prayed for one another.

–        They shared meals

–        They shared their belongings / property with one another.

–        They sold their property and distributed the money among themselves according to each individuals needs

–        They celebrated the Holy Communion together/ broke the bread together

–        They showed concern/ to help the less privileged

–       They welcomed each other to their homes/ offered hospitality to others

–        They solved problems affecting the church

–        Winning converts/ accepting members of the church without discrimination on gender, race or social class

–         Preached the same Gospel of Jesus Christ

–         Churches in different places kept in touch with each other through visits/ missionary work

–         The unity of the church was demonstrated through the work of the Holy Spirit among Christians

1×6=6 mks

 

 

  1. a) – By incorporating them as partners in business by allowing them to buy shares

–           Sharing profit with them

–           Appreciating their work

–           By paying terminal benefits

–           By allowing them time for entertainment/ leisure/ worship

–           By allowing employees leave/ rest

–           By practicing charity and good will

–           By treating them humanely

–           By setting good example i.e. being respectful, hard working and punctual

–           By taking care of workers welfare                                                                 1×7=7 mks

  1. – Alcoholism affects one’s efficiency at work. It reduces the productivity

–           It can lead to one to embezzle public funds

–           It can cause accidents especially drivers if they are under the influence of alcohol

–           A lot of money meant for basic things is spent on drinking sprees hence causing poverty

–           It causes misunderstanding among the family members/ workmates and the employer

–           It affects one’s health rendering him in effective at work

–           It may lead to break up of one’s family which will affect his performance

–           It may make one to be absent from work                                                      1×8=8 mks

  1. c) – Christians should engage in leisure activities which promote their respect and dignity

–           Christians should avoid leisure activities that may be harmful to others

–           Christians should choose leisure activities that enrich their knowledge of God

–           Christians should follow Jesus’ example by engaging in those activities that promote service to others

–           Christians should not engage in leisure activities that are harmful to the individuals and put ones life at risk

–           Christians should avoid leisure activities that lead to addiction

–           Christians should avoid leisure activities that lead to sin

–           Christians should engage in leisure activities that please God                     1x 5=5 mks

  1. a) – Many adults die leaving behind many orphans, by 2005 we had 1.6 million orphans

–           Caring for the orphans is a burden

–           Grand parents or old children get the burden of running the homes where orphans are left

–           The sick person uses a lot of money medically

–           The sick person becomes unproductive economically

–           A lot of sorrow in families due to death

–           Women are easily infested and affected

–           The women are burdened with care of the home

–           Poverty increases in the homes

–           Children are forced to look for manual work to provide for the homes

–           Children are forced to drop out of school due to lack of money or look for employment

–           People with AIDS feel lonely, isolated and hopeless

–           Those living with AIDS feel guilty and as punishment

–           People with AIDS are discriminated at places of work and not hired for jobs

–           People living with AIDS may be denied their basic human rights e.g. to travel, to have children, employment and education                                                                        1×10=10 mks

b)-             Night sweats

–           Fever lasting several weeks

–           Diarrhoea which lasts two or more weeks

–           Loss of appetite and weight e.g. loosing 5 kilos in two months

–           Swelling of the glands in the neck, armpit and groin

–           A feeling of tiredness lasting for weeks without apparent cause

–           Skin diseases – a type of cancer known as “Kaposis Sarcoma”

–           The growth of fungus in the mouth

–           Prolonged cough and shortness of breath                                                      1×5=5 mks

  1. – Preach to those with AIDS and show love to them

–           Clergy should be trained in how to handle those with AIDS

–           Educational programmes should be held to give people dangers of HIV/ AIDS&STIs

–           Parents should be helped by the church to educate youths and adolescents on the importance of responsible sexual behavior

–           Counsel those with AIDS not to spread it

–           Give hope to full blown AIDS people to live with dignity and not blame themselves

–           Cultivate self worth, self image and self assertion to possible candidates of AIDS (promiscuous persons)

I cor 13                       Gal 5:19-21                Eph 5:3

–           Involve affected and infected in employment or income generating projects

–           Advocate for protection of human rights of people with AIDS                    1×5=5 mks

  1. a) – Unjust laws and unjust punishment

–           Inadequate distribution of wealth and resources

–           Racism/ tribalism/ Nepotism/ Secterialism/ Apartheid/ Prejudices

–           Poverty

–           Lack of tolerance by leaders

–           Arrogance and hypocrisy by leaders

–           Oppression/ suppression and repression of the citizens

–           Unemployment/ underemployment

–           Selfishness and greed for money and power

–           Corruption/ bribery/ rigging of elections                                                      1x 6=6 mks

  1. – Life is sacred/ Holy, only God should claim it

–           Capital punishment does not make the person reform but clears him

–           Death cannot be reversed incase a judge makes a mistake in his prosecution

–           It has no economic value/ benefit to a country

–           The methods used are inhuman and lowers a persons dignity

–           It is contrary to God’s statutes/ laws for example “Though shall not kill”

–           It undermines the Biblical teaching on forgiveness

–           It distabilises the family/ deprives a family of a resourceful/ loved member

–           It destroys the image of God in man                                                              1x 6=6 mks

  1. – Preaching/ teaching values pertaining to peace and justice

–           Appealing to people to obey lawful authority (the rule of law)

–           By practicing what they teach/ preach, setting good examples/ living exemplary lives

–           Condemning vices which lead to disorder in the society e.g. injustice, corruption

–           By playing reconciliatory roles/ mediators between warring parties or individuals

–           Educating people on their right and duties as citizens of the country

–           Caring/ helping the poor, needy, oppressed people in the community

–           Create employment and equip people with skills so that they can be employed elsewhere

–           They offer guidance and counseling services where people who have problems can get help

–           They provide education whose objective is good citizenship

–           Support individual/ groups who fight for justice and peace

–           They pray for peace and justice and good government                                 1×8=8 mks

 

 

 

 

 

SAMPLE  3

313/2

CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION PAPER 2

Answer Any Fice Questions Below

  1. (a) Show how prophet Isaiah presented the servant of Yahweh                               8mks

(b)  Explain using examples from St. Luke’s Gospel how Jesus fulfilled Jeremiah’s teachings

about the new covenant.                                                                                      7mks

( c)  Why do Christians commemorate the lord’s supper                                         5mks

  1. (a) explain the message about God and John the Baptist as outlined in the Benedictus.

6mks

(b)  How do Christians mark the birth of Christ in their lives today.                                   8mks

( c)  What lessons can a Christian learn from the shepherds response to Angel’s message.

6mks

  1. (a) Narrate the parable of the wicked tenants Lk 19:9 -18.                                      9mks

(b)  Explain the meaning of the parable of the tenants.                                            6mks

(c )  Give reasons why some people find it difficult to accept the Gospel of Jesus Christ.

5mks

  1. (a) Explain the New Testament teaching on love, 1 Corinthians 13: 4-8.               8mks

( b)  State the criteria for discerning the spiritual gifts.                                           6mks

( c)  What religious duties do Christians perform as a Royal Priesthood to God.            6mks

  1. (a) Explain the social problems facing the society today.                                       8mks

(b)  How does the state punish those who break the law.                                          7mks

( c)  How can a young Christian use the life skills to cope up with challenges in life5mks

  1. (a) What is a justified wage.                                                                                     8mks

(b)  Explain the Christian view on industrial action                                                 7mks

( c)  Suggest the government solution to child labour                                              5mks

 

 

 

MARKING SCHEME

SAMPLE  3

313/2

 (a) How prophet Isaiah presented the servant of Yahweh.

(i)           The servant will succeed in his work and will be highly honoured.

(ii)          His success and Honour will surprise many who have witnessed his death.

(iii)        The servant is despised, rejected and ignored by those who are with him.

(iv)        He has nothing attractive, he is very ordinary and simple.

(v)         He is harshly treated, arrested and sentenced to death and killed.

(vi)       He accepts the suffering, which should have been received by other for their sins.

(vii)      His body is buried with the bodies of rich men.

(viii)     He endures all that is done to him in humble silence.

(ix)     Through his sufferings, human beings are reconciled to God.

(x)       It is the will of God that the servants suffer.

(xi)      His death is a sacrifice to bring forgiveness of sins.                             (8 x 1 = 8mks)

  1. b) How Jesus fulfilled Jeremiah’s teachings on the new covenant.
  2. i) Jesus inaugurated the new covenant during the Last Supper. He said, “This cup is

poured out for you in the new covenant in my blood”. (LK 22:20)

  1. ii) The death of Christ on the cross shows that God will not remember their sins anymore.

iii)       Jesus summarized the Mosaic Law into the double commandment of love of God and love of one’s neighbour LK10: 27. The law of love is eternal.

(iv)     Jesus established the kingdom of God, a new community of God’s

people based on faith and obedience is his teachings.

(v)      Jesus established an everlasting covenant through his death and resurrection.

 

(vi)      In Jesus, people have direct relationship with God

(vii)     Jeremiah gave hope about restoration which found fulfillment in Jesus who came from

the Davidic lineage to set up God’s rule on earth.

(vii)     Jesus established the new beginning in  the New Testament, which is

the  basis of his doctrine of the new covenant.

( Well explained point 7 x 1 = 7 mks)

  1. Why Christians commemorate the Lord’s supper

(i)        To renew their faith in God and bind themselves to it.

(ii)       It marks the day of deliverance for Christians from the bondage of sin.

(iii)      It is a way of continuing to proclaim Christ death until his Second Coming.

(iv)     It provides Christians an opportunity to confess and repent their sins.

(v)     Jesus presence becomes a reality through the sharing of the bread and the wine.

(vi)  To thank God for his Love.

(vii)  It is a time for re-dedication and self-renewal to Christ.

(viii)  It is an act of obedience in Christ command.                             (5×1 = 5 marks)

2 (a) Message about God and John the Baptist as outlined in the Benedictus.

  1. i) God is a redeemer

(ii)       God has bought salvation through Jesus

(in)      God fulfills his promises

(iv)      John the Baptist would be the prophet of the most high God

(v)       He would prepare the way for messiah

(vi)      John the Baptist will give the knowledge of salvation to his people

(vii)     John the Baptist would call people to repentance and forgiveness

(viii)    John would give light to those in darkness & shadow of death

(ix)      He would guide people into the part of peace

(6×1 = 6 marks) 3 points for each (God & John)

(b) How Christians mark the birth of Christ.

(i)        There is the decoration of the Christmas tree

(ii)       Decorations of church and homes

(iii)      The Santa Claus (Father Christmas)

(iv)      Special Christmas dinner/food/ cake

(v)       Exchange of gifts/ cards

(vi)      Christmas Carols

(vii)     Attending of church services/ church meeting/ Christmas vigil

(viii)    Helping the poor/ needy

(ix)      Visits/Visitations                                                                      (8×1=8 marks)

  1. Lessons Christians can learn from the shepherd’s response to the Angel’s message.

(i)      God demand obedience from us,

(ii)       We should respond positively to God’s message and be ready to serve him.

(iii)     Christians should share the good news of the kingdom with others Just like the Angel

shared the news with the shepherds.

(iv)     Christians should believe in God’s message and respond to it at once,

(v)       It is important to praise and glorify God,

(vi)     We should serve God with our wealth,

(vii)    God speaks to us despite our status in life,

(viii)   God reveals his message to man.

(ix)     All are called to serve God.                                                  (8 x 1 =(8 marks)

 3(a) Narrate the parable of the wicked tenants,

–    When Jesus was teaching and preaching in Temple during his Jerusalem ministry, the

Jewish religious leaders questioned his authority.

–    Jesus told them the parable of the wicked tenants to help interpret his role and that of

his opponents.

–    Jesus told them the parable of the man who planted vineyards and let it out to tenants &

went into another country for along time.

–    When the time of harvest came, he sent his servants to the tenants, that they

may give him some of the fruits of the vineyard. The tenants instead beat him up and    sent him empty-handed.

–  He sent another servant whom they beat & treated shamefully and sent him

empty handed.

–   He sent yet a third one whom they wounded and caste out.

–  The owner of the vineyard then sent his own son but he was beaten up and killed.

– Jesus posed a question “what then will the owner do to the vineyard?.

He will come destroy those tenants and give the vineyard to others.

–    Jesus concluded the parable that “the very stone the builders rejected  has become the corner stone “.                                                                                                               (9×1 = 9 marks)

  1. Meaning of the parable of the wicked tenants.

(i)         The parable is about the rejection of Jesus by the Jewish religious leaders, providing a preview of what will happen in Jerusalem,

(ii)      The owner of the vineyard is God, the vineyard is Israel while the tenants are

the Jewish.

(iii)     The servants that are beaten represent God’s prophet, messengers.

(iv)     Jesus is the son referred in the parable whom the people rejected and killed,

  • The death of the son anticipates Jesus death at the hands of Jewish leaders,
  • The quotation in Psalm shows that the stone the builders rejected is Jesus himself.

(6×1 = 6 marks)

  1. Reasons why people find it difficult is accept the Gospel of Jesus Christ.

(i)        Alternative religions.

(ii)       Too much wealth/riches.

(iii)      It is too demanding.

(iv)      Lack of faith.

(v)       Science technology seems to provide solutions to man’s problems.

(vi)      Lack of proper role models.

(vii)     Discouragement from church leaders.

(viii)    Permissiveness in the society.

(ix)      Drug abuse makes people not to think about God. / pleasures of the world

(5×1 = 5 marks)

4 (a). New Testament teachings on love &  1Cori. 13:4 — 8.

(i)      Love is patient and kind,

(ii)      Love is not jealous or boastful.

(iii)     Love is not arrogant or rude.

(iv)     Love does not insist on its own way.

(v)      Love is not irritable or resentful.

(vi)     Love does not rejoice at wrong but rejoice at the right.

(vii)   Love bears all things, believes all things, hopes all things, and endures

all things.

(viii)   Love never ends.

(b) Criteria for discerning spiritual gifts’.

(i)       Test of loyalty to Jesus or conformity to the faith.

(ii)       Test of love. The exercise of spiritual gift should result to love.

  • Test of spiritual One who is lead by the spirit of God  should bear the fruits

Of the Holy Spirit,

  • Doctrinal test. One who is inspired by the Holy Spirit can not contradict the scripture

/ doctrine

(3 x 2= 6 marks, 1 mk for mention, 1 mk for explanation Total (6 marks)

C . Religious duties that Christian performs as a Royal priesthood to God.

(i)      Praising God and praying to Him.

(ii)      Devoting their lives in obedience to God as a spiritual sacrifice.

(iii)     Calling others to repentance.

(iv)   Forgiving others.

(v)       Meeting the needs of other people by sharing/ helping needy.

(vi)      Creating unity/ peace/harmony among people.

(vii)     Preaching the Gospel.

(viii)    Leading by examples/ role models.

(6×1 = 6 marks)

 

 

5 (a). Social problems facing the society

(i)        Poverty

(ii)       Drug abuse

(iii)      Unemployment

(iv)      Child abuse / child labour

(v)       Sexual Immorality / rape / adultery / prostitution

(vi)      Discrimination/ Tribalism/ Racism

(vii)     Wars

(viii)    Epidemics/ (diseases e.g. HIV/AIDS)

(ix)      Calamities such as earthquake, floods Tsunami

(x)       Accidents

(ix)      Corruption / bribery

(iix)     Broken marriage / divorce / separation

( 1 x 8  = 8 mark) ( the points must be explained)

(b). How the state punish those who break the law.

(i)        Imprisonment

(ii)       Paying fines

(iii)      Corporal punishment

(iv)      Probation

(v)       House arrest

(vi)      Assigning community work

v

(vii)     Hard labour

(viii)    Capital punishment (soon it might be scrapped)

(ix)      Approved schools and juvenile remands homes

(7×1= 7 marks)

  1. How a young Christian can use life skills to cope up with various challenges

(i)       Using decision-making, by identifying the best alternative to overcome

a challenge encountered.

(ii)      Critical thinking, by examining and assessing a given situation impartially.

(iii)     Creative thinking by using ideas imaginatively to solve a problem.

  • Having high self-esteem, being confident, consistent, outgoing, social and

having  positive altitude, about ourselves

(v)     Being Assertive in making decisions/principles and hold on to item.

( 5 x 1 = 5mks)

6 (a). What is a justified wage.

(i)       Wage that is paid on  time.

(ii)      Equivalent to the work done.

(iii)     Paid according to labour contract.

(iv)     That enables the employee to meet his/ her basic needs.

(v)      Extra-work extra-pay.

(vi)      A wage that does not push the employer out of business.

  • Equal work equal pay/no discrimination.
  • Should not be withheld.

(ix)      Should take into consideration the period of framing/  practical experiences/ skills

responsibilities assigned/energy use / importance of the work to  the community.

(8×1=8 marks )

 

(b). Christian view on industrial action (strike)

(i)      A strike must have a serious and just cause

(ii)      The gain front the strike must out-weigh loss/damages.

(iii)     It should he peaceful.

(iv)     Must have a hope of success.

(v)       There should no strike among essential service workers.

(vi)     There should not be no picketing / intimidation / victimization.

(vii)    The strikers should not harass the non-union workers.

  • There should be peaceful negotiation between the employers and workers representatives or union.

(ix)     Should be the lust resort when other means have failed.

  • The employers and employee should fulfill their obligations towards one another

to avert strike.

(7×1 = 7 marks)

  1. Suggest the government solutions to child labour.

(i)       The government discourages child labour.

(ii)      The government has introduced laws that protect children.

(iii)    Introduction of free education.

(iv)      There are laws governing labour contract/ no employment of under age

  • The government sponsorship/ giving funds to children from poor families to

Continue with schooling.

(vi)      The government together with the N. G. Os sensitize the public about the child rights.

(5×1= 5 marks)

                                                            NB mark Any other relevant point raised by the student

 

 

 

SAMPLE  4

313/2

CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION PAPER 2

 

  1. a) What were the Jewish expectations of the Messiah?      (6 marks)
  2. b) Out-line what Simeon and Anna revealed about the life of Jesus when his

parents  presented him to the Temple for dedication.                                        (8 marks)

  1. c) Give ways in which church leaders are preparing people for the second

coming of Christ.                                                                                           (6 marks)

 

  1. a) Give the account of the sinful woman in Luke 7:36-50                                (7 marks)
  2. b) Highlight the main teachings of Jesus on the sermon on the plain               (8 marks)
  3. c) State ways in which the church in Kenya is continuing with the healing

ministry of Jesus                                                                                            (5 marks)

 

  1. a) Outline the testimony of the holy women regarding the resurrected Jesus

Christ. (Lk. 24:1-10)                                                                                      (7 marks)

  1. b) Why did Jesus disciples respond to the news of his resurrection with fear

and disbelief?                                                                                                 (6 marks)

  1. c) Why is violence against women rampant in Kenya today?                          (7 marks)

 

  1. a) Identify the symbols used to describe the unity of believer in the New

Testament.                                                                                                      (5 marks)

  1. b) In what ways was unity of believers demonstrated in the early church?      (8 marks)
  2. c) State the factors which threaten unity in the church today.                          (7 marks)

 

  1. a) Identify the main sources of Christian Ethnics.                                            (5 marks)
  2. b) What is the significance of leisure in traditional African communities?     (7 marks)
  3. c) Give reasons why employees should be given rest.                                      (8 marks)

 

6   a)         Explain Christian teachings on human sexuality.                                         (8 marks)

  1. b) How has science and technology helped to improve human life?                (7 marks)
  2. c) Identify ways in which Christians can help to control desertification.        (5 marks)

 

 

 

 

 

MARKING SCHEME

SAMPLE  4

313/2

1a) The Jewish expectation of the messiah. (6marks)

  1. They expected apolitical /military leader who would overthrow their colonial rules the Roman.
  2. They expected a messiah who would rule the whole world from Jerusalem and receive tribute/ homage from all the nations of the world.
  • Messiah would be a descendant of David.
  1. The messiah comes after the return of Elijah.
  2. He would not associate with the poor sinners, and Gentiles.
  3. He would perform wonders and miracles.
  • The establishment of his kingdom would be preached with cosmic powers.
  • The messianic kingdom would be established through God’s judgment on his enemies.
  1. The messiah would come from a rich /noble family.             (1×6=6)

 

  1. b) What Simeon and Ann revealed about the life of Jesus when his parents presented him to the Temple for dedication.
  2. Jesus was the messiah.
  3. Jesus would bring salvation to Israel.
  • Jesus mission is universal.
  1. Jesus would be light to the revelation of the Gentile.
  2. Jesus was going to suffer for the sake of humankind.
  3. He would deliver the Israelites from oppression.
  • His mission was to reveal God to humankind.
  • The coming of Jesus would cause division among people in Israel.
  1. He would be source of joy to many people.
  2. He would restore Jerusalem back to its glory. (Any 4×2=8)

 

  1. c) Ways in which church leaders prepare people for the second coming of Christ. (6marks)
  2. By preaching the good news.
  3. Living exemplary lives/ being role models.
  • Helping the needy/ doing charitable work.
  1. Condemning evils in society.
  2. Providing family life education.
  3. Sharing in the Lords supper.
  • Encouraging people to repent / getting saved
  • Providing guidance and canceling people eg prisoners.
  1. Organizing seminars / workshops/ crusades to encourage people to holy lives. (1×6=6)

 

2a) How John the Baptist prepared the way for the messiah.

  1. John preached repentance of sin and warned of the coming judgment.
  2. He invited people to be baptized and be forgiven of their sins.
  • Baptized the people who repented.
  1. Encourage the rich to share with the poor.
  2. Advised people not to bear false witness against fellow human beings.
  3. He told tax collectors not to take more than what was required.
  • He introduced Jesus to the crowd as the messiah (lamb of God)
  • He rebuked Herod for marrying Herodians.
  1. He baptized Jesus in River Jordan.                                                            (Any 7×1=7)

 

  1. b) Why Jesus submitted to John’s Baptism and yet he was not a sinner.
  2. He wanted to confirm and encourage listeners of John to accept his baptism.
  3. He wanted to identify himself with those with sin and he come to save them from sins.
  • He wanted to symbolically take upon himself man’s sins.
  1. He saw it as away of fulfilling the Old Testament prophecies about the messiah.
  2. He saw it as a last act of preparing those who were ready to receive the messiah in person.
  3. He considered it as God’s plan of saving mankind.
  • Baptism provided an opportunity for the manifestation of the Holy Trinity.
  • Through Baptism Jesus was to get an assurance and confirmation that he was God’s son.
  1. Through baptism he was to receive the anointing and power of the Holy Spirit to guide him for the messianic mission.
  2. To prepare him for his earthly ministry. Jesus was about to start his public ministry.

(Any 8×1=8)

  1. c) Ways in which the church in Kenya is continuing with the healing ministry of Jesus.
  2. Establishing hospitals.
  3. Establishing medical college.
  • Visiting and praying for the sick.
  1. Encouraging and supporting medical research both morally and financially.
  2. Teaching the public on preventive measures against STIs and AIDs/HV.        (Any 5×1=5)

 

  1. a) Testimony of the holy women regarding the resurrected Jesus Christ. (LK24:1-10)
  2. The holy women notably Mary Magdalene, Joanna and Mary the mother of James went to the tomb in the morning of Sunday carrying spices to prepare Jesus’ body.
  3. They found the stone rolled away from the entrance to the tomb.
  • They went in but they did not find the body of the Lord Jesus.
  1. They stood there puzzled about this.
  2. Suddenly two angles appeared to them.
  3. Full of fear, the woman bowed down to the ground.
  • The angles asked them why they were looking for the living among he dead.
  • They were told Jesus was there but had risen as he had told them he would do on the third day upon his crucifixion death and burial while in Galilee.
  1. The women went and told all these things to the eleven disciples of Jesus.             (Any 7×1=7)

 

  1. b) Why did Jesus disciples respond to the news of his resurrection with fear and disbelief?
  2. The news was first brought by women who were despised / regarded lowly.
  3. The disciples had witnessed the death// burial of Jesus.
  • They lacked faith / had little faith.
  1. They had expected a glorious / implants political messiah/ not one that would die/ did not expect a spiritual messiah.
  2. There was conflicting message about resurrection.
  3. The tomb was heavily guarded by the Roman soldiers/ abide rock was placed at the entrance.
  • Influence from their historical background/ resurrect ions was impossible/ had not happened before/ was a strange new things.                       (Any 6×1= 6)

 

 

  1. c) Why violence against women rampant in Kenya today.
  2. Male chauvinism /superiority.
  • Women are vulnerable
  1. Ignorance of the law/women don’t report cases of violence.
  2. Attitude towards women.
  3. Cultural beliefs/ norms.
  • Lack of laws /legislation guarding women against violence.
  • Lenient punishment by the law court /laws against offenders/ corrupt legal procedures.
  1. Drug abuse/ alcohol.
  2. Male dominated society in leadership. (Any 7×1=7)

 

  1. a) Symbols used to describe the unity of believers in the New Testament.
  2. i) The body of Christ 1cor. 12:12 – 27 Eph 4:1-12.
  3. ii) The vine and the branches Jn 15:1-10.
  • The church Eph 5:21-32.
  1. The bride Rev. 21:1-12, 2cor 11:2.
  2. The people of God 1 Peter 2:9-10                                (5×1=5)

 

  1. b) Ways in which unity of believers demonstrated in the church.
  2. They prayed together for one another.
  3. They shared their meals together in their homes.
  • They shared their property.
  1. They helped the less privileged.
  2. They celebrate the Holy Communion together.
  3. They met together for apostolic teaching and instructions.
  • They preached the same Gospel of Jesus Christ. (7×1=7)

 

  1. c) Factors which threaten unity in the church today.
  2. Minister interpretation of the scriptures.
  3. Struggle for leadership.
  1. Traditional and cultural difference.
  2. The church’s stand on certain issues eg abortion and gay marriages.
  3. Insecurity in the country.
  • Political interference.
  • Doctrinal differences.         (8×1=8mark)

 

  1. a) Main sources of Christian ethics.
  2. Holy scriptures (Bible)
  3. Teaching of Christian community eg church
  • Authoritative leaders eg church ministers.
  1. Natural law
  2. State law.
  3. Human reason and experience/ conscience.
  • African cultural law.                                                              (5×1=5)

 

  1. b) The significance of leisure in traditional African communities.
  2. Leisure is activity used to thank God for the achievement in life.
  3. It provides an opportunity to educate the youth in the community.
  • It in for the celebration of the good men of life.
  1. It is an opportunity  to socialize among friends and relatives.
  2. It is used to develop talents.
  3. It is used to establish and renew relationship with ancestors.
  • Community elders used leisure to solve community matters.
  • It is used to identify future community leaders.
  1. It is through leisure activities that marriage partners are identified.
  2. It is an opportunity for one to regain lost energy during work.           (7×1=7)

 

  1. c) Why employees should be given rest.
  2. To regain lost energy.
  3. To be able to attend to their families.
  • To be motivated to work better.
  1. It is a requirement from labour organization world wide.
  2. So that they do not cause destruction due to accumulated stress.
  3. It helps them to develop good relationship with their with their employer.
  • It enables them to worship God.               (8×1=8)

 

  1. a) Christian teaching on human sexuality.
  2. God created both male and female/ should marry.
  3. Male and female complement each other ie share duties/ companionship.
  • Male and female have distinctive role in creation.
  1. Both shares in the image of God.
  2. The union of male and female is consummated in marriage / virginity is highly valued.
  3. Male and female should live in harmony.
  • Procreate/ fulfill God’s command to multiply.
  • Sexual deviation s condemned (homosexuality, lesbianism, bestiality etc.
  1. Male and female should respect each other, should regard each other as equal.
  2. Sex is sacred/ a gift from God.                                                                   (7×1=7)

 

  1. b) How science and technology has helped to improve human life.
  2. Means of transport and communication have improved social interaction and faster movement.
  3. It has improved efficiency at work where machines are used.
  • Has led to improved agricultural development hence increasing food production.
  1. It has enhanced human beings understanding of the environment leading to its better use such as through irrigation and weather forecasting.
  2. It has brought better health care through modern medical technology.
  3. Human beings are now better placed in security matters by use of radar, alarms and electrical fencing.
  • It has led to creation of job opportunities through industrial development.
  • Trade has been promoted through the use of computers and the internet.                (4×1=4)

 

  1. c) Ways in which Christians can help to control desertification.
  2. Practicing afforest ration and reforestation programmes.
  3. Practicing agro-forestry.
  • Using alternative energy sources as opposed to the public on how to preserve the environment.
  1. Participating in environmental conservation programmes.
  2. Providing education to the public on how to preserve the environment.
  3. Giving financial assistance to bodies that control desertification.
  • Protecting all water catchments areas
  • Carrying out betters methods of farming
  1. Reporting cases of forest destruction to relevant authority.                                                                                                                                        (5×1=5)

 

 

 

 

 

SAMPLE  5

313/2

CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION PAPER 2

  1.  (a) Narrate the parable of the unfruitful fig tree (Luke 13: 6 – 9)                                     (8mks)

(b) Explain the reasons why Christians are baptized.                                                         (5mks)

(c) What are the lessons that a Christian can learn about Jesus in his temptations in the                               wilderness.                                                                                                                    (7mks)

  1. (a) Identify the relevance of Jesus’ Baptism to Christians today.                                      (8mks)

(b) Explain ways in which the disciples of Jesus showed their support to his ministry.    (7mks)

(c) Explain the challenges faced by Christian leaders as they do their work.                    (5mks)

 

  1. (a) Discuss how Jesus triumphant entry into Jerusalem failed to portray him as an earthly

Messiah.                                                                                                                        (6mks)

(b) Why was it difficult for Jesus disciples to believe that Jesus had resurrected?            (8mks)

(c) In what ways do Christian live according to Jesus’ will as they wait for his second coming.

(6mks)

  1. (a) Identify the lessons that a Christian can learn from the out pouring of Holy Spirit on the

day of Pentecost.                                                                                                             (5mks)

(b) Describe how the unity of believers is expressed in the symbol of Body of Christ.    (7mks)

(c) Describe how churches discipline those who cause disunity in the church today.       (8mks)

 

  1. (a) Outline the ways in which an individual acquires life skills.                                        (5mks)

(b) State ways in which the youth can be encouraged to practice chastity.                        (5mks)

(c) Explain the features of traditional African family.                                                       (7mks)

 

  1. (a)       Explain how the birth stories of Jesus fulfil the prophecies of Isaiah.                   (6mks)

(b)       Identify the activities that took place following the birth of John the Baptist.       (7mks)

(c)       How should a Christian couple respond to the problem of childlessness?             (7mks)

(8mks)

 

 

 

MARKING SCHEME

SAMPLE  5

313/2

  1. (a) Outline the parable of the unfruitful fig tree as outlined in Luke 13: 6-9.
  • A man had a fig tree growing in his vineyard
  • He went looking for figs on it.
  • But found none.
  • He said to his gardener, “Look, for three years I have been coming here looking for fig on this tree.
  • I haven’t found any.
  • Cut it down.
  • Why? Answered the gardener, leave it alone sir.
  • Just this year, I will dig a trench around it and fill it with fertilizer.
  • If the tree does bear fruit next year so much the better.
  • If it does not bear you have to cut it down.

8 x 1 = 8mks.

   (b) Explain the reasons for Christian Baptism.

  • To follow Jesus example and identify with him.
  • To receive the Holy Spirit who teaches, guides in their lives.
  • To prepare one to enter Kingdom of God.
  • Unites Christians under one body of Christ.
  • It effects complete forgiveness of sins.
  • It is an act of being born again.
  • It is a symbol of death and resurrection.
  • Through Baptism one is considered a child of God. 5 x 1 = 5mks.

    (c) State lessons that Christians Learn about Jesus in his temptations in the wilderness.

  • Jesus was a human i.e. he felt hungry.
  • Jesus was Divine / Son of God/ messiah.
  • Jesus had power over Satan/ temptations
  • He was obedient to his father
  • Jesus was ready for his mission.
  • Jesus was well versed with scriptures.
  • He knew temptation comes from the devil as he told the devil to leave him.

1 x 7 = 7mks

  1. (a) Identify the areas of conflict between Jesus and Jewish religious leaders. (8mks)
  • Sabbath observance Jesus healed on Sabbath while Jewish leaders taught no work should be done on Sabbath day.
  • Jesus mixed freely with sinners e.g. tax collectors gentile and unclean people.
  • He exposed hypocrisy of Jewish religious leaders openly.
  • Jesus disciples were not fasting like those of John the Baptist.
  • His divine authority, Pharisee felt it blasphemous of Jesus claim to forgive sins.
  • His claim to be messiah.
  • His claim that he can destroy the temple and build it in three days.
  • His teachings that the first will be the last and last will be the first in the Kingdom of God.                                                                                                           7 x 1 = 7mks.

   (b) Ways disciples of Jesus showed their support to his ministry.

  • They left their families and followed him.
  • They accepted his teaching / obeyed him.
  • They invited him to their homes e.g. Levi and Peter.
  • Accompanied him in his work.
  • Addressed him as rabbi / teacher
  • Took care of his mother.
  • Peter cried when he remembered he had denied Jesus.
  • They were present when he was crucified on the cross.
  • They were happy when he resurrected.
  • Helped him to spread good news e.g. mission of 12 and 72.              7 x 1 = 7mks

    (c) The obstacles faced by Christian leaders as they do their work.

  • Political interference with church work.
  • Corruption in the society.
  • Immorality among the church members.
  • Factionalism within church members.
  • Death / sickness/ family problems among the members.
  • Struggle for leadership among the members.
  • Hypocrisy of some of the members.
  • Increasing numbers of atheist.
  • Modern styles of living.

Any 6 x1 = 6mrks

  1. (a) How Jesus’ triumphant entry into Jerusalem failed to portray him as an earthly messiah
  • Triumphant means successful or victorious.
  • He rode on a colt which is a sign of humility / poverty. He should have rode on a horse.
  • He wept on seeing Jerusalem since he already knew destruction awaiting the magnificent city.
  • He was angered by what he saw in the temple such that he chased away the business men violently.
  • He experienced loneliness at Mt Olives on the night he was betrayed because his disciples slept while he prayed.
  • The entry was not victorious because Judas Iscariot betrayed him.
  • He suffered physical and spiritual torture in the hands of the solders.
  • A criminal Barnabas was preferred for release while Jesus who innocent was chosen for crucifixion.
  • His closest disciple Peter denied him three times.

6 x 1 = 6mks.

     (b) Reasons why it was difficult for the disciples to believe that Jesus had resurrected.

  • Disciples of Jesus had witnessed his death and burial hence they knew he had gone forever.
  • The report about the resurrection of Jesus was first reported by women who were highly despised in Israel.
  • The disciples expected a glorious triumphant political messiah and not one that would die.
  • The disciples lacked faith in the teachings and sharing that Jesus had with them
  • There was conflicting message and information about the resurrection of Jesus. He appeared to the disciples differently hence different reports.
  • The tomb was heavily guarded by the Roman soldiers and a big rock was placed in the tomb. Jesus could not pass all these without being noticed.
  • The influence from their historical back ground about resurrection where Sadducees did not believe in resurrection of the dead.
  • The disciples were ignorant of the divine nature of Jesus.

8 x 1 = 8mks

    (c) Ways Christians live according to Jesus will as they await the second coming.

  • Avoiding Sins
  • Living under the guidance of the Holy spirit
  • Repenting their Sins / confessing their Sins.
  • Leading prayerful lives
  • Doing charitable works
  • Encouraging false prophets who keep on cheating them.
  • Patiently looking for signs of end of time.
  • Giving hope to others by preaching the good news to them.

6 x 1 = 6mks

 

 

 

  1. (a) Lessons Christians learn from the out pouring of the Holy Spirit on the day of Pentecost
  • It is important for Christians to meet together in fellowship as the Holy Spirit was poured on the disciples as they worshipped together.
  • Jesus keeps his promises, he had promised before he ascended to heaven the Holy Spirit and it came.
  • The Holy Spirit empowers believers to be in the forefront in preaching God’s word.
  • Baptism of the Holy Spirit is important in salvation.
  • Christianity is a universal religion this is shown by the disciples proclaiming good news in different languages.
  • Shows the importance of vernacular languages as the best means of spreading the good news/ Shows the importance of bible translations into vernacular languages so that everyone reads and understands.
  • As Peter did, Christian leaders should boldly explain to the world God’s continued work of salvation to mankind.                                                               1 x 5 = 5mks.

   (b) How the unity of believers is expressed in the symbol of the Body of Christ.

  • Church like a human body has many parts that functions for the good of the whole body.
  • As the body of Christ, the church has many members from different back grounds but all have been baptized in one spirit.
  • Every member of the church has a role to play for her development.
  • Different members have different spiritual gifts that are used for the development of the church.
  • All members of the body of Christ are equal because they serve the same God.
  • All spiritual gifts have been given by God hence none is inferior to the other.
  • Christians strive to remain in Christ and also invite others to become members of the body of Christ.
  • Unity is achieved through the practice of virtues such as humility gentleness and patience.
  • The spirit is the unifying power that brings Christians together as one body of Christ.
  • Jesus is the head of the Church.
  • Christians share one faith in Christ.
  • Christ has given Christians gifts for the purpose of building the body of Christ.

7 x 1 = 7mks

   (c) How Churches discipline those who cause disunity in the church today.

  • They are denied leadership positions
  • They are denied some services of the church such as wedding rites, burial rites etc
  • They are given a warning
  • They are charged a fine
  • Those who cause disunity are reprimanded and asked to apologise.
  • Workers who cause disunity can lose their jobs.
  • Leaders who cause disunity are asked to resign.
  • Some church excommunicate members who blaspheme.
  • Some times they may be suspended from church duties and church service. 8 x1 = 8mks
  1. (a) Outline the ways in which an individual acquires life skills.
  • Through education- basic education gives facts concerning skills such as decision making, creative thinking and interpersonal skills.
  • Religious instruction- this inculcates skills that contribute to spiritual and moral well being.
  • Observation- by observing behaviors or practical life experience of others an individual acquires desirable skills.
  • By practice- by deliberately putting into practice initiating desirable skills/ doing what is learnt and imernalisiny the skills.
  • Mass media- by reading news papers, watching educative Tv programs listening to radio, one can acquire life skills
  • Personal experience- the economic social and political experiences a person goes through will consciously or unconsciously influence them to develop desirable skills.

5 x 1 = 5mks

   (b) Ways in which the youth can be encouraged to practice chastity.

  • Openly discussing issues associated with unchastely.
  • Seminars and work shops to give one another skills.
  • Rewarding the sexually responsible youth who are prime
  • Guidance and counseling on reproductive health.
  • Setting good examples.
  • Advising them on the mode of dressing.
  • Advising them to pray and follow God’s commandment.
  • Teach them that sex is only good for married people.
  • The bible teaches against adultery, fornication rape etc.

7 x 1 = 7mks

  (c) Features of a Traditional African family.

  • Procreation
  • Polygamy
  • Women were surbonate to their husbands
  • Divorce was rare
  • Relationships between in-laws were maintained well.
  • Marriage promoted one’s status.
  • Marriage was a covenant relationship and was not to be broken unless there were extreme problems.

7 x 1 = 7mks

  1. (a) How the birth of Jesus fulfils the prophecies of Isaiah
  • Jesus mother Mary was a virgin as foretold by Isaiah
  • He was to inherit the throne of his father David
  • He was born of the Holy Spirit to fulfill the prophecy that the messiah will be filled by the Holy Spirit.
  • Jesus birth is in a humble and poor setting to justify the prophecy that he humble & simple.
  • Jesus was a descendent of King David
  • Jesus’ rule was to last for ever from the message of the Angle to Mary.
  • In the magnificat, the humble were to be uplifted to show that he was to be a just ruler.
  • He was to be named Immanuel to fulfill Isaiah’s’ prophesy.

6 x 1 = 6mks

  (b) Identify the Activities that took place following the birth of John the Baptist

  • Relatives and friends gathered at Elizabeth’s home
  • They celebrated birth of a baby boy.
  • There was giving of gift and presents.
  • On the eight day the child was circumcised.
  • There was an argument over the name of the baby/ The mother gave the name John.
  • Zechariah wrote down the name
  • Zechariah regained his speech
  • He praised God for what He had done
  • The baby was given the name John.
  • Zachariah song the Benedicts in praise f God.                                                                              7×1=7 marks

(c) How a Christian couple should respond to the problems of childlessness

  • They should accept their state
  • They should consult medical experts for advice
  • They should pray for God to open their ways
  • They may think of adopting children.
  • They can visit children’s Homes to offer their services
  • Attend guidance and counseling sessions on family life Education
  • Read literature on childlessness as a way of getting the solution.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SAMPLE PAPER 6

313/2

CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION PAPER 2

  1. a) Identify incidences in the life of Jesus that fulfilled Old Testament prophecies about the messiah.                                                                                                                      (7 mks)
  2. b) What were the Jewish expectations of the Messiah? (6 mks)
  3. c) Give ways in which John the Baptist was an outstanding prophet. (7 mks)

 

  1. a) Relate the healing of the paralytic in Luke 5:18 – 26. (7 mks)
  2. b) Identify ways in which the disciples of Jesus supported Him. (7 mks)
  3. c) Jesus encountered many problems as a result of performing miracles. Identify those problems.

(6 mks)

 

  1. a) Describe the triumphant entry of Jesus into Jerusalem according to Luke 19:28 – 40.(7 mks)
  2. b) Identify the signs of the end of times as taught by Jesus. (7 mks)
  3. c) How should Christians prepare themselves for the second coming of Jesus Christ?(6 mks)

 

  1. a) Relate what Peter said about Jesus on the day of Pentecost. (7 mks)
  2. b) Identify the fruits of the Holy Spirit as taught by St. Paul. (6 mks)
  3. c) What are some of the ways in which Christians in Kenya fulfil Paul’s teaching on believers as “The body of Christ”  ?                                                                                              (7 mks)

 

  1. a) Explain the effects of incest. (7 mks)
  2. b) Explain why violence against women is rampant in Kenya. (6 mks)
  3. c) Identify some of the strategies put in place by the government to ensure justice and fairness for                                                                                                                                (7 mks)

 

  1. a) Outline ways in which you can make the work of your employees enjoyable. (7 mks)
  2. b) Give factors that may lead to misuse of leisure in modern society. (7 mks)
  3. c) What are the advantages of genetic engineering to mankind? (6 mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MARKING SCHEME

SAMPLE PAPER 6

313/2

 

1 a)      Incidences in Jesus life that fulfilled O.T prophecies about the messiah

  • Prophecies that he would be born in linage of David fulfilled when the Angel was sent to Mary who was engaged to Joseph who come from David’s lineage
  • Nathan prophecy that the messiah would establish an everlasting dynasty is fulfilled when Angel Gabriel told Mary that the child to be born would reign over the house of Jacob forever
  • Isaiah prophecy of a virgin conception is fulfilled  in Angel Gabriel’s message to mary that she was going to conceive by the power of the Holy spirit
  • Isaiah prophecy that he will be called Immanuel is fulfilled in Angel’s message to Joseph that Mary’s son would be called Emanuel
  • Jesus was born in Bethlehem also the birth place of king David a fulfillment of prophet Micah’s prophecy about a rule of Israel whom God will raise  up from the town of Bethlehem
  • Jesus was hailed as the messiah , descendent from David by the blind beggar of Jericho-fulfillment of Nathan’s and Jeremiah’s prophecy that the Messiah would come from the family of David
  • Jesus quoted from Isaiah 61: 11 that the messiah would set the captives free e.t.c an affirmation that He was the messiah that Isaiah had talked about.
  • Isaiah’s prophecy about a messiah who would work miracles was fulfilled when Jesus turned water into wine in Cana, raised the dead , cast out evil spirits etc
  • Messiah would be betrayed by a close friend is fulfilled  when Judas, one of this disciple betrayed Jesus
  • Isaiah prophecy about a suffering servant is fulfilled through the passion and death of Jesus Christ

Any 7×1= 7 mks

 

1 b)      Jewish expectations of the messiah

  • Jews expect any one who had a specific mission to fulfill  from God eg priests, prophets or kings
  • Expected one who would be a universal messiah from the lineage of David
  • Expected a political / military messiah / liberator/ conqueror who would drive out the Romans
  • One who would establish an everlasting kingdom for them
  • Messiah who would bring God’s blessings and complete peace and joy to Israel
  • One who would lead Israel into a time of great national power and prosperity
  • One who would come in future with more power/ authority than David / Moses etc 6×1= 6 mks

 

  1. c) Ways in which John the Baptist was an outstanding prophet
  • He was filled with the Holy spirit since birth
  • His birth was foretold by an angel
  • Had a prophetic ministry
  • Invited people to baptism/ repentance
  • He was in the spirit/ power of Elijah
  • Led an austere life
  • Denounced the Pharisees for their self sufficiency castigates Herod for  incest
  • Announced the coming of the kingdom of God 7×1 = mks

 

2 a)      Relate the healing of the paralytic man Lk 5: 18- 26

  • One day when Jesus was teaching is a house among his audience were scribes and Pharisees
  • Some people brought to him a man who was paralysed , but finding no way to bring him in because of the crowd , they went up on the roof and let him down with his bed thought the tiles , into the midst before Jesus
  • When Jesus saw the great faith of those who brought him, told the paralytic “ your sins are forgiven my friend”
  • The Pharisees who heard him grumbled, saying. it was only God who could forgive sins
  • To prove to the Pharisees and scribes that he had divine power to forgive sins, he challenged them, `is it easier to say your sins are forgiven you or to say get up and walk?’
  • Jesus then ordered the paralytic to rise up, pick up his bed and go home.
  • Immediately the paralytic rose up and departed to his house glorifying God
  • The people were amazed and they glorified God and were filled with fear.             7×1= 7 mks

 

2 b)      How Jesus’ disciples supported him

  • Joined him in prayer
  • They left their jobs , families to follow him
  • Invited him to their homes
  • Served him e.g. prepared the Passover meal
  • Kept him company
  • Helped him spread the gospel
  • Accepted the miracles of Jesus and those performed in his name
  • They put their faith in him
  • Gave him physical protection e.g. peter
  • Peter was prepared to die with Jesus
  • Sought advice from him
  • Some financed his ministry e.g. Joan
  • They performed miracles in his name 7×1= 7 mks

 

2 c)

  • Was accused of using the power of the devil to perform miracles
  • Accused of violating the Sabbath
  • Crowd followed him some hoping to receive a miracle from him eg after feeding the five thousand
  • Jewish religious leaders plotted to have him killed as he was very popular
  • Jesus was accused of blasphemy (claiming to be the messiah)
  • Jesus was mocked / ridiculed
  • He came under great scrutiny from Pharisees
  • He was rejected in some places where his miracle brought loss e.g. casting out demons from pigs
  • At times, he/ his disciple were forced to take refuge to escape from the crowd.
  • He became exhausted. 6×1 = mks

 

3 a)      Jesus triumphant entry into Jerusalem

  • When Jesus came near Beth phage , Bethany he sent two of his disciples
  • They were to get him a colt on which nobody had ridden
  • They were to unite it and take it to Jesus
  • If the owner asked, they were to say that the master needed it
  • When they got the colt, they threw their garments on it and helped Jesus to sit on it
  • As Jesus rode along they spread their garments on the road
  • The crowds following him rejoiced and praised God for all the wonderful works Jesus had done ie healing & feeding the hungry
  • The Pharisees objected to the crowds singing and asked Jesus to silence them
  • Jesus responded that if his followers were silent the stones would cry out 7×1= 7 mks

 

3 b)      Signs of the end times as taught by Jesus

  • People would come claiming to be Jesus, the messiah , the son of god
  • Wars between nations would arise
  • Natural calamities like earthquakes , famine and plagues would occur
  • Strange and celestial beings would fall from the sky
  • Jesus’ disciples would be arrested , persecuted and imprisoned
  • The disciples would also be betrayed to the authorities by close relatives and even put them to death
  • Disciples would be hated on Jesus account
  • There will be disruption in the sky and in the sea
  • People will faint from fear as they witness theses signs 7×1 = 7 mks

 

  1. c) How Christians should prepare for the second coming
  • Not losing hope in the face of trials and tribulations because the kingdom of God with its promise of a new life will definitely come.
  • Leading a righteous life, they are to avoid too much feasting & drunkenness
  • Avoiding being pre- occupied with worries and cares of this world
  • Being watchful by praying so that God will give them courage & strength to stand firm in their faith
  • Preaching the word of God to those who have not heard it
  • Being obedient to God’s commandments
  • Through helping the needy
  • Reading the bible
  • Fellowship 6×1= 6 mks

 

4a)       What peter said about Jesus on the day of Pentecost

  • Jesus was accredited by God to do miracles, wonders and signs for Gods purpose
  • He was put to death by the evil plans of the Jews
  • God raised him from the dead & disciples were witnesses
  • God raised Jesus to life and he is exalted at the right hand was what the people had witnessed
  • That God had made Jesus both lord and Christ
  • That David foresaw the resurrection of Jesus
  • That David recognized the divinity of Jesus as lord
  • God through Jesus had poured the Holy Spirit and that was what the people had witnessed.

7×1 = 7 mks

4 b)      Identify the fruits of the Holy Spirit as taught by St Paul

 

  • Love
  • Peace
  • Patience
  • Kindness
  • Goodness
  • Faithfulness
  • Gentleness
  • Self control
  • Generosity

6×1= 6 mks

4 c)      Ways in which Christians in Kenya fulfill Paul’s teaching on believers as “the body of Christ “

(7 mks)

  • Believers belong to the universal church(the body of Christ)
  • Christians are one in Christ since all have been baptized into one body by the spirit , whether Jews, Greeks, slaves or free etc
  • There are many Christians in the church but every member plays a vital role for the common good of the church i.e. preachers, teachers, miracles, worker , healers, ushers, counselors, administrators, pastors etc
  • Christians are honoured by God who distributes  spiritual  gifts to  them as each requires
  • Christians are members of the same body since they share the same rights and privileges in Christ
  • Christians work harmoniously for the benefits of the  church just like all body parts must be in harmony  for the human body to function properly
  • Christians should be responsible for one another for if one part of the body suffers the whole body suffers too
  • Christians practice cooperation in all fields, social economical and political, for the benefits of the society.

7×1 = 7 mks

5)         Effects of incest

  • Brings shame & guilt among parties involved / psychological problems
  • Destroys the relationship within the family and leads to divorce
  • Destroys dignity, self respect & self esteem of victims
  • Leads to pregnancy/ unwanted children
  • May lead to abortion which may be a health hazard
  • Victims may contract sexually transmitted diseases
  • Undermines the healthy relationship between members of the family
  • Destabilizes the kinship system
  • Brings Gods judgment
  • Chances of abnormality in children is high
  • Boys or girls who are abused may never establish a health relationship with members of the opposite sex                                                                                    7×1 = 7 mks
  1. b) Why violence against women is rampant in Kenya
  • Male chauvinism / superiority
  • Poverty
  • Women are vulnerable
  • Ignorance of laws/ women do not report cases of violence
  • Attitudes towards women
  • Cultural beliefs/ norms
  • Lack of laws/ legislation guarding women against violence
  • Lanient punishment by the court of law against offenders/ corruption legal procedures
  • Drug abuse/ alcohol
  • Male dominated society in leadership 6×1= 6 mks 

 

  1. c) Strategies for ensuring justice and fairness for all
  • Enacting relevant laws/ legislatives to safeguard from injustice
  • Equal distribution of resources to all parts of the country/ citizens
  • Educating the citizens about their rights
  • Guiding and counseling
  • Through rehabilitation
  • Stamping out corruption in our community /nation condemning corrupt practice
  • Upright/ moral , law enforcement officers
  • Establishment of code of conduct for all those serving in various offices
  • Punishing wrong doers/ offenders
  • Creation of employment /balanced opportunities
  • The support of government for human rights activities and implementation of international conventions on human rights 7x 1= 7 mks

 

6 a)      Outline ways in which you can make the walk of your employees enjoyable

  • When you pay them on time/ a just wage/ equivalent wage for work done
  • When you pay them according to the labour contract
  • Extra work , extra pay
  • Enable them to rest/ have leisure time
  • Equal work, equal pay / no discrimination
  • Provide favourable and safe working conditions
  • When you enable them to undergo personal development and training which can give them an opportunity for promotion
  • When you allow them , join or form associations or trade unions
  • Treat them with respect and dignity / avoid  mistreatment of employees/ avoid over taxation
  • Be considerate to the employees’ grievance
  • Give them mobiration to the employees e.g. salary incremets and promotions 7×1= 7 mk s

 

6 b)      Give factors that may lead to misuse of leisure in the modern society

  • Ignorance on proper use of leisure
  • Expensive and inappropriate forms of leisure activities
  • Failure to provide facilities
  • Bad company
  • Lack of variety of the leisure activities
  • Failure to collect and balance the types (passive and active)
  • Misunderstanding in the family
  • Poor planning may lead to over indulging
  • Poverty / too much wealth
  • Feelings of insecurity
  • Social oppression / injustice may interference with people’s freedom to involve in leisure
  • Influence of mass media 7×1 = 7 mks

 

6 c)      Advantages of genetic engineering to mankind                                            (6 mks)

  • It increases the rate of growth and maturity of livestock – beneficial to human beings in livestock products
  • It has aided research in the manufacture  of human growth harmone
  • It increases disease resistance in crops
  • To originate generic finger printing for forensic work
  • To produce genetically engineered bacteria
  • Helps to identify / determine the biological parents of a child
  • Increase plant & animal yields for the benefits of an ever increasing human population

(6 x 1 = 6mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SAMPLE PAPER 7

313/2

CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION PAPER 2

  1. a) Narrate the message of the Angel of the Lord to Zachariah in the annunciation of John’s birth.                                                                                                                            (8mks)
  2. b) Examine the evidence in the Luke’s Gospel that  Jesus was a messiah sent to the poor.                                                                                                                                        (7mks)
  3. c) What do Christians learn from Simeon’s prophecy when baby Jesus was presented in the Temple?                                                                                                                   (5mks)

 

 

  1. a) Describe Jesus healing of the Centurion’s servant.                                             (8mks)
  2. b) Outline the parable of the Great Feast.                                                                (6mks)
  3. c) Highlight the role of Christians in a burial Ceremony.                                       (6mks)

 

 

  1. a) Highlight on  the injustices that characterized the trials of Jesus.                                  (8mks)
  2. b) Show how Joseph of Arimathea acknowledged the Lordship of Jesus.              (7mks)
  3. c) What is the relevance of Jesus teachings on the cost of discipleship to Christians?                                                                                                                                          (5mks)

 

  1. a) Outline the events that took place on the day of Pentecost.                                (8mks)
  2. b) How did Paul address the abuse of the Lord’s supper at Corinth?                 (7mks)
  3. c) Identify the manifestation of the Holy Spirit in our churches today.                  (5mks)

 

 

  1. a) Compare the Christian and Traditional African understanding of human sexuality.                                                                                                                                            (8mks)
  2. b) Why should a Christian prefer to live a celibate life as an alternative to marriage?                                                                                                                                            (6mks)
  3. c) Outline the social effects of HIV/AIDS in the modern family.                           (6mks)

 

 

  1. a) Show ways in which Jesus upheld the dignity of work during His life and ministry.                                                                                                                                             (8mks)
  2. b) Identify the Christian criteria for spending leisure time.                                                (7mks)
  3. c) How has over involvement in alcohol affected the growth of our country?            (5mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MARKING SCHEME

SAMPLE PAPER 7

313/2

 

  1. a)        Message of Angel to Zachariah
  2. i) Told him not to be afraid
  3. ii) That God  had answered his prayers
  • His wife would bear him a child / son
  1. The child was to be called John
  2. Many would rejoice with Johns birth
  3. The child would be great before Lords eyes
  • The child will not take wine nor strong
  • John will be filled with holy spirit from birth.
  1. John will bring many back to God.
  2. He will go before the Lord strong like Elijah.
  3. He will bring the fathers and children together.
  • He would get the Lords people ready for Him.             ( 1 x 8 mks)
  1. Evidences form St. Luke that Jesus came for the poor.
    1. The Parents of Jesus were from poor background
    2. He lived in Nazareth, a town of the poor people
  • He was born in a cattleshed/ laid in a manger.
  1. His birth was revealed by the shepherds
  2. At dedication, a pair of doves / pegions were offered
  3. During ministry he associated more with the poor /suffers
  • Some of His Apostles were from poor background.
  • He taught that God’s Kingdom was for the poor
  1. He told John’s Apostles that Good News was being preached to the poor.
  2. He challenged the rich to share their wealth with the poor             ( 7 x 1 mks)
  1. Lessons learnt from Simon’s prophecy
    1. God keeps His promises
    2. Jesus is the salvation that people were waiting for.
  • He said that Jesus’ salvation is universal
  1. All Christians are witnesses to the salvation of Christ
  2. By faith in Christ, we escape God’s Judgment
  3. Should be ready for ridicule and persecution in the name of Christ
  • Christians learn to receive Christ with glory / Christ has brought glory to Christians.                                     ( 5 x1 mks)
  1. a) Jesus healing of the centurions servant in universal.
  2. i) Roman centurions servant was sick / about to die
  3. ii) He requested  Jewish leaders to go and tell Jesus to heal his servant.
  • Jewish leaders went and told Jesus how the centurion had built them a synagogue
  1. They said that the centurion needs to be helped and Jesus went with them.
  2. Centurion sent messenger to meet them.
  3. He said that he was not worthy to receive Christ
  • He requested Jesus just to order and His servant would be healed.
  • Jesus was surprised to hear this.
  1. He/ Jesus told the crowd that He had not found such faith in Israel.
  2. The messenger went back and found the servant well / healed.

( 1 x 8 mks)

  1. Outline the Parable of the Great Feast.
  2. i) A man gave a feast and invited many guests.
  3. ii) When it was time, he sent his servants for quests.
    • The invited gave excuses and did not come.
  1. One said he had bought a field & must attend to it.
  2. Another said he bought oxen and had to try them out in the field.
  3. One had just married and could not leave his new bride.
  • The servants reported these to their master.
  • The master sent them to the streets to bring the poor/ lame / blind / cripples to the feast.
  1. The master said that non of the invited guests would taste his dinner.

( 1 x 6 mks)

  1. c) Role of Christians in Burial ceremony
  2. i) Read scriptures / from the Bible
  3. ii) Officiate the burial ceremony
  • Sing Gospel songs / relevant Hymns
  1. Preaching about death and God’s Kingdom.
  2. Provide counsel / hope to bereaved members
  3. Give company to the bereaved family
  • Participate in the reception / serving visitors
  • Offer prayers / intercede for the bereaved and the deceased.
  1. Provide burial necessities casket, food, attire.

 

  1. a) Injustices that characteristics Jesus Trials.
  2. i) Jesus was not  told the cause of His arrest.
  3. ii) He was mocked & beaten even before trial
  • False accusations were brought against Him
  1. The Sanhedrin insisted on His death after Pilate found Him innocent.
  2. The crowd intimidated Pilate to put Him to death
  3. Though innocent, Pilate was to have Him whipped
  • A criminal /Barnabbas was released to have way for His death.
  • Herod treated Him with contempt / ridicule at the trial.
  1. Peter who followed Him was treated with threats / intimidations on night before trials                                                 ( 1 x 8 mks)

 

  1. How Joseph of Arimathea acknowledged Jesus’s Lordship
    1. He believed in the Kingdom of God.
    2. Disagreed with the Sanhedrin about crucify Jesus.
  • He went to pilate and asked for Jesus body.
  1. He removed the body of Jesus from the cross
  2. He wrapped Jesus body with expensive linen
  3. He buried Jesus in a personal tomb
  • He buried Jesus the very day / Friday in order for him to attend and obey Sabbath day/ Saturday.
  • He recognized the righteousness of Jesus at cross.

( 1 x 7 mks)

  1. Relevance of Jesus teachings on cost of discipleship today.
    1. Motivates Christians to sacrifice comfort in order to spread the Gospel.
    2. Reminds Christians to have strong faith.
  • Discourages Christians from desiring any aspect of their past sinful lives.
  1. Guides Christians to forsake anything that is an obstacle to salvation.
  2. Teaches Christians to give priority to Jesus over all other things.
  3. Hardens the Christians to accept suffering and rejection for Jesus sake.
  • Gives Christians the spirit of spreading the Gospel.
  • Makes Christians to be ready to serve the poor.
  1. Enables Christians to convert persecution into glory for Christ.

( 1 x 5 mks)

 

 

  1. a) Outline of events of Day of Pentecost
  2. i) All the Apostles gathered in one place.
  3. ii) Suddenly a noise like strong wind filled the house.
  • Tongues of fire landed on each of their head
  1. Disciples talked in tongues understood by the crowd
  2. The crowd wondered in amazement and confusion at the preaching about Jesus.
  3. Part of the crowd accused disciples for being drunk
  • Peter stood up and explained the meaning of the event / quoted from the book of Joel about Holy Spirit.
  • Peter preached to the crowd about the Gospel of Jesus ministry, death and resurrection
  1. They asked Peter what they should do to save themselves
  2. Many accepted to be baptized and about 3,000 people repented.
  3. The crowd dispersed and each went away / home talking about Jesus and the promised Holy Spirit.

( 1 x 8 mks)

  1. How Paul address abused of Lords supper at Corinth
    1. Told them that it was for spiritual not physical satisfaction
    2. Told them to wait for one another in the celebration
  • Advised them to eat and drink in their homes before partaking Lords supper.
  1. Told them that they were to perform all the events that took place at last supper.
  2. Reminded them that the bread and wine were the body and blood of Jesus Christ.
  3. Reminded them to re- examine self before partaking Lords supper.
  • Talked of God’s judgment upon those who are not worthy to receive Lords Supper.

( 1 x 6 mks)

 

  1. Manifestations of the Gifts of Holy Spirit Today.
    1. Translations of tongues are common
    2. Christians tell the future events through prophesy
  • Church leaders are elected based on their wisdoms.
  1. Faith healing is evident in Churches today.
  2. Preaching has been enhance by gift of knowledge
  3. Christians have felt wonders in life by the gift of miracles e.g.  found innocent in courts of law.
  • Christians have condemned others found to leading others astray by gift of discerning
  • Gift of love is expressed by Christians helping the needy in the society

( 1 x 6 mks)

  1. a)         Compare Human sexuality in Christian and African Contexts
  2. i) Sexuality is sacred / gift from God. / initiated by God.
  3. ii) Virginity is up help and only broken in marriage
  • Procreation is allowed at marriage only
  1. Marriage is enhanced by unity, co-operation among the couple.
  2. In both set ups, there are laid down rules and regulations that controlled sexual feelings.
  3. Have similar sexual offenses such as incest, adultery, unfaithfulness, fornication.
  • Marital / sexual offences are punishable by murder, fines etc.
  • In both, male – female relationships are controlled especially among the youths by either instilling moral values or supervision.
  1. Sex education is taught to the children and youth to equip themselves with knowledge and life skills in sexual issues.
  2. The sexually up right act as good role models and are rewarded for their good morals e.g. by words of praise                                                 ( 1 x 8mks)

 

  1. b) Reasons for celibate life in Christians
  2. i) It is a gift and blessing from God
  3. ii) Promotes total commitment and service to God
  • One of the vocations that strengthens self control toward sexual feelings
  1. Creates ample time to serve God and His creations
  2. Ensures that the Body, mind and soul of the Christians concentrated on heavenly ideal
  3. Helps to Christians to avoid worldly problems i.e. becoming a slave of another person
  • It enables one to be a good role model for other Christians to emulate benefits in God’s Kingdom than marriage.
  • Celibacy reduces ones vulnerability to commit sins             ( 1 x 6 mks)

 

  1. c) Social effects of HIV  and AIDS on modern family .
  2. i) Increases frequent visits to medical facilities
  3. ii) Death of the infected creates a gap never to be filled in the family

hence inspiration

  • Leads to creation of other social groupsg. orphans, widow, widower in the family
  1. Changes the social roles in family e.g. childheaded family when parents are dead.
  2. Social amenities g. schools experience high drop out rates due to orphaned learners or as caretakers of sick parents.
  3. Discrimination in social places in family meetings.
  • Stigmatization  by family members or the general society to the infected and affected family.
  • The infected members tend to withdraw, isolate themselves from other family members hence fail to make decisions on family matters. ( 1x 6 mks)
  1. a) Ways in which Jesus upheld dignity of work
  2. i) He was a worker / was a carpenter.
  3. ii) Established God’s Kingdom on earth by doing the work of preaching, forgiving, miracles etc.
  • He called different workers to be His disciples e.g. fishermen, tax collectors e.t.c
  1. Used work to make His teachings clearer e.g. parables of the sower, vineyard etc.
  2. He solved situations that reduced work / healed Simon mother in-law for him to be effective at work.
  3. Gave advice that promoted work e.g. “Pay to Caesar (taxes) what belongs to him.
  • He promoted division of labour by commissioning the twelve disciples to different parts and perform various works of God.
  • He discouraged overworking / He rested and worshipped on a Sabbath day.
  1. Jesus called adults to be His disciples to ridiculed idea of child labour.
  2. He found fulfillment in His work / Expressed His work with compassion and never complained at work.                         ( 1x 8 mks)
  3. Christians guidelines to spend leisure time.
    1. To serve God for it was ordained by Him
    2. To have fellowship with other people.
  • Should come after the daily routine works.
  1. Be used to do good /show love to others.
  2. Be used for worship and praise to God.
  3. Be used to break monotony from the routine work / make work interesting.
  • It does not mean laziness /lazing around.
  • Leisure activities be in accordance to God’s laws and wills.
  1. Should be done with moderation for relaxation of body, mind and soul.

( 1 x 7 mks)

  1. Effects of alcoholism among civil servants
    1. Frequent absentism reducing quantity of production
    2. May kill the morale to work among fellow workers due to quarrels, abuses, fights e.t.c
  • Lateness and hangovers reduces efficiency at work
  1. Working while drunk may lead to mishandling of machinery, breakdowns and accidents
  2. Ill health of the worker may lead to high cost of treatment and low productivity
  3. Poverty due to misuse of salary hence none to invest in the national sectors for growth.
  • Retrenchment / dismissed from work leads to incontinous production due to difficulty in getting suitable replacement.
  • Death of the worker that lead to loss of qualified and experienced servant, hence reduces the efficiency and effectiveness of production.

( 1 x 5 mks)

 

 

 

 

 

SAMPLE PAPER 8

313/2

CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION PAPER 2

  1. a) With reference to St. Luke’s Gospel, state the mission of John the Baptist as prophecised by his father in the Benedictus.                                                                         (8mks)
  2. b) What did Angel Gabriel reveal to Mary concerning Jesus in the annunciation story?                                                                                                                                      (5mks)
  3. c) Give reasons why children should be introduced to the worship of God at an early age.                                                                                                                                            (7mks)

 

  1. a) With reference to the story of the woman caught in adultery, explain the teachings of Jesus on forgiveness.                                                                                                     (8mks)
  2. b) What is the New testament teaching on the Jewish attitude towards sin?                      (7mks)
  3. c) State the actions the church members would take in handling cases of dishonesty.                                                                                                                                                (5mks)

 

  1. a) Describe the arrest of Jesus as narrated in (Luke 22:47-53)                                (9mks)
  2. b) Why were Jesus’ disciples reluctant to listen to the Holy Women’s testimony concerning the resurrection of Jesus.                                                                                    (6mks)
  3. c) Give reasons why modern Christians should accept to suffer in Christ’s name.            (5mks)

 

  1. a) Explain the role of the Holy Spirit as taught by Jesus.                                        (8mks)
  2. b) Relate the message of Peter on the day of Pentecost.                                          (7mks)
  3. c) How do Christians misuse Spiritual gifts in the church today?                           (5mks)

 

  1. a) identify irresponsible  sexual behaviour condemned by Christians.                   (6mks)
  2. b) Give reasons why domestic violence is widespread in Kenya.                           (7mks)
  3. c) Explain the role of the church in controlling abortion in the society today.            (7mks)

 

  1. a) Identify the life skills that are useful to personal development.                         (5mks)
  2. b) Give reasons why Christians are against Euthanasia                                           (7mks)
  3. c) Explain how modern media technology has enhanced evangelization.               (8mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MARKING SCHEME

SAMPLE PAPER 8

313/2

 

  1. a) With reference to St. Luke’s gospel state the mission of John the Baptist as prophecied

by his father in the Benedictus.(7mks)

  • He would be the prophet of the most high God.
  • He would go before the Lord to prepare the way for him.
  • His duty would involve imparting knowledge of salvation to the people
  • He would call people to repentance and forgiveness in order to restore the right relationship with God.
  • He would give right to those people living in darkness and guide them into the path of peace.
  • He would tell of God’s mercy and care on human beings
  • He would preach God’s love and justice on earth.

1 x 7 = 7mks

  1. b)   What did the Angel reveal to Mary concerning Jesus in the annunciation story (6mks)

                        –           Jesus was going to be great

–           He would be called the son of the most high God.

–           He would be given the throne of his father David.

–           He would rule forever.

–           Jesus was going to be an everlasting King and his Kingdom would have no end.

–           He was to bring salvation to mankind.

–           His conception was to be affected by the power of the Holy Spirit.

1 x 6 = 6mks

  1. c) Give reasons why children should be introduced to the worship of God at an early age(7mks)

            –           To create in them an awareness of God / creation of the universal man.

            –           To learn the true teachings of their church.

            –           To familiarize themselves with the religious practices of their church / sacramental

life of the church.

–           To learn to trust / obey God/ Give themselves to God.

–           To learn the prayers / songs of worship.

–           To enable them become members of the church.

–           To initiate the example of Christ

–           To give them sense of belongings to the Christian community.           1 x 7 = 7mks

  1. a) With reference to the story of the woman caught in adultery, explain the teachings of

Jesus on forgiveness (8mks).

  • God is merciful towards sinners / he gives a chance to repent / come back to him.
  • God forgives all types of sin / according to the Jews such a sin is too big to be forgiven.
  • We should not judge others / all are sinners and no one has a right to judge others.
  • Jesus does not condemn sinners / Jesus loves sinners but hates sin.
  • We should avoid sinning after being forgiven / those whose sins are forgiven, should live according to the law of God/ live righteously.
  • We are all sinners no one is righteous everyone needs forgiveness.
  • We should not kill sinners / life is sacred and only God can take it away.
  • We should be tolerant – sinners / we should love sinners / pray for them / help there to change and take them to God.       8 x 1 = 8mks

 

 

  1. What is the New Testament teaching on the Jewish attitude towards sin?(7mks)
    • Sinners are outcasts, they are not to be mixed with.
    • Sinners are stoned killed executed
    • Sinners are despised / rebuked
    • Sinners are hated.
    • Sinners are grouped / classified
    • Sin is inherited
    • Sin causes ill health /sickness / suffering God punish sin.
    • Only God can forgive sin/ no human being can forgive sin. 1 x 7 = 7mks

 

  1. State the actions the church members would take in handling cases of dishonesty (5mks)
    • Find out what problems that members have/ reasons for dishonesty.
    • Help the people to meet their basic needs
    • Offering guidance and counseling
    • Forgive them.
    • Encourage tem to pray.
    • Report the matter to the authorities / discipline them.
    • Help the people to set up income generating projects
    • Fellowship with them
    • Preach to them
    • Setting good example for them to emulate
    • Delegating duties responsible persons.
    • Teaching them to live responsibly
    • Encourage them to avoid situations which could lead them to dishonesty.
    • Pray for them (5 x 1=5mks)

 

  1. a) Describe the arrest of Jesus as narrated in Lk 22: 47- 53 (9mks)
    • Jesus was arrested at olives at evening while with his disciples
    • He was arrested by a team led by Judas Iscariot.
    • The team included the Chief priest, temple officials , Romans soldiers.
    • Judas moved forward and kissed Jesus.
    • Jesus asked Judas are you betraying the son of man with a kiss.
    • The team was heavily armed.
    • One of the discples struck of the ear of the chief priest’ servant.
    • Jesus quickly ordered for peace stopped resistance.
    • He touched the ear of the servant of the Chief priest and it got healed
    • He asked why they had came to arrest him while he had been in the temple with them daily
    • They arrested Jesus and took him to the house of the Chief priest. ( 9 x 1 = 9mks)
  2. Why were Jesus disciples reluctant to listen to the Holy women’s testimony concerning the resurrection of Jesus ? ( 6mks)
    • The women were looked down upon/ despised in the Jewish community / seen as gossip
    • The disciples had witnessed Jesus’ death and burial.
    • Jesus had not appeared to them therefore they though it was a lie.
    • It had never happened before / it was an extraordinary event.
    • They had little faith / weak faith in Jesus as the messiah.
    • They were still in a state of shock having lost their master / state of fear.
    • There were confliting information about the resurrection.
    • They knew the tomb was heavily guarded.
    • They had forgotten Jesus teachings about destroying the temple and rebuilding after three days.He had hinted about his coming suffering and death in Jerusalem. 6 x 1 = 6mks
    • They were influenced by their historical background on resurrection .(Lk 20: 27 – 40)
  3. Give reasons why modern Christians should accept to suffer in Christ’s name(5mks)
    • To imitate Christ / because Christ suffered to bring salvation.
    • Suffering strengthens Christian faith
    • To have the experience/ feeling of the suffering
    • To protect the unfortunate / defend the rights of the weak.
    • To save and to support the needy with basic needs
    • To act as a role model to the young Christians
    • To harden their bodies against temptations of the flesh.
    • Jesus came for the poor and the suffering
    • To demonstrate the glory of Christ over evil forces. ( 5 x 1 = mks)
  4. a) Explain the role of the Holy Spirit as taught by Jesus ( 8mks)
    • He would be a counselor / advocate/ a comforter i.e. aiding believers / helper.
    • He would convict people about sins, righteousness and the coming judgment
    • He would remind the believers everything that Jesus had taught them.
    • He would reveal the truth concerning God the father and Jesus the son.
    • He would pass judgment to the sinners
    • He would declare things to come through the believers
    • He will glorify Jesus by declaring what belongs to Jesus Christ from the father.
    • He would teach the believers of all things and reveal the sins of the world.
    • He would give authority to the believers to forgive sin.
    • He would give the believers power to become witness of Jesus Christ.
    • He would enable the believers to discern and expose the secret heart of sinful people.
    • He would affirm the right of Jesus as the son of God. ( 8 x 1= 8mks)
  5. Relate the message of Peter on the day of Pentecost (7mks)
    • What was happening was the fulfillment of Joel’s prophecy about the outpouring

Of God’s spirit/ disciples were not drunk

  • The outpouring of the Holy spirit was a positive proof that the messianic age had arrived through Jesus Christ.
  • Jesus was from Nazareth through who God worked miracles.
  • Jesus suffered and was crucified by sinful people in accordance with God’s plan.
  • God raised Jesus up to fulfill the prophesy if King David.
  • The apostles are living witnesses to the resurrection of Jesus.
  • God had exalted Jesus and made him both Lord and Saviour
  • Jesus is a descendant of David.
  • Peter told the people to repent so that they could be forgiven and receive the gift of

the Holy Spirit.                                                                             ( 7 x 1 = 7mks)

 

  1. How do Christians misuse spiritual gifts in the church today? ( 5mks)
    • Rivalry about superiority because of spiritual gifts e.g. those who speak in tongues belief that God is closer to them. Thus brings division
    • Some preachers /Christians give false prophecy in order to gain favour e.g They prophecy peace when there is no peace.
    • The are never interpretted, hence they do not benefit or edify the listeners
    • Some Churches completely ignore spiritual gifts, they claim that the gifts ended with the apostolic church.
    • Preachers without the gift of wisdom preach wayward messages to please the audience.
    • Pretence of possession of gifts e.g. claim to have gifts of healing / miracle performance
    • Commercialisation of the gift of healing / miracle performance e.g. planting the seed.

( 5 x 1 = 5mks)

  1. a) Irresponsible sexual behaviours condemned by Christians  (5mks)
    • Homosexuality / Lesbianism
    • Prostitution
    • Incest
    • Fornication
    • Adultery
    • Beastiality (6 x 1=5mks)
  1. b) Reasons why Domestic violence is widespread in Kenya                  (7mks)

                        –           Low moral standards

–           High cost of living

–           Negative attitude towards women.

–           The struggle for equality between men  and women.

–           lack of laws protecting women and children from domestic violence.

–           Irresponsible sexual behaviours

–           Unemployment

–           Poverty

–           Drugs and alcohol abuse.

–           Lack of guidance and counseling.                                                        7 x 1 = 7mks

 

  1. c) The role of the church in controlling abortion in society today(7mks)

                        –           Christians showed be role models and guide the youth on the issue of chastity as

well as upholding Christian principles.

  • Should organize massive campaign against attempts to legalize abortion.
  • Abortion is murder and is condemned in the Bible Christians should strongly condemn the practice.
  • Should preach against pre-marital and extra marital sex.
  • Should sensitise the society on the need to respect human life as it is special gift from God.
  • Doctors who carry out abortion showed be punished heavily.
  • Christians should apply the principles of critical thinking, decision making, wisdom in dealing with abortion.
  • Pray God to help.
  • Emphasise moral teachings in Churches. ( 7 x 1 = 7mks
  1. a) The life skills that are useful for personal development                                     (5mks)
    • Critical thinking
    • Creative thinking
    • Decision making
    • Self-esteem
    • Assertiveness 5 x 1 = 5mks

 

  1. b) Reasons why Christians are against  euthanasia                                                      (7mks)

            –           Life is sacred and holy God has the right to take it away.

–           Euthanasia is against the ethnics and ethos of medical profession.

–           Euthanasia infringe on other people’s rights Christians have bear suffering and

not end their lives or that of others which is the cost of discipleship.

  • Accepting Euthanasia weakened the societies respect to life.
  • Some patients have recovered after years of deep coma, thus switching off life- supporting machines is morally wrong.
  • Euthanasia is contrary to the teachings and works of Jesus Christ in the restoration of human life.
  • Accepting euthanasia discourages medical research on vaccines that may cure various diseases
  • Those who practice euthanasia render life meaningless by distorting its sanctify
  • Euthanasia is equivalent to modes or suicide which is strongly condemned in the Bible.
  • Every human being is created in the image of God. 7 x 1 = 7mks
  1. c) How modern media technology has enhance evangelization (8mks)

–           use of electronic media such a television and radio to teach the God News has

enabled preachers to read large  number of people.

  • Use of public address systems during crusader has allowed clearer delivery of messages.
  • Use of modern means of communication has shorten the distances of evangelists
  • Gospel music is recorded in cassettes and distributed globally.
  • Modern technology such as DVDs VCDs and Cassettes are used to record preaching and Gospel music which can be listened for a long time after the actual events.
  • The mass media has allowed people to listen to preaching from wherever they are be it at home, in office or while traveling.
  • Print media has allowed the message to be printed and distributed. 8 x 1= 8mks

 

 

 

                                                                                                                                   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SAMPLE PAPER 9

313/2

CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION PAPER 2

 

  1. (a) Identify the roles of the Messiah according to prophet Isaiah. (6mks)

(b) Explain the Jewish expectations of the Messiah.                                                   (7mks)

(c) State five ways in which Christians are preparing for the second coming of Christ.                                                                                                                                                    (7mks)

 

  1. (a) Identify five occasions in St Luke’s gospel when Jesus was tempted. (7mks)

(b) Outline the functions of the temple of Jerusalem at the time of Jesus.                   (7mks)

  • What do Christians learn about Jesus from his temptations? (6mks)

 

  1. (a) Relate the parable of the widow and the unjust judge. (Luke 18: 1-8) (6mks)

(b) State the occasions when Jesus prayed.                                                               (8mks)

(c) Why do Christians find it difficult to pray?                                                          (6mks)

 

  1. (a) Describe Peter’s message on the day of Pentecost.          (9mks)

(b) In what ways was unity demonstrated by Christians in the early church?             (6mks)

(c) How do Christians reflect the example of being the “new people of God”             (5mks)

 

  1. (a) Describe ways in which science and technology challenge the Christian

understanding of human dignity.                                                                            (7mks)

(b) Give reasons that make Christians oppose the use of artificial contraceptives.      (6mks)

(c) How does Christians use the print media to promote the spread of Christianity?  (7mks)

 

  1. (a) Under what circumstances is strike action justified.                (5mks)

(b) What are the obstacles to maintenance of law and order in modern society?        (8mks)

(c) Suggest factors that can hinder Christians from taking part in leisure.                  (7mks)

MARKING SCHEME

SAMPLE PAPER 9

313/2

  1.  (a)      Identify the roles of the Messiah according to prophet Isaiah.     (6mks)(Isaiah 61: 1 – 3)
  • To bring / teach good news to the poor.
  • To heal the broken hearted.
  • To announce release / liberate the captives and offer freedom to those in prison.
  • To proclaim the accepted year of the lord.
  • To save his people and defeat their enemies.
  • To bring joy and gladness instead of grief /mourning.
  • He would restore sight to the blind. (any 6 points x 1 = 6mks)

 

(b) Explain the Jewish expectations of the Messiah.(7mks)

  • He would conquer the enemies of Israel as a military ruler.
  • He would rule from the throne of David.
  • He would avenge the enemies of Israel.
  • He would be born from a royal family.
  • He would lead Israel into political and economic prosperity.
  • One who would appear in Jerusalem full of glory
  • He would come after the return of Elijah.
  • Perform miracles and mighty deeds.
  • Not to associate himself with the poor sinners and gentiles. (any 7 points x1=7mks)

 

(c) State ways in which Christians are preparing for the Parousia.                         

  • Be watchful/ vigilant in prayer’s
  • Forgiving others
  • Repenting sin/ living righteous lives
  • Baptism
  • Preaching the gospel/ good news/ evangelise/ witnessing.
  • Attending church / fellowships
  • Studying / reading the bible / bible study.
  • Obeying God’s commandments
  • Live in unity as one body of Christ.
  • Enduring sufferings/ tribulations/ temptations. (any 7 points x 1 = 7mks)

 

  1. (a) Identify the occasions in St Luke’s gospel when Jesus was tempted.
  • On the cross by the unrepentant thief.
  • In the wilderness after His baptism
  • The Pharisees tempted Jesus on the issue of tax payment to caeser.
  • In Nazareth when He was told to perform a miracle that he had performed in Capernaum.
  • In the garden of Gethsemane when he asked God to” remove the cup” from Him.
  • By the soldiers during the trials when they asked Him to prophesy who had hit Him.
  • During the transfiguration when Peter requested the construction of the three tents/ thus trying to stop Jesus mission to save man.
  • From the two sons of Zebeddee when they asked Him to destroy by divine fire the inhospitable Samaritan village.
  • When he predicted his coming suffering and death and Peter objected. (Any 7 points x 1 = 7mks)

 

  • Outline the functions of the temple of Jerusalem at the time of Jesus.
  • it was a house / of place of prayer/ worship.
  • All first born male children were dedicated in the temple.
  • The priests offered sacrifices / burnt incense in the temple.
  • The teaching of the law was conducted in the temple.
  • Religious festivals were held here
  • Circumcision/ Naming took place here.
  • The animal and birds for sacrifices were sold/ exchanged here.
  • The priests were dedicated / in the temple.
  • It was a major religious centre for the Jews/ unifying factor for the Jews.
  • The Ark of the Covenant was kept in the temple/ sign of God’s presence among his people.
  • It was a dwelling place for the priests.
  • It was the seat for the Sanhedrin / acted as a court.
  • It was a place of pilgrimage for Jews of Diaspora.(any 7 points x 1= 7mks)

 

(c) What do Christians learn about Jesus from his temptations?                             

  • Jesus is human
  • Jesus has power over Satan / devil / evil
  • Jesus had complete faith in his father.
  • Jesus was well versed / knowledgeable in Jewish scriptures.
  • Jesus mission to destroy/ overcome Satan’s kingdom/ save mankind.
  • Jesus was ready for his mission
  • Jesus was a humble messiah
  • Jesus is divine /son of God
  • Jesus was obedient to his father. (any 6 points x 1 =6mks)

 

  1. (a) Relate the parable of the widow and the unjust judge. (Luke 18: 1 -8)        
  • Jesus told the disciples the parable to teach them that they should always pray.
  • In a certain town there was a judge who neither feared God nor respected man.
  • In the same town there was also a widow who kept coming to him pleading for justice/ her rights against her opponents.
  • For a long time the judge refused to act.
  • Finally the judge said to himself though he did not fear God or respected man because of the widow’s persistence he would see that she got justice.
  • Jesus said if the unjust judge finally gives justice how much more will God be willing to give them help. (Any 6 points x 1=6mks)

 

(b) State the occasions when Jesus prayed.

  • During his baptism
  • During his temptations in the wilderness.
  • Before choosing of the 12 disciples.
  • At the feeding of the five thousand men.
  • When his disciples asked him to teach them to pray.
  • Before his arrest in the Mount of Olives.
  • During the transfiguration
  • During the last supper.
  • After the return of the seventy two from their mission.
  • When he was on the cross.
  • After Peter confessed his true identity as the Christ.
  • At the table in Emmaus after resurrection.
  • After the healing of the leper at Capernaum. Any 8 points x 1 = 8mks

 

(c) Why do Christians find it difficult to pray?                                                              (6mks)

  • Lack of faith
  • Laziness
  • Frustrations at personal/ family level
  • Permissiveness
  • Discouragement from peers
  • Lack of role models
  • Too bussy in their work
  • Trust in wealth/ education/ materialism other than in God.
  • Lack of scriptural knowledge
  • Lack of training from an early age.
  • Devil’s attacks/ humiliation.

 

  1. (a) Describe Peter’s message on the day of Pentecost.                                        (9mks)
  • He defended the disciples that they were not drank.
  • He told the crowd that what they had seen is fulfillment of Joel’s prophecy.
  • Jesus had been sent by God to save mankind but was rejected by the Jews.
  • Jesus was raised from the dead as a fulfilment of old testament prophecies (Joel 2 : 28 – 32)
  • Jesus was innocent and they killed him.
  • Jesus would forgive them if they repent their sins.
  • Jesus had conquered death / had victory over death.
  • He told them that God had raised Jesus from death.
  • God had made Jesus both lord and messiah.
  • He was attested by God to work miracles.
  • Jesus death and crucifixion was according to God’s plan.
  • Peter told the people to repent so they would be forgiven and receive the gift of the Holy Spirit.
  • David had prophesied about the resurrection of Jesus. (Any 9 points x1=9mks)

 

(b) In what ways was unity demonstrated by Christians in the early church.           (6mks)

  • They met for prayers/ fellowship
  • They prayed for each other
  • They shared meals together
  • They shared belongings/ property together
  • They showed concern for the less privileged.
  • They welcomed each other in their homes
  • Celebrated Holy Communion together/ breaking of bread/ agape meal.
  • They removed devisive traditions from the church e.g circumcision of the gentiles.
  • Helped in winning new convents / preached the same gospel (of salvation through the risen Christ)
  • They met together for apostolic teachings/ instruction.
  • Helped in solving problems in the church.
  • They sold their property and distributed their money among themselves.

(Any 6 points x 1 = 6mks)

 

(c) How do Christians reflect the example of being the “new people of God?         (5mks)

  • Praying and praising God
  • Devoting their lives to obedience to God.
  • Forgiving each other.
  • Meeting the needs of each other by sharing.
  • Repenting their sins
  • Teaching the gospel/ good news
  • Living exemplary lives. (Any 5 point x 1 = 5mks)

 

  1. (a) Describe ways in which science and technology challenge the Christian understanding of human dignity.                                                                       (7mks)
  • Evolution theory reduces the dignity of a person according to Christian teachings which asserts that man was created by God.
  • Science and technology has sometimes been used to destroy God’s creation (e.g. through experiments of animals and human beings)
  • Science and technology have been used to create things in thus taking the place of God.
  • Some nations use their scientific and technological advances to humiliate others yet all human being are equal.
  • Science and technology have created divisions in the society making some people richer than others (economical imbalance)
  • Science and technology has been used to deny people employment e.g. tea picking machines and computers.
  • Science and technology has been used to make items that interfere with the normal functions e.g. contraceptives drugs and alcohol etc.
  • Science and technology has led to environmental degradation e.g. pollution that threaten human existence.
  • Science and technology have made devise that expose man to danger through accidents.

(Any 7 points x 1 = 7mks)

(b) Give reasons that make Christians to oppose the use of contraceptives.            (6mks)

  • Too much use of contraceptives has led to widespread extra-marital sex.
  • Contraceptives used have made couples become suspicious of each other leading to quarrel/ divorce.
  • Contraceptives have increased prostitution.
  • At times sexually transmitted infections become prevalent among those on contraceptives.
  • God has made life sacred hence there should be no man’s interference.
  • Some contraceptives can cause actual abortion.
  • Use of contraceptives by unmarried
  • People are condemned as sinful.
  • God has endowed man with ability to exercise self- control.
  • The virtue of chastity is highly esteemed in the bible. (any 6 points x 1= 6mks)

 

(c) How do Christians use the print media to promote the spread of Christianity? (7mks)

  • Using posters/ pictures.
  • Printed Christian messages teachings.
  • Christian publications / magazines.
  • Pamphlets where write religious and family life issues are written.
  • Printing cards which carry Christian messages / verses.
  • Use of newspapers to educate people on the work of the church/ how they should behave in certain situations.
  • Rising funds through advertisements for charity.
  • Use of the bible dictionary / encyclopedia to explain Christian messages.
  • Use of bible Atlas/ charts to illustrate geographical spread of the gospel.
  • Selling books / magazines with Christian messages. (any 7points x 1=7mks)

 

  1. (a) Under what circumstances is strike action justified.                                      
  • As a last resort
  • The good to be achieved is greater than the negatives/ evil effect of the strike.
  • To be just a strike must have a very serious cause.
  • If it does not lead to mass sackings/ victimization.
  • If it is peaceful action
  • If it is well supported by all the workers.
  • Means used in carrying out the strike must be lawful.
  • There must be reasonable hope of success. (any 5 points x 1 = 5mks)

 

(b) What are the obstacles to maintenance of law and order in modern society? (8mks)

  • Poverty
  • Increasing rate of crime especially in urban areas.
  • Political instability.
  • Totalitarians / dictatorial governments
  • Greed for power and position
  • High level of unemployment.
  • Corruption/ bribery
  • Due to people’s ignorance on the law
  • Tribalism / clanism / nepotism / sexism.
  • Inequal distribution of resources / wealth.
  • Permissiveness in the society.
  • Hypocrisy– where leaders mislead the society through propaganda ( siasa ya pesa nane)

(Any 8 points x 1 = 8mks)

(c) Suggest the factors that can hinder Christians from taking part in leisure

      activities  (7mks)

  • Excessive poverty
  • Ignorance on leisure activities.
  • Leisure is expensive
  • Lack of social amenities
  • Work pressure
  • Greed for wealth
  • Sicknesses
  • Physical disability
  • Insecurity/ fear of attacks by mobs / Roundy youths.
  • Some churches discourage certain leisure activities e.g. gambling. (any7 points x 1 =7mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SAMPLE PAPER 10

313/2

CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION PAPER 2

 

  1. a) Describe  Zachariah’s vision in the temple Luke1:5-80.                                     (5mks)
  2. b) Explain the message contained in the Benedictus                                                           (8mks)
  3. c) State how the infancy narratives of Jesus show that he was the son of God.            (6mks)

 

 

  1. a) Give an account of the sinful woman Luke 7: 36 – 50.                                        (8mks)
  2. b) Explain why Jesus criticized the Jewish religious leaders.                                 (8mks)
  3. c) Give reasons why Jesus healed the sick.                                                              (4mks)

 

 

  1. a)Who were the Sadducees?             (8mks)
  2. b) What was Jesus’ response to the Sadducees question on resurrection?              (6mks)
  3. c) State the dangers of wife inheritance.                                                                  (6mks)

 

 

  1. a) Explain how the symbolic expression of the vine and the branches is used to express the unity of believers in the New Testament.                                                                       (8mks)
  2. b) What are the characteristics of the New people of God according to the New Testament?                                                                                                                             (7mks)
  3. c) State the reasons why Christians in Kenya should work in unity.                                   (5mks)

 

 

  1. a) Explain the basis of Christian ethics.                                                                   (10mks)
  2. b) Outline the Christian teachings on fornication.                                                   (5mks)
  3. c) What are the reasons why young people are seeking church weddings?             (5mks)

 

 

  1. a) Explain the Christian understanding of the use of Science and Technology.            (8mks)
  2. b) What are the disadvantages of plastic surgery?                                                   (6mks)
  3. c) Show how modern family planning methods have affected Kenyan families.            (6mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MARKING SCHEME

SAMPLE PAPER 10

313/2

            1          a)         -Zachariah’s vision in the Temple.

(i)        Zachariah was a priest in the temple belonging to the division of Abijah.

(ii)       One day Zachariah was offering incense in the temple.

  • Angel, Gabriel appeared to him and announced that his wife Elizabeth would

give birth to a son whom he was to name John.

  • The angel went a head to describe the qualities of the son to be born.
  • Zachariah was afraid but the angel re assured him that he had come with Good news.
  • Zachariah expressed doubt regarding the angel’s message and insisted & be given a proof because he and his wife were old.
  • Zachariah was punished for disbelieving the angel’s message.
  • The angel told him that he would be dureb until the day of John’s birth.

(5×1=5mks)

  1. b) –           Message contained in the Benedictines.

(i)        Describes God as redeemer because He saved His people from sins.

(ii)       God has brought salvation through Jesus from the house of David as He promised

through His prophets.

  • God fulfils the promises that He made to Abraham and through the prophets in

the old testament.

  • Zachariah outlines the mission of John as the prophet of the most high.
  • John would go before the lord to prepare the way for him. He was the forerunner of the messiah.
  • John’s duty would involve imparting the knowledge of salvation & the people.
  • He would call people to repentance and forgiveness in order to restore the right relationship with God.
  • He would give light to those living in darkness and guide them into the path of peace.                                                 (4×2=8mks)

 

  1. c) –How the infancy narratives about the birth of Jesus show that he was the son of

God.  

  • His birth had been foretold long before by the old testament – prophets.
  • It was a virgin birth.
  • He was conceived through the power of the Holy spirit.
  • His name Jesus (saviour) was given by the angel.
  • The angel announced & the shepherds about His birth.
  • A bright star shown from the East.
  • A host of angels sang praises “ a long to God in the highest and on earth peace among men.”
  • During his presentation is the temple, simeon recognized Him as the messiah.                                     (7×1=7mks)

 

2          a)         –           Account of the sinful woman.            Lk.7:36:8:3,

(i)        On one occasion, Jesus was invited by Simon the Pharisee to his house to

eat with him.

  • A woman who was known & be sinner came to Jesus weeping on His feet’s and

wiping Him with her hair.

  • This action drew a negative response from Simon the host. Simon wondered how

Jesus could allow a sinner to touch Him.  He was a prophet. He would have

known that she was a prostitute.

  • She kissed his feet and anointed them with an expensive ointment.
  • Jesus perceived Simon’s thoughts and told him the parable of the debtors. One owned five hundred denarii and the other fifty. When they could not pay, he forgave them. Then Jesus asked Simon a question, now which of them will love more? Simon answered,” the one he forgave more”.
  • Jesus told Simon that the woman loved more by her actions which Simon had not done i.e. she wet his feet with tears and wiped them with her hair.
  • He forgave her sins though many since she loved more. Those present wondered who Jesus was “… who even forgave sins?” Jesus told the woman, “Your faith has saved you, go in peace”.             (5×1=5mks)

 

  1. b) – Why Jesus criticized the religious leaders.

(i)        They were jealous about. His popularity Lk.20;1-8.

(ii)       They were hypocrites.

  • They neglected justice and love of God.
  • They offered long prayers.
  • They lacked faith. Lk.17:20.
  • They were boastful e.g. parable of pherises & tax collector.
  • They never accepted him as the messiah (parable of the tenant and great feast)
  • They took advantage of weak i.e widows Lk.20.
  • They loved greetings at market places.
  • They were dishonest i.e attached to money matters.
  • They were a bad influence to the people e.g. wheat and tares.
  • They loved to seat in front seats so as to be recognized.             (7×1=7mks)

 

  1. c) –           Why Jesus healed the sick.

(i)        To demonstrate God’s love for human beings.

(i)        To take a way their pain / suffering.

(iii)      People believed in his healing power / people had faith in Him.

  • To show that physical healing sometimes symbolized spiritual hearing.
  • As a way of destroying the work of Satan.
  • To glorify God / show God’s power.
  • To fulfill Old Testament prophecies.
  • To demonstrate that God’s kingdom had come.
  • To show that he was the son of God / Messiah.
  • To show that his mission was universal.
  • To show that he had power over nature.
  • To support / strengthen his teachings.
  • To show that works of mercy must go on even on the Sabbath / He was loved for the Sabbath.                                                 (8×1=8mks)

 

3          a)         –           Characteristics of the Sadducees.

(i)        They were a consenstive  group / sect who accepted the Mosaic law (Torah)

(ii)       They rejected their own traditions of elders.

  • Most of them were priests from wealthy families.
  • They did not believe in angels, demons etc.
  • They did not believe in resurrection of the body.
  • They did not believe in judgment.
  • They did not believe in the messiah.
  • They supported the Roman rule.
  • Some of them were members of the Sanhedrin.             (8×1=8mks)

 

 

 

 

  1. b) – Jesus response to the Sadducees question on resurrection. Lk. 20;27-40.

(i)        They entered an argument with Jesus based on the Mosaic teaching. Deut:25:5-6.

The law made provision for levivate marriage.

  • A woman married to seven brothers who died yet left no children. Then who shall be the woman’s husband.
  • Jesus responded:

There was no marriage after resurrection / no husband-wife relationship.

  • A resurrected body would have an angelic form/ heavenly form.
  • There was no death after resurrected. The righteous will live eternally.
  • God is for those who are alive and not for those who are dead. He is the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob who are a live. (6×1=6mks.)

 

  1. c) – Dangers of wife inheritance.

(i)        The spread of HIV/AIDS resulting to orphans suffering.

(ii)       Jealousy from other wives – conflicts.

  • Children suffer from fear / insecurity.
  • Fear of losing family property.
  • May lead to poverty.
  • Rivaling among wives.
  • Psychological problems.
  • Rejection of the woman defies the cultural stand on being inherited. (6×1=6mks)

 

4          a)         –           Explain how the symbolic expression of the vine and the branches is used to

                                    express the unity of believers in the new Testament.                     (8marks)

  • The vine refers to Jesus Christ, the son of God.
  • The branches are Christian believers who are united through the vine tree.
  • The branches are attached to the vine, just like Christians are attached to Jesus Christ.
  • The gardener / vine dresser / or care taker of the vine is God creator.
  • The fruits are acceptable Christian behaviours such as love for one another .
  • The vine (Jesus) therefore links all the branches (Christians) to the vine dresser (God) so, all branches are the same vine tree and have a single caretaker.
  • The fruitless branches refer to those unfaithful Christians who do not live up to the Christian standards. Those who will be destroyed God.
  • The branches that bear fruits represent faithful Christian.
  • Christians must therefore abide by Jesus teachings and love others to be fruitful.
  • Christians must also remain united in Christ.
  • Jesus used vine to show the close relationship between Him and His followers.                         (8×1=8mks).

 

  1. What are the characteristics of the New people of God according to the New testament?
    1. God’s own people choosen by Him to worship Him 1 peter 2:9
    2. They are baptized born again
  • The proclaim the wonderful deeds of Christ.
  1. They share in the resurrection of Christ
  2. They are determined to inherit the Kingdom of God.
  3. They abandon the peace and prosperity of this world.
  • They are set aside by their moral uprightness. They posses the values of love kindness, humility generosity and caring.
  • They have a common destiny that is the Kingdom of God.
  1. They are guided by the Holy Spirit
  2. They are under the umbrella of Jesus Christ Titus 2:14.
  3. They are a royal priest hood.
  • They are a holy nation.
  • They are a people called out of darkness.             Any 7 x 1 = 7mks

 

  1. State reasons why Christians in Kenya should work in unity (5mks).
  2. i) In order to promote oneness in Christ
  3. ii) To promote the teaching of Jesus Christ
    • To share the scarce resources e.g. minimize expenses
  1. In order to achieve effective evangelism or ministry
  2. In order to adopt a common attitude to the integration of African culture in worship of achieve ecumenism.
  3. To prevent the formation of splinter groups and cults
  • To reduce internal wrangling             Any 5 x 1 = 5mks
  1. a)         Explain the basis of Christian ethnic.                                               (10mks)

                                    –           The Bible which is universally accepted as the word of God.

–           Conscience / the individual sense of good and bad in thought and action.

–           Faith in God which makes Christians to trust in God and make an effort to

live according to the teachings of Jesus Christ.

  • The teachings of Jesus Christ especially on how to behave towards those in problems and enemies.
  • The church community which guides Christians on moral behaviour.
  • Rituals like marriage where partners vow to remain faithful to one another.
  • The authoritative Christian literature like those written by theological / papal or pastoral/ directives.
  • The secular law/ constitution of the nation which guides the behaviour of Christians.
  • God’s revelation, through people like prophets, sermons the Bible, dreams visions which guide people on how to approach certain issues. 5 x 2 = 10mks
  1. b) Outline the Christian teaching on fornication .

                                    –           It is immoral and condemned in the Bible

–           It is against the divine purpose of sex because sex is exclusively for

married couples.

  • It defiles the body which is the temple of the Holy Spirit
  • It can lead to pregnancy which can cause complications and schools drop- out.
  • It can lead to transmission of HIV/ AIDS and STIs
  • It is a misuse of God’s gift of sex / parties are only out to satisfy their sexual desires without a sense of responsibility.
  • It creates guilt feelings as those involved already know that they are sinning before God.
  • If perfected it can lead to unfaithfulness in marriage in later life.
  • It is against the church teachings such as abstinence and chastity. 5 x 1 = 5mks

 

  1. c) What are the reasons why young people are seeking church weddings? (5mks)

                                    –           Marriage is God ordained.

–           So that people can learn and accept teachings of the church marriage

–           It is a respectable way to publicize marriage.

–           The two will be obliged to honour the vows taken in the church.

–           They discourage young people from entering into unchristian marriages

–           The wedding gives the couples the opportunity to celebrate their marriage

with others.

  • Christian marriage is legal it legalizes marriage.
  • It helps the new couple to realize that they are members of the wider community.
  • Helps in strengthening of the faith of the couples.
  • To stress the salvation of the couple through becoming one body in Christ .
  • The church provides guidance and counseling to the couple. Any 5 x 1 = 5mks

 

 

  1. a)         Explain the Christian understanding of the use of science and technology      8mks

                                    –           Science should not replace man in jobs e.g. use of computers.

–           It should not destroy human life.

–           It should not destroy values about the dignity of man and sanctity of life.

–           It should not be used to destroy the environment

–           It should help man to appreciate the splendour of God / The beauty of

God’s creation.

  • It should be made to serve the needs of man for material and spiritual happiness .
  • It should help man in solving problems
  • It should be used to glorify God the creator rather the selfish ends. 8 x 1 = 8mks
  1. b) What are the disadvantages of plastic surgery?                                                     6mks

                                    –           It may lead to a lot of suffering to the patient incase the tissues as “foreign”

and amounts an immune response against it, which gradually destroys it.

  • May lead to death or permanent damage on the patient incase of failure of the operation.
  • Some of the operations are very expensive and many people may not afford them therefore remain with their defects for life.
  • Although cosmetic surgery may make someone look young for sometime. This will not stop the ageing
  • There is a danger of people not appreciating what God has created
  • There is danger of transmitting certain diseases especially in case where tissues are detached from a “donor’
  • It may lead people to idolize beauty.             6 x 1 = 6mks

 

  1. c) Show how modern family planning methods have affected Kenyan families (6mks)

–           Have led to misunderstanding in the family due to disagreements on what methods to use.

–           Have led to sterility

–           Have led to unfaithfulness in marriage

–           Led to health problems e.g. breast cancer.

–           Have led to miscarriages and premature births

–           Have enabled people to have the size of family they can manage

hence improvement of the living standards.

  • Some of the methods are very expensive
  • Incase of failure of the methods used, the mother and child tend to be rejected / frustrated.
  • Some methods are irreversible e.g. Tubal ligation may lead to psychological and emotional effect on those who may decide to have children later.

END

PHYSICS FORM ONE WORK PAST KCSE QUESTIONS & ANSWERS PER TOPIC

FORM ONE WORK

INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. State two factors that should be controlled in manufacturing a cylindrical container of uniform thickness, which should normally be in a standing position.
  2. The figure shows a measuring cylinder which contains water initially at level A. A solid mass 11g is immersed in the water, the level rises to B.

 

Determine the density of the solid. (Give your answer to 1 decimal point)

A butcher has a beam balance and masses 0.5 kg and 2 kg. How would he measure 1.5 kg of meat on the balance at once?

  1.             The number of molecules in 18cm3 of a liquid is 6 x 1023. Assuming that

the diameter of the molecules is equivalent to the side of a cube having the same length as the molecule. Determine the diameter of the molecule.

  1. Determine the density in kg/m3 of a solid whose mass is 40g and whose dimensions in cm are 30 x 4 x 3
  2. Record as accurately as possible the masses indicated by the pointer in figures A.

 

  1.             Figure 1 shows the reading on a burette after 55 drops of a liquid have

been used.

 

 

 

 

 

 

If the initial reading was at 0cm mark, determine the volume of one drop.

(2 marks)

  1. Fig. 1 shows the change in volume of water in a measuring cylinder when an irregular solid is immersed in it.

 

 

 

 

Given that the mass of the solid is 567g, determine the density of the solid in gcm-3. (Give your answer correct to 2 decimal places.

 

  1. A thin wire was wound 30 times closely over a boiling tube.   The total length of the windings was found to be 9.3 mm.   Calculate the radius of the wire.
  2. (a)       Given that a kilogram of copper contains about 1025 atoms and that density

of copper is about 9000kg/m3/ estimate the diameter of the copper atom?

(b)       State the assumption made in (9a) above.

  1. A drop of oil of volume 1.0 x 10-3 spreads out on clean water surface to a film of area 10cm2. Calculate the thickness of the film.
  2. A small drop of oil has a volume of 5 x 10-8m3. When it is put on the surface of some clean water, it forms a circular film of 0.lm2 in area;

(i)        What is the size of a molecule of oil?

(ii)       State two assumptions you make in your calculations?

  1. The density of concentrated Sulphuric acid is 1.8gcm-3. Calculate the volume of 3.6kg of the acid.
  2. 1600 cm3 of fresh water of density l g/cm3 are mixed with 1400cm3 of seawater of density 1.25g/cm3. Determine the density of the mixture.

 

 

 

TOPIC 2

FORCES

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. A student was heard saying “the mass of a ball on the moon is one sixth its

mass on earth”. Give a reason why this statement is wrong.

  1. In the study of a free fall, it is assumed that the force f  acting on a given

body of mass m is gravitational, given by F= mg. State two other forces that act on the same body.

  1. State how a lubricant reduces friction in the bearings of moving part of a

machine.

  1. Distinguish between mass and weight of a body stating the units for each.
  2. State with reason the purpose of the oil that circulates in a motorcar

engine.

  1. Name two types of forces which can act between objects without contact.
  2. A house in which a cylinder containing cooking gas is kept unfortunately

catches fire. The cylinder explodes. Give a reason for the explosion.

  1. Give a reason why the weight of a body varies from place to place
  2. State why a pin floating on water sinks when a detergent is added.
  3. The figure below represents a rock balanced at point O.  G is the center of

gravity of the rock. Use this information to answer the following questions:

 

 

  • Draw and label on the figure the forces acting on the rock
  • If the portion of the rock represented by the shaded part is chopped off, explain why the rock may topple to the right.
  1. The figure shows a non- uniform log of mass 100kg balanced on a pivot

by a 2 kg mass placed as shown.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Determine the distance of the centre of gravity of the log from the pivot

  1. 2003:   The figure below show two identical trolleys with loads A and B. The

loads are identical in shape and size.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Given that the density of A is greater than that of B, explain why the trolley in figure 3 (ii) is more stable.

  1. 2004:   Fig 2 shows a beaker placed on a bench. A block of ice is placed in the

beaker as shown. State and explain the change in the stability of the beaker when the ice melts.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. 2004:   The system in figure 9 is in equilibrium

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Determine the weight of the bar.                                           (3 marks)

  1. (a) Give a reason why water is not a suitable liquid for use in a barometer

(b) Fig. 3 is a simplified diagram of a hydraulic jack. The cross selection

area A2 of the load piston is 25 times the A1 of the effort piston, A2 = 25N. F1 is the force applied (Effort) while F2 represents A1 the load.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)        Write an expression for the pressure exerted on the liquid by the

effort piston.                                                               (1 mark)

A mechanic applies a force of 100N on the effort piston while raising the rear part of a car.

(ii)       Determine the maximum load that can be raised      (2 marks)

(iii)      Give a reason why gas is not suitable for use in place of the liquid

in the jack                                                                   (1 mark)

  1. 2005:   Fig 2 shows a solid cylinder standing on a horizontal surface. The cylinder

is in stable equilibrium

 

 

 

 

On the horizontal space provided, sketch the cylinder in neutral equilibrium.                                                                                    (1 mark)

  1. Fig 8 shows water drops on two surfaces. In 8 (a), the glass surface is

smeared with wax while in 8 (b) the glass surface is clean.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Explain the difference in the shapes of the drops.                (2 marks)

 

  1. A see – saw of length 5 m is pivoted at the centre. A student of mass 50kg sits at one end and is balanced by another student of mass ‘m’ sitting at a distance of 1m from the other end. Calculate the value of ‘m’
  2. An astronaut is on the moon. He drops a hammer from a height of 3.2m and it takes 2.0s to hit the lunar landscape. What is the acceleration due to gravity of the moon?
  3. An unloaded spring has a length of 15cm and when under a load of 24N it has a length of 12cm.  What will be the load on the spring when length is 10cm?
  4. Two copper spheres M and N are joined by a light rod such that their center of mass are 30cm apart: if the radius of M is 2 times the radius of N, find the position of the COG from mass M.
  5. In the diagram below the system is in equilibrium. Determine the value of F1 in N.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Fig 3 shows a device for closing a steam outlet. The area of the piston is 4.0 x 10-4m2 and the pressure of the steam in the boiler is 2.0 x 105Nm2. Determine the weight W that will just hold the bar in the horizontal position shown.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The total weight of a car with passengers is 25,000N. The area of contact of each of the four tyres with the ground is 0.025m2. Determine the minimum car tyre pressure.
  2. A drum which is 2m high contains water to a depth of 0.5 m and oil of density 0.5g/cm3 extends to the top. Find the pressure exerted at the bottom of drum by the two liquids.
  3. Figure 2 shows a non- uniform rod, lying in a horizontal position. Vertical force of 5N and 4 N can just lift the rod when applied at the end A and B respectively.

 

 

 

If the rod is 1.8m long find

(i)        The position of the centre of gravity

(ii)       The weight of the rod

 

 

TOPIC 3

PRESSURE

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. Give a reason why a concrete beam reinforced with steel does not crack

when subjected to changes in temperature.

  1. The figure below shows part of a set up used by a student to demonstrate

the expansion of a wire.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • What three other items, not shown in the fig would be needed in order to perform the experiment
  • What purpose does the stone serve?
  1. 2001:   State the reason why it may not be possible to suck liquid into your mouth

using a drinking straw on the surface of the moon.

 

Figure 3 shows the levels of two liquids A and B after some air has been sucked out of the tubes through the tap. Use this information and the figure to answer questions 4 and 5.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The total weight of a car with passengers is 25000N. The area of contact

of each of the FOUR tyres with the ground is 0.025m2.

Determine the minimum car tyre pressure.

  • Write an expression for pressure on a liquid in hydraulic jack
  • While using a jack, a mechanic applied a force of 100N on the effort piston while raising the rear part of a car.
  • Determine the maximum load that can be raised
  • Give a reason why gas is not suitable for use in place of the liquid in a jack.
  1. State the mode by which heat travels from the cube to the balloons.

(1 mark)

  1. The face of the cube towards A is bright and shiny and the face

towards B is dull- black. State with reason the adjustments that should be made on the distances X1 and X2 so that the rate of change of temperature in both balloons is the same. (1 mark)

 

  1. Explain why the pressure of a gas increases when the mass of the gas in the container is increased.
  2. The lift pump is effective for pumping water as long as the well is less than 10m deep. Explain.
  3. The reading on a mercury barometer at Mombasa is 760mm. Calculate the pressure at Mombasa (density of mercury = 1.36 x 104 Kgm-3)
  4. State one property of a barometer liquid and explain its effects.

 

 

TOPIC 4

THE PARTICULATE NATURE OF MATTER.

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE QUESTIONS

  1. State the reason for the rise in the levels of the liquids when air is

sucked from the tubes                                                            (1 mark)

  1. Given that the density of liquid B is 1200 kgm3, determine the

density of liquid A.                                                    (3 marks)

  1. Brownian motion of smoke particles can be studied by using the

apparatus shown in figure 9. To observe the motion, some smoke is enclosed in the smoke cell and then observed through the microscope.

 

 

 

 

 

  • Explain the role of the smoke particles, lens and microscope in the experiment. (6 marks)
  • State and explain the nature of the observed motion of the smoke particles.                                                                                                       (3 marks)
  • State what will be observed about the motion of the smoke particles if the temperature surrounding the smoke cell is raised slightly. (1 mark)

 

TOPIC 5

THERMAL EXPANSION

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. 1990:   The figure below shows an arrangement for a solar water purifier for dirty.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Describe how the solar water purifier works
  • Explain the role of:
    • Black coating
    • The pieces of charcoal in the tray
  • State why the solar water purifier continues to work when sunrays are cut off.
  • Explain the green house effect process in the purifier above.

 

  1. 2003:   The figures (a) and (b) show a convex mirror and a plane mirror of equal

aperture.

 

By sketching a pair of incident and reflected rays for each (a) and (b) show how the convex mirror provides to the eye, a wider field of view than the plane mirror.

  1. 2004:   Figure 12 shows a parabolic surface with a source of light placed at its

focal point F.

 

 

 

 

 

Draw rays to show reflection from the surface when rays from the source strike the surface at points ABC and D.

  1. 2005:   Fig 12 shows a vertical object O, placed in front of a convex mirror.

 

 

 

 

On the same diagram draw the appropriate rays and locate the image

formed.                                                                                   ( 3 marks)

  1. Figure 1 represents a pinhole camera. Sketch rays to show the

formation of an enlarged image in the camera. Label both the objects and the image.

 

 

 

  1. Figure 3 shows an object, O in front of a concave mirror and its

image, 1 formed after reflection.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • On the same diagram appropriate ray(s) to locate the principal focus ‘F’ of the mirror                                                                    (2 marks)
  • Determine the focal length of the mirror (scale 1:5)     (1 mark)

 

  1. Liquids expand more than solids. Explain why

 

TOPIC 6

HEAT TRANSFER

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. An electric heater is placed at equal distances from two similar cans A and

B filled with water at room temperature. The outer surface of can A is shiny while that of can B is dull black. State with reasons, which of the cans will be at higher temperature after the heater is switched on for some time.

  1. In the set up shown in figure 4, it is observed that the level of the water

initially drops before starting to rise.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Explain this observation.

  1. When a Bunsen Burner is lit below a wire gauze, it is noted that the flame

initially burns below the gauze as shown in figure (i),  after sometime, the flame burns below as well as above the gauze as shown in figure (ii)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Explain this observation

  1. In a vacuum flask the walls enclosing the vacuum are silvered on the

inside. State the reason for this                                              (1 mark)

 

Figure 4 shows two identical balloons A and B. The balloons were filled with equal amounts of the same type of gas. The balloons are suspended at distances X1 and X2 from a metal cube filled with boiling water and placed on an insulating material. Use this information to answers questions 5 and 6.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. State the mode by which heat travels from the cube to the balloons

(1 mark)

  1. The face of the cube towards A is bright and shiny and the face

towards B is dull black. State with reason the adjustments that should be made on the distances X1 and X2 so that the rate of change of temperature in both balloons is the same.     (1 mark)

 

  1. Temperature scale in clinical thermometer ranges from 350c to 430c. Explain.
  2. State one application of expansion in gases
  3. Why is it that boiling is not used for sterilization of clinical thermometer?
  4. Describe ONE advantage and ONE Disadvantage of anomalous behavior of water.
  5. (a) Draw a well labeled diagram of a vacuum flask

(b) Stating the specific parts in the flask explain how heat loss is reduced through:

(i)        Conduction

(ii)       Convection

(iii)      Radiation

  1. In the diagram below the ice remains in solid state for several minutes as heating continues. Explain the phenomenon.

 

 

TOPIC 7

RECTILINEAR PROPAGATION OF LIGHT AND REFLECTION AT PLANE SURFACES

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. What is meant by a virtual image?
  2. The figure below shows an object O being viewed using two inclined

mirrors M1 and M2.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Complete the diagram by sketching rays to show the position of the image as seen by the eye E

  1. The figure below shows an object O placed in front of a plane mirror

 

 

 

 

 

 

On the same diagram, draw rays to locate the position of the image 1 as seen from the eye E.

  1. The diagram shows a ray of light incident on a plane mirror at point O.

 

 

 

 

 

The mirror is rotated clockwise through an angle of 300 about an axis perpendicular to the paper. Determine the angle through which the reflected ray rotated.

 

  1. A luminous point object took 3 s to move from P to Q in front of a pinhole camera as shown below.

 

 

 

 

 

What is speed in cm/s of the image on the screen?

  1. The diagram shows the image of a watch face in a plane mirror

 

 

 

 

 

What is the time shown on the watch face?

  1. (a) Give two main reasons why concave mirrors are unsuitable as driving mirrors

(b) State one disadvantage of a convex mirror as a driving mirror

  1. Explain why a concave mirror is suitable for use as a make up mirror.
  2. In the space provided below, sketch a labeled diagram to show how a pinhole camera forms an image of a vertical object placed in front of the pinhole

(3 marks)

  1. A building standing 100m from a pinhole camera produces on the screen of the camera an image 5 cm high 10 cm behind the pinhole. Determine the actual height of the building.                                                                                   ( 3 marks)

 

 

 

TOPIC 8

ELECTROSTATICS 1

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. Two isolated and insulated spheres A and B carry the same positive

charge. Sketch the electric lines of force of their field when placed close to each other but not touching some.

  1. State the observation on the leaves of a positively charged electroscope

when a negative charge is brought near it.

  1. The fig shows sketches of two types of houses built in a lighting prone

area. State with reason which house is safer to stay in during lighting and thunderstorms?

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The diagram below shows a circuit with a capacitor C and a lamp L. When

the sketch is closed at Y, the lamp L lights. When the switch is closed at X, L does not light. Explain the observation.

 

 

  1. In the clothing and textile industries the machines experiences

electrostatics forces at certain points. Suggests one method of reducing these forces.

  1. State two other factors to be considered in constructing a capacitor other

than the surface area of the plates.

  1. State the precaution that is taken when charging a metal object.
  2. (a)       (i)        State coulombs law of electrostatic force

(ii)       Define capacitance

(b)       Describe how the type of charge on a charged metal rod can be

determined

 

 

(c)       The fig. Shows hollow negatively charged sphere with a metal

disk attached to an insulator placed inside. State what would happen to the leaf of an uncharged electroscope if the metal disk were brought near the cap of the electroscope. Give a reason for your answer.

 

 

 

 

 

(d)       State two ways of charging the magnitude of the deflection of the leaf of an electroscope.

(e)       The fig- shows an arrangement of capacitors connected to a 10V d.c supply. Determine:

(i)        The charge stored in the 2μ F capacitor.

(ii)       The total capacitance of the arrangement.

 

 

 

  1. Explain why the leaf of an uncharged object is brought near the cap.
  2. A glass rod can be charged positively by rubbing it with silk. Explain what happens when the glass rod is being charged.

 

TOPIC 9

CELLS AND SIMPLE CIRCUITS

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. A student learnt that a battery of eight dry cells each 1.5V has a total e.m.f

of 12V the same as a car battery. He connected in series eight new dry batteries to his car but found that they could not start the engine.

Give a reason for this observation

  1. Distinguish between a primary cell and a secondary cell.
  2. What current will a 500Ω resistor connected to a source of 240V draw?
  3. A current of 0.08A passes in a circuit for 2.5 minutes. How much charge

passes through a point in the circuit?

  1. In large circuits, large resistors in parallel are preferred to low resistors in

series. Explain.

  1. State two advantages of an alkaline battery over a lead acid battery.
  2. A current of 0.5A flows in a circuit. Determine the quantity of charge that

crosses a point in 4 minutes.

  1. Explain why the bulb in figure 10 (b) will be brighter than each of the

bulbs in figure 10 (a).                                                             (2 marks)

  1. Give the reason why the cells in figure 10 (b) Can be used for a longer

period than the cells in Fig 10 (a)

  1. State the purpose of manganese dioxide in a dry cell.          (1 mark)

 

 

 

 

 

  1. A student wishes to investigate the relationship between current and

voltage for a certain device X. In the space provided, draw a circuit diagram including two cells, rheostat, ammeter, voltmeter and the device X that would be suitable in obtaining the desired results.   (1 mark)

  1. State one advantage of an alkaline cell over a lead acid cell

(1 mark)

  1.  In the circuit diagram  shown in figure 7, the ammeter has

negligible resistance. When the switch S is closed, the ammeter reads 0.13A.                                                                         (3 marks)

 

 

 

 

  • State Ohm’s law
  • The graph in figure 9 shows the current voltage characteristics of a device, X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i) State with a reason whether the device obeys Ohm’s laws   (2 marks)

(ii)             Determine the resistance of the device X when the current through it is

60mA.

(iii)            When the device X is connected in the circuit below, the voltage across it

is 0.70V.

 

 

 

 

Calculate the value of the resistance R.

(c) The cell in figure 10 has an emf of 2.1V and negligible internal resistance.

 

 

 

 

 

Determine the

(i)        Total resistance in the circuit                                    (2 marks)

(ii)       Current in the circuit                                                  (1 mark)

(iii)      Reading on the voltmeter                                           (2 marks)

 

  1. Explain clearly the precautionary measures you would take to maintain the efficiency of an accumulator?
  2. State the advantage of Nickel-cadmium battery over the lead -acid type
  3. Draw a well labeled diagram of a dry cell
  4. When ammeter is connected between the two plates of a simple cell, the pointer deflects along the scale. Explain

 

 

 

FORM 2 WORK

TOPIC 1

MAGNETISM AND ELECTROMAGNETISM

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. The graph in the figure shows the relationship between the attractive

forces of an electromagnetic and the magnetizing current. Give reasons for the shape of the curve in terms of the domain theory.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The figure shows a wire in a magnetic field. A current is switched on to

flow through the wire in the direction shown. State the direction of motion of the wire.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The diagram in the figure below shows a flexible wire in a magnetic field.

 

 

 

 

  • Explain the behaviour of the wire when the switch K is turned on
  • What is the behaviour of the wire if R is reduced?
  1. You are provided with two iron bars, X and Y, one is magnetized and the

other is not. Explain how you would identify the magnetized bar without using a magnet.

  1. One way of demagnetizing bar is to place it in a solenoid in which an

alternating current (ac) flows. How is the demagnetization achieved?

 

  1. Give two reasons why soft irons is used as a core of the coil of an electric

bell.

  1. Give two differences between uniform and non-uniform magnetic fields
  2. Figure 5 represents a long horizontal insulated wire AB connected to an

electric circuit. A plotting compass is placed on the wire as shown. When the switch K is closed, the plotting compass shows a deflection. State two changes which can be made in the circuit to increase the deflection.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. State three factors which determine the magnitude of the force on a current

carrying conductor which is in a magnetic field.

  1. Give a reason why attraction in magnetism is not regarded as a reliable

method of testing

  1. The figure below shows two parallel current- carrying conductors A and B

placed close to each other. The direction of the current is into the plane of the paper. Copy the diagram and on the same figure;

 

 

 

  • Sketch the magnetic field pattern
  • indicate the force F due to the current on each conductor
  1. (a)       Given a bar magnet, an iron bar and a string.
  • Describe a simple experience to distinguish between the magnet and the iron bar
  • State with reasons the observations that would be made in the experiment.

(b)       In an experiment to magnetize two substances P and Q using electric currents, two curves (graphs) were obtained as shown. Using the information in figure 7 explain the differences between the substance P and Q with reference to the domain theory.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Distinguish between soft and hard magnetic material
  2. Explain how hammering demagnetizes a magnet.
  3. How can it be shown that the strength  of a magnet is concentrated at the

poles

  1. Figure 11 shows a wire XY at right angles to a magnetic field. XY is part

of a circuit containing a galvanometer. When XY is moved, the current flows in the direction shown. State the direction in which XY is moved.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Fig 12 shows how magnets are stored in pairs with keepers at the end.

Explain how this method of storing helps in retaining magnetism longer.

(2 marks)

 

 

 

  1. In figure 13 the arrow indicates the direction of the current in the

conductor. Sketch on the diagram the magnetic field pattern (1)

 

 

 

 

  1. Fig 14 shows a soft iron ring placed between the poles of magnet. Copy

the diagram and sketch the magnetic field pattern. (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Fig 16 shows a soft iron core placed between poles of two magnets. Copy

the diagram and sketch the magnetic field pattern. (1)

 

 

 

 

  1. The figure below shows two parallel thick copper conductors connected to

a d.c power supply. A rider made from a thin copper wire is placed on the conductors. State and explain what is observed on the rider when the switch is closed. (3)

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Figure 7 shows the poles of two magnets close together.

 

 

 

 

 

Sketch the magnetic field pattern in the space between the poles.

(2 marks)

  1. Figure 2 shows a horse- Shoe magnet whose poles are labeled and

two other  magnets near it. Iron nails are attracted to the lower ends of the magnets as shown.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identify the poles marked X and Y.                           (2 marks)

  1. Sketch the electrostatic field pattern due to the arrangement of the charges shown in fig 6                                                                                                    (1 mark)

 

 

  1. Fig 7 shows the features of a dry cell (Leclanche) use the information in the figure to answer question 2A and 2B.

 

 

 

 

  • Name parts A, B, C, D
  • Explain the purpose of B
  1. Three magnets were brought near 3 pieces of material steel, soft from iron and aluminum as shown in figure 7. Indicate the magnetic field in each diagram.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The figure shows the circular path followed by an electric beam in a magnetic field.

 

 

 

 

 

  • A force acts on the electrons as they follow this circular path. Show on the diagram the direction of that force.
  • Draw on the diagram the direction of the magnetic field responsible for the deflection of the electrons.
  1. Draw the magnetic field pattern in the diagram below and indicate the direction of the forces acting on the conductors.

 

 

 

  1. The force of a conductor carrying a current in a magnetic field can be varied by changing among others, the magnitude of the current and the magnetic field strength. Name two other factors that can be changed to vary the force.
  2. The figure below shows a soft iron ring placed between poles of two magnets.

 

 

Sketch the magnetic field pattern

  1. Four bars of metal A, B, C and D are tested for magnetism. B attracts both A and C but not D. D does not attract A, B or C

A and C sometime attract one another and sometimes repel one another. What conclusion can you draw about?

(a)       Bar A

(b)       Bar B

(c)       Bar D

  1.  Figure 8 beside shows an incomplete circuit of an electromagnet. Complete the circuit between X and Y by drawing the windings on the two arms of the core such that A and B are both North poles when the switch S is closed. Indicate the direction of the current on the windings drawn.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. (a)       State TWO factors that affect the strength of an electromagnet.

(b)       In the set up in figure 9, the suspended meter rule is in equilibrium

balanced by the magnet and the weight shown. The iron core is fixed to the bench.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • State and explain the effect on the meter rule when the switch S is closed
  • What would be the effect of reversing the battery terminals
  • Suggest how the set up can be adapted to measure the current flowing in the circuit.
  1. (a)       In an experiment to determine the strength of an electromagnet, the

weight of pins that can be supported by the electromagnet, was recorded against the number of turns. The current was kept constant throughout the experiment. The table shows the data obtained.

 

Number of turn, n 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
Weight, W, of pins x 10-3 (N) 0 4 14 30 58 108 198 264 296 300

 

 

  • Plot a graph of weight, W, y- axis against the number of turns, n
  • Use the domain theory to explain the nature of the curve.
  • Sketch on the same axes, the curve that would be obtained using a higher current.

(b)       Using a labeled diagram, explain the working of a simple relay.

 

 

 

TOPIC 2

MEASUREMENTS II

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. describe one method of determining the diameter of the oil drop? (3 mks)
  2. Explain the cause of random motion of smoke particles as observed in

Brownian motion experiment using smoke cell.

  1. Fig. 3 shows part of an experimental set up of estimating the diameter of

an oil molecule.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)        Describe how the oil patch is formed.                       (2 marks)

(ii)       In an experiment, the diameter, a, of the patch was measured to be 200mm for an oil drop of radius 0.25mm. Determine the diameter of the molecule of the oil.                                              (4 marks)

(iii)      State why this is an estimate                                      (1 mark)

  1. An oil drop of average diameter 0.7mm spreading out into a roughly circular patch of diameter 75mm on the surface of water in a trough.

(i)        Calculate the average diameter of a molecule of oil.

(ii)       State two assumptions to be made in (i) above when calculating the diameter.

  1. The Screw of micrometer screw gauge has a pitch of 0.5mm. The thimble is divided into 50 equal divisions. What is the smallest unit it can measure?

 

Figure 1 shows a metal cube of mass 1.75g placed between the jaws of a micrometer screw gauge. The magnified portion of the scale is also shown. The reading on the gauge when the jaws were fully closed without the cube was 0.012cm. Use this information and the figure to answer questions 6 and 7.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. What is the length of the cube?
  2. Determine the density of the metal cube giving your answer correct to three significant figures.
  1. In an oil drop experiment the diameter of the oil was found to be 0.4mm and the drop was placed on a clean water surface. It spread into a circular parch of diameter 180mm. Estimate the size of the oil molecule.
  2. Name an instrument that would use for measuring the depth if a blind hole nearly 900mm deep.
  3. Suggest a suitable instrument that can be used for measuring the width of an object stated as 2.6 x 10-1cm.
  4. What is the reading indicated by the scale of the vernier caliper below?

 

 

 

  1. Name the instrument that would be most suitable for measuring the thickness of one sheet of paper.
  2. The micrometer screw gauge shown has a thimble scale of 50 divisions

What is the reading shown?

 

 

 

 

  1. In an experiment to estimate the radius of oil molecule 200 identical drops of oil of density 800kg/m3 are run from a burette. The reading on the burette changes from 0.0cm3 to 0.5cm3.

One of these drops is placed on a large water surface dusted lightly using chalk dust. It spreads forming a uniform patch of area 0.2m2.

What is the purpose of the chalk dust?

What is the mass of one drop of oil in kg?

What is the volume of one oil drop in m3?

What is the thickness of the oil film?

Estimate the assumption (s) made in this experiment

 

 

 

 

TOPIC 3

TURNING EFFECT OF A FORCE

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS FROM THE TOPIC

  1. The figure below shows a uniform bar of length 1 m pivoted near one end. The bar is kept in equilibrium by a spring balance as shown.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Given that the reading of the spring balance is 0.6N. Determine the weight of the bar.

  1. The figure shows a device for closing a steam outlet.

 

 

 

 

 

 

The area of the piston is 4.0 x 10-4 m2 and the pressure of the steam in the boiler is 2.0 x 105Nm-2. Determine the weight W that just holds the bar in the horizontal position shown.

  1. The figure below shows force F1 and F2 acting on a metre rule such that it is in equilibrium.

 

 

 

Mark on the figure a third force F3 acting on the rule such that the equilibrium is maintained.

  1. (a) State the principle of moments.

(b)      Two men P and Q carried a uniform ladder 3.6 m long weighing 1200N. P held the ladder from one end while Q supported the ladder at a point 0.4m from the other end.

(i)        Sketch a diagram showing the forces acting on the ladder.

(ii)       Calculate the load supported by each man.

  1. The figure shows a uniform half metre rod that is balanced over a pivot using a block of weight 2N and a spring.

 

 

 

Given that the tension in the spring is 9N, determine the weight of the rod.

 

  1. The diagram below shows a uniform bar of lengths 6m. If the weight of the bar is 15N, determine x.

 

 

 

  1. State the principle of moments
  2. Name four activities which produce a turning effect
  3. Why is it very difficult to open a door from a point too close to hinges
  4. Why are people who are maimed or have lost one leg provided with crutches?
  5. A uniform half- metre rod is balanced by a weight of 38N at one end. If the pivot is placed 10cm from the same end, calculate the weight of the rod.
  6. Two forces of 10N and 20N when applied at ends A and B respectively are just able to lift a non- uniform rod of lengths 2m.

 

 

 

 

  • What is the weight of the rod?
  • Determine the position of the centre of gravity of the rod
  1. Determine the value of Y in the diagram below

 

 

TOPIC 4

EQUILIBRIUM AND CENTRE OF GRAVITY

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. The figure shows two identical trolleys with loads A and B. The loads are identical in shape and size.

 

 

Given that the density of A is greater than that of B, explain why the trolley in (ii) is more stable.

  1. Figure 2 shows a solid cylinder standing on a horizontal surface. The cylinder is in stable equilibrium.

 

 

In the horizontal space provided, sketch the cylinders in neutral equilibrium

 

  1. State two factors that determine the stability of a vehicle
  2. State the necessary conditions for equilibrium of body which is acted upon by a number of forces
  3. State the modification introduced in the modern buses so as to enhance stability
  4. The figure below show a beaker placed on a bench. A block of ice is placed in the beaker as shown. State and explain the changes in the stability of the beaker when the ice melts.

 

 

 

 

  1. The figure below shows beaker containing water at 00. The beaker is placed on a bench.

 

 

 

 

State and explain the changes in stability of beaker when water freezes

 

TOPIC 5

REFLECTION AT CURVED SURFACES

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. The figure (fig 1) on the grid shows an object O in front of a concave mirror and

its image, I, formed after reflection.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • On the same diagram draw appropriate ray(s) to locate the principal focus, F, of the mirror.
  • Determine the focal length, f of the mirror, (scale 1.5)
  1. Fig 2 shows a ray of light incident on a convex mirror

 

 

 

 

Use a suitable construction on the same diagram: determine the radius of curative of the mirror.

 

 

  1. Fig 3 shows a vertical object O, placed in front of a convex mirror.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On the same diagram draw the appropriate rays and locate the image formed.

  1. What is meant by a virtual image?
  2. Fig 4 shows two parallel rays incident on a concave mirror. F is the focal point of the mirror.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On the same diagram sketch the path of the rays after striking the mirror

  1. Fig 5 shows a parabolic surface with a source of light placed at its focal point F.

 

 

 

 

 

Draw rays to show reflection from the surface when rays from the source strike the surface at points ABC and D.

  1. Fig 6 (a) and (b) shows a convex mirror and a plane mirror of equal aperture.

 

 

 

By sketching a pair of incident and reflected rays for each (a) and (b) shows how the convex mirror provides to the eye, a wide field of new than the plane mirror.

 

  1. Distinguish between a real and a virtual image.
  2. State ONE application of each of the following
    • Convex mirrors
    • Parabolic mirrors
    • Concave mirrors
  3. State the advantages a diverging mirror has over a plane mirror when used as a rear- view in vehicles.
  4. State characteristics of an image observed in a concave mirror when the object is between the focal point and the mirror.
  5. If a concave mirror has a focal length of 10cm. Find the two positions where an object can be placed to give in each case, an image twice the height of the object.

 

 

TOPIC 6

MAGNETIC EFFECT OF AN ELECTRIC CURRENT

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. Fig 4 shows a simple microphone in which sound waves from the person talking causes the cardboard diaphragm to vibrate.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Explain how a varying current is induced in the coil when the diaphragm vibrates
  • State two ways in which the induced current in (a) above can be increased
  1. Fig 5 shows an electric generator. The points P and Q are connected to a Cathode Ray Oscilloscope (CRO).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sketch on the axes provided the graph of the voltage output as seen on the CRO, given that when t= 0, the coil is at the position shown in the figure.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. An armature composed of turns of insulated copper wire wound on a laminated soft- iron core is rotated in a magnetic field to generate an e.m.f. Use this information to answer the following questions.
    • State two factors other than the speed of rotation that affect the magnitude of the e.m.f generated.
    • State the reason why soft- iron is laminated.
  2. Fig 6 shows a wire XY at right angle to a magnetic field. XY is part of a circuit containing a galvanometer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

When XY is moved, the current flows in the direction shown. State the direction in which XY is moved.

  1. Fig 7 shows an incomplete circuit of an electromagnet. Complete the circuit between X and Y by drawing the windings on the two arms of the core such that A and B are both North poles when switch S is closed. Indicate the direction of the current on the windings drawn.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. State, with reasons, the material which you would consider most suitable for an electromagnet.
  2. Explain two ways of demagnetizing a magnet.
  3. State two ways of increasing the strength of an electromagnet.
  4. An iron rod XY is placed inside a coil of wire. What type of magnetic pole is induced at the end x when the current flows through the coil?

 

 

 

  1. An un insulated copper wire XY lies over the fixed wire A and B connected to a battery when the key in the circuit is closed, the wire XY experiences a force.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • In which direction does the wire XY- experience the force?

(ii)       How do you determine the direction in (i) above

(iii)      When is the force on the wire XY greatest?

(iv)      What is the effect of reversing both the magnetic field and direction of flow of current?

(v)       State TWO factors by which the force on XY can be decreased

(vi)      Name an instrument which uses this effect

 

  1. Fig 3 shows a D.C electric motor.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Name the parts labeled X1 and X­2 and state their functions.
  • What is the purpose of parts labeled Y1 and Y2?
  • When the switch k is closed state the forces acting on the sides  of the coil and the direction of movement of the coil
  • What can be done to increase the speed of rotation of the motor?
  1. State FOUR reasons why the efficiency of an electric motor is always less than 100%
  2. Give TWO practical applications of an electromagnet

 

TOPIC 7

HOOKES LAW

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. 1990: Distinguish between ductile end and brittle material
  2. 1990: Identify the girders in the structure that can be replaced by a string

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. It is easier to bend an iron rod than a glass rod of the same dimensions at

room temperature. Give a reason for this

  1. (a)     An experiment was performed to find out how the length L of a

spiral spring varies with the compression force, F The figure shows the variation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Draw a diagram of a possible set up of the apparatus
  • Over which range of the force does the spring obey Hooker’s law?
  • Suggest a reason for the shape of the graph between 40N and 60N

(b)       Two identical springs of spring constant 3N/cm are used to support a load of   30N as shown. Determine the extension of each spring.

 

 

 

 

 

(c)       State two factors that govern the strengths of a spiral of given

material

 

  1. 1994: (a)       State Hooke’s Law)

(b)       Long uniform beams are to be supported near their ends by two supports X and Y, Which are fixed to the ground and at the same level. When beam A is placed on the supports, it sags in the middle but when it is turned through an angle of 900 the sag is the same.

 

 

 

 

(i)        Suggest the possible shapes of the beams A and B.

(ii)       Beam C is of the same shape as beam B but has a notch in the middle. How should it be placed on the supports so that the notch does not extend? Give a reason for your answer.

  1. The fig shows a beam AB supported at points A and B. A large force is

applied on the beam as shown. Mark on the diagram the position X where the notch is likely to appear.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The figure shows a wire A and a spring B made of the same material. The thickness of the wire is the same in both cases. Masses are added on each of the same intervals and the extension noted each time.

 

 

 

 

Sketch the graph of extension against load for each. (Hooks Law is obeyed.)

  1. State Hooke’s Law
  2. A spiral spring stretches by 0.6 cm when a mass of 300g is suspended on it. What is the spring constant?

 

 

TOPIC 8

WAVES 1

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. Fig 1 shows the displacement – time graph for a certain wave

 

 

 

 

Determine the frequency of the wave?

  1. State one effect that would be observed when water waves pass from deep to shallow water.
  2. A source generates 40 waves in a second. If the wavelength is 8.5 cm. Calculate the time taken to reach a wall 102m from the source.
  3. Name a property of light that shows it is a transverse wave.
  4. State ONE difference between mechanical and electromagnet waves.

 

  1. Explain the following terms and state their S.I units
  • Wavelength
  • Amplitude
  • Periodic time
  • Frequency
  1. State THREE differences between light waves and sound waves.
  2. (a) Name two types of progressive wave motion

(b)      Distinguish between the waves stated in 3 (a) above

  1. (a) Fig 1 shows a displacement – time graph of a wave. The velocity of the

wave is 50cm/s.

 

 

 

 

 

Determine the

  • Amplitude
  • Period
  • Wavelength
  • Frequency

(b)       State ONE factor that does not change as water moves from shallow to

deep part.

  1. Give an example which show that speed of a wave depends on the medium in which it travels.
  2. Give an example to demonstrate that waves carry energy
  3. Best FM station broadcasts on a frequency of 250 KHz and the wavelength of its signals is 1200m.
    • The speed of radio waves in m/s
    • The wavelength of the signal of another station that broadcasts on a frequency of 200KHZ.

 

 

TOPIC 9

SOUND

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. State the type of wave produced when a stretched string plucked
  2. When a sound wave travels from a dense to a less dense gas, its velocity

changes. What wave property does this observation show?

  1. Standing waves are set up in a rope resulting in a series of nodes and antinodes.

In what state of motion is the rope at the nodes?

  1. Two identical sources of sound S1 and S2 are emitting the same frequency. Explain with reasons, the observations that will be made by an observe  listening to the  sound emitted who was moving slowly along the lines, PQ  and MN

 

 

 

 

  1. The table shows the frequency – squared f of the  fundamental  note

produced by a stretched string for various  tensions, T

 

T(N) 8 18 32 50 72 98
F2 (Hz2) 14,500 32,500 57,500 90,000 129,500 176,500

 

  • Plot a graph of f2 against the tension T.
  • Determine the gradient of the graph and hence obtain an equation relating the frequency f and the tension T.

 

  1. A gun is fired and an echo heard at the same place 0.5s later. How far is

the barrier, which reflected the sound from the gun? (Speed of sound 330m/s).

  1. State two ways by which frequency of a note produced  by a given guitar

wire may be increased.

  1. An observer watching a fireworks displays sees the light from an

explosion and hears the sound 2 seconds later.  How far was the explosion from the observer? (Speed of  sound  is air 340m/s)

  1.  (a)
  • What is the differences between longitudinal and transverse waves?
  • A mineworker stands between two vertical cliffs 400m from the nearest cliff. The cliffs are distance apart. Every time he strikes the rock once, he hears two echoes the first one comes after 2.5s while the second follows 2s later. From this information calculate:
    1. The speed of sound  in air
    2. The value d
  1. A girl standing 600m away from a cliff bangs two pieces of wood together

and hears an echo 3.5 seconds later. Determine the speed of sound in air at that place.

 

  1. What is an echo?
  2. Describe an experiment to show that sound cannot travel in a vacuum.
  3. Fig 1 shows air molecules in front of a hollow wooden box P set vibrating by a turning fork T of frequency 800Hz.

 

 

 

  • What is the purpose of fixing the tuning fork on the box which is open on one end?
  • Name the section labeled X and Y
  • State and explain the nature of the waves shown
  • Given that the speed of sound in air is 330ms-1. Calculate the wavelength of the waves.
  1.  Sound is very faint in high altitudes than at sea level. Why?
  2. Distinguish between  the following terms
  • Intensity and loudness

(ii) Frequency and pitch

  1. State two factors that affect the frequency of the note produced by a vibrating string

 

 

 

TOPIC 10

FLUID FLOW

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. When spraying a field of water using a hose pipe, it is common to reduce

the pipes opening in order to spray water furthest. Other than pressure, what other quality is varied in the process?

  1. The figure below shows water forces through a hydraulic system by a

pump. An air chamber is used to maintain a continuous flow of water during both the up stroke and down stroke of the piston pump.

 

 

 

 

 

Explain how the continuous flow of water is maintained.

  1. A pupil blows a current  of air  over the surface of a  sheet of paper held

close to its mouth. State and explain what happens to the paper.

  1. Two table Tennis balls are in the same level while suspended from

threads a short distance apart. A stream of air is blown between the balls in a horizontal direction. Explain what happens to the balls

  1. The figure represents a tube through which liquid is flowing in the

direction shown by the arrow. Copy the diagram and show on it the relative positions of the level of the liquid in sections marked, X, Y and Z.

 

 

 

  1. State how the pressure in a moving fluid varies with speed of the water is

steadily increased from low to high value.

  1. Water flows in a horizontal smooth pipe. State the changes that would be

observed in the nature of the flow if the speed of the water is steadily increased from low to high value?

  1. The figure below shows a pith ball in a flask. When a jet of air is blown

over the mouth of the flask as shown, the pith ball is observed to rise from  the bottom.

 

 

 

 

Explain the observation

  1. State Bernoulli’s principle.                                                    (1 mark)

Figure 2 shows a tube of varying cross sectional area. V1V2V3 and V4 represents the speeds of water as it flows steadily though the sections of the tube.

 

 

 

Arrange the speeds V1, V2,V3 and V4 in decreasing order starting with the highest.

 

  1. Water flows along a horizontal pipe of cross sectional area 30cm2. The speed of the water is 4m/s but it reaches 7.5m/s in a constriction in the pipe. Calculate the area of the constriction.
  2. A heart pumps blood at a rate of 1.8 x 103 cm3/ min though its aorta is of cross sectional area 0.6 cm3. The blood spreads into a capillary network that is equivalent to about 4 x 106 fine tubes each of diameter 6 x 10-3cm.

Calculate:

  • The average velocity of blood in the aorta
  • The average blood velocity in the capillary tubes.

 

FORM THREE WORK

TOPIC 1

LINEAR MOTION

PAST K.C.S.E QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. a) The diagram below shows part of the motion of a tennis ball, which is projected vertically upwards from the ground and allowed to bounce on the ground. Use this information to answer questions that follow.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Describe the motion of the ball relating it to different positions of the ball along the following AB, BC, CDE.
  2. ii) From the graph, calculate the acceleration due to gravity.

iii)                   How high does the ball rise initially?

  1. iv) Explain why E is not at the same level as A.
  2. Sketch a velocity- time graph showing the motion of a ball vertically upwards with an initial velocity of u.
  3. Calculate the acceleration shown by the tickers-tape that was made using a ticker timer vibrating at 50HZ.

 

 

 

 

  1. What is the difference between speed and velocity?

5.An object is projected vertically upwards at a speed of 15m/s. How long will it take to return to the same level of projection?

6.A block slides off a horizontal table 4 meters high with a velocity of 12-m/s. Find:

  1. a)      The horizontal distance from the table at which the block hits the floor.
  2. b) The horizontal and vertical components of the velocity when it reaches the floor.

7.A particle initially at A moves along an arc AB of a horizontal circle of radius 4m and centre O.A is south of O and angle AOB is 600. Determine the displacement AB.

 

 

 

 

 

8.The figure represents dots made by a ticker-timer. The dots were made at a frequency of 50 dots per second. (Diagram not drawn to scale)

 

 

 

 

  1. a) What is time interval between two consecutive dots?
  2. b) The arrow on the tape indicates the dots made at time t = 0. Copy the

diagram and indicate in a similar way the dots made at t= 0.1s, 0.2s, 0.3s.

  1. c) Determine the average velocities of the tape over time intervals -0.02s to

0.02s, 0.08s to 0.12s, 0.18s to 0.22s and 0.28s to 0.32s

  1. d) Draw a suitable graph and from it determine the acceleration of the tape.

9.A mass is projected horizontally from height of 5m above the ground with a velocity of 30m/s. Calculate:

  1. a) The time taken to reach the ground
  2. b) The horizontal distance traveled before hitting the ground
  3. c) The vertical velocity with which the mass hits the ground
  4. The data in the table below represents the motion over a period of 7

seconds

 

Time s 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
D is m 0 20 40 60 80 95 105 110
  1. a) Plot on graph paper a graph of displacement (y-axis) against time.
  2. b) Describe the motion of the vehicle for the first 4 seconds.
  3. c) Determine the velocities at 4.5s and 6.5 s. Hence or otherwise determine the average acceleration of the vehicle over this time interval.
  4. a) A body accelerates uniformly from initial velocity, U to the final velocity

V, in time t, the distance traveled during this time interval is S.  If the acceleration is shown by the letter a, show that;

 

  1. i) V= U + at            ii) s= ut + ½ at2           iii) V2 =U2 + 2 as

 

  1. b) A body initially moving at 50m/s decelerates uniformly at 2m/s until it come to rest. What distance does it cover from the time it started to decelerate?
  2. An object dropped from a height h attains a velocity of 6m/s just before

hitting the ground, find the value of h.

13.: a)  A stone is thrown vertically upwards from the edge of a platform

eventually the stone lands without bouncing on the ground below the platform. Taking the upward velocity to be positive, sketch the velocity-time graph of the motion of the stone.

  1. b)     A car can be brought to rest from a speed of 200m/s in a time of 2s.
  2.   i)         Calculate the average deceleration
  3.   ii)        If the driver reaction time is 0.2s, Determine the shortest stopping

distance.

 

14.:      The figure shows a speed-time graph for part of the journey of a motorcar.

 

 

 

 

Determine the distance the car travels in the first 40 seconds

  1. Draw axes and sketch a graph of velocity (v versus time (t) for uniformly

accelerated motion given that when t = 0, v is greater than zero.

  1. a) The figure below shows the displacement time graph of the motion of a

particle.

 

 

 

 

 

 

State the nature of the motion of the particle between:

  1. i) A and B
  2. ii) B and C

iii) C and D

  1. b) A ball is thrown horizontally from the top of a vertical tower and strikes the ground at a point 50m from the bottom of the tower. Given that the height of the tower is 45m, determine the;-
  2. i) Time taken by the ball to hit the ground
  3. ii) Initial horizontal velocity of the ball.

iii) Vertical velocity of the ball, just before striking the ground. (Take acceleration due to gravity g as 10ms-2)

  1. The graph bellows shows how the velocity varies with time for a body

thrown vertically upwards.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Determine the total distance moved by the body.                             (3mks)

  1. A bullet is fired horizontally from a platform 15m high. If the initial speed

is 300ms-1, determine the maximum horizontal distance covered by the bullet.                                                                                                  (3mks)

  1. Fig 14 shows the velocity-time graph for a small metal sphere falling

through a viscous fluid.

 

 

 

 

 

On the axes provided sketch the graph of momentum against time for the same mass                                                                                           (1mk)

Given that the reading of the spring balance is 0.6N, determine the weight of the bar.                                                                                                (3mks)

 

The graph in figure 6 shows the velocity of a car in the first 8 seconds as it accelerates from rest along a straight line.  Use the graph to answer question 19 and 20.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Determine the distance traveled 3.0 seconds after the start.       (3mks)

Determine the acceleration of the car at 4.0 seconds.                 (2mks)

 

  1. A bomber flying horizontally at 100m/s releases a bomb from a height of 300m. Calculate:
  2. a) Time taken for the bomb to hit the ground.

The horizontal distance traveled when hitting the ground.

  1. c) The magnitude and direction of the velocity when hitting the ground?

22  An airplane is flying horizontally over a camp at 250m/s and drops a pack.  How far from the camp will the pack land if the plane was flying 300m above the ground?

  1. An object is projected horizontally at a velocity of 40m/s from a cliff 20m high. Calculate:
  2. a) The time taken to hit the ground
  3. b) The distance from the foot of the cliff when the object hits the ground.
  4. A ball-bearing X is dropped vertically downwards, from the edge of a table and it takes 0.5s to hit the floor below. Another bearing Y leaves the edge of the table horizontally with a velocity of 5m/s. find:
  5. a) The time taken for bearing Y to reach the floor.
  6. b) The horizontal distance traveled by Y before hitting the floor.
  7. c) The height of the table-top above the floor level.
  8. A helicopter, which was ascending vertically at a steady velocity of 20m/s, released a parcel that took 20 second to reach the ground.
  9. i) State the direction in which the parcel moved immediately it was released.
  10. ii) Calculate the time taken by the parcel to reach the ground from the maximum height.

iii) Calculate the velocity of the parcel when it strikes the ground.

  1. iv) Calculate the maximum height above the ground the parcel reached.
  2. v) What was the height of the helicopter at the instant the parcel was dropped.
  3. A stone is thrown horizontally from a building that is 50 m high above a horizontal ground. The stone hits the ground at a point, which is 65m from the foot of the building. Calculate the initial of the stone.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOPIC 2

REFRACTION OF LIGHT

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. The diagram below shows a transparent water tank containing water. An

electric light is fixed at corner A of the tank.  A light ray from the slit shines on the water surface BC at an angle of 480 as shown

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) i)         Determine the angle of refraction for the ray shown in the diagram.
  2. ii) Complete the diagram to show the refracted ray.
  3. b) Determine the angle of incidence for which the angle of refraction is 900
  4. c) Calculate the speed of light in water (nw = 4/3, C= 3 x 108ms)
  5. The figure shows the path of a yellow light through a glass prism. The

speed of yellow light in the prism is 1.88 x 108  m/s.

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Determine the refractive index of the prism material for the light. (Speed of light in vacuum = 3.0 x 108 ms-1)
  2. b) Show on the figure the critical angle C and determine the value.
  3. c) Given that r= 21.20, determine angle Q.
  4. d) On the same figure, sketch the path of the light after striking the prism if the prism was replaced by another of similar shape but lower refractive index. (Use dotted line for your answer).
  5. 2002: The figure below shows two rays A and B entering a semi circular glass

block which has critical angle of 420.  The rays are incident at an air glass boundary at point O

 

 

 

 

 

Complete the path of the two rays from point O. Label A1 and B1 the corresponding rays.

  1. A ray of light is directed at an angle of 500 on to a liquid-air boundary.

The refractive index of the liquid is 1.4.

Show on a diagram the patch taken by the ray on striking the liquid-air boundary.  Show how you arrive at your answer.

  1. Figure 13 shows a coin placed in a large empty container. An observer

looking into the container from the position shown is unable to see the coin.

 

 

 

 

 

Sketch two rays from a point on the coin to show how the observer is able to see the image of the coin after the container is filled with water.

Figure 6 show a ray of light incident on the face of a water prism.

 

 

 

 

 

Sketch the path of the rays as it passes through the prism. Critical angle for water is 490                                                                             (1mk)

 

  1. Calculate the refractive index of glass given that the velocity of light in air is 3x 108 ms-1 and velocity of light in glass is 2.4 x 108ms-1.
  2. The real thickness of crown glass block of refractive index 1.58 is 10cm is 10cm. Calculate the apparent thickness of the glass.
  3. You are provided with the following;

-A 50cm beaker full of water.

-Stand and clangs

-A half metre rule

-2 optical pins

-Cork

  1. a) Explain briefly how you would determine the refraction index of water using the materials provided.
  2. b) The data below shows the results obtained when such an experiment was performed by form three students using various values of real depths, Y of a liquid.

 

Real depth cm 30 50 70 90 110 130
Apparent depth cm 22 37 52 66 81 96
  1. i) Plot a graph of the real depth (y-axis) against apparent depth.
  2. ii) From the graph, determine the refractive index of the liquid.
  3. Paraffin has a greater refractive index than that of water. Comment about the relative velocity of light in paraffin and in water.
  4. a) State SNELL’S LAW
  5. b) A ray of light travels from air into medium 1 and 2 as shown.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Calculate;

  1. i) The refractive index of medium 1.
  2. ii) Critical angle of medium 1

iii) The refractive index of medium 2 relative to medium (1n2)

  1. Explain with the aid of a diagram, how a suitable glass prism may be used to turn a ray of light 1800
  2. What measurable quantity is associated with colour of light?
  3. State TWO uses of total internal reflection.
  4. The graph shown below shows, the apparent depth (y-axis) against real depth. Use it to calculate the refractive index of glass.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The refractive index for air-water boundary is 4/3. Calculate the critical cycle for water–air interface.

 

TOPIC 3

NEWTON’S LAW OF MOTION

PAST K.C.S.E QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. Two masses of 3kg and 7kg are connected by a light string. The 3 kg mass rests on a smooth incline plane 300 to the horizontal. The 7 kg mass hangs freely from the frictionless pulley attached to the top of plane.
  2. i) Draw a diagram showing the bodies and identify the forces acting on the 3 kg mass.
  3. ii) Calculate the acceleration of the masses.
  4. A rocket propelled upward with a constant thrust. Assuming friction due

to air is negligible and the burning of the fuel is steady.  Explain its motion.

  1. A 2 kg body slides down a smooth slope from a height of 5m. As it

reaches the horizontal, it strikes another body of mass 3 kg which is at rest.  Both bodies stick together.  Calculate the velocity of the bodies after collision.

  1. A girl of mass 40 kg stands on a scale balance in a lift. The lift is

accelerating upwards.  At one instant the acceleration of the lift is 2m/s.  Calculate the reading on the scale at that instant.

  1. The diagram shows a tall measuring cylinder containing a viscous liquid.

A very small steel ball is released from rest at the surface of the liquid as shown. Sketch the velocity- time graph for the motion of the ball from the time it is released to the time just before it reaches the bottom of the cylinder.

  1. A body of mass 5 kg is ejected vertically from the ground when a force of

600N acts on it for 0.1s.  Calculate the velocity with which the body leaves the ground.

  1. a) i) A body is initially in motion.  If no external force acts on the body,

describe the subsequent motion.

  1. ii)     A car of mass 800 kg is initially moving at 25 m/s.  Calculate the

force needed to bring the car to the rest over a distance of 20 m.

  1. b) Two trolleys of masses 2 kg and 1.5 kg are traveling towards each other at 0.25m/s and 0.40 m/s respectively. Two trolleys combine on collision.
  2. i) Calculate the velocity of the combined trolleys.
  3. ii) In what direction do the trolleys move after collision?
  4. a) The diagram shows a block of mass 5 kg sliding down from rest on

a plane incline at an angle of 300 to the horizontal. A frictional force of 6N acts between the block and the plane.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Copy the diagram and show the forces acting on the block.
  2. ii) Calculate the resultant force on the block.

iii)       Calculate the time taken by the block to cover the distance of

25cm.

  1. b) The table shows the value of the resultant force, F, and the time t for a bullet traveling inside the gun barrel after the trigger is pulled.

Force, F (N)                            360  340  300  240   170  110

Time, (t) (milliseconds)         3         4       8    12     17    22

(i)        Plot a graph of Force, f against time t.

  1. ii) Determine from the graph.
  2. i) The time required for the bullet to travel the length of the barrel assuming that the force becomes zero just at the end of the barrel.
  3. ii)       The impulse of the force.

iii)       Given that the bullet emerges from the muzzle of the gun

with a velocity of 200 m/s, calculate the mass of the bullet.

  1. 1993: The diagram shows two identical strings A and B attached to a large mass
  2. String A is attached to the ceiling. State the reason why string B cuts when its free and is suddenly pulled downward.

 

 

  1. 1994: The fig. shows a 2 kg block attached to 0.5 kg mass by a light inextensible

string which passes over a pulley.  The force of friction between the horizontal bench and block is 3N.  The block is released from rest so that both masses move through a distance of 0.6m.  Calculate the velocity of the string.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. A trolley is moving at constant speed in a friction compensated track.

Some plasticine is dropped on the trolley and sticks to it. State with a reason what is observed about the motion of the trolley.

  1. Fig. 4 shows a block of mass 30.0 kg being pulled up a slope by force P at

a constant speed.  The frictional force on the block is 20.0N

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) i)         On the same figure name and indicate other forces acting on the

block.

  1. ii) Determine the component of the weight acting on the trolley down the slope

iii)       Determine the value of P.

  1. b) On reaching the top of the slope, the block is left to run freely down the slope.
  2. i) Which one of the forces previously acting on the block would then act in the opposite direction?
  3. ii) Determine the acceleration of the block down slope.

iii)       What is the effect of increasing the angle of slope on your answer in (ii) above?

  1. 2002: A high jumper usually lands on a thick soft mattress. Explain how the

mattress helps in reducing the force of impact.

  1. 2003: A resultant force F acts on a body of mass m causing an acceleration a1 on

the body. When the same force acts on a body of mass 2m, it causes an acceleration a2. Express a2 in terms of a1.

15.

 

 

 

 

 

The figure above shows two trolleys of mass 2.0 kg and 1.5 kg traveling towards each other at 0.25m/s and 0.4m/s respectively.  The trolleys combine on collision.  Calculate the velocity of the combined trolley and show the direction in which they move after collision.

 

 

  1. Two identical stones A and B are released from the same height above the

ground.  B falls through air while A falls through water.  Sketch the graphs of kinetic energy (KE) against time (t) for each stone.  Label the graph appropriately.

  1. A trolley is moving at uniform speed along a track. A piece of plasticine is

dropped on the trolley and sticks on it. Explain why the trolley slows down.                                                                                                  (2 mks)

18.

  1. a) State the Newtons law of motion.                                                     (1 mk)
  2. b) A wooden block resting on a horizontal bench is given an initial velocity,

u, so that it slides on the bench surface for a distance, d, before coming to a stop.  The values of d were measured and recorded for various values of initial velocity.  Figure 10 shows the graph of u against d.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Determine the slope, s, of the graph
  2. ii) Given that u2 = 20kd, where k is a constant for the bench surface,

determine the value of k from the graph.

iii)       State how the value of k would be affected by change in the

roughness of the bench surface.

(c)       A car of mass 800kg starts from the rest and accelerates at 1.2ms-2. determine its momentum after it has moved 400m from the starting

 

  1. A force of 6N acts on a 2kg trolley and accelerates at 2 m/s2. Calculate the retarding force acting on the trolley.
  2. A boulder is sliding down a slope, with a uniform acceleration of 3 ms -2; calculate its velocity after it has slid 10m down the slope.
  3. A man whose mass is 70 kg stands on a spring weighing machine. When the lift starts to ascend its acceleration is 2.45m/s. What is the reading on the scale?
  4. A bullet of mass 22 g traveling at a velocity of 18/ms penetrates a sand bag and is brought to rest in 0.6 seconds. Find:

The depth of penetration in metres

The average retarding force of the sand

  1. A bullet of mass 10g traveling horizontally with a velocity of 300m/s strikes a block of wood of mass 290g which rests on rough horizontal floor. After impact they move together and come to rest after traveling a distance of 15m.

Calculate the common velocity of the bullet and the block.

Calculate the acceleration of the bullet and the block.

Calculate the coefficient of sliding friction between the block and the floor.

  1. a) A body of mass m initially at rest is acted on by a force F for a time t, as a result

its velocity changes to a final value V. Use this information to show that the gain is kinetic energy E= ½ MV 2

  1. b) Calculate the kinetic energy of a car of mass 1000 kg traveling at 36 km/h
  2. Under a driving force of 400N a car of mass 1250 kg has an acceleration of 2.5 m/s. Find the frictional force acting on the car.
  3. An apple of mass 100g falls a distance of 2.5m to the ground from a branch of a tree.
  4. a) Calculate the speed at which it hits the ground and the time taken for it to fall.

(Ignore air resistance).

  1. b) Assuming the apple takes 100 milliseconds to come to rest. Calculate the average

force experienced by the apple.

  1. A helicopter of mass 3000 kg rises vertically at a constant speed of 25 ms-1 if the acceleration due to gravity is 10 ms-2; determine the resultant force working on the helicopter.

 

 

 

TOPIC 4

WORK, ENERGY, POWER AND MACHINES

PAST K.C.S.E QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. 1990: The figure shows positions of a ball bouncing on a floor. State the energy

changes at C.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Explain why a burn from the steam of boiling water more severe that of water itself?
  2. b) An energy saving stove when burning steadily has an efficiency of 69%. The stove melts 0.03 kg lf ice 00C in 180 seconds.

Calculate: –

  1. i) The power rating of the stove.
  2. ii) The heat energy wasted by the stove.
  3. c) A pump uses 1g of a mixture of petrol and alcohol in the ratio 4:1 by mass to raise 1000 kg of water from a well 200m deep.
  4. i) How much energy is given by 1g of mixture?
  5. ii)             If the pump is 40% efficient, what mass of this mixture is needed to raise

the water?                   (1g of alcohol = 7000J, of petrol= 48000J)

  1. d) Suggest two energy changes that accompany the changing of a liquid in a vapour phase.
  2. A bullet of mass 0.80 g traveling at 400 m/s is stopped by a concrete wall.
  3. A small mass m is suspended freely at the lower end of a spring as shown.

The mass is displaced by a small distance and then released and allowed to oscillate. What form of energy does the mass have at a point midway between A and B?

 

 

 

 

 

 

.     What makes the amplitude of osculation of a simple pendulum to decrease with time?

  1. A screw advances 1mm when the screw is turned through two revolutions.

What is the pitch of the screw?

  1. A ball rolls on a table in a straight line. A part from the transitional

kinetic energy, state the other form of kinetic energy possessed by the ball.

  1. A car of mass 800 kg is initially moving at 25 m/s. Calculate the force

needed to bring the car to rest over a distance of 20 m.

  1. A workshop has the following simple machines for lifting heavy loads, a

wheel and axle, and a movable pulley. The wheel has a diameter of 30cm while the axle has diameter of 3.0cm.

  1. i) Sketch force diagrams to show how each machine works.
  2. ii) Assuming that the machines are perfect. Calculate the mechanical advantage for each of the machines and show which machine is more advantageous in lifting loads.
  3. A body has 16 Joules of kinetic energy. What would be its kinetic energy

if its velocity was double?

  1. Define the efficiency of a machine and give a reason why it can never be

100%

  1. a) The fig shows a loaded wheelbarrow. Indicate and label on the

diagram three forces acting on the wheelbarrow when a worker is just about to lift the handle.

 

 

 

 

  1. b) Suppose the handlebars of the wheelbarrow were extended, which force(s) would change and how?
  2. Sketch a labeled diagram to show how an arrangement of a single pulley

may be used to provide a mechanical advantage of 2.

  1. The fig. below shows a force distance graph for a car being on a horizontal

ground

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Calculate the total work done
  2. b) If the velocity just before reaching point D is 6m/s, calculate the power developed by the agent providing the force at this point.
  3. c) An electric pump can raise water from a lower-level reservoir to the high level reservoir to the high level reservoir at the rate of 3.0 x 105 kg per hour. The vertical height of the water is raised 360m. If the rate of energy loss in form of heat is 200 kW, determine the efficiency of the pump.
  4. The figure below shows how the potential Energy (P.E) of a ball thrown

vertically upwards.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On the same axes, plot a graph of kinetic energy of the ball.

  1. Using a pulley system, a girl lifts a load of 1800N using an effort of

400N. If the system is 65% efficient, determine the velocity ratio of the system.

  1. a) A crane lifts a load of 200 kg through a vertical distance of 3.0m in

6 seconds.  Determine the;

  1. i) Work done
  2. ii) Power developed by the crane

iii)       Efficiency of the crane given that it is operated by an electric

motor rated 12.5 kw.

  1. A certain machine uses an effort of 400N to raise a load of 600N. If the

efficiency of the machine is 75%, determine its velocity ration.     (3mks)

  1. Figure 5 shows a uniform bar of length 1.0 pivoted near one end. The bar

is kept in equilibrium by a spring balance as shown.

 

 

 

 

 

Given that the reading of the spring balance is 0.6N. Determine the weight of the bar.

  1. When an electric pump whose efficiency is 70% raises water to a height of 15m, water is delivered at the rate of 350 litres per minute.

What is the power rating of the pump?

What is the energy lost by the pump per second?

  1. In the arrangement shown, the mass of 30 kg hanging on the pulley helps to raise the unknown load. The person pulling up the other string finds that he had to do 800 Joules of work in order to raise the load 4m.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Calculate the value of the unknown mass.
  2. b) State the assumptions you make in calculating the value (a)           above
  3. A load of 100N is raised 20m in 50s. Calculate;

The gain in potential energy

The power developed

  1. Gitonga has a mass of 60kg and climbs up a slop of 200m long and inclined at an angle of 100 to the horizontal. Calculate the minimum work done by Gitonga.
  2. A force of 8N stretches a spring by 10cm. How much work is done in stretching this spring by 13cm?
  3. A simple pendulum is released from rest and it swings towards its lowest position. If the speed at the lowest position is 1.0m/s, calculate the vertical height of the bob when it is released.

 

 

TOPIC 5

CURRENT ELECTRICITY II

PAST K.C.S.E QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. A student learnt that a battery of eight dry cells each 1.5v has a total e.m.f of 12V the same as a car battery. He connected in series eight new dry batteries to his car but found that they could not start the engine. Give a reason for this observation
  2. a) You are required to determine the resistance per unit length of a nichrome wire x,

you are provided with A.D.C. power supply an ammeter and voltmeter.

  1. i) Draw a circuit diagram to show how you would connect the circuit.
  2. ii) Describe how you would use the circuit in (a) (i) above to determine the

resistance per unit length of x.

  1. b) i)         State Ohm’s Law.
  2. ii) A filament lamp and a thermostat are ohmic devices to a certain extent.
  3. c) i) Explain why moving coil meters are unstable for the use of alternating

voltages.

  1. d) Four 5W resistors are connected to a 10V d. c. supply as shown in the diagram below.

 

 

 

 

Calculate;-

  1. i) The effective resistance in the circuit.
  2. ii) The current I following in the circuit.
  3. Study the circuit diagram. Determine the potential drop across the 3 resistor.

 

 

 

 

  1. State two conditions that are necessary for a conductor to obey Ohm’s law.
  2. a) State Ohm’s law.
  3. b) Describe with aid of a diagram and experiment to verify Ohm’s law
  4. c) Two resistors R1 and R2 are connected in series to a 10V battery.  The current

flowing then is 0.5A.  When R1 only is connected to the battery the current flowing is 0.8A.

Calculate the

  1. i) Value of R2
  2. ii) Current flowing when R1 and R2 are connected in parallel with the same batter.
  3. d) Recharging is one of the practices of maintenance of accumulators. State two measurements, which need to be taken to help you decide when an accumulator is due for charging.
  4. A current of 0.08A passes in circuit for 2.5 minutes. How much charge passes through a point in the circuit?
  5. An ammeter, a voltmeter and a bulb are connected in a circuit so as to measure the current flowing and the potential difference across both. Sketch a suitable circuit diagram for the arrangement.
  6. a) In the circuit diagram shown, calculate the effective resistance between Y and Z.

 

 

 

 

  1. b) Determine the current through the 3W
  2. c) One of the 6W resistors has a length of 1m and cross-sectional area of

5.0 x 10-5m2. Calculate the resistivity of the material.

  1. In the circuit diagram five resistors are connected to a battery of e.m.f. 4V, and negligible internal resistance. Determine:

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) The total resistance of the circuit.
  2. ii) The current flowing through the 5.5m

iii)       The potentials at points Y and O.

  1. iv) The potential difference between Y and O
  2. An electric bulb with a filament of resistance 480W is connected to a 240V mains supply. Determine the energy dissipated in 2 minutes.
  3. A student wishes to investigate the relationship between current and voltage for a certain device X. In the space provide, draw a circuit diagram including two cells, rheostat, ammeter, voltmeter and the device X that would be suitable in obtaining the desired results.
  4. In the circuit diagram shown in figure 7, the ammeter has negligible resistance. When the switch S is closed, the ammeter reads 0.13A.

 

 

 

 

 

Determine the internal resistance of the cell.

13  a)   State Ohm’s law.

  1. b) The graph in figure 9 shows the current voltage characteristics of a device, X.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) State with a reason whether the device obeys Ohm’s laws.
  2. ii) Determine the resistance of the device, X, when the current through it is

60m A.

iii)       When the device, X, is connected in the circuit below, the voltage across it

is 0.70V.

 

 

 

 

Calculate the value of the resistance R.

  1. c) The cell in figure 10 has an emf of 2.1V and negligible internal resistance.

 

 

 

 

 

Determine the

  1. i) Total resistance in the circuit.
  2. ii) Current in the circuit

iii) Reading on the voltmeter

 

  1. The diagram below shows an electrc circuit. When the switch is close the ammeter reading is 0.3A

 

 

 

 

 

Determine the voltmeter reading.

  1. a) In the circuit diagram shown, calculate the effective resistance between Y and Z

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. b) Determine the current through the 3W
  2. A battery of e.m.f. 3v drives a current through a 20W resistor. The p.d across the resistor is 2.8v as measured by a voltmeter. Calculate the internal resistance of the battery.
  3. A torch uses two identical dry cells connected in series. When a bulb of resistance 2.0 ohm’s is connected across the cells the pd across the bulb is 2.0 v. When a bulb of resistance 1.5 ohms is used, the p.d is 1.8v, calculate the e.mf and internal resistance of each cell.
  4. Suppose a high–resistance voltmeter reads 1.5v connected across a dry battery on open circuit and 1.2v. when the same battery is in a closed circuit when it is supplying a current of 0.3A through a lamp of resistance R.

Draw a circuit diagram to show the above experiment when in;

  1. i) Open circuit
  2. ii) Closed circuit.

What is

  1. i) The emf of the battery.
  2. ii) The internal resistance of the battery

iii) The value of R?

  1. When a resistor is connected across the terminals of a battery a current of 0.20A flows.

What is the time taken for 2.0 coulombs of charge to pass a given point in the circuit?

If e.m.f of the battery is 4.0v and its internal resistance is 0.20hm determine the rate at which heat is produced in the resistor.

  1. a) State Ohm’s law.
  2. b) In an experiment to determine the resistance of a resistor x, it is connected in parallel with a 100 W The current through the combination and the p.d across the combination is tabulated as shown below.

 

Potential difference (v) 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 7.5
Current (A) 0.075 0.015 0.225 0.30 0.375

Draw a diagram of the circuit that could have been used

  1. c) i)         plot a graph of current against potential difference.
  2. ii) Calculate the gradient of the slope

iii)       Calculate the resistance of resistor x.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOPIC 6

WAVES II

PAST K.C.S.E QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. Explain how you would make a diffraction grating on a piece of glass

slide.

  1. One range of frequencies used in broadcasting varies from 0.5 x 100 Hz to

2.0 x 107 Hz.  What is the longest wavelength of this range? Velocity of light air =3×108 / s

  1. State one effect that would be observed when water waves pass from deep

to shallow water.

  1. The fig. shows a wave profile. Determine the frequency of the wave.

 

 

 

 

  1. What happens to the wavelength of a water wave when it moves from the

deep part to the shallow part of a ripple tank?

  1. A source generates 40 waves in a second. If the wavelength is 8.5m.

Calculate the time taken to reach a wall 102m from the source.

  1. What condition is necessary for a wave incident on a slit to be diffracted?
  2. a) Sketch a displacement-time graph of a wave of amplitude 0.5 cm

and frequency 4Hz over a time interval of 1.25s

  1. b) i)   State one condition not involving a phase difference for

interference pattern to be observed.

  1. ii) Two points sources s1 s2 oscillate in phase producing waves of wavelength = 1cm. The separation of the sources is 3cm
  2. a) Draw to scale a series of 10 semicircular lines to represent the wave fronts produced at intervals of one periodic time (T) for each of the two sources.
  3. b) Draw on the same diagram, lines which represent positions of constructive interference.
  4. c) Mark a point P on one of the lines drawn in II. Determine the magnitude of (S2P – S1P) in terms of wavelength.
  5. Light travels through glass of refractive index 1.5 with a speed v.

Calculate the value of v.  (Speed of light in air =3.0 x 108 m/s).

  1. Name a property of light that shows it is a transverse wave.
  2. In an experiment using a ripple tank the frequency, f of the electric pulse

generator was reduced to one third of its original value.  How does the new wave length compare with the initial wavelength?  Explain your answer.

  1. a) Distinguish between stationary and progressive waves.
  2. i) Describe how a young’s double slit may be made in a laboratory.
  3. ii) State the condition for a minimum to occur in an interference pattern.

The sketch graph shows the results of an experiment to study diffraction patterns using double silt.

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Sketch an experimental set up that may be used to obtain such a pattern.
  2. ii) Name an instrument for measuring intensity

iii)       Explain how the peaks labelled A and B and troughs labeled C are

formed.

  1. What measurable quantity is associated with colours of light?
  2. Circular water waves generated by a point source at the centre O of the

pond are observed to have the pattern shown in the Fig.  Explain the pattern.

 

 

 

 

  1. Explain how a piece of Polaroid reduces the sun’s glare.
  2. In an experiment to observe interference of light waves, a double slit is

place close to the source.

  1. i) State the function of the double silt.
  2. ii) Describe what is observed on the screen.

iii) State what is observed on the screen when

  1. a) The slit separation S1S2 is reduced.
  2. b) White light is used instead of monochromatic source.
  3. The Fig. shows an experimental arrangement. S1 and S2 are narrow slits.

State what is observed on the screen when the source is:-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Monochromatic          (ii)       White light
  2. (a) (i) Distinguish between transverse and longitudinal waves.

(ii)       Give one example of a transverse wave and one example of a longitudinal wave.

(b)       The fig shows the displacement of a practice in progressive wave incident on a boundary between deep and shallow regions.

 

 

 

 

 

(i)        Complete the diagram to show what is observed after boundary. (Assume no loss of energy).

(ii)       Explain the observation in (i) above.

  1. State one difference between mechanical and electromagnetic waves.
  2. Figure 4 shows the displacement-time graph for a certain wave.

 

 

 

Determine the frequency of the wave.                                   (3mks)

  1. Figures 5 (a) and (b). Show wave fronts incident on barriers blocking part of the path.

 

 

On the same figures sketch the wave fronts to show the behaviour of the waves as they pass each barrier and after passing the barrier.                                       (1mk)

 

  1. A source generates 40 waves per second. If the wavelength is 8.5cm. Calculate the time waves takes to reach a wall 120 meters from the source.
  2. A gun is fired and an echo heard at the same place 0.5 s later. How far is the barrier which reflected the sound from the gun? (Velocity of sound = 340 m/s)
  3. A man standing between two parallel walls fires a gun. He hears an echo after 1.5 seconds and another one after 2.5 seconds and yet another one after 4 seconds. Determine the separation of the walls. (Take velocity of sound 340 m/s)

 

TOPIC 7

ELECTROSTATICS II

PAST K.C.S.E QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. a) i)         State coulombs law of electrostatics force.
  2. ii)       Define capacitance.
  3. b) Describe how the type of charge on a charged metal rod can be determined.
  4. c) The fig. shows a hollow negatively charged sphere with metal disk attached to an insulator placed inside. State what would happen to the leaf of an uncharged electroscope if the metal disk were brought near the cap of electroscope. Give a reason for your answer.

 

 

 

 

  1. d) State two ways of charging the magnitude of the deflection of the leaf of an electroscope.
  2. e) The fig. shows an arrangement of capacitors connected to a 10v. D.C supply determine:-

 

 

 

 

  1. i) The charge stored in the 2mF capacitor
  2. ii) The total capacitance of the arrangement
  3. The figure below represents two parallel plates of a capacitor separated by a distance d. Each plate has an area of A square units.  Suggest two adjustments that can be made so as to reduce the effective capacitance.

 

 

 

 

  1. The Fig. Shows part of a circuit containing three capacitors. Write an expression for CT. The effective capacitance between A and B.

 

 

 

 

  1. State the law of electrostatic charge.
  2. The capacitors in the circuit in Fig. 14 are identical and initially uncharged.

 

 

 

 

Switch S1 is opened and switch S2 closed. Determine the final reading of the voltmeter, V.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. b) In the circuit diagram shown in Fig. 4 each cell has an e.m..f of 1.5 and internal resistance of 0.5W. The capacitance of each capacitor is 1.4m

When the switch s is closed determine the:

(i)  Ammeter reading

(ii) Charge on each capacitor

6    A 2mF capacitor is charged to a potential of 200V, the supply is disconnected. The capacitor is then connected to another uncharged capacitor.  The p.d. across the parallel arrangement is 80V. Find the capacitance of the second capacitor.

7    A 5mF capacitor is charged to a p.d of 200v and isolated.  It is then connected to another uncharged capacitor of 10mF.  Calculate

  1. i) The resultant p.d
  2. ii) The charge in each capacitor.

8    Three capacitors of 1.5mF, 2.0 mF and 3.0 mF are connected in series to p.d. of 12V.  Find;-

  1. a) The combined capacitance.
  2. b) The total charge stored in the arrangement
  3. c) The charge in each capacitor.

9    In the circuit of the figure 3 C1=2 mF, C2 =C3 = 0.5 mF and E is a 6V battery. Calculate the total charge and p.d across C1

 

 

 

 

  1. In an experiment to study the variation of charge stored on capacitor and the potential difference across it, the following results were obtained.

 

Charge Q (m) 0.08 0.16 0.24 0.32 0.40 0.56
p.d (v) 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 14.0

 

Plot a graph of charge Q. against p.d

Use your graph to determine:-

  1. a) Capacitance of the capacitor.
  2. b) Energy stored in the capacitor when the p.d across its plate is 10V.

 

 

 

 

TOPIC 8

HEATING EFFECT OF AN ELECTIC CURRENT

PAST K.C.S.E QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. An electric bulb rated 40W is operating on 240V mains. Determine the resistance of its filament
  2. When a current of 2A flows in a resistor for 10 minutes, 15KJ of electrical energy is dissipated. Determine the voltage across the resistor.
  3. How many 100W electric irons could be safely connected to a 240V moving circuit fitted with a 13A fuse?
  4. A heater of resistance R1 is rated P watts, V volts while another of resistance R2 is rated 2P watts, v/2 volts. Determine R1/R2

 

  1. State THREE factors which affect heating by an electric current.
  2. What is power as it relates to electrical energy?
  3. An electrical appliance is rated as 240V, 200W. What does this information mean?
  4. An electrical heater is labelled 120W, 240V.

Calculate;

  1. a) The current through the heating element when the heater is on.
  2. b) The resistance of the element used in the heater.
  3. An electric toy is rated 100W, 240V. Calculate the resistance of the toy when operating normally.

 

TOPIC 9

QUANTITY OF HEAT

PAST K.C.S.E QUESTIONS FROM THE TOPIC

  1. An electric heater rated 6000W is used to heat 1kg of ice initially at -100c

until all the mass turns to steam.  Given that

Latent heat of fusion =334kJ-1

Specific heat capacity of ice= 2,260J kg -1 K -1

Specific heat capacity of water = 4, 200J kg-1 K-1

Latent heat of vaporization = 2, 260KJ kg -1 K -1

Calculate the minimum time required for this activity.

2 a)            Explain why a burn from the steam of boiling water more severe

that of water itself?

  1. b) An energy saving stove when burning steadily has an efficiency of

60%.  The stove melts 0.03kg of ice at 00c in 180 seconds.

Calculate; –

  1. i) The power rating of the stove.
  2. ii) The heat energy wasted by the stove.
  3. c) A pump uses a mixture of petrol and alcohol in the ratio 4: 1 by mass to raise 100kg of water from a well 200m deep.
  4. i) How much energy is given by 1g of mixture?
  5. ii) If the pump is 40% efficient, what mass of this mixture is needed to raise the water?
  6. d) i) Suggest two energy changes that accompany the changing

of a liquid in a vapour phase.

  1. ii) Explain why the time calculated in (i) above is minimum
  2. An immersion heater rated 90W is placed in a liquid of mass 2kg. When

the heater is switched on for 15 minutes, the temperature of the liquid rises from 200C to 300C. Determine the specific heat of the liquid.

  1. State two factors that would raise the boiling point of water to above 1000c
  2. a) State what is meant by the term specific latent heat of vaporization
  3. b) In an experiment to determine the specific latent heat of vaporization of water, steam at 1000c was passed into water contained in a well-lagged copper calorimeter. The following measurements were made:

Mass of calorimeter   = 50g

Initial mass of water   = 70g

Final mass of calorimeter + water + condensed steam = 123g

Final temperature of mixture = 300C

(Specific heat capacity of water = 4200 J kg -1K and specific heat capacity for copper = 390 J kg -1 K-1)

Determine the

  1. i) Mass of condensed steam
  2. ii) Heat gained by the calorimeter and water

iii)       Given that L is the specific latent heat of evaporation of steam

  1. Write an expression for the heat given out by steam
  2. Determine the value of L.
  3. A heating element rated 2.5 KW is used to raise the temperature of 3.0 kg

of water through 500C.  Calculate the time required to effect this.  (Specific heat capacity of water is 4200 J/kgK)

  1. An electric heater is connected to the mains supply. A fault in the mains

reduces the supply potential slightly. Explain the effect on the rate of heating of the heater.                                                                           (3mk)

  1. In an experiment to determine the power of an electric heater, melting ice

was placed in a container with an outlet and the heater placed in the ice as shown in Fig. 2. The heater was connected to a power supply and switched on for some time.  The melted ice was collected.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Other than the current and voltage, state the measurement that would be taken to determine the quantity of heat absorbed by the melted ice in unit time. (2mks)
  2. b) If the latent heat of fusion of ice is L, show how measurements in (i) above would be used in determining the power P, of the heater, (2mks)
  3. c) It is found that the power determined in this experiment is lower than the manufacturer’s value indicated on the heater.                    (1mk)

Fig 11 shows the variation of temperature ‘q’ with time t, when an immersion heater is used to heat a certain liquid.  Study the figure and answer questions 9 and 10.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. State the reason for the shape of the graph in the section labelled BC.                                                                                                                   (1mk)
  2. Sketch on the same axes the graph for another liquid of the same mass but

higher specific heat capacity when heated from the same temperature.                                                                                                                              (1 mk)

11State two factors that affect the melting point of ice.             (2mks)

12.

  1. a) Define the term specific latent heat of vaporization of a substance.

(1mk)

  1. b) Figure 11 shows the features of a domestic refrigerators. A volatile liquid circulates the capillary tubes under the action of the compression pump.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)              State the reason for using a volatile liquid.               (1mk)

(ii)             Explain how the volatile liquid is made to vaporize in the cooling compartment and to condense in the cooling fins.

(2mks)

(iii)                        Explain how cooling takes place in the refrigerator.            (3mks)

(iv)                        What is the purpose of the double wall?                   (1mk)

  1. c) Steam of mass 3.0g at 1000c is passes into water of mass 400g at 100 The final temperature of the mixture is T. The container absorbs negligible heat. (Specific latent heat of vaporization of steam= 2260 kJ/kg, specific heat capacity of water= 4200Jk-1)
  2. i) Derive an expression for the heat lost by the steam as it condenses to water at temperature T. (2mks)
  3. ii) Derive an expression for the heat gained by the water.        (2mks)

iii) Determine the value of T.                                                      (2mks)

 

  1. A can together with stirrer of total head capacity 60j/k contains 200g of water at 100 c. dry steam at 1000c is passed in while the water is stirred until the whole reaches a temperature of 300c Calculate the mass of steam condensed.
  2. An immersion heater which takes a current of 3A from 240V mains raised the temperature of 10kg of water 300c to 500c. How long did it take?
  3. 100g of boiling water are poured into a metal vessel weighing 800g at a temperature of 200c if the final temperature is 500c. What is the specific heat capacity of the metal? (Specific Heat capacity of water 4.2 x 103J/kgk)
  4. 0.02kg of ice and 0.01kg of water 00c are in a container. Steam at 1000c is passed in until all the ice is just melted. How much water is now in the container?
  5. In a domestic oil-fired boiler, 0.5kg of water flows through the boiler every second. The water enters the boiler at a temperature of 300c and leaves at a temperature of 700c, re-entering the boilers after flowing around the radiators at 300c. 3.0x 107J of heat is given to the water by each kilogram of oil burnt.  The specific heat capacity of water is 4200Jkg -1K-1

Use the information above to calculate the energy absorbed by the water every second as it passes through the boiler

Use the same information above to calculate the mass of oil which would need to be burnt in order to provide this energy.

  1. You are provided with two beakers. The first beaker contains hot water at 700c. The second beaker contains cold water at 200c.  The mass of hot water is thrice that of cold water.  The contents of both beakers are mixed.  What is the temperature of the mixture?
  2. Calculate the heat evolved when 100g of copper are cooled from 900c to 100c. (Specific Heat Capacity of Copper = 390J/Kgk).
  3. An-immersion heater rated 150w is placed in a liquid of mass 5 kg. When the heater is switched on for 25 minutes, the temperature of the liquid rises from 20 – 2700c. Determine the specific heat capacity of the liquid.  (Assume no heat losses)

 

 

TOPIC 10

THE GAS LAW

PAST QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. a) The table shows the results, which were obtained in an experiment

on the behaviour of a gas.

Temperature 0C 15 30 45 60 76 90
Volume (Cm3)   42 45 47.5 51 54 57

(i)  Plot a graph of volume against temperature,

(ii) Using the graph, determine the constant of proportionally k of the relationship for this range of temperature.

  1. b) The pressure of helium gas of volume 10cm3 decreases to one third of its original value at a constant temperature. Determine the final volume of the gas.
  2. On a certain day when the temperature is 370c, the pressure in an open gas

jar is 640mm of mercury. The jar is then sealed and cooled to the temperature of 170c.

Calculate the final pressure.

  1. a) State Boyle’s Law.
  2. b) The table shows the results of Boyle’s law experiment.

 

Pressure (Atmospheres) 1 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.3 2.6 3.2 2.7
Length of air column L(MM) 441 31 27.522 22 18 16 12.5 11

 

  1. i) Copy the table and add values of 1/L (mm-1)
  2. ii) With the aid of a labelled diagram describe the apparatus and arrangements used in getting these results.

iii)       Plot a graph of pressure against 1/L

  1. A student used the set up to investigate the variation of the volume of a

trapped mass of air with pressure at constant temperature.  By raising the open end of the tube he measured the corresponding values of the length I of the air column and the excess pressure, h.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)       In determining the volume V of the air he measured the length I of the air column.

(i)        What is the relationship between I and V?

(ii)       State the assumption made?

(iii)      what is the significance of the excess pressure.

 

 

(b) The table shows the results obtained using the set up.

Volume of gas (cm3) 5.1 5.5 6.0 6.8 8.2 9.7
Excess pressure 291 224 123 77 -55 -139

 

 

(i)        What does the negative excess pressure mean?

(ii)       Copy the table and add the values of I/V (cm3) and plot a graph of I/V against excess pressure.

(iii)      From the graph:

  1. a) Write an expression relating pressure and the volume of air.
  2. b) Determine the slope of the graph.
  3. c) Find the value of x of I/V when h = 0 and hence evaluate x/s. Comment on your answer.
  4. a) i) Draw and label a diagram of the apparatus you would use to verify

Charle’s law.

  1. ii)    Describe how to use the apparatus to verify the law.
  2. b) A gas has a volume of 20cm3 at 270C and normal atmospheric pressure. Calculate the new volume of the gas if it is heated to 540C at the same pressure.
  3. c) Show that the density of a fixed mass of gas is directly proportional to the pressure at constant temperature.
  4. The figure shows changes in pressure, P, and volume V for a fixed mass of

a certain gas.  Write down a statement of the gas law, which holds true from A to B.  (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) State the law that relates the volume of a gas to the temperature of

the gas.

  1. b) The fig. below shows an experimental set up that may be used to investigate one of the laws. The glass tube has a uniform bore and it is graduated in millimeters.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Describe how the experiment is carried out and explain how the results obtained verify the law.
  2. ii) State two limitations of the set up.
  3. Draw axes and sketch the P – V graph for a gas obeying Boyle’s Law.
  4. Two identical containers A and B are placed on a bench. Container A is

filled with oxygen gas and B with hydrogen gas masses.  If the containers are maintained at the same temperature, state with reason, the container in which pressure is higher.

  1. a) The figure below shows a simple set up for pressure law apparatus.

Describe how the apparatus may be used to verify pressure law.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. b) The graph in the figure below shows the relationship between the pressure and temperature for a fixed mass of an ideal gas at constant volume.
  2. i) Given that the relationship between pressure, P, and temperature, t in Kelvin is of the form P=kT + C, where k and C are constants, determine from the graph, values of k and C.
  3. ii) Why would it be impossible for pressure of the gas to be reduced to zero in practice?
  4. c) A gas is put into a container of fixed volume at a pressure of 2.1 x 105 Nm-2 and temperature 270 The gas is then heated to a temperature of 3270C.  Determine the new pressure.
  5. Draw axes and sketch a graph of pressure (p) against reciprocal of volume

(1/v) for a fixed mass of an ideal gas at a constant temperature.

  1. A balloon is filled with air to a volume of 200ml at a temperature of 293 k.

Determine the volume when the temperature rises to 353 k at the same pressure                                                                                              (3mks)

The graph in figure 7 shows the relationship between the pressure and temperature for an ideal gas.  Use this information in the figure to answer questions 13 and 14.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. State the unit of the horizontal axis. (1mk)
  2. Write a statement of the gas law represented by the relationship. (1mk)
  3. A balloon filled with organ gas a volume of 200 cm3 at the earth’s surface where the temperature is 200C, and the pressure 760mm of mercury. If it is allowed to ascend to a height where the temperature is 00C and the pressure 100mm of mercury, calculate the volume of the balloon.
  4. A mass of Oxygen occupies a volume of 0.01m3 at a pressure of 1 x 105 pa and a temperature 00C. If the pressure is increased to 5 x 106 pa and the temperature is increased to 250C. What volume will the gas occupy?
  5. An empty barometer tube of length 90cm is lowered vertically with its mouth downwards into a tank of water. What will be the depth at the top of the tube when the water has risen 15cm inside the tube, given that the atmospheric pressure is 10m head of water?
  6. A hand pump suitable for inflating a football has a cylinder which is 0.24m in length and an internal cross-sectional area of 5.0 x 10-4 m2. To inflate the football the pump handle is pushed in and air is pumped through a one-way valve. The valve opens to let air in to the ball when the air pressure in the pump has reached 150 000 pa. (Assume the air temperature remains constant}
  7. a) If the pressure in the pump is initially 100 000 pa, calculate how far the piston must be pushed inwards before the one way valves opens.

(b) When the one-way valve opens the total pressure in the cylinder will be 150 000 pa.  What force will be exerted on the piston by the air in the cylinder?

 

FORM FOUR WORK

TOPIC 1

THIN LENSES

PAST K.C.S.E QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. The figure below shows how a distant object is focused in a defective eye.

 

 

 

 

  1. i) State the nature of the defect.
  2. ii) Suggest suitable lens to correct the defect.
  3. a) You are provided with a rectangular glass block, two pins and a

piece of white paper. Describe how you would use them to determine the refractive index of the glass using real and apparent image method.

  1. b) An object O is placed 15cm from a converging lens of focal length 10cm.
  2. i) At what distance should a screen be placed so that a focused image is formed on it?
  3. ii) A diverging lens of focal length 37.5 cm is placed half way between the converging lens and the screen. How far should the screen be from the diverging leans in order to receive a focused image?
  4. c) Two lenses L1 and L2 placed 12cm from each other. The focal length of L2 is 4cm. An object 5mm high is placed 4cm from L1.
  5. i) Construct a scaled ray diagram on a graph paper to obtain the position of the final image as would be observed by a person on the right hand side of L2
  6. ii) Determine the magnification obtained by the arrangement.
  7. The figure below represents and object O placed 10cm in front of a

diverging lens. F is the focal point of the lens.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Draw rays to locate the position of the image. Determine the image distance.

 

  1. A vertical object is placed at the focal point F of a diverging lens as shown

in figure 16.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sketch a ray diagram to show the image of the object.                     (3mks)

  1. a) Describe with the aid of labeled diagram an experiment to

determine the focal length of the lens when provided with the following; an illuminated object, a convex lens, a lens holder, a plane mirror and a metre rule.                                                         (5mk)

  1. b) A small vertical object is placed 28cm in front of a convex lens of focal length 12cm. On the grid provided, draw a ray diagram to locate the image. The lens position is shown. (Use a scale: 1 cm represents 4 cm).
  2. c) 1 shows a human eye with a certain defect.

 

 

  1. i) Name the defect. (1mk)
  2. ii) On the same diagram, sketch the appropriate lens to correct the defect and sketch rays to show the effect of the lens. (2mks)

 

 

  1. a) Figures 11 (a) and (b) show diagrams of the human eye.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Sketch in figure 11(a) a ray diagram to show short sightedness. (1mk)
  2. ii) Sketch in figure 11(b) a ray diagram to show how a lens can be used to correct the shortsightedness. (2mks)
  3. b) Figure 12 shows the features of a simple camera.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Name the parts labelled A and B. (2mks)
  2. ii) A still object is placed at a certain distance from the camera. Explain the adjustments necessary for a clear image of the object to be formed.                                                                       (2mks)

iii)       State the functions of the shutter and the parts labelled A and B                                                                                               (3mks)

  1. c) A lens forms clear image on a screen when the distance between the screen and the object is 80cm. If the image is 3 times the height of the object, determine
  2. i) The distance of the image from the lens.                  (3mks)
  3. ii) The focal length of the lens.                                      (2mks)

 

  1. An image formed on a screen is three times the size of the object. The object and the screen are 80cm apart when the image is sharply focused. Determine the focal length of the lens.
  2. A luminous object and a screen are placed on an optical bench a converging lens is placed between them to throw a sharp image of the object on the screen, the magnification is found to be 2.5. The lens is now moved 30cm nearer to the screen and a sharp image is again formed. Calculate the focal length of the lens.
  3. An object is placed 16cm from a converging lens of focal length 12cm. Find.

(i)  Position of image.

(ii) Nature and

(iii)            Magnification of the image.

  1. An object is placed 15cm from a diverging lens and the image is formed 6cm from the lens. What is the focal length of the lens?
  2. Calculate the power of a lens whose focal length is given as 10cm.
  3. Explain differences between the eye and the camera. State also the similarities.

 

 

TOPIC 2

UNIFORM CIRCULAR MOTION

PAST K.C.S.E QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. A light inextensible string of length L is fixed at its upper end and support

a mass m at the other end.  m is rotated at horizontal plane or radius r as shown. The maximum tension the string can withstand without breaking is 2N.  Assuming the string breaks when the radius is maximum, calculate the velocity of the mass when the string breaks, given that L 1.25m, and m= 0.1kg.

  1. The diagram below shows a mass m, which is rotated in a vertical circle.

The speed of the mass is gradually increased until the string breaks. The string breaks when the mass is at its lowest position A and at a speed of 30ms-1. Point a is 5m above the ground.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Show on the diagram.
  2. i) The initial direction of the mass at the point the string breaks.
  3. ii) The path of the mass from A until it strikes the ground at a point b.
  4. b) Calculate;
  5. i) The time the mass takes to reach the ground after breaking off.
  6. ii) The horizontal distance the mass travels before it strikes the ground.

iii) The vertical velocity with which the mass strikes the ground.

  1. State the principle by which a speed governor limits the speed of a vehicle.
  2. The rear wheel of a certain car has a diameter of 40cm. At a certain speed

of the car, the wheel makes 7 revolutions per second. A small stone embedded in the tyre tread flies off initially at an angle of 450 to the ground. Determine the initial velocity of the pebble (take p = 22/7)

  1. a) Explain why a pail of water can be swung in a vertical circle

without the water pouring out.

  1. b) A car of mass 1,200kg is moving with a velocity of 25m/s around a flat bend of radius 150m. Determine the minimum frictional force between the tyres and the road that will prevent the car from sliding off.
  2. a) The fig shows the diagram of a set up to investigate the variation

of centripetal force with the radius r of the circle in which a body rotates. Describe how the set up can be used to carry out the investigation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. b) The table shows results obtained from an investigation similar to the one in part (a)
Mass, m(g) 60 50 40 30 20
Radius, r (cm) 50 41 33 24 16

 

  1. i) Plot a graph of force, F (y-axis) on the body against the radius r (in metre)
  2. ii) Given that the mass of the body is 100g, use the graph to determine the angular velocity.
  3. A small object moving in a horizontal circle of radius 0.2m makes 8

revolutions per second. Determine its centripetal acceleration.

  1. (a) Define the term angular velocity.                                          (1mk)

(b)       A body moving with uniform angular velocity found to have covered an angular distance 170 radians in t seconds. Thirteen seconds later it is found to have covered a total angular distance of 300 radians. Determine t                                                     (3mks)

(c)       Fig. 8 shows a body of mass m attached to the centre of rotating table with a string whose tension can be measure. (This device for measuring the tension is not shown in the figure).

 

 

 

 

 

The tension, T, on the string was measured for various values of angular velocity,

The distance r of the body from the centre was maintained at 30cm. Table 1 shows the results obtained.

Table 1

Angular Velocity (rads -1) 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0
Tension T (N) 0.04 0.34 0.76 1.30 1.96

(5mks)

  1. i) Plot the graph of T (y-axis) against W2
  2. ii) From the graph, determine the mass, m, of the body given that T= mw2r-C where C is a constant (4mks)

iii)Determine the constant C and suggest what it represents in the set up.

(2mks)

  1. A child of mass 20kg sits on a swing of length 4m and swings through a

vertical height of 0.9m as shown in the figure below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Determine the:

  1. i) Speed of the child when passing through the lowest point.
  2. ii) Force exerted on the child by the seat of the swing when passing through the lowest point.
  3. a)         State what is meant by centripetal acceleration?
  4. b) Figure 12 shows masses A, B and C placed at different points on a rotating table.

The angular velocity, @ of the table can be varied.

 

 

 

  1. i) State two factors that determine whether a particular mass slides off the table or not. (2mks)
  2. ii) It is found that masses slide off at angular velocities @A, @ @c of in decreasing order.                                                             (1mk)
  3. c) A block of mass 200g is placed on a frictionless rotating table while fixed to the centre of the table by a thin thread. The distance from the centre of the table to the block is 15cm. If the maximum tension the thread can withstand is 5.6N, determine the maximum angular velocity the table can attain before the thread cuts.                                                                       (4mks)

 

  1. Find the maximum speed with which a car of mass 100kg can take a corner of radius 20m if the coefficient of friction between the road and the tyres is 0.5.
  2. An object of mass 0.5kg is rotated in a horizontal circle by a string 1m long. The maximum tension in the string before it breaks is 50N. Calculate the greatest number of revolutions per second the object can make.
  3. An astronaut is trained in a centrifuge that has an arm length of 6m. If the astronaut can stand the acceleration of 9g. What is the maximum number of revolutions per second that the centrifuge can make?
  4. A small body of 200g revolves uniformly on a horizontal frictionless surface attached by a cord 20cm long to a pin set on the surface. If the body makes two revolutions per second. Find the tension of the cord.
  5. A circular highway curve on a level ground makes a turn 900. The highway carries traffic at 120km/h. Knowing that the centripetal force on the vehicle is not to exceed 1/10 of its weight, calculate the length of the curve.
  6. A turntable of record player makes 33 revolutions per minute. What is the linear velocity of a point 0.12m from the center?
  7. An object 0.5kg on the end of a string is whirled around in a vertical circle of radius 2m, with a speed of 10m/s. What is the maximum tension in the string?

 

 

 

TOPIC 3

FLOATING AND SINKING

PAST K.C.S.E QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. State how a hydrometer may be used to test whether a car battery is fully

charged.

  1. Determine the density of glass that weighs 0.5N in air and 0.3N in water.
  2. A mass of 120g half immersed in water displaced a volume of 20cm3.

Calculate the density of the object.

  1. A solid displaced 5.5 cm3 of paraffin when floating and 20cm3. Calculate

the density of the object.

5    The figure below shows a cube of a certain wood whose density is the

same as that of water. The cube is held on the surface of the water in a long cylinder.  Explain what happens to the cube after it is released.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. A right angled solid of dimensions 0.02m by 0.02m by 0.2m and density

2,700kg/m3 is supported inside kerosene of density 800kg/m3 by a thread which is attached to a spring balance. The long side is vertical and the upper surface is 0.1m below the surface of the kerosene.

  1. i) Calculate the force due to the liquid on the lower upper surface of the solid.
  2. ii) Calculate the up thrust and determine the reading on the spring balance.
  3. A solid copper sphere will sink in water while a hollow copper sphere of

the same mass may float. Give a reason for this.

  1. A uniform plank of wood is pivoted at its centre. A block of wood of mass

2kg is balanced by a mass of 1.5 placed 30cm from the pivot as shown.

 

 

 

  1. i) Calculate the distance X
  2. ii) When the same block of wood is partially immersed in water, the 1.5kg mass need to be placed at 20cm from the pivot to balance it. Calculate the weight of the water displaced.

 

 

  1. A block of glass of mass 250g floats in mercury. What volume of the glass

lies under the surface of the mercury? (Density of mercury is 13.6 x 103).

  1. When a piece of metal is placed on water, it sinks. But when the same

piece of metal is placed on a block of wood, both are found to float. Explain this observation.

  1. a) State the law of floatation.                                         (1mk)
  2. b) Figure 13 shows a simple hydrometer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) State the purpose of the lead shots in the glass bulb             (1mk)
  2. ii) How would the hydrometer be made more sensitive?          (1mk)

iii)      Describe how the hydrometer is calibrated to measure relative density.                                                                                   (2mks)

  1. c) Figure 14 shows a cork floating on water and held to the bottom of the beaker by a thin thread

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Name the force acting on the cork.                                        (3mks)
  2. ii) Describe how each of the forces mentioned in (i) above changes when water is added into the beaker until it fills up. (3mks)

 

  1. The ball B shown below has a mass of 12kg and a volume of 50litres. It is held in position in sea water of density 104 kgm-3 by a light cable fixed to the bottom so that 4/5 of its volume is below the surface determine the tension in the cable.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. A balloon of volume 1.2×107 cm3 is filled with hydrogen gas of density 9.0 x 10-5/g/cm3. Determine the weight of the fabric of the balloon.
  2. A boat whose dimensions are equivalent to those of a rectangular figure of 5m long by 2m wide floats in fresh water. If this boat sinks 10cm deeper as a result of passengers climbing on board, determine the total weight of these passengers.
  3. One fifth of the volume of an iceberg stands above the water surface. If the density of the seawater is 1.2g/cm3, determine the density of iceberg.
  4. A hydrometer of mass 10g is placed in paraffin of density 0.8g/cm3. Determine the length of the paraffin if its bulb has a volume of 4cm3 and its stem has a cross section area of 0.5 cm2
  5. An object of mass 50g floats with 20% of its volume above the water surface as shown below. The tension in the string is 0.06N.

 

 

  1. a) Calculate the up thrust experienced by the object.
  2. b) Volume of water displaced.
  3. c) The density of the object
  4. d) What would happen if the string was cut?
  5. A piece of marble of mass 1.4kg and relative density 2.8 is supported by a light string from a spring balance. It is then lowered into the water fully. Determine the up thrust.
  6. The block of wood of mass 80g is pulled just below the water surface by a piece of copper of density 9g/cm3 using a string of negligible weight. What is the mass of the piece of copper?

 

 

 

 

 

  1. If the body weight 1.80N in air and 1.62N when submerged in a liquid of relative density 0.8, find the volume of the solid.

The density of the solid

 

TOPIC 4

ELECTROMAGNETIC (EMS) SPECTRUM

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. State one-way of detecting ultra violet radiation.
  2. Arrange the following radiations in order of increasing wavelengths.

Ultraviolet                  Gamma Rays

Radio Waves              Infra Red

3    Name two types of electromagnetic radiations whose frequencies are

greater than that of visible light.

  1. Calculate the wavelength of the KBC FM radio waves transmitted at a

frequency of 95.6 mega hertz.

  1. The chart below shows an arrangement of different parts of the

electromagnetic spectrum.  Complete the table.

Type of Radiation Detector Uses
Ultraviolet Photographic paper, fluorescent

material, phototransistor

 
Radio waves Balanced thermometer Warmth sensation, making toast.
Radio waves   Communication

 

  1. Arrange the following in order of increasing frequency. Visible light,

infrared radiation, x-rays, u.v. radiation, radio waves.

  1. State the difference between X-rays and gamma rays in the way in which

they are produced                                                                               (1mk)

  1. Other than a photographic film state one other detectors of
  2. i) X-rays
  3. ii) UV,

iii) Visible spectrum

  1. iv) Infra-red radiations
  2. State 3 uses of infra- red radiation.

10  Name two properties of ultra-violent radiation.

11  State the origin of all em-radiation from radio waves to x-rays.

12  State where Gamma rays originate.

  1. State one common property for electromagnetic waves and state one use of microwaves and one for ultraviolet radiation.
  2. State one common properties for electromagnetic waves and state one use of microwaves and one for ultraviolet radiation.
  3. Name the radiation represented by A.

Radio Infrared visible A- rays Gamma Rays

 

  1. Complete the table below to show the name and use of some types of electromagnetic radiation.

 

Type of radiation Use
  Sending information to and from satellites
  Normal photography
  Producing shadow pictures of bones
Gamma rays  

 

  1. Give one important use of each of the following em-waves.
  2. i) Microwaves
  3. ii) Infrared

 

 

 

 

TOPIC 5

ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION (EM I)

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. The diagram in figure 1 shows an arrangement that may be used to

investigate how electromagnetic force varies with current. Explain how the arrangement may be used for this investigation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2    a)         The free ends of a coil are connected to a galvanometer. When the

north pole of a magnet is moved towards the coil, the pointer deflects towards the coil, the pointer deflects towards the right as shown. State with reason the behaviour of the pointer in the following cases.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) The north pole of the magnet is held stationary near p.
  2. ii) The south pole of the magnet is made to approach the coil from Q.
  3. c) Two coils T and S are wound on a soft iron core as shown. T has 1000 turns while S has 600 turns and resistance of 100W

 

 

 

 

 

Calculate the maximum current measured by the ammeter.

  1. Calculate the peak value of an alternating current which has a root mean

square value of 3.0A.

  1. A large sub station transformer is used to step down voltage from

11,000V to 450V.

  1. i) Determine the ratio of the turns in the primary to secondary coils.
  2. ii) How is the efficiency of this transformer ensured?

iii)       State one function of the core in a transformer.

  1. A generator produces a peak voltage of 220v. What is the root mean

square value of this voltage?.

  1. Name any two ways by which a transformer loses energy.
  2. The Fig; Represents a transformer connected to an ac source and a resistor
  3. Compare the magnitudes of the:
  4. i) Voltages Vp and Vs
  5. ii) Currents Ip and Is

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. (a)
  2. i) A researcher studying the behaviour of step up transformer made the following observation. ‘More joules per coulomb and fewer coulombs per second at the output than at the input terminals’. Explain why the observation does not imply a violation of the principle of conservation of energy.
  3. ii) A transformer of 480 turns in the primary coil used to connect a 9-volt a.c. electric device to a 240V a.c. mains power supply. Calculate the number of turns in the secondary coil
  4. What causes electromagnetic damping in a moving coil galvanometer?
  5. State how Eddy Currents are reduced in a transformer.
  6. A transformer in a welding machine supplies 6 volts from a 240V mains

supply. If the current used in the welding is 30A. Determine the current in the mains.

  1. A hair drier is rated 2500W, 240v. Determine its resistance. (3mks)

13.

A heater of resistance R1 is rated 2p watts, v volts, Determine R1/R2                (3mks)

14.

  1. a) State Len’s law of electromagnetic induction.                                  (1mk)
  2. b) Figure 13 shows a simple microphone in which sound waves from the person talking cause the cardboard diaphragm to vibrate.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Explain how a varying current is induced in the cell when the diaphragm vibrates. (3mks)
  2. ii) State two ways in which the induced current (i) above can be increased.                                                                                                 (2mks)
  3. c) A transformer with 1200 turns in the primary circuit and 120 turns in the secondary circuit; it produces heat at the rate of 600w. Assuming 100% efficiency, determine the:
  4. i) Voltage in the secondary circuit.                               (2mks)
  5. ii) Current in the primary circuit.                                   (2mks)

iii)       The current in the secondary circuit.                         (1mark)

 

  1. An ac flows in a resistor of 100Ω. If the peak value of the voltage across the resistor is 60V. Calculate.
  2. a) The rms. Voltage
  3. b) The rms. Current
  4. A student designed a transformer to supply a current of 10A at a potential difference of 60V to a motor from an A.C mains supply of 240V. If the efficiency of the transformer is 80%, determine the;
  5. a) Power supplied to the transformer
  6. b) Current in the primary coil.
  7. An immersion heater rated 300W is used continuously for 45 minutes per day. Calculate the cost per week at 60cts per unit.
  8. A radio transmitter directs pulses of waves towards a satellite from which reflections are received 10 millisecond after transmission. Determine the distance of the satellite from the radio transmitter. (Speed of radio waves= 3 x 108ms-1)
  9. An electric bulb with a filament resistance 300W is connected to a 2v main supply, determine the energy dissipated in 2 minutes.
  10. A 50w bulb is used continuously for 36 hours. Determine the cost of energy consumed at a cost of Kshs. 2 per unit.

 

 

TOPIC 6

MAIN ELECTRICITY

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. What current will a 500W resistor connected to a source of 240V draw?
  2. Name a device used to change light energy directly into electrical energy.
  3. When a current of 2.0A flows in a resistor for 10 minutes, 15000 Joules of

electrical energy is dissipated.  Determine the voltage across the resistor.

  1. An electric bulb rated 40W is operating on 240v mains. Determine the

resistance of its filament.

  1. An electric heater rated 240V, 3000V is to be connected to a 240V mains

supply, through a 10A fuse.  Determine whether the fuse is suitable or not.

  1. A 60W bulb is used continuously for 36 hours. Determine the energy

consumed, giving your answer in kilowatt hour (kwh)

  1. How many 100W electric irons could be safely be connected to a 240V

mains circuit fitted with a 13A fuse?

  1. Find the maximum number of 75W bulbs that can be connected to a 13A

fuse on a mains supply of 240V.

  1. Determine the cost of using an electrical iron box rated 1500W, for a total

of 30 hours given that the cost of electricity per kwh is Kshs. 8.

 

  1. State Ohm’s law.
  2. Electrical energy costs Kshs. 1 per Kwh unit. Find the cost of using an electric heater of power 1.5 Kw for a day.
  3. The figure below represents part of the main circuit.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Explain why it is not advisable to fix a fuse on neutral line.
  2. ii) Explain why there are fuses of different rating in the distribution box.
  3. Calculate the power of a devise which has a p.d of 250V applied across it when a current of 0.5A passes through it.
  4. An electric iron box is rated 2500W and uses a voltage of 240V. Given that electricity costs Kshs. 1.10 per Kwh, what is the cost of using it for 6 hours?

 

 

TOPIC 7

CATHODE RAYS AND CATHODE RAY TUBE

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. State two differences between the cathode ray tube (CRT) of a T.V and the

cathode ray oscilloscope (CRO)

  1. Distinguish between a photon and a quantum.
  2. How does the energy of ultra violet light compare to that of yellow light

given that the energy E of a wave frequency f, is given by E = hf, where h is plank’s constant?

  1. A photon has an energy of 5×10-19J. Calculate the wavelength associated

with this photon.

  1. The control grid in a cathode Ray Oscilloscope (CRO) is used to control

brightness of the beam on the screen. How is this achieved?

  1. a) Figure 14 shows the features of a cathode ray tube.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Name the parts labelled A and B.                                          (2mks)
  2. ii) Explain how the electrons are produced in tube.                   (2mks)

iii)       State two functions of the anodes.                                         (2mks)

  1. iv) At what part of the cathode ray tube would the time base be connected? (1mk)
  2. v) Why is a vacuum created in the tube?                                   (1mk)
  3. b) The graph in Figure 15 was obtained on a cathode ray oscilloscope (CRO) screen when the output of an a.c generator was connected to the input of the CRO. The time-base calibration of the CRP was set at 20 milliseconds per centimeter and the y- gain at 5 volts per centimeter.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Determine the pick voltage of the generator.                                    (2mks)
  2. ii) Determine the frequency of the voltage.                               (3mks)

iii)       On the same grid, redraw the graph for the same voltage when the time

base calibration is set at 40 milliseconds per centimeter and the 7-gain at 10volts per centimeter. (Show at least one complete cycle).            (2mks)

 

  1. Sketch the picture seen on the screen of a cathode ray oscilloscope when the oscilloscope is adjusted so that the spot is in the middle of the screen and the output terminals from a transformer connected to the mains are connected across the Y-plates.
  2. The diagram shows the screen of a cathode ray tube, and behind it the position of the X and y plates which deflect the electron beam. The beam forms a spot on the screen.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Draw a labelled diagram showing a side view of the cathode ray tube.
  2. b) How is the brightness of the spot controlled?
  3. c) The “X-shift” control on the front of the cathode ray oscilloscope moves the spot sideways on the screen. What kind of voltage direct, alternating or zero) does it apply to:
  4. i) The X plates
  5. ii) The Y plates

 

The ‘time–base’ voltage normally applied to the X-plates in a RCO varies with

time as shown.

  1. i) Describe the motion of the spot when the time-base is on.

 

 

 

 

  1. ii) Illustrate on the diagram above what is seen on the screen if an alternating voltage is applied to the Y-plates with the time-base on.

State two uses of the CRO.

  1. The control grid in a cathode ray oscilloscope (CRO) is used to control the brightness of the beam on the screen. Explain how this is achieved.
  2. State and explain three uses of main parts of a CRT in an oscilloscope.

 

 

TOPIC 8

X-RAYS

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. An X-ray tube is operating with an anode potential of 10kV and a current

of 15.0 mA.

  1. a) Explain how the
  2. i) Intensity of X-rays from such a tube may be increased.
  3. ii) Penetrating power of X- rays from such a tube may be increased
  4. b) Calculate the number of electrons hitting the anode per second.
  5. c) Determine the velocity with which the electrons strike the target.
  6. d) State one industrial use of X-rays.
  7. a) For a given source of X-rays, how would the following be

controlled.

  1. i) Intensity
  2. ii) The penetrating power

iii)       The exposure to patients

  1. b) An accelerating potential of 20kv is applied to an X-ray tube.
  2. i) What is the velocity with which the electron strikes the target?
  3. ii) State the energy changes that take place at the target.
  4. Explain why X-rays are appropriate in study of the crystalline structure

materials.

  1. Name the metal used to shield X-rays operators from the radiation. Give

reasons why it is used.

  1. State the properties of X-rays, which makes it possible to detect cracks in

bones.

  1. State one difference between hard X-rays and soft X-rays. (1mk)

 

  1. A target was bombarded by electron accelerated by a voltage of 106 V. If all the K.E of the electrons was converted to X-rays, calculate:-
  2. a) The K.E of the electrons
  3. b) The frequency of the photons emitted.
  4. An X-rays tubes gives photons of 5.9 x 10-15 J of energy. Calculate:-
  5. a) The wavelength of the photons.
  6. b) The accelerating voltage
  7. c) The velocity of the electrons hitting the target.
  8. If accelerating voltage in an X-ray tube is 40kV, determine the minimum wavelength of the emitted X-rays. (Electronic charge = -1.6 x 1019C, planks constant = 6.6 x 10 -34Js, velocity of electromagnetic waves = 3.0 x 108ms-1)
  9. State the purpose of cooling fins in the X-ray tube.
  10. X-rays are produced by a tube operating at 1 x 104V. Calculate their wavelength. (Take h= 6.6 x 10 -34 Js, e= 1.6 x 10-19C, c= 3×108ms-1)
  11. State and explain the effect of increasing the EHT in an X- ray tube on the X-rays produced.

 

 

TOPIC 9

PHOTOELECTRIC EFFECT

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. Light of frequency 5.5x 1014 HZ is made to strike a surface whose work function is 2.5ev. Show that photoelectric effect will not take place.  H= 6.6 X 1034Js
  2. Photoelectrons emitted by illuminating a given metallic surface constitute

a “photocurrent”.  What is the effect of increasing the intensity of the illumination of the magnitude of the photocurrent?

  1. The diagram shows a photocell in action

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) The photocell is either evacuated or filled with an inert gas at low pressure. Give one reason for this
  2. ii) What is the function of the resistor R in the circuit?

iii) State one reason for using a particular radiation such as ultraviolet for a given photocell.

  1. iv) Explain how the set-up shown in the diagram may be used as an automatic switching device for a burglar alarm.
  2. A monochromatic beam of radiation is directed on a clean metal surface so

as to produce photoelectrons.  Give a reason why some of the ejected photoelectrons have more kinetic energy than others.

  1. (a) Describe with the aid of a labelled diagram an experimental set-up

for observing the photoelectric effect.

  1. b) The table shows the relationship between the wavelength of a radiation falling on a surface and the energy, k of the emitted electrons.

l(m) x 10-7      1.0       1.5       1.0       0.5

K(J) x 10-19     10        13        20        40

  1. i) Plot a graph of energy k(Y-axis) against the frequency, f, of the incident light.
  2. ii) Determine the work function of the surface used (h=6.663 x 10-34JS)
  3. Name a device used to convert light energy directly into electric energy.
  4. Electrons emitted from a metal when light of a certain frequency is shone

on the metal are found to have a maximum energy of 8.0 x 10-19 J.  If the work function of the metal is 3.2 x 10-19 j, determine the wavelength of the light used.

  1. The figure below shows ultra violet light striking a polished zinc plate

placed on a negatively charged gold leaf electroscope.

 

 

Explain the following observation

  1. i) The leaf of the electroscope falls.
  2. ii) When the same experiment was repeated with a positively charged

electroscope, the leaf did not fall.

  1. The work function of a certain material is 3.2 ev. Determine the threshold

frequency for the material. (1 electron volt (eV) = 1.6 x 10-19 and planks constant H= 6.62 x 10= 34Js)

10.

State what is meant by the term accommodation as applied to the human eye.                                                                                                            (1mk)

 

The graph in figure 8 shows the variation of photoelectric current with applied voltage when a surface was illuminated with light of a certain frequency. Use this information in the figure to answer questions 11 and 12.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. On the same axes, sketch the graph of when light of higher

intensity but same frequency is used to illuminate the surface.

(1 mk)

  1. Explain your answer in 11 above . (1 mk)

 

  1. Calculate the energy of a photon of red light and ultra-violet light

(lR = 7.0 x 10-7m: lv = 4.0 x 10-7m)

  1. The wavelength of light from a sodium lamp is 5.9 x 10-7m. A 200W sodium vapour has an efficiency of 40%. Calculate:
  2. a) The energy of one quantum of sodium light.
  3. b) The number of quanta emitted in one second
  4. The threshold frequency for potassium is 5.37 x 1014 HZ. When the surface of potassium is illuminated by another radiation, photoelectrons are emitted with a speed of 7.9 x 105 m/s

Calculate:

  1. a) The work function for potassium
  2. b) The k.e of the photoelectrons
  3. c) The frequency of the second source
  4. Explain the term “work function”
  5. A metal has a work function of 2eV. Calculate the threshold wavelength of the metal given that e= 1.6 x 10-19C and h= 6.63 x 10-19C and Me = 9x 10-31kg.

 

TOPIC 10

RADIOACTIVITY

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. a) What is meant by the following terms:

Radioactive decay and isotope.

  1. b) The table shows how the activity (disintegrations per minute) of a

sample of carbon-14 varies with time (in years).

 

Time (grs) 0 2500 5000 7500 1000 12500 17250 20000
Disintegrations/min 15 11 8 5 4.0 3.2 1.6 1.2
  1. i) Plot a graph of activity against time (x-axis).
  2. ii) Estimate the half-life of carbo-14 from the graph.
  3. c)         i)         Draw a labeled diagram of a Geiger- Muller tube.
  4. ii) Explain how it detects radioactive particles/rays.
  5. d)         State one use of radioactivity in each of the following;
  6. i) Medicine
  7. ii)

222

iii)       Radon gas       Rn decays by emission of µ particles. Show

86

by use of an equation the transformation of the gas.

  1. iv) Give two uses of cobalt  – 60 as a Radioactive source.
  2. One of the isotopes of Uranium has a half life of 576 hours.
  3. i) Complete the table to show how the mass varies with time from an initial mass of 1280 mg.

 

Time (Hours) 576 1152 1728 2304
Mass (Mg) 640        

 

  1. ii) Explain whether the mass of the isotope will eventually reduce to zero.
  2. State two factors that determine the extent of the damage to the body cell

caused by the radiation from radioactive substances.

How many neutrons does the nuclide                  u contain?

86

  1. Name the quantities, which must be measured so as to determine the half-

life of a radioactive sample whose half-life is known to be a few hours.

  1. Explain why µ particles are more ionizing than b particles.
  2. A radioactive carbon -14 decays to Nitrogen by beta emissions as shown.

Determine the values of x and y in the equation.

14              X         u

C       =        N          B

6               7          y

  1. Alpha particles are more ionizing than Beta particles. Give one reason for this.
  2. In a sample there are 5.12 x 1020 atoms of Krypton 92 initially. If the half-life of Krypton is 3.0s, determine the number of atoms that will have decayed after 6s
  3. Cobalt 60 is a radioisotope that has a half-life of 5.25 years. What fraction

of the original atoms in a sample will remain after 21 years.

107

  1. A nucleus is represented by x

32

State the number of neutrons in a nucleus.

  1. a) Fig 2 shows the path of radiation from a radioactive source after

entering a magnetic field. The magnetic field is directed into the paper and is perpendicular to the place of the paper shown in the figure.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identify the radiation.

Give a reason for your answer.

  1. b) Below is a nuclear reaction

232                        228                        (gamma)

A               K         B                Y         x          Y         C

90                          88

  1. i) Identify the radiation k.
  2. ii) Determine the values of X and Y.
  3. c) The figure below shows a device for producing metal foils of constant thickness. Any change in the thickness can be detected by the Geiger tube and recorded by the Geiger cooler. The pressure exerted by the roller is then adjusted to keep the thickness constant.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) State the change in the metal foil that will lead to a decrease in the Geiger counter reading.
  2. ii) Give a reason for your answer in (c) (i) above.

iii) State the change in the roller pressure that should be made as a result of this decrease in the Geiger counter reading.

  1. iv) Give a reason for your answer in (c) (iii) above.
  2. v) Explain why a source emitting (alpha) particles only would not be suitable for this device.
  3. vi) Explain why a radioactive source of a half-life of 1,600 years is more suitable for use in this device than one of half-life of 8 minutes.
  4. The following is part of a radioactive decay series.

234           b      a                   230

Bi                  X                   Y

83                 84                      b

Determine the values of a and b.

 

  1. a) A nucleus of an element X of atomic mass 238 and atomic number 92 decays by

emitting 8 alpha particles and 10 beta particles and finally forms a nucleus of an element y. Write the equation of the reaction.

  1. b) Each of the following sentences describes a particular radiation from different radioactive source. In each case name the type of radiation described and give a reason to support your choice.

(i)        The radiation is not affected by either a magnetic or electrostatic field.

Type or radiation

Reason

234

(ii)       The radiation is emitted from 238u when it decays to    U

90

Type or radiation

Reason

(iii)      The radiation is very strongly deflected by a weak magnetic field.

Type of radiation

Reason

  1. The half-life of a certain radioactive substance is 57 days. Explain the meaning of this statement.
  2. The figure below shows a Geiger Muller (G.M.) tube.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)        Give the reason why the mica window is made thin.

(ii)       Explain how the radiation entering the tube through the window is detected by the tube.

(iii)      What is the purpose of the halogen vapour?

 

  1. Balance the nuclear reaction equation below.

24              0

Na®y +

11              -1e

  1. Given that 5g of cobalt-60 is kept in a laboratory and it has a half-life of 5 years.

Calculate its mass after 15 years.

 

 

TOPIC 11

ELECTRONICS

PAST KCSE QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. 1989: Sketch curves to show the variation of current and time as displayed on

the CRO in each of the

 

 

 

 

 

  1. State the majority carriers for a p-type semi conductor.
  2. a)       Using examples explain the difference between a semiconductor

and a good conductor.

  1. b) A radio repairer wishes to use an ammeter to detect a faulty diode.  With the aid of a circuit diagram describe how he will go about this task.
  2. Using examples, explain the difference between a semi conductor and a

good conductor.

  1. p- type and n-type semiconductors are made from a pure semiconductor

by a process known as “doping”.

  1. i) What is doping?
  2. ii) Explain how the doping produces an n-type semiconductor.
  3. Sketch a current-voltage characteristic of a junction diode with a forward

bias.

  1. Using the components symbols shown in the fig, sketch a series circuit

diagram for a forward biased diode.

 

  1. (a)
  2. i) Distinguish between semiconductors and conductors
  3. ii) Give an example of a semiconductor and one for a conductor.
  4. In the circuit below, when the switch s is closed, the voltmeter shows a

reading.

 

 

 

 

 

When the cell terminals are reversed and the switch is closed, the

voltmeter reading is zero.

Explain these observations.

  1. What is meant by Donor Impurity in semiconductors.
  2. You are provided with a diode, a resisitor R, an a.c source of low voltage

and connecting wires. In the space provided, sketch the circuit diagram for a half-wave rectifier and indicate the terminals where the output voltage v0 may be connected.                                                                              (2mks)

 

  1. Explain how doping produces an n-type semiconductor for a pure semiconductor material. (3mks)
  2. Distinguish between intrinsic and extrinsic semi-conductors.
  3. The diagram below shows a rectifier circuit for an alternating current (a.c) input.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Describe the rectification process.
  2. ii) Draw the traces of the signal obtained on CRO connected across QS and PR.

 

 

 

ANSWERS TOPICAL QUESTIONS

FORM ONE

  1. MEASUREMENT I
  2. height, base area
  3. Put 0.5kg mass together with meat and balance them against the 2 kg.
  4. Volume of one molecule = 18/ (6×1023) = 3x 10-23cm

X3 = 3x 10-23 cm3

          X = 3.11 x 10 -8 cm3

  1. d= m/v=40g/ 30 x 4 x 3cm3 = 0.1111 g/cm3
  2. 1.5 kg
  3. Vol. of 1 drop = (9/55) cm3 = 0.163cm3
  4. D= m/r =567/(150-80) = 576-80 /70g/cm3

 

  1. 4.1 X 10 -8M
  2. a) 4.06 X 10-10m
  3. b) That atoms are spherical and that mass is uniformly distributed on the atom and not in the nucleus.
  4. 0.001mm
  5. i) 5×10-7m
  6. ii) -Atoms spherical

-Mass uniformly distributed

  1. 2000 cm3
  2. 1.12g/cm3
  3. FORCES

1    Mass is constant everywhere

  1. Up thrust and frictional force.
  2. By going between two moving parts so that the parts slid on oil instead of

each other.

  1. – Weight is a vector quantity while mass is a scalar quantity.

– Weight varies from place to place while mass is constant.

– Weight is measured using a spring balance while mass is measured using

beam balance.

  1. To lubricate the engine/ reduce frictional force.
  2. Magnetic, electrostatic and gravitational.
  3. k.e of molecules increase hence the pressure increases.
  4. Because gravitational force varies with distance from the centre of the

earth. Since weight depends on the gravitational pull, then it also varies.

  1. The soap reduces the surface tension and hence the weight of pin becomes

greater the surface tension.

  1. Draw two arrowed lines one from C1 downwards and the other from O

upwards.

Anticlockwise moment is reduced hence the clockwise moment becomes relatively more.

  1. let c.o. g be X cm from pivot.

1000N x X = 20N x 2m

X= 0.04m

  1. Over all c.o g lower since the heavier the base the lower the C.O.G.
  2. When the melts the c.o.g. is lowered hence it becomes more stable

-Anticlockwise moment is reduced hence the clockwise moment becomes

relatively more.

  1. c.o.g is at 50cm mark which is 20cm from pivot.

0.2 x W = 0.3 x 5

W = 7.5N

  1. a) Very low density hence, a very big column required (º11m)
  2. b)     i) p=F1

F2

  1. ii) F2/A2=F1/A1\F2 = A2/ A1 F1 = 25 x 100 = 2500N

iii)       Gas is compressible hence it does not transmit pressure equally

throughout the system.

  1. For neutral equilibrium the cylinder will be horizontal.
  2. In (a) adhesive forces between glass and wax are weaker than cohesive

forces between water & water.  The opposite is true (b)

18.

-Taking moments and equating

– 0.6N x 70cm = mgN x 30cm

– w = mg = 1.4N

  1. 83.3kg
  2. 1.6m /s2
  3. 40N
  4. 3.33cm
  5. 25N
  6. 20N
  7. 250k Pa
  8. i) 9N ii) 0.8m

 

  1. PRESSURE
  2. i) Dirty water is drawn to the larger container through capillary action in the cloth.

-Water in the tray evaporates due to heat from the sun.

– Condensed water on the glass window collects at its lower end and pure water is collected in its lower container.

  1. ii) a) Increases/enhances/speeds up the absorption of heat
  2. b) Increases surface area for evaporation OR it removes coloring and gases Or it absorbs radiant heat to increase evaporation.

iii) Retained heat causes evaporation

  1. iv) Infra red rays can pass through the glass.  Re radiated rays are of longer wavelength than the infra red rays and cannot pass trough the glass, hence some heat is trapped, hence some heat is trapped inside.
  2. i) – Heater

– Scale (Measuring Device)

– Pinter/ Indicator

  1. ii) Making the wire straight/ remove kinks; making it steady / taut/ tensional force/ vertical position.
  2. Concrete mixture and steel have approximately the same linear expansively.

They expand / contract at the same rate.

  1. X2 should be made larger than X1 since B receives radiation at a higher rate. It must be moved Radiation
  2. further from source for rates to be equal.

 

  1. PARTICULATE OF MATTER

Sucking air reduces pressure inside the tube; so that atmosphere pressure forces the liquid up the tube.

  1. a) Smoke particles- smoke particles are large than air molecules and light enough to move when bombarded by air molecules.

Lens- focuses the light from the lamp on the smoke particle; causing them to be observable.

Microscope- enlarges the smoke particles so that they are visible.

  1. b) Smoke particles move randomly/zigzag

– Air molecules bombard the smoke particles.

– Air molecules are in random motion

  1. c) The speed of motion of smoke particles will be observed to be higher/move faster/ speed increases.

 

  1. THERMAL EXPANSION

Since the quantity of water in A is smaller, heat produces greater change of temperature in A; a decrease in density causing the cork to sink further.

 

  1. HEAT TRANSFER
  2. Can B is a good absorber of radiation/better absorber of radiation or heat.
  3. Glass flask expands first (creating more volume for water)

– Water then expands using the tube.

  1. In (i), Gauze conducts heat away temperature above is lower than ignition

temperature of the gas.  In (ii)           Gauze is hotter than ignition temperature of the gas (Required to ignite it).

  1. To reflect heat outwards or inwards hence reduce heat loss by radiation.

5.

– x2 is made larger than X1

– Since B receives radiation at a higher rate, it must be moved further from source for rates to be equal.

  1. Since the quantity of water in A is smaller, heat produces greater change of temperature in A; a decrease in density causing the cork to sink further.

 

 

  1. RECTILINEAR PROPAGATION OF LIGHT AND REFLECTION AT PLANE SURFACE

–     Image that cannot be formed on screen.

–     Always on the opposite side of the object

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Angle of rotation of reflected ray = 2(angle of rotation of mirrors)

= 2x 300

=600

5.

 

 

 

 

 

6:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Measure P1Q1 in cm (i.e. length of image on the screen as shown below)

 

 

 

Divide this value by 3 seconds i.e. vel =dis/time

  1. 4:05 p.m
  2. a) -Key form real inverted images

-Highly magnified images which give a wrong perception of object distance.

-Small field of view.

  1. b) Very small images, giving the illusion that the objects are far away.
  2. Can from magnified, erected images.

12.

 

 

 

 

Where                   o= object

h= pin-hole

u- Object distance

v- Image distance

  1. u =100m

hi= 0.5cm

v=10cm

 

v/u = hi/h0

 

\ho = hi x u/v

= 5m x 100m/10cm

 

h0=50m

 

  1. ELECTROSTATICS I

1.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The leaf in the electroscope falls
  2. Metal roofed house. Because there is less resistance of the flow of charges

to the ground so if struck by lighting it would conduct it to the ground. The other one would burn or have the people inside struck by the lightening.

  1. At x the capacitor is charged only once and the keeps charging and

discharging in opposite directions hence current keeps alternating at the a.c frequency.       This lights the bulb continuously.

  1. : Earthing the machines/using spikes.
  2. Material used between the two plates of the capacitor.
  3. Well insulated / avoid touching
  4. a) Ability to store charge given by the quantity of charge it can store per unit p.d
  5. b) Bring it near a charged electroscope (say +vely). If not, charge the electroscope – vely and bring the rod near. If divergence is observed then they have the same charge.  Note that if decrease in divergence is observed in both cases then the rod is simply a conductor and it’s not charged.
  6. c) Nothing would happen to the leaf of the electroscope. This is because in a hollow charged conductor, the charged conductor and not inside
  7. d) – Earthing or using another

–     Charged body

  1. e) i) Q= CV

= 2×10

= 20mC

  1. ii) Series = 1/c = 1/3 + 1/3

1/c = 2/3

C= 3/2 = 1.5uF

Parallel Ct = 1.5 + 2               =3.5 uF.

 

  1. CELL AND SIMPLE CIRCUITS
  2. Dry cells have a very high internal resistance hence give very little current

that start a vehicle.

  1. Secondary cells are rechargeable while primary are not.
  2. I = V/R = 240/500 = 0.48A.
  3. Q = it =0.08 x 2.5 x 60 =12c.
  4. When connected in parallel, the total effective resistance is much less. The

heating effect is reduced.

  1. Large amounts of current can be drawn from them without damaging them

while in lead acid batteries.

  1. Q=it

–          = 0.5 x 4×60

–          = 120c

  1. The overall resistance of cells and bulb is least and hence more current flows
  2. Each will provide about half of the power supplied to the bulb. So they

are drained of power at a slower rate than rate than in figure 10(a).

  1. To oxidize hydrogen to water hence reduce polarization/internal resistance.

11.

 

 

 

 

12.

–     Alkaline cell last longer than lead acid cell.

–     Alkaline is more rugged than lead acid cell.

–     Alkaline cell is lighter than lead acid cell.

13.

1= 1.5

R+r

0.13 =  1.5

10+3

R = 1.5Ω

14.

  1. a) The ratio of the pd across the ends of a metal conductor to the current passing through it is a constant.
  2. b) i) It does not obey Ohm’s law; because the current – voltage graph is not

linear throughout;

  1. ii) Resistance= v/1 = inverse of slope

 

=          (0.74 – 0.70)V

(80-50)mA

 

= 0.40V

30 x10-3 A

= 1.33W

iii)       From the graph current flowing when pd is 0.70 is 60mA

pd across R = 6.0- 0.7 = 5.3V

R=  5.3V

60mA

= 88.3W

  1. c) i) Parallel circuit 1/30 + 1/20 = 5/60

 

R= 5.3V

Total resistance = 10 + 12 = 22W

  1. ii) I = V/R = 2.1/22 = 0.095A

iii)       V= 1R = 10 x 2.1

22

= 0.95V

  1. i) The level of the acid in the accumulator should be inspected regularly. Add

distilled water.

  1. ii) The terminals should be kept clean and smeared with grease.

iii) While charging the current used should be that specified by the manufacturer.

  1. The level of acid should be maintained 1cm above the plates.

16.

  • They have a much longer life than the lead-acid ones.
  • They supply larger amounts of current and for a longer period.
  • Can be left unused for months without any damage.

 

 

17.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Electrical energy is produced by chemical reaction between the plates of the cell (Zinc and copper) and the dilute sulphuric acid. Electrons are produced which flow on the external circuit and detected by the ammeter.

 

 

 

FORM TWO WORK

  1. MAGNETISM II

–     With current switched off record the initial reading of spring balance (Fo)

–     Vary the current (I) and each time record the corresponding values of I and the force F.

–     Tabulate these values.

–     For each value of F, subtract F-to get the magnetic force due to the current on the iron (fm)

–     Plot a graph of Fm against I.

–     The graph will help show the relationship.

  1. 1990: When the current increases the domains align themselves more until all of

them are the same perfectly lightened direction (magnetic saturation).  The magnetic force of attraction becomes constant.

3

 

 

 

 

  1. Wire curves/ jacks upwards according to Fleming’s Left Hand Thumb

Rule.

  1. Suspend each of them in the earth’s magnetic field. Change their rest

position and record the final direction in which key will rest.  Repeat this procedure several times and record the directions.  Do this experiment on each of the rods.  It is noted that, the magnetized rod will rest in the earths North-south direction each time it is disturbed.  The unmagnetised rod rests in random directions.

  1. The a.c magnetises the magnet alternately in the opposite directions 50

times in one second. When withdrawn slowly, different parts attain random polarities.

  1. It gains and loses magnetism easily. It is only magnetized if there is a

magnetic field around it and looses its magnetism immediately the field is withdrawn. It also requires very little energy to magnetise and demagnetise.

  1. In fields the lines are parallel and the force acting on a small

magnet/conductor is uniform. The opposite is the case for the non-uniform field.

  1. – Increasing current by decreasing resistance

– Turning wire AB to an angle of 900

– Increasing number of cells.

  1. – Amount of current

– Strength of magnetic field

– Angle between magnetic field and direction of conductor.

  1. Attraction can be between opposite poles or a magnet and a non-

magnetized magnetic material.

12.

 

 

 

  1. a) i) and ii) 1996 1992 suspend each of them in the earth’s magnetic

field.  Change their rest position and record the final direction in which key will rest.  Repeat this procedure several times and record the directions.  Do this experiment on each of the rods.  It is noted that, the magnetized rod will rest in the earth North-south direction each time if is disturbed.  The unmagnetised rod rests in random directions.

  1. b) When magnetizing current is increased, the dipoles align more and more until magnetic saturation is attained where the magnetization becomes maximum and remains constant. Substance P requires less current than Q to attain saturation.  This means that P is easily magnetized and also easily demagnetise- than Q. This also means that P can form temporary magnet while Q can for permanent magnet \P is soft and Q is hard magnetic materials.
  2. Soft magnetic material is more easily magnetized and demagnetised

compared to hard ones.  Soft ones form temporary magnets while hard ones form permanent magnets.

  1. 1 Vibration energy helps to turn the dipoles since they are in constant

repulsion from dipoles contained in adjacent domains.

  1. By using iron powder; more of it is attracted to the poles than at the sides.
  2. Upwards
  3. By making the magnetic ends to be removed and create complete loops

which reduce the repulsion of the dipoles in different domains which cause them to turn sideways.

 

19.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Upwards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Rider rolls inwards i.e. into the U-shaped magnet.

22.

 

 

 

  1. x is north Y is North both correct

 

  1. MEASUREMENT II
  2. i) When dropped at centre, the drop starts spreading outwards. To ensure uniform spread, the wooden planks are moved outwards very slowly at the same speed when in parallel. The powder helps to show the extent of spread otherwise it would be difficult to see the clear oil on the water surface.
  3. ii)  Radius = 100mm =  rp, radius of drop, rd = 0.25mm

Volume of patch = volume of drop

Let diameter of oil molecule = d

\d= 4/3 x (0.25)3 mm

(100)2

d= 2.083 x 10-6mm

= 2.083 x 10 -9m

iii)   Assumptions:

  • The patch is assumed to be monolayer.
  • The molecules are assumed to be spherical, which is not true
  • The patch is assumed to be perfectly circular.
  • The drop is assumed to be perfectly spherical.

–     0.550 cm; 0.562 – 0.012

–     5.62 – 0.12 = 5.50mm.

  1. Density p = m/v;

1.75g

(0.550)3 cm3

= 10.5cm3

  1. TURNING EFFECT OF A FORCE

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Taking moment and equating Clockwise moments = anticlockwise moments

0.6 x 70cm = w x 30

W= 0.6 x 70

30

 

W = mg = 4.2

3

= 1.4N

  1. Since the system is in equilibrium, then (P x A) 15 = w (15+45)

2.0 x105 x 4x 10-4 x 15 = 60W

 

W= 8x 15×10

60

Weight, w= 20N

 

 

 

 

  1. Solution

5kg = 50N

50x = 15 x (3 – x)

50 x = 45-15x

50x=45-15x

65x= 45

X=45/65    = 0.692m

 

  1. For a system in equilibrium. The sum of clockwise moments about the same point must be equal to the sum of anticlockwise moments about the same point.

5.

  • Steering a wheel in a vehicles
  • Tightening a nut using spanner
  • Peddling a bicycle
  • Opening/closing a door
  • Closing /opening a water/gas tap
  1. The distance is small hence the moment produced is not enough to open the door. A lot of force will be required.
  2. It provides them with the necessary support and also makes them stable as they move about.
  3. Solution

 

 

 

 

 

 

Clockwise moment = Anticlockwise moment

38 x 10/100  = wx 25/100

3.8= 0.25W

W=  3.8

0.25

= 15.2N

  1. a)         Weight = total upward force

= (10 +20) N

= 30N

  1. b) Let position of c.o.g be xm away from A i.e

 

 

 

 

Using pt A as pivot thus

30x= 20×2

30x=40

X = 4/3 = 1.33 m

C.o. g is at 1.33m from A or 0.667 m from B

 

  1. Solution

Sum of clockwise moment = sum of anticlockwise moment

8×0.2 = (y-0.25)3 + 0.55

1.6 = 3y- 0.75 + 0.55

1.6= 3y -0.2

3y= 1.6 + 0.2 = 1.8m

Y= 0.6m

Y=60cm

 

 

  1. EQUILIBRIUM AND CENTRE OF GRAVITY
  2. The c.o.g is lower since the heavier base the lower the c.o.g.
  3. Cylinder should be lying down.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. -Position of centre of gravity

-Width of its base i.e. length of axle

  1. i) The sum of upward forces should be equal to the sum of downward forces.
  2. ii) The sum of clockwise moments should be equal to the sum of anticlockwise moments.

5.

  • Luggage compartments are located on the lower part of the bus.
  • Engine is located as low as possible.
  • Floor of the bus is carpeted by a heavy gauge metallic material.
  • Light material is used for making the upper part of the bus.
  1. When the ice melts, water contracts hence centre of gravity lower. The beaker becomes more stable
  2. -Beaker becomes less stable.

-Water expands on freezing raising the centre of gravity of the beaker.

 

  1. REFLECTION AT CURVED SURFACE
  2. On the graph

 

 

 

 

 

 

F = 3 x 5

=15 cm

 

  1. Reflected ray is extended backward to cut the x-axis at 1.5cm

r= 1.5x 2

= 3.0 cm

 

 

 

 

3.

 

 

 

  1. -Image that cannot be formed on a screen.

-Image which is always on opposite side of object

5.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.

 

 

 

 

 

8.

 

9.

Real  image                         Virtual image
·       Informed by rays converging on same side as the objects ·    Formed when only imaginary rays appear to converge on opposite side of object
·       Formed on a screen ·    Not found on screen

 

  1. (i)
  • Convex mirror
  • Driving mirrors in vehicles
  • Used in supermarkets

(ii)

  • Parabolic mirrors
  • Solar heater reflectors
  • Car headlights

(iii)

  • Concave mirrors
  • Shaving mirrors
  • Used by dentists

11.

  • Has a wide field of view
  • Produces an upright diminished image

12.

  • Magnified
  • Upright
  • Virtual
  • Behind the mirror

 

  1. Virtual image

1/u1/v = 1/f

1/u – 1/2u = 1/10

2-1/2u = 1/10

 

  1. u= 10/2

U= 5cm

Real image

1/u + 1/v = 1/f

1/u + 1/2u = 1/10

2+1/2u = 1/10

U= 3×10/2 = 15

U= 15cm

 

  1. MAGNETIC EFFECT OF AN ELECTRIC CURRENT
  2. a) As the diaphragm vibrates, it causes the coil to move back and forth, in the

magnetic field cutting the field lines. This causes varying current to be induced in the coil.  Varying current flows.

  1. b) -Increasing the number of turns in the coil.

-Increasing the strength of the magnet.

2.

 

 

 

 

 

3    a)   -Number of turns or number of coils.

-Strength of magnetic field.

-(Angle of inclination)

  1. b) To reduce eddy current in the armature.
  2. Downwards (or into the paper)

5.

 

 

 

 

  1. Soft iron – Iron produces a stronger magnet but looses it magnetism quickly. Also it is more easily magnetized than steel.
  2. i) Heating the magnet strongly until it is red hot and then cooling it suddenly.
  3. ii) Keeping it in a solenoid through which an alternating current is flowing when the current is still passing the magnet is slowly removed to a distance from the solenoid.
  4. -Increasing the number of turns of the coil.

-Increasing the strength of the current.

  1. Solution A – South Pole
  2. i) Towards the right
  3. ii) Using the Fleming’s left hand rule.

First finger- Field

Second finger- Current direction

Thumb – Motion

iii) -When the wire is positioned at right angle to the magnetic field.

-It is minimum when the wire is parallel to the magnetic field.

  1. iv) No effect
  2. v) – Reducing the amount of current.

– Replacing the magnet with a weaker one.

  1. a) -Commutator

-They are the split – rugs which reversed the current in the coil every half-cycled

and hence allow rotation to continue.

  1. b) They provide electric connection to the coil.
  2. c) -The lengths AB and CD of the coil are current carrying conductors in a strong

magnetic field which is perpendicular to the wires.

-Each side of the coil has force acting on it

-AB has a downward force while CD experience and upward force.

-Overall the coil experiences an anticlockwise motion.

  1. c) -Increasing the amount of current

-Increasing the strength of magnetic field

-Using more turns in the coil

-Winding the coil on a soft iron core

7.

  • Energy loss due to friction between brushes and commutators.
  • Resistance of the coil
  • Energy loss due to heat during magnetization and demagnetization
  • Flux leakage
  1. – Electric bell

– Telephone receiver

 

 

 

  1. HOOKE’S LAW
  2. (a) i)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. ii) 0-19N or 0 – 18N

iii) The spring becomes shortest possible (NO further compression is possible)

  1. b)   Each spring experiences a force of

30/2NN = 15N

F= ke

E= 15/3 = 5cm

Each spring extends by 5cm.

  1. c) – Diameter of the coil

– Number of turns per unit length.

– Thickness (diameter) of the wire

– Length of the spiral spring.

  1. Ductile materials undergo plastic deformation while brittle materials break immediately after attaining plastic limit.
  2. a) Provided the elastic limit is not exceeded their extension e of a spiral spring is

directly proportional to the external applied force.

 

F(N) 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
E(mm) 0 11 19 29 41 51

 

  1. i) Strength – this is the ability of a material to resist breakage when subjected to a

stretching, compressing or shearing force.

  1. ii) Brittleness- This is the quality of material which makes it to break just after

exceeding the elastic limit.

iii) Ductility- This is the quality of a material which leads to permanent change in

size and shape.

  1. iv) Stiffness- This is the resistance of a material to withstand forces which tends to

change its shape or size or both.

  1. a) The extension (e) of spring is directly proportional to the applied force (f)

Provided the elastic limit is not exceeded.

  1. b) i)         Y-axis – Extension

X-axis – stretching force

  1. ii) OP- Shows that the extension on the spring increases in proportion to the

stretching force.  Obeys hookes law.

PN- spring not obeying Hookes law.  It does not regain original length.

iii)       Spring gets a permanent stretch.

 

  1. F=ke

F= Ke but e= 6/10cm = 6/10 x100

F= mg = (300/1000 x 10) N

= 3N

Spring constant.  K = f/e

= (3 ¸6/100)

= (3 x 1000/6) N/m

= 500Nm-1

b)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Solution

Extension of parallel springs

e1 = F/K = 8N/4N/cm = 2cm

 

Extension of lower spring

e2 = F/K = 16N       = 4cm

4N/cm

Total extension = e1 +e2

= (2 +4)cm

= 6cm

  1. Solution
  2. a) F= ke

k= f/e = mg/e

but mg = 210/1000 x 10

= 2.1N

e= 10.5cm = 0.105

 

= 2.1/0.105 Nm-1

= 20Nm-1

Using the block

F= ke

= 20x 7.5/100

= 2x 7.5/10 =15/10N

=1.5N

 

  1. b) e=f/k

 

= 550/100 x 10¸20

5.5/20m

= 0.275m

= 27.5cm

 

  1. Solution

Extension, e produced by 10g mass

e= (10.8-6) cm = 4.8cm

= 0.048m

 

F= 100/1000 x 10

= 1N

 

K= f/e = 1N/0.048m

= 20.83 N/m

Extension e produced by 10g mass

E = (7.8 – 6) cm = 1.8cm – 0.018m

F = ke

= (20.83 x 0.018) N

= 0.375n

 

But m = F/g= 0.375/10

= 0.075kg

= 37.5g

 

 

  1. WAVES I
  2. 1½ → 3.5 x 10-3

          1 → T

\T= 1 ¸3/2 x 3.5 x 10-3

 

= 1 x 2/3 x 3.5 x 10-3

=7/3 X 10-3 Sec

 

But f = 1/T

 

7 x 10-3

3

=  1 x     3

7×10-3

= 3 x 103

7

=429Hz

  1. Speed and wavelength decreases
  2. f= 40Hz l=8.5m

V= fl

= 40 x 8.5

= 340m/s

T= d/s = 102/340

=  0.3sec

  1. It can be polarized
  2. Mechanical waves requires a material medium to travel through. Electromagnetic waves don’t.
  3. i) Wavelength- This is the distance between two successive crests or troughs.  SI

Unit is Metre (m)

  1. ii) Amplitude – It is the maximum displacement of particles of a medium from the

mean/fixed position in either direction.  SI Unit is metre (m)

iii) Periodic time – It is the time taken to complete one oscillation.  SI Unit is

second(s)

  1. iv)   Frequency – Is the number of complete oscillations made by a particle in unit

time. SI unit is Hertz (Hz)

7.

Light waves Sound waves
Transverse Longitudinal in nature
Require no material; medium Need a medium
Have short wavelength Have very long wavelength
  1. a) i)         Transverse wave
  2. ii) Longitudinal wave
  3. b) Transverse wave is one in which the movement of each particle is at right angle to

the direction of travel of the wave. While longitudinal is where the movement of each particle is parallel to the direction of travel of the wave motion.

 

  1. (a) i) Amplitude = 0.6cm
  2. ii) Period = 2 seconds

iii)       Wavelength

l=Vt

= 50 x 2

=100cm

  1. iv) Frequency

F=1/T

= ½

= 0.5HZ

  1. b) Frequency
  2. In refraction of water waves, the wave speed is reduced in shallower region in a ripple tank.
  3. Water waves hitting the beaches have energy which causes weathering.
  4. i) The speed of radio wave in m/s

Solution

V= fl

= (1200 x 250 x 1000)ms-1

= 3.0 x 108 m/s

 

  1. ii) Wavelength = v/f

3.0 x 108

          2.0×105

= 1.5 x 103

          =1500m

 

  1. SOUND
  2. 1990: Stationary waves
  3. 1991: Refraction of sound waves
  4. At rest
  5. i) Ups and down in the loudness of sound i.e. loud and soft sounds as crosses on

nodal and antinodal lines. (Constructive and destructive interference)

  1. ii) Constant loud sound since he is equidistant from both speakers and constructive

interference takes place.

  1. i) Plot the graph of f2(y-axis) against T.
  2. ii) Determine its gradient (1800) from y= mx +c

f2 = (grad) T + C)

Obtain y intercept and substitute

f2=(grad) T +C)

Obtain y intercept and substitute

f2=2800 T + y-intercept

  1. 1994: 2x =330 x 0.5

x =82.5m

  1. 1995: By making the wire tighter

Decreasing length of the wire

  1. 1997: D= vt =340 x 2 = 680m
  2. 1996: (i) Transverse-oscillations are perpendicular to direction of wave

propagation.

Longitudinal – oscillation are parallel to direction of wave propagation.

Speed of sound

2.5 x s = 400 x 2

S=320 m/s

 

  1. ii) 2(d-400) = 2.5 + 2

320

d= 1,120m

  1. 2003: Distance covered by sound

= 600 x 2 = 1200m

Speed= Distance = 1200 = 342.9 m/s

Time          3.5

  1. It is the reflected sound
  2. A source of sound i.e. an electric bell is suspended inside a bell jar. Using a suction pump air is pumped out of the jar when the lowest pressure is attained, one can see the hammer striking the bell but the ringing can no longer be heard. Sound cannot travel through a vacuum.
  3. a) Box act as amplifiers. The air inside the box is forced to vibrate as the box

vibrates.

  1. b) X-Compressions

Y-Rarefaction

  1. c) Longitudinal – The movement of air molecules is parallel to the direction of travel of the wave motion.
  2. d) Solution

Since V= fl

Then x = v/f

 

 

330

800  m

= 0.4125m

 

  1. Solution – Air is less dense at the top of mountains or high altitude regions making transmission poor.
  2. i) Intensity and loudness- Intensity is the power carried by a wave and it depends on

the distance from the source while loudness is the power of sound to reach the ear and it depends on amplitude of the source.

  1. ii) Frequency and pitch – Frequency is the number of cycles made per second while pitch is how high on musical scale the note produced by an oscillator is.
  2. Solution -Vibrating length

-Tension

 

 

 

  1. FLUID FLOW
  2. Velocity
  3. Forward (upstroke) – The valve opens, pressure forces water flow into the air chamber and air is compressed. Backward (down stroke) – valve closes; compressed air expands hence continuous flow of water.
  4. The paper rises up because the pressure above becomes less than the pressure below.
  5. Balls move towards each other; pressure in the space between them decreases to below that on the outside.
  6. hx=hz.>hy
  7. Pressure is inversely proportional to the speed; or speed increases as pressure decreases.
  8. At low speeds the speed is streamlined while at high speeds, the flow is turbulent.
  9. Air over the mouth of the bottle moves faster than air under.

Pressure above the mouth of the bottle is less than pressure inside the bottle (hence dynamic lift of ball)

  1. At steady rate the sum of the pressure, the potential energy per unit volume and kinetic energy per unit volume in fluid is a constant

Provided a finish is non-viscous, incompressible and its flow streamline and increase in its velocity produces a corresponding decrease in pressure.

When the speed of a fluid increases, the pressure in the fluid decreases and vice versa.

  1. 2007: V2, V4, V1, V3
  2. A1V1 = A2V2

          30 x 4 = 7.5 x A2

A2= 16 cm2

  1. a) 50(cm/s)
  2. b) 26.53 (cm/s)

 

 

 

FORM THREE WORK

  1. LINEAR MOTION
  2. a) AB- ball rising to max height

BC- ball falling to ground

CDE- ball rebouncing/ changing velocity from +ve to –ve

  1. b) Acceleration = gradient = 19.8 = 9.9 m/s2
  2. c) Displacement = area

= ½ x 2 x 19.8 = 19.8m

  1. d) Upon hitting the ground the ball looses some energy.

 

 

 

 

 

3          Time interval between any two dots = 1/50 =0.02S

Dist d1 between 1st and 2nd dots = 2.2 cm

= V1 = 0.022m = 1.1ms-1

0.02S

Dist d2 between 4th and 5th dots = 3.3cm, v2 = 0.033 =1.65m/s

0.02

Note: the average velocity between any two dots = the velocity of a point half way between the pts. Label the pts A.B.C.D & E label a pt x and y half way between D and E respectively (i.e. halfway in time not distance)

T x y = 0.01+ 0.02 x 2 + 0.01 = 0.06s

Therefore a = V2 – V =1.65-1.1 = 0.54 = 9m/s2

   T            0.06        0.06

  1. Speed is a scalar quantity while velocity is a vector quality.
  2. v-u +at

0=15-10t

t= 15s (to max height) therefore total time = 2 x 1.5=3s

  1. (a) Initial vertical velocity = 0, a=10, S=4m

Therefore: S= ut + 1/2 gt2

4 = 0+5t2

t = 0.8944

Range (horizontal dist) = initial vel. (constant) x time

= 12 x 0.8944

= 10.73m

  1. b) Initial and final horizontal velocities are equal =12m/s

Final vertical velocity = V= u + at

V= 0+10×0.8944

V= 8.944m/s

  1. OA = OB therefore OAB is isosceles

Displacement is distance covered in a straight line i.e. AB since <OBA = AOB = 60 then the triangle is equilateral. So AB=AO=4m

  1. (a)       t=1/f= 1/50 = 0.02S

(b)       0.1s is equal to 5 time intervals

 

 

 

Diagram not drawn to scale (refer from the actual paper)

Average vel between – 0.02S to 0.02 = X1/0.04 (=vel at t=0s)

Similarly for 0.08 to 0.12, V2 = X2 = vel at t = 0.1s

0.04

For 0.18 to 0.22, V3 = X3 = vel at t = 0.2s

0.04

For 0.28 to 0.32, V4 = X4 = vel at t= 0.3s

0.04

(d)       Note: The average velocities above represent the actual velocities halfway between the three dots.

Tabulating the results

Time 0 0.1 0.2 0.3
Vel V1 V2 V3 V4

Plot v against t and draw the best line of fit. Find gradient = acceleration.

  1. (a)       Initial vertical velocity = 0, a = g; s= 5m

S=ut+1/2gt2

S = 0 + 5t2

T= 1s

(b)       Range = Uμ x t = 30 x 1 = 30m

(c)       Vv =UV + gt

Vv = 0 + 10 x 1           = 10m/s

  1. (a)       Plot the graph

Note: the graph is a straight line for the first 4 seconds then a curve

(b)       Velocity constant

(c)       Draw tangents to the graph at t = 4, 5 s and t = 6.5 s. Obtains the gradients of the tangents g1 and g2 which are equal to velocities at t = 4.5 s (V1) and at t

= 6.5s (V2)

Acc = V2 – V1            ≈4.9m/s2

6.5-4.5

  1. (a)       acc = (change in vel/time)

a = (v – u) t

v = u + at…. (i)

Displacement = average vel x time

s = (u + u + at)t = ut +2t2

2

Square equation (ii)

v2 = (u + at)2

v2 = u2 + 2aut + a2t2

Factorizing v2 = u2 + 2a (ut + 1/2at2)

but ut+ 1/2at2 = (from equ.(ii) .

v2 = u2 + 2as

 

(b)       u = 50m/s

a =2m/s2 V = 0

v2 = u2 + 2as

0 = 2500 – 4s

S= 625m

mgh = 1/2mv2

1/2 v2 = gh

1/2 x 36/10 = h

L = 1.8m

  1. (a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)      (i)        u = 20m/s, t=2s, v=0

V = u + at

0 = 20 + a x 2

A = -10m/s

Deceleration = 10m/s2

(ii)       Distance traveled before starting to break = 0.2 x 20 = 4m

Distance moved after breaks are applied,

U=20, a=-10, v=0

v2 = u2 + 2as

0 = 400 – 20s

s = 20m

Total distance = 24m

(i)        Initial horizontal velocity of the bullet (50m/s) does change so it will move horizontally and parallel to the track despite its vertical movement.

(ii)       Uv= a =-10m/s2, s=45, v=0

V2=u2 + 2as

a= u2-900

u=30m/s

Therefore time to max height (t) horizontal distance covered in that time =6 x 50=300m

 

  1. (a) (i)        Time between two dots = 1/f =1/50 = 0.02s

1.5 x 10-2 m/s = 0.15m/s

0.02 x 5

V2=3.2×10-2 m/s = 0.32m/s

0.02×5

(ii)       From half way between AB to half way between CD time

= (0.02 x 20 + (21/2 x 2x 0.02)

= 0.4 + 0.1

= 0.5s.

Therefore acc= (V2-V1)/t = (0.32-0.15/0.5 = 0.34m/s2)

 

(b)       P.e is converted to k.e            or u=o, a=g, s=h, v=?

Therefore mgh= 1/4 mv2         Sub: V2= U2+2as

V2=2gh                                    V2=0+2gh

V=√2gh                                   V=√2gh

(c)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. (a)

(i)    Particle stationary/at rest.

(ii)   Increasing vel. (grad=vel)

(iii)  Particle moving at cost. vel in the opp. direction i.e. towards origin.

(b)

(i)        Uv=0, S=45m, a=10m/s2t=?

S=ut+ 1/2 at2

45 = 0+5t2

t=3S

(ii)       Range =50m

t=35

Um=50/3=16.67m/s

(iii)      Vv = Uv + at

Vv = 0 + 10 x 3

Vv = 30m/s

Total distance =area bound by x-axis and the line of graph

=20m + 20m

=40m

Note: Since distance is scalar quantity the -ve area is taken to be +ve.

  1. s=15, Um=300m/s, av=10m/s2, Uv=0m/s

Therefore s=ut+1/2 at2

15 – 0 + 5t2

t=3.873s

Therefore d=UH x t=300 x 3.873 = 1161m

18.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Distance = area under curve between 0 and 3.0 second.

= 120 x 3x 0.2 = 72m

Accept 70.5, 73.5, 76.5

  1. Acceleration = slope of graph at t = 4.0s

16 x 3

17 x 0.2           = 14.11m/s2

  1. 24.45s, 2445m, 264.2m/s or 67.80 to the horizontal
  2. 1936.5m
  3. 2s, 80m/s
  4. 0.5s, 2.5m, 1.25m
  5. Upwards, 18s, 180m/s,   1620m,      1,600m
  6. 20.6m/s
  7. 40.9°
  8. 50m/s, 125m, 10s
  9. 31.25m, 2.5s
  10. 0.0333s, 18m/s.

 

 

  1. REFRACTION OF LIGHT
  2. 1989:

(a) (i)        Sin 48 = 3                   Sin r = 0.9906

Sin r      4                    = 82.20

 

(ii)

 

 

(b) Sin C = 1 = 0.75

n

C= 48.60

i.e. when r= 90, I= C

Va = n

Vw

3 x108=   4            \Vw=2.25 x 108 m/s

Vw        3

 

  1. a) n= Va =   3.00 x 108         =1.6

Vp      1.88 x 10 8

b)

 

 

 

Sin C=1/1.6

C=38.8

 

  1. c) Sin Q = 1.6

Sin 21.2

Q= 35.40

3

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Sin C= 1/n = 1/1.4

 

C= 45.6

\Total internal reflection will take place.

 

 

5.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ang = Velocity of light in air

= Velocity of light in glass

= 3x 108

          = 2.4 x 108

= 1.25

  1. hg = Real thickness

Apparent thickness

 

1.58=                     10       

Apparent thickness

 

Apparent thickness = 10/1.58       = 6.33cm

The apparent thickness of crown glass block = 6.33cm

9    a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Set the apparatus as shown above.
  • Adjust the search pin to no-parallax position.
  • Using the metre rule, measure the apparatus distance x and the real

depth y of the water.

  • Repeat the experiment for other values of y
  • Plot a graph of y against x.

Refractive index = gradient of graph

= Real depth

Apparent depth

hw = y/x

 

 

 

  1. i) Graph

 

 

  1. ii) h1 = Real depth             = gradient of the graph

Apparent depth

Gradient = 135 = 1.35

100

\Refractive index, h1==1.35

  1. Bending of light is more in paraffin than in water.

Thus speed of light in paraffin is less than that in water.

  1. a) Ratio of sine of angle of incidence to sine of angle of refraction is always a

constant i.e.

h= Sin I in medium 1

Sin r in medium 2

  1. b) i)

ah1 =   Sin i

sin r

=          sin 400 =   0.6428

Sin 240            =  0.4067

= 1.581

(iii)      ah1 =  1                                    Where C is the critical angle then

Sin C

1.581=      1

Sin C

  1          1        = 0.6325

Sin C   1.581

C= sin -1 0.6325

= 39.230

Critical angle = 39.230

(iv)      ah1  =   sin I in 1

Sin r in 2

= Sin 240                 =    0.4067

Sin 260                =     0.4384

= 0.9277

  1. Solution;

Use a right angled prism.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ray meets longest side of prism at 900 and passes undeviated. It makes an angle of 450 with normal at O1 and is totally internally reflected. The reflected ray makes an angle of 450 with normal at O2 and is totally reflected as shown. Total deviation = (4 x 45)0 = 1800

  1. Frequency or wavelength
  2. Used in;
  • Prism periscope
  • Optical fibre
  • Prism binocular
  1. Solution;

Gradient of the graph =    Apparent depth

Real depth

= 10/20   = ½

But refractive index = Real depth

Apparent depth

 

hg    = 1/gradient

\ Refractive index of glass = 2

  1. Solution;

For light passing from water to air then

whg = 3/4

 

  1. NEWTON’S LAW OF MOTION
  1. 1989

R         – Reaction

W        – Weight

T          – Tension

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)       Net force= 70N – mgsinx= 70N- 30Xsin 30sin 30

F= ma

55= (7 + 3) a

a= 5.5m/s2

  1. The rocket will accelerate due to 2 reasons
  • The total mass of the rocket decreases as the fuel burns but thrust force is constant
  • The gravitational pull decreases with increase in distance from the centre of the earth so it will be less.
  1.             P.E = K.E

Mgh = ½ mv2 therefore V= √2gh = √20×5 = 10m/s

Momentum before collision = Momentum after collision

M1U1 = (M1 + M2)20

10 x 2              5 x 20

V= 4m/s

  1. Total force downward = weight of the girl = 400N. Since the lift is moving

upwards the upward force T, is greater than 400N therefore from F=ma

(T-400)=40×2

T= 480N= reading

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1.             Force upward = 600N, Force downward = 50N (wt).Therefore Net force =

550N upwards.

F= ma = m(v-u)/t = m (v)/t since u= 0

550 = (50 x v)/0.1

V = 11m/s

  1.             (a)       (i)        The body continues in its uniform state of motion velocity

(ii)       U= 25m/s, V=0, S= 20m a=?

V2 = U2 + 2as

0= 625 + 40a

a= -15.625m/s2

F= ma = 800x – 15.625

= -12500N

Therefore decelerating force= 12500N

(b)       Since one is moving towards the other one is +ve while the other is –ve.

Momentum before collision = momentum after collision

(i)        M1u1 + m2u2 = (m1+m2) v

(2x 0.25) – (1.5 x 0.4) = 3.5 x v

0.5 – 0.6 = 3.5 V

v= -0.02867m/s

= -2.867 x10-2m/s

(ii)       The original direction of the 1.5kg mass

  1.             (a) (i)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fr= Frictional force

 

(ii)       Force= mg sin 30-6

= 5 x 10 x 0.5-6

= 19N

 

(ii)       F= ma

19=5a = a = 3.8m/s2

U= 0m/s

S= 0.25m

t =?

s= ut + ½ at2

0.25 = 0+ 1.9t2

t2 = 0.3627s

= 0.36s

(b)       (i)        Plot the graph

(ii)       Let it touch y and x – axis

(I)        Time taken by bullet = x intercept (30ms)

(II)       Impuse = force x time = area bound between x – axis and the line of the graph (6Ns)

(iii)      V= 200m/s m=?

Impulse = Ft = Mv – Mu

= 6Ns = M x 200-0 since u= 0

Therefore m= 0.03kg

  1.             M tends to remain in its state of uniform rest due to its inertia. This

protects string A

  1.             Propelling force= 0.5 x 10= 5N

Opposing force= frictional force = 3 N

Net Force = 5-3 = 2N

Using F= ma

2= (2+ 0.5)a

a= 0.8m/s2

s= 0.6m

u=0

V2 = U2 + 2as

= 0+ 2+ 0.8 + 0.6

= 0.96

Therefore V= 0.9798

V= 0.098m/s

  1.             Speed decrease. Since momentum before collision is equal to momentum

after collision i.e M1V1 = M2V2 then increase in mass implies/cause a decrease in velocity.

  1.             (a) (i)                          R=Reaction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)       Mg sin 10 = 30 x 10 sin 10

= 52.1 + 20

(iii)      Since the velocity is constant then the net force = 0

p=        mgsinӨ + Fr

p=        52.1 + 20

  1. 1N

 

(b)       (i)        Frictional force

(ii)       F= ma

(52.1- 2.0) = 30a

32.1 = 30a

a= 1.07m/s2

  1. The mattress increase time taken to land. Thus from

f= (Change in momentum)

Time taken

When time is more the force that will decelerate the jumper will be smaller (safer)

Fr= frictional force

F= ma

F= 2ma

Dividing

1 =       a1

2a2

i.e. a2 = (½) a1 OR read the value of x- intercept i.e. when a=0 m=mo and substitute in the equation to get m.

  1. Since one  is moving towards the other one has +ve vel while the other is –ve

Momentum before collision = momentum after collision

(i)        m1u1 + m2u2 = (m1m2)v

(2 x 0.25) – (1.5×0.4) = 3.5 x v

0.5 – 0.6 = 3.5 v

V= 0.02867m/s

= -2.867 x 10-2m/s

(ii)       The original direction of the 1.5 kg mass

 

 

 

 

  1.             Speed decreases. Since momentum before collision is equal to momentum

after collision i.e. M1V1 = M2V2 then increase in mass implies/cause a decrease in velocity.

(a)      A body at rest or in motion at uniform velocity tends to stay in that state unless acted on by an unbalanced force.

 

(b)       (i)        Slope s= 97.5 – 0 (m/s)2

16 – 0

20k = s = 6.09

 

(ii)       k = 6.17 = 0.304

20

 

(iii)      Increase in roughness increase k and vice versa

(c)       Applying equation

V2 – U2 = 2as

V2 – 0= 2x 1.2 x 400

Momentum P = mv

 

 

= 800 x    2 x 1.2 x 400

24787.09

24790 (table)

 

PREDICTION QUESTIONS ON THE TOPIC

  1. 2N
  2. 7.75m/s
  3. 5.4m, 0.66N
  4. (a) 10m/s, -3.33m/s,               (b) 0.333                     (c) 50,000J
  5. 875N
  6. (a)       7.07 m/s, 0.71s,

(b)       (i) 0.071kgm/s                        (ii) 0.71N                    (iii) 0.71N

  1. 30000N

 

 

  1. WORK, ENERGY, POWER & MACHINE
  1.             Kinetic- potential – kinetic
  2.             (a)       Steam has more energy and would release its latent heat of

vaporization before turning to water at 1000C.

(b) (i) Q= m1

= 0.03 x 336000

= 10080J

Power output = 10080 = 56W

180

Po x 100 = 60

Pi

56 x 100 = 60

Pi

Pi = 93.33w

(ii)       E= Pt = 93.33 x 180

= 16,800J

Energy wasted = 16800 – 10080

= 6720J.

(c)       1/5 g of alcohol will give 2.7 x 104J

4/5 of petrol will give 3.84 x 104 J

\1g of mixture gives

= 5.4 x 103 + 38.4 x 103J

= 43. 8 x 103J

w.d = mgh = 1000 x 200 x 10 = 2 x 106

Energy required = (2 x 106) x100

40

Mass required =     2 x 107        

4 x 43.8 x 103

= 114.2g

(d)       P.E → Heat

Heat →K.e

  1. : K.e
  2. : Air resistance causes damping of vibration
  3. : Quality of heat = k.e = ½ mv2

= ½ x 0.8 x 10-3 x 400 x 400

= 64J

  1. Pitch=distance the screw moves in or out when turned one

revolution=0.5mm

  1.             Rotational K.e
  2. u= 25m/s, v= 0m/s

s= 20m

v2 = u2 + 2as

O= 625 + 40a

a= -15.625 m/s2

F= ma              = 800 x – 16.625

= 12, 500N

  1.  (a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • If E = 100% then M.A = V.R = R/r= 15/1.5 = 10
  • 2E = L or 2 = L/E = M.A

Wheel and axle is more advantageous

  1.             16 = ½ mv2

K.e = ½ m (2V1)2 =

Dividing K.e = 4/16                 Ke2 = 64J

  1.             Ratio of work output to work input expressed as a percentage.
  2.             (a)

 

 

 

E= Effort

W= Weight

R= Reaction

 

(b)       Effort decreases because the far the force applied is from the pivot, the smaller the value of force required to produce the same moment/turning effect.

 

 

 

 

 

  • Total work done= area under graph  e between the x-axis and the line  graph

w.d = 240000J. (Note that w.d is a scalar quantity and thus the –ve is consider as +ve)

  • Power output = mgh= 3 x 10 x 10 x 360 = 300 KW

T                  3600

Power input = power output + power loses

= 300 + 200     = 500KW

E = Po x 100 = 300 x 100 = 60%

P1           500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MA = 1800= 4.5

400

MA x 100 = 65

VR

VR = 4.5 x 100

65

v.r = 6.9

= 7

  1. (i)        w.d = F x d

= 20,000 x 3

= 60000J

(ii)       P = W.d = 60000

t           6

= 10kw

(iii) E= Po/pi x 100= 10/12.5 x 100 = 80%

  1. 2005:  MA x 100 = 75%

VR

But MA = 600/400 = 1.5

1.5 x 100 = 75

VR

VR = 2

  1. 1250W, 875J
  2. 50kg
  3. 2000J, 40W
  4. 2.08 x 104
  5. 0.676J
  6. 0.05m

 

 

 

  1. CURRENT ELECTRICITY II
  1. Dry cells have a very high internal resistance hence give very little current that start a vehicle.
  2. (i)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)       – Measure length of wire (L)

– Take readings of ammeter (I) and voltmeter (V)

– Calculate its resistance R

– Then find the value R/L

 

(b) (i) The current flowing through a resistor  is directly proportional to the p.d. applied as long as the physical factors remain constant.

(ii) If the temperature is controlled to remain constant then they obey ohm’s law. If temp is changed, they don’t obey.

 

(c)       Every time the current is reversed the direction of key pointer also reversed. This would give an average of zero.

 

(d)       (i)        For the two 3Ω resistors in parallel their total = product/sum=1.5 Ω

For series connection i.e. 3.3 and 1.5Ω, total 7.5 Ω

\RT = 7.5 Ω

(ii)       I = E = 10v = 1.33A

RT  7.5

  1. RT = product/ sum = 9×18= 4.5 Ω

I = 12/4.5 = 8/3 Amps

I through the 3 Ω is equal to I through the Ω since total resistance in each route are equal = 8/3A x ½

p.d = 4/3 x 3 = 3V

 

  1. Constant temperature, magnetic field, tension, compression, kinks etc.

 

  1. (a)       The current flowing through a resistor is directly proportional to the p.d

applied as long as the physical constants are held constant.

(b)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • By varying R obtain a set of corresponding values for I and p.d readings
  • Tabulate them
  • Plot V against I
  • If it is a straight line the law is obeyed, over wise not.

(c)       (i)        When R1 only is connected I = 0.8a

R1 = E/I = 10/0.8 = 12.5 Ω

When both are connected, then

(R1 + R2) 0.5 = 10

(R2 + 12.5) = 20

R2 = 7.5 Ω

(ii)       When in parallel RT = products/ sum = 4.6875 Ω

I= 10/4.6875 = 2.133A

(d)       – Rod of the acid

– Voltage emf of the battery

 

  1. Q= It = 0.08 x 2.5 x 60 = 12C

 

 

 

 

 

  1. 1 = 1 + 1 + 1 = 4 = 2               \RT = 1.5 Ω

RT  6+  3 + 6 = 6 = 3

(b)       For the whole circuit Rt = 1.5 + 2.5 = 4 Ω

Main current = E = 2 = 0.5A

RT   4

p.d across YZ = IR = 0.5 x 1.5 = 0.75V

p.d across any of the resistors in parallel

3 x 1 = 0.75A

I = 0.25 A

  1. (i)        For parallel connection RT = Products/ sum

=          (5 x 5) = 2.5 Ω

(5 + 5)

\Total resistance = 2.5 + 5.5 = 8.0 Ω

(ii)       Current= main current = R/RT = 4/8 = 0.5 Ω

(iii)      Note currents through Y and Q are equal since the resistance values are equal – through the two routes.

Let potential be rep. by P

Py – Pp = 0 (earthed)

\Py = IV

PQ = PP = P.dQP = 0.25 x 2 = 0.5V

PQ – 0= 0.5

PQ = 0.5V

(iv) P.DYQ = Py – PQ = 0.5V

 

  1. E= Pt = V2 x 2 x 60 = 240 x 240 x 120

R                              480

= 14400J

= 14.4KJ

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. I =  1.5

R + r

0.13 =     1.5   

10 + r

R= 1.5Ω

 

  1. (a)       The ratio of the pd across the ends of a metal conductor to the current

passing through it is a constant.

(b)

(i)        It does not obey Ohm’s law; because the current – voltage graph is not linear throughout

(ii)       Resistance = V/I = inverse of slope

(0.74 – 0.70)V

(80- 50)mA

 

     0.40V    

30 x 10-3A

= 1.33 Ω

(iii)      From the graph current flowing when pd is 0.70 is 60mA

Pd across R= 6.0 – 0.7 = 5.3V

R= 5.3V

60mA

= 88.3 Ω

(c)       (i)        Parallel circuit   I   +   I  =  5

30      20    60

R= 12 Ω

Total resistance = 10 + 12 = 22 Ω

(ii)       I = V/R = 2.1/22 = 0.095 A

 

(iii)      V= IR = 10 x   2.1

22

= 0.95V

  • Alkaline cell last longer than lead acid cell
  • Alkaline cell is more rugged than lead acid cell
  • Alkaline cell is lighter than  lead acid cell

I =        1.5

R+ r

0.13 =    1.5    

10 + r

R= 1.5 Ω

  • The ratio of the pd across the ends of a metal conductor to the current passing through it is a constant.
  • (i) It does not obey Ohm’s law because the current – voltage graph is

not linear throughout

(ii)       Resistance = V/I inverse of slope

= (0.74 – 0.70) V

(80 – 50)mA

 

=      0.40V     

30x 10-3 A

= 1.33 Ω

(iii)      From the graph current flowing when pd is 0.70 is 60mA

Pd across R = 6.0 – 0.7 = 5.3V

R= 5.3V

60mA

= 88.3 Ω

(c)       (i)        Parallel circuit  1  + 15

30    20   60

R = 12 Ω

Total resistance = 10 + 12 = 22 Ω

 

(ii)       I = V = 2.1 = 0.095 A

R    22

 

(iii)      V= 1R = 10 x 2.1/22

= 0.95V

  1. 2V
  2. 4 Ω, 0.5A
  3. 1.43 Ω
  4. 1.5v, 0.5 Ω
  5. b i 1.5, ii 1Ω, 4 Ω
  6. 10s, 0.792w
  7. No answer

 

 

  1. WAVES
  1.             Make the glass sooty. Make very small markings with the edge  of a razor

blade. The marking (slits) run  parallel, to each  other light passes  through the slit as the rest of the glass has been blacken.

  1.             The longer the wavelength the lower the frequency.

Wavelength = C = 3 x 108      = 600m

0.5 x 106

  1.             Speed and wavelength decrease
  2.             T = 0.45

F= 1/T = 1/0.4 = 2.5 Hz

  1.             The wave length decrease
  2.             f = 40.λ = 8.5m

V= f λ = 40 x 8.5

= 340m/s

T= d/V = 102/340 = 0.3s

  1.             The slit and the wavelength of the wave have to be of the same order.
  2. (a)       T= I = 1 = 0.25s

F   4

So no. of waves S= t/T

= 1.25 = 5 wavelengths

(b)       (i)        Same wavelength & same frequency

(c)       S2P – S1P = 9λ – 7 λ

  1.             n=     V air          

V medium

V= 3 x 108 = 2 x 108m/s

  1.             Light can be plane polarized
  2.             C= f λ

F = c/λ where c is constant so f is inversely  proportional to λ. If f decreases by ¼ then value of λ is tripled

  1.             (a)       Stationary waves has nodes and  antinodes but progressive wave

does not have them

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)       (i)        By using a pin to rule two parallel lines about a third of  a

millimeter apart on a piece of thin glass coated with graphite and allowed to dry.

(ii)       Path difference = (n+ ½), where n= 0, 1, 2, 3, 4…….

(c)       (i)        Copy diagram of on 17

(ii)       Light meters

(iii)      A is formed when path difference of the waves is zero so there is

constructive interference. B is also due to constructive interference, but path differences is equal to one wavelength, C is as a result of destructive interference due to path differences being equal to half of one wavelength.

  1.             Wavelength
  2.             Tank becoming shallower outwards from the centre. The speed of waves

decreases and hence the wavelength decreases outwards.

  1.             They block certain directions of vibration of the light going through the

glass

  1.             Diffract the light waves and give interference
  • To produce 2 coherent monochromatic sources
  • Fringes of light separated by areas of some darkness
  • (i) More fringes

(ii)             Central white fringe and fringe of different colours on either side of central fringe

  1.             (i)        Fringes of light

(ii)       Central white fringe and fringes of other colours on either side of white fringe

  1.             Transverse- oscillations are perpendicular to direction of wave propagation

Longitudinal – oscillations are parallel to direction of wave propagation

(b) (i) No energy was lost, therefore the intensity remained the same and

there was no amplitude change.

(c) (i) 0.5 Hz                  (ii) 6m

  1. Mechanical waves require a material medium to travel through while the em waves do not.

T = 0.007s       f= 3 x 5 = 15 cm

3

F= 1/T              = 3/0.007                     = 429 Hz

 

 

 

 

Correct diffraction effect for both

  1. 0.35S
  2. 85M
  3. 680M

 

  1. ELECTROSTATICS II
  1. ( a) (ii)            Ability to store charge given by the quality of charge it can store

per unit p.d

(b)       Bring it near a charged electroscope (say +ve). If there is divergence then the rod is +vely charged. If not, charge the electroscope -vely and bring the rod near. If divergence is observed then they have the same charge.  Note that if decrease in divergence is observed in both cases then the rod is simply a conductor and its not charged.

(c)       Nothing would happen to the leaf of the electroscope. This is because in a hollow charged conductor, the charges are distributed on the surface of the charged conductor and not inside.

(d)       Earthing or using another charged body

(i)        Q= CV

= 2 x 10

= 20 μC

 

(ii)       Series = 1/C = 1/3 + 1/3

1/c = 2/3

C= 3/2 = 1.5 u F

Parallel Ct = 1.5 + 2

= 3.5 Uf

  1. Parallel = CT = C1 + C2

Series = 1/CT = 1/C3 + 1/ (C1+ C2)

1/CT = (C1 + C2) + C3

C3 (C1 + C2)

CT = C3 (C1 + C2)

C1 + C2 + C3

  1. Like charges repel while unlike charges attract.
  2. (a)       When S1is closed V= 3V

Charge stored in C2 is Q = CV = 3C

When S1 is opened, ½ Q is transferred from C1 to C2

Since they are in parallel p.d = 1.5V

(b)       (i)        RT = 6 + 5 + 0.5 = 11.5 Ω

\ I =   E = 3.0 = 0.26A

RT   11.5

\ Q= CV = 1.4 x 3

= 4.2 μ C

  1. QT = CV = 400 μc

CT = (2 + x)

QT = 80

(400uc) = 80

(2+x)

X= 3 μF

  1.  (i)       Ct = (5+ 10) μf = 15 μf

Q= 200 x 5

= 1000 μf

Q= 15 μf

V

1000 = V

15

V= 66.7V

 

(ii)    Q = C

V

  Q = 5

66.7

Q= 66.7 x 5

= 333.5 μf

Q = 10               Q   = 10

V                     66.7

Q= 66.7 x 10

= 66.7μf

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)       1 = 1/1.5 + ½ + 1/3

C1

= 0.67 + 0.5 + 0.33

1/CT = 1.5

Ct = 0.67 μc

 

(b)       Q= CTV

= 0.67 x 12

Q= 8.04 μc

 

(c)       8.04uc this is because they are in series arrangement therefore the quantity of charge is equal in all the capacitors.

 

  1. For parallel CT = C1 + C2

= 1.0 μF

Series CT = product/ sum = 2/3 = 0.667 μF

QT = CV = 2/3 x 6 = 4 μC

QC1 = CV = QT = 4 μC

VC1 = QT = 4/2 = 2V.

 

  1. (a) Graph of change against p.d

(b)       Q= CV

C= gradient = 0.24 – 0.08

6.0 – 2.0

= 0.16

= 4.0

= 0.04 μF

(c)       Energy stored = ½ QV = area

= ½ x 40 x 10-6

= 2.00 x 10-4J.

 

 

  1. HEATING EFFECT OF ELECTRIC CURRENT
  1. P = V2

R

40 = 2402/R

R= 1440 Ω

  1. P= V1

W/t = V1

15000/10 x 60 = V x 2

V=       15000

10 x 60 x 2

= 150

12                            = 12.5V                       Voltage across resistor is 12.5V

  1. Solution

(No. of ions) x 1000 = IV

No. of ions      = 13 x 240

1000

= 3.12              = 3A

  1. Solution

R1 = V2/p………….. (i)

R2 = (V/2)2 ¸2P= V2/4 ¸V2/4 x 1/2p = v2/8p……. (ii)

\R1/R1 = V2 /P ¸ V2/8p

= V2/p x 8p/V2                         = 8

  1. Solution
  • Amount of current, I
  • Resistance, R of the conductor
  • Time t for which the current flows
  1. Is the rate at which electrical energy is converted to useful work per unit time?
  2. Solution: That the appliance operates at a voltage of 240 volts. When it is operating normally, the electrical power outputs is 200 watts i.e. 200J of electrical energy is converted to other useful energy per unit time
  3. (a)       Solution

Electrical power P = VI

120 = 240I

\ I = 120/240                 = 0.5A

(b)       From Ohm’s law

V= 1R

R= V/J

= 240/0.5                                        = 480Ω

The resistance of element = 480Ω

  1. Solution

P= V2/R

R= V2/P

= 240 x 240

100

= 24 x 24         = 576Ω

 

  1. QUANTITY OF HEAT
  1. 1989

(i)        Heat absorbed by ice from – 100 = 1x 2,100 x 10 = 2.1 x 104

Heat absorbed by melting ice= 1 x 334 x 104 = 3.34 x 105

Heat absorbed by water from 00 to 1000 = 1 x 4,200 x 100J = 4.2 x 106J

Heat absorbed water at 1000 = ML = 1 x 2,260 x 103 J= 2.26 x 106J.

Total heat absorbed = 301.5 x 104 = 3.035 x 106J

Heat given out by heater = power x time

Time = 3.035 x 106 =

6 x 103

= 0.5025 x 103

= 505 .83s = 8.43min

(ii)      Some heat is used to heat up the heater, some is absorbed by the container/ due to energy losses more time for heating will be required.

 

  1. 1991:   (a)       It has more heat energy than water at the same temperature.

(b) (i) At 60%, Q = ML = 0.03 x 3.36 x 105

At 100% power = 93.3 V or

P = E= 0.03 x 3.36 x 105

T                100

= 56W

(ii)             100% energy = 100 x 10080

60

= 16,800J

\40 x 16,800 = 6,720J

= 60J

(c) (i) 1/5g alcohol gives 5.4 x 103J

4/5 petrol gives 38.4 x 103J

1g mixture gives (5.4 x 103 J) + (38.4 x 103J)

(ii) Work done= Mgh = 1000 x 20x 10

1,000 x 20 x 10 x 100 = 1.14 x 102g

43.8 x 103            40

OR Energy output x 100 = 40%

Energy input

Energy output = 2 x 106J

Energy input = 100 x 2 x 106J

40
Mass = 100/40 x 2x 106

43.3 x 103

(d)       PE→ Heat energy

Heat → Kinetic Lost

  1. 2002:   Heat gained = Heat Lost

MC∆ θ= Vlt

2 x C x 10 = 90 x 15 x 60

C = 9 x 15 x 60 = 4050 Jkg-1K K-1

20

  1. 2004:   – Increased Pressure

– Impurities

 

  1. 2003:
  • Specific Latent Heat of vaporization is the quantity of heat required to change 1kg of liquid at 1s boiling point completely to vapour at constant temperature.
  • (i) (I)        123 – 120 = 3g or 0.003 kg

(II)       Heat for water                         Heat calorimeter

0.070 x 4,200                          0.05 x 390

x 25                                         x 25

= 7,350J                                  = 487.5J

Total = 487.5 + 7,350 = 7,837.5J

 

(ii)       I.          ML + MC∆ θ = 7837.5

  1. 0.003L + 0.003 x 4200 x 70 = 7837.5

0.003L + 882 = 7837.5

L= 2.3185 x 106

Or        L= 2.32 x 106J/kg

 

  1. p x t = MC ∆ θ

2.5 x 1000t = 3 x 4200 x 50

T= 252s

= 4.2 min

  1. 2004:   Decrease in V increases I hence the heating rate increase (P= 12R)
  2. (a)       Current, time, mass of water formed

(b)       Power x time = MLf.

Power = m x Lf

Time

(c)       Energy lost is not accounted for

e.g energy absorbed by heater, container and radiation.

  1. BC- Liquid boiling at constant temp (at boiling pt)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. 2007: Pressure impurities
  2. 2007
  • Quantity of heat required to change completely into vapour 1kg of a substance at its normal boiling without change of temperature.
  • (i) So that it vaporizes readily/ easily

(ii)       In the freezing compartment the pressure in the volatile liquid is lowered suddenly by increasing the diameter of the tube causing  vaporization; in the cooling  finns, the pressure is increased by the compression pump and heat lost to the  outside causing  condensation.

(iii)      When the volatile liquid evaporates, it takes away heat of vaporization from the freezing compartment; reducing the temperature of the later; this heat is carried away and dissipated at the cooling finns where the vapour is compressed to condensation giving up heat of vaporization.

(iv)      Reduces rate of heat transfer to or from outside (insulates)

(c)       (i)        Heat lost by steam = 0.003 x 2.26 x 10b

Heat lost by steam water = 0.003 x 4200 (100- T)

= 6780 + 126 (100-T)

(ii)       Heat gained by water = MC θ

= 0.4 x 4200 (T- 10)

(iii)      Heat lost = heat gained

1680 (T- 10) – 6780 + 12.6 (100- T)

1680T – 16800 = 6780 + 1260 – 12.6T

  1. 7g
  2. 1167s
  3. 875 J/kgK
  4. 32.51g
  5. 84000 J/s, 2.8g
  6. 57.50C
  7. 3120J
  8. 180 J/kgK

 

 

  1. GAS LAWS
  1. 1989: (a) (i)        Plot the graph (straight line)

(ii)       From PV = k, since P = const.

T

V= Const x T

Or        y =mx

Where the constant = gradient of the graph

(b)       P1V1 = P2V2

But P2 = 1/3 P1

\V2 = P1 x V1 =   P1 x 10 = 30cm3

P2           1/3 P1

  1. 1989:

P1 = P2

T1    T2

\P2 = P1 T2          = 740 x 290

T1                     310

= 692.3 mm Hg

  1. 1990:
    • Obtain reciprocal values for L

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raise or lower the open end and record corresponding values of pressure (dgh) against length of trapped air L (it represents volume)

Plot a graph of pressure against reciprocal values of length.

 

  1. (A) (i) Directly proportional since X- sec is uniform.

(ii) Area of x- section is assumed to be constant

(iii) Pressure above atmospheric pressure

(B) (i) Pressure is below atmospheric value

(ii) Plot the graph (straight line)

(iii) Plot = K x 1/V

 

 

    • A short pallet of mercury/ concentrated sulphuric acid is introduced into the glass tube. As the temperature of air in the tube rises, it expands and pushes the mercury index further up the tube. The volume of air can be got from the length up to the level of the mercury index and temperature from the thermometer. The mercury thread is always at the same length so the total pressure in the tube remains constant. Plotting a graph of volume against temperature gives straight line which when extrapolated cuts the temperature axis at approximately 2730
    • V1 = V2

T1    T2

V2 = 20 x 327

300

= 21.8cm3

  • For a fixed mass of gas, pressure is inversely proportional to volume if temperature is kept constant.

P a €       1      

Volume

a                  1                 or                 density

Mass/ density                           mass

Pa €Density

  1. (a) Charle’s Law – For a fixed mass of gas at constant  pressure the volume is

directly proportional to the absolute temperature.

 

(b) (i)

–           Volume of gas is trapped by a drop of H2SO4. Water is heated and the gas is heated in a water bath.

–           Volume / height of gas in tube is increased as the temperature rises

–           Value of height, h, and temperature T are tabulated.

–           A graph of volume V against temperature T is plotted

–           A straight line graph cutting temperature axis at 2730C is obtained.

–           Therefore volume is directly proportional to the absolute temperature.

(ii)       Limitations

  • Short temperature range
  • Keeping pressure constant is difficult

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. B, Hydrogen is higher than oxygen hence moves faster, molecules collide more frequently with walls of container causing pressure to be more.
  2. (a) –   Heating of water/gas
  • Recording values of temperature, pressure at intervals of different values
  • Conversion of temperature to kelvin
  • Plot a graph of temperature against absolute temperature or find the values of P/T = K
  • Straight line graph obtained

(b)  (i)

C is the intercept and C=O

K is the gradient given by

15.2 104 – 4 x 104

400 – 105

 

11.2 x 103 = 380 + 10

295

(ii)       The gas would liquify

 

(c) C= 270C= 300K

3270C = 600K

 

P1 = P2 = 2.1 x 105 = P2

T1    T2        300         600

 

P2 = 4.2 x 105 p.a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. 2004: V1 = V2

T1     T2

V2 =T2 x V1

T1

 

= 353 x 200 ml

293

= 241 ml

  1. 2007: Kelvin (K)
  2. 2007 The pressure of a fixed mass of gas is directly proportional to its

absolute (Kelvin) temperature provided the volume is kept constant.

P a T at constant volume

  1. 1416 cm3
  2. 0022m3
  3. 25m
  4. qa 0.08m
  5. b 75N

 

 

 

FORM FOUR

  1. THIN LENSES
  1. (i) Short sightedness (myopia)

(ii) Concave lens (diverging lens)

  1. (a) Arrange the apparatus as  shown  below

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjust the position of the search pin until there is no parallax. Measure A and R

Refractive index         =          Real depth       =          R

Apparent depth           A

(b) (i) u = 15cm, f = 10cm

I + I = I

u   v    f

 

I = II = 1

v  10  15  30

\v= 30 cm

(ii)

 

 

 

 

 

 

– Now for the diverging lens, V= -15cm since the image is vertical

\I = -1 + 1 (note that for concave is –ve)

v   37.5 15

V= 25 cm

(c) (i)  Draw rays to form 1st image due to L1. This image will be treated as the object for L2.  Use lines (Not rays to obtain the position of the final image I2 then complete the rays as shown below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)       Measure height of I2 and divide by height of object

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. 2004:   Place candle at a distance as shown below

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Adjust until a sharp image is formed
  • Measure U and V and record
  • Repeat this procedure for other values of u
  • For each set of values find using 1/f = 1/u + 1/v
  • Calculate the average value

(b)    Draw one ray from top of object straight through the optical centre of the lens a

– Draw another ray parallel to the principal axis which should pass through principal axis after refraction

–  Where they meet, draw the image.

(c)          Short sightedness

 

 

 

 

 

(a)       (i)

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

 

 

 

 

(b)       (i)        A-Diaphragm

B-Film

(ii)       The distance between the lens is adjusted so that the image is formed on the film

(iii)      Shutter- Opens for some given time to alloy rays from the object to fall on the film creating the image impression.

A         (Diaphragm) controls intensity of light entering the camera

B         (Film) – coated with light sensitive components which react with light to create the impression

(c)       (i)        Magnification = V = 3

U

Since v + u = 80

U = 80 – v

   V      = 3

80 – v

V= 240 – 3v

V= 60 cm

(ii)       From above u = 20cm

I = I + I + I + I

F   v   u    60  20

  1. f= 15cm
  2. f= 14.3cm
  3. Given information
  4. u= 16cm

f = 12cm

Applying l = l + l

f    u   v

then I = l + l

v    f    u

= 11

12   V16

= l = 4 -3         = 1

V    48            48

Hence distance = 48

(ii)       Nature: image is real

  • Inverted
  • 48 cm from the lens
  • Magnified

(iii)      Magnification, m= v = 48 cm = 3

u    16 cm

  1. Solution

Given information

V= -6 cm

U = + 15cm

Applying I = I + I

F   u    v

= II

15  6

2-5

30

I = -3 = -1

F   30   10

F= -10

F= 10 cm

  1. Solution

P= I

F

P = 1/10 = 1/10/100 m

 

= 1¸10/100 m

 

= 1 x 100/10

Power = 10 dioptre (D)

Similarity Differences
– Both have converging lens

– In the eye, retina act as the

screen while  in the camera a

light sensitive  film act as one

– Focal length of the eye lens is

variable while that of the camera

is fixed.

 

 

  1. UNIFORM CIRCULAR MOTION
  1. When tension is max then r= l

T= F = Mv2

r

2 = 0.1 x V2

1.25

\V2 = 2 x 1.25

0.1

V= 5m/s

 

  1. (a) (i) & (ii)

 

 

 

 

(b)             (i)        S= Ut + ½ at2

 

t = €√ (2 x 5)

10

= 1 seconds

 

(ii)       S = Ut = 30 x 1 = 30m

 

(iii)      V2 = U2 + 2as

V= √(2 x 10 x 5)

= 10m

 

  1.             Principal of conical pendulum Or principle of circular motion

 

  1. V= wr

 

But w = θ = 2 p x 7 = 14 rads -1

T         1

 

\ V= 14 px 0.20

= 8.8 m/s

 

  1. Centripetal acceleration of bucket is equal or higher than gravitational acceleration of the water.
  2.             (a)       Keep angular velocity ω1 constant; Centripetal force provided by

mg; Fix the mass m and measure r; repeat for different values of m. Tabulate the values

(b)       Force- Mg. Calculate and fill a column for force and another for radius in m

Plot the graph

(ii)       Gradient of the graph

= 0.625 – 0.1 = 1.167 N 1m

0.525 – 0.075

Force F, on the body = mb w2r

Where mb = mass of the body

Mb w2 = Gradient of the graph = 1.167

 

W2 = 1.167 = 11.67

0.1

W= €√11. 67

= 3.42 rads-1

  1. 2pf = 2p x 8

a = rw2 = 0.2 (16p)2

                    = 505.3 m/s

  1. (a)       Angular displacement per second.

(b)       In 13s, angle turned = 300-170 = 130 rad

\ w=   θ = 130 = 10rads-1

t      13

So        300      = 10

t+13

10t + 130 = 300

10t = 170

t = 17 sec

(c)       (i)        Plot the graph which is a straight line.

(ii)       From T = (mr)w2 – C and y = mx + c

Y = T, grad = mr, y = intercept = -C

\ Obtain gradient and equate it to mr.

Where r = 0.3m, to obtain m.

(iii)      The y-intercept should be equated to, -C.

  1. (a)       Pe → Ke

\ mgh = ½ mv2

Or        V2 = 2gh.

V = √(2x10x0.9)

V = √18 = 1.24m/s

(b)       F = mg + Mv2

= 200 + 20 x 18

4

= 290N

(a)      Acceleration directed towards the centre of the orbit.

(b)       (i)        Roughness/smoothness of surface, radius of path, angular

velocity/speed.

  1. 10m/s
  2. 1.59 rev.s-1
  3. 0.61 rev.s-1
  4. 6.32N
  5. 1744N
  6. 0.41 m/s
  7. 30N

 

  1. FLOATING AND SINKING.
  2. Place it in the acid and read at the level of the acid surface. In a fully

charged car battery, should read 1.25.

  1. Volume of glass = Volume of water displaced

= (0.2 ¸ 103) kg

g

Mass of glass = 0.5

g

Density of glass = m

v

=          0.5 ¸ 0.2 x 1

g        g     103

=          2.5 x 103 kg/m3

=          2500 kg/m3

  1. Volume of the object = Volume of water displaced

Density of object =    Mass   = 120   = 3g/cm3

Volume   40

  1. Mass of paraffin = Mass of solid = vol x dens

= 5.5 x 0.8 = 4.4g

\ Density of solid = Mass    = 4.4    = 0.22g/cm3

Vol          20

  1. Metal is denser than water. Metal and the piece of wood have a general

density (combined density) less than that of water and floats just below the surface.

  1.             (i)        Lower surface of solid

P = gh

Force = P x A = gh x A

= 800 x 10 x 0.5 x 4 x 10-4

= 0.96N

Upper surface of solid.

Force = P x A = gh x A

= 800 x 10 x 0.1 x 4 x 10-4

= 0.32N

(ii)       Upthrust = 0.96 – 0.32 = 0.6N

Weight of the solid     = Density x Volume x g

= 2.7 x 103 x 0.2 x 104 x 4 x 10

= 2.16

Balance reading          = 2.16 – 0.64

= 1.52N

  1. Solid copper is denser than water hence the solid sphere sinks, weight is greater than upthrust. Hollow sphere experiences an upthrust equal ti its weight so it will float/density of hollow sphere is less than that of water i.e. volume of water displaced is a lot more than the weight of the sphere.
  2.             (i)        Clockwise moments = Anticlockwise moment.

2.0g x = 1.5g x 30

2x = 45                          x = 22.5cm

(ii)       Down force:    M x 22.5

= 20 x 1.5

M = 30/22.5 = 1.33Kg

Upthrust = 0.67Kg.

Therefore weight of water displaced = 6.7N

  1.             Weight of block = Weight of mercury displaced or law of floatation.

0.250 Kg = V x 13.6 x 103

V =      0.25     =          1.838 x 10-5m3 = 18.38m3

13.6 x 103

  1. The cube moves into the water, motion being opposed by liquid friction and increasing upthrust motion stops when the whole of the cube is completely under water.
  • A floating body displaces its own weight of the liquid on which it floats.
  •           (i)        To enable the hydrogen float upright.

(ii)       Float hydrometer on water and on liquid of known density in turn and mark levels/divide proportionally and extend on either side.

  •           (i)        Tension, upthrust, weight.

(ii)       As water is added, upthrust tension increases weight remains unchanged as water is added.

  1. 296N
  2. 14.52 kg
  3. 1000 Kg
  4. 0.969g/cm3
  5. 17cm
  6. (a) 0.56N

(b) 70cm3

(c) 0.7143g/cm3

(d) It would move up until it displaces its own weight.

  1. 5N
  2. 3.33g
  3. 22.5cm3, 8g/cm3

 

 

  1. ELECTROMAGNETIC SPECTRUM (EMS)
  1. Using a photocell/a fluorescent screen; photographic plate; also paper

smeared with Vaseline or quinine sulphur.

  1. Gamma rays, Ultraviolet, Infrared, Radio waves.
  2. Ultra violets rays, X-rays, Gamma rays.
  3. v = f x wavelength.

= v = 3.0 x 10ms-1

f    95.6 x 106s-1

= 3.14 m

  1. (i)        Killing germs, vitamin D synthesis, fluorescent

lamps/screen/signboard, vehicle reflectors, paints etc.

(ii)       Infrared radiation.

(iii)      Radio receiver.

  1. Radio waves, Infrared, Visible light, U-V radiation, X-rays.
  2. X-rays are produced from changes in energy from electron jumps in the

shells of an atom while gamma rays are produced from energy changes in the nucleus of atoms.

  1. (i) Scintillation tube, Geiger muller tube etc.

(ii)      Fluorescent materials, paper smeared with Vaseline etc.

(iii)     Eye, photometer.

(iv)     Skin, blackened thermometer etc.

  1. Warmth sensation, cooking, drying clothes etc.
  2. – They cause fluorescent.

–          They all travel at 3 x 10-8m/s.

–          They are part of em-spectrum and can travel through vacuum.

–          Transverse

  1. Electron jumps/ energy changes in electron structure of atoms.
  2. Energy changes in the nucleus of atoms.
  3. – They all travel at 3 x 10-8m/s.

–          All transverse.

–          Can be plane polarized.

–          They can travel through vacuum.

  1. (a) Radio waves, infrared, visible light, U-V radiation, X-rays.

(b)      Microwaves are used in cooking.

(c)      Ultraviolet are used in fluorescent paints.

  1. X-rays.
  2. (i) Radio waves

(ii)      Visible light.

(iii)     X-rays

(iv)     Treatment of cancer (radio therapy), detection of fault in manufacturing industry, sterilization/killing germs.

  1. (a) Cooking

(b)      Drying objects.

 

 

  1. ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION.
  2. (a)       No deflection: no change of magnetic flux cutting across the coil.

(b)       (ii)       The deflection is in the same direction. A south pole is

created to oppose the incoming south. It is the same as north approaching the opposite end.

(c)       Assuming 100% efficiency.

Ns = Ip            but       Is = V = 250 = 2.5A

Np    Is                               R    100

Is = 100 x 205

600

= 4.2A

  1. 1max = √2 x 3

= 4.24 A

  1. (i)        Np = 1000 = 24.4

Ns     450

(ii)       Cooling it, core made of material of low retentivity and it is

laminated, proper winding to reduce magnetic flux loss.

(iii)      Concentrate and reduce loss of magnetic flux.

  1. m.s. = 220

√2

= 155.6V

  1. – Hysteresis loses.

–          Copper loses.

–          Iron loses.

  1. (i)        Ns = 5

Np = 6

(ii)       Is = 6

Ip = 5

  1. (a)       (i)        Len’s law – The induced current flow is a direction such as

to oppose the change producing it.

(ii)       Faraday’s law – Whenever there is change in magnetic flux linked to a coil, a current/e.m.f. is induced whose magnitude is proportional to the rate of change of the flux (refer from A.F. Abbot)

(b)       (i)        Tables per coulombs means voltage and coulomb’s seconds

is current. If at the input V is high and I low then output should have low V and high I so that V1I1 = V0I0.

(ii)       Ns = Vs = Ns = 9v      \ Ns = 18 turns.

Np    Vp   480   240v

  1. Eddy current/self induction.
  2. Lamination the core.
  3. Vs = Ip Ip = Vs x Is =  9    x 30 = 1.125A

Vp    Is                   Vp           240

  1. P = V2 R = 2402 = 23.04W

R                               2500

 

  • The indicated current flows in such a direction that its magnetic effect opposes the change producing it.
  • (i) As the diaphragm vibrates, it causes the coil to move back and

forth in the magnetic field cutting the field lines; this causes a current to be induced in the coil which causes a varying current flow.

(ii)      Increasing number of turns in the coil increasing the strength of the magnet.

  • (i)      Vp = Np

Vs     Ng

400 = 1200

Vs     120

Vs = 40V.

(ii)      Ps = Pp = 600w

Is = 600 = 15A

40

(iii)      Ip = 600 = 1.5A

400

  1. (a) 43V

(b)      0.42A

(c)      18w

  1. (a) 750w

(b)      31.25A

  1. 5 cts
  2. 3 x 106m = 3000km
  3. 6w
  4. 3.60

 

 

  1. MAINS ELECTRICITY.
  1. I = V/R

240    A

500

= 0.48 A

  1. Solar (photo) cell.
  2. Power = Energy used

Time taken

Power = Current x Voltage

\         15000 = 2 x v

10 x 60

\         V =      15000 =   150

2 x 10 x 60    12

Voltage across resistor = 12.5V

  1. 2000: P = V2/R

40 = 240 x 240

R

R  = 240 x 240  W

40

= 140W

  1. Current in the heater = P/V = 3000/240 = 12.5A

Fuse not suitable since current exceeds the fuse value.

  1. E = Pt

= 60 x 36 x 60 x 60J

E in Kwh = 60 x 36 x 60 x 60 Kwh

1000 x 60 x 60

= 2.16 kwh

  1. 2002: (No. of irons) x 100 = IV

No. of irons = 13 x 240 = 3.12

1000

= 3

  1. Maximum power = VI

= (240 x 13)w

No. of 75w bulbs = 240/75 x 13

= 3120

= 41.6

Maximum number bulbs = 41

  1. of kwh = 1500kw/1000 x 30 Kwh

 

= 45Kwh

Cost     = Kshs. (45 x 8)

= Kshs. 360/=

R1 = V2/P,        R2 = V2/8P

R1 = V2 x 8p =8

R2     p     V2

  1. Current flowing through a conductor is directly proportional to potential difference across its ends provided temperature and other physical quantities remain constant.
  2. of Kwh = (1.5 x 24)Kwh

= 36Kwh

Cost = No. of Kwh x price per Kwh

= (36 x 1) = 36Kwh.

  1. (a) When a fault occurs on an electrical appliances damage will still be done

since current flows through the “live”

(b)       There are different circuits and each carries a different amount of current.

  1. Power = current x voltage.

= (0.5 x 250)W

= Kshs. 125W

  1. Energy dissipated in 6hrs = (2.5 x 6)Kwh

Cost = Kshs. (15 x 1.10)

= Kshs. 16.50

 

  1. CATHODE RAYS AND CATHODE RAY TUBE
  1. 1990: Photon – particle of light energy.

Quantum – Packet of energy.

  1. Ultra violet has a higher energy than yellow light.
  2. E = hf = hc

λ

λ = 6.63 x 10-34 x 3 x 108

5 x 10-19

Λ = 3.978 x 10-7

  1. Low negative voltage is applied on control grid, which controls the number of electrons reaching the screen.
  2. 1998: (i)        In Tv (CRT) deflection is by magnetic field while in CRO

deflection is by electric field

(ii)       CRO forms a spot on screen, CRT forms an image.

(iii)      CRO displays waves while CRT displays pictures.

(a)      (i)        A – Grid

B – Filament

(ii)       Filament heats cathode electron boil off cathode (theremionic emission)

(iii)      Accelerating

Focusing.

(iv)      Across X-plates.

(v)       to reduce collision with air molecules that could lead to

ionization.

(b)       (i)        Height = 4cm

Peak value = 4 x 5 = 20V

(ii)       2 wavelength = 16cm

T = 8 x 20 x 10-3

= 0.16s

F = 1 =   1         = 6.25Hz

T    0.16

(iii)

 

 

 

 

 

No answers for question 1& 2

  1. Low negative voltage is applied on control grid, which control the number of electrons reaching the screen.
  2. (i) Electron gun – produces direct electrons.

(ii)      Deflecting system – deflecting the beam to necessitate the study of external circuit.

(iii)     Fluorescent screen – to display the pattern being studied.

 

  1. X-RAYS
  2. (a)     (i)        Heater current or Filament current

(ii)       Anode Potential or operating potential

(iii)      Covering with protective materials where X- rays are not

required

  • Minimize exposure time as much as possible
  • Reduce no of exposures as much as possible

(b)       (i)        ½ MeV2 = eV

V= €√ (2eV)

Me

= √ 2 x 1.76 x 109 x 20 x 103

= 6.39 x 107 m/s

(ii)       KE- Heat or internal energy and energy of x- rays or radiation.

 

  1. X- rays have wavelengths of the  order of the lattice  spacing; and

therefore they can be diffracted; (Diffraction due to short wavelengths of x- rays). In calculation the atomic separation is equal to slit separation- or grating separation. Lead because it is very dense, has high atomic mass.

  1. (a)       (i)        Increase the filament current

(ii)       Increase the anode potential

(b)       Q= it = 15 x 10-3 A x is = 15 x 10-3C

Electron charge = 1.6 x 10-19 C

No. of electrons in 15 x 10-3C

= 15 x 10-3 = 9.38 x 1016 e/s

1.6 x 10-19

(c)       ½ mv2 = ev

V= √ 2eV

Me

(2 x 1.6 x 10-19 x 10 x 103) ½

9.1 x 10-31

                                                            = 5.9 x 107 m/s

(d)       –           Detecting flows/ fault in metals or other structures

–           Quality control of manufactured items e.g. tyres, thickness

of sheets, Paper.

–           Analysis of gem stones

  1. Highly penetrating in matter
  2. Hard X- rays are more penetrating than soft X- rays due to their higher

frequency.

  1. (a) 6 x 10-13

(b)      2.424 x 1020Hz

  1. (a) 35 x 10-11m

(b)      36,875V

(c)      1.3 x 1016 m/s

  1. 1 x 10-11m.
  2. The fins are used to cool the copper rod which conducts heat away from the target when electrons hit the target
  3. E on input = e.v

= 1.6 x 10-19 C x 1 x 104V

= 1.6 x 10 – 15 Houles

Energy of x- rays is hf

Where f=     c

λ mm

 

 hc = 1.6 x 10-15 Joules

λ mm

 

λ mm = 6.6 x 10-34 x 3 x 108

1.6 x 10­-15

 

λ mm = 1.24 x 10-10m

 

  1. Hard x- rays produced higher EHT results in faster electrons hence higher energy x- rays.

 

 

  1. PHOTOELECTRIC EFFECT
  1. Energy (incoming) = hf = 6.6 x 10-34 x 5.5 x 1014

= 3.63 x 10-19 J

= 3.63 x 10-19 = 2.27 eV

1.6 x 10-19

This energy is less than work function hence no photoelectric emission.

 

  1. θ = E = hf Û f = E = 8.0 x 10-18

h    3.34 x 10-34

(8.0 + 3.2) x 10-19 = 3.34 x 10 f

f= 3.35 x 1015

 

λ= 3.0 x 108 = 2.08 x 10-7

3.35 x 1015

hf = hfo + ½ mv2

 

= c = 3.0 x 108 x 6.64 x  10-34

f                  11.2 x 10-19

= 1.76 x 10-7m

  1. Higher photocurrents or more photoelectrons  produced.

(i)       Reduce/ prevent collisions of electrons with air molecules and hence increase current

(ii)       Control/ limit current, lowers current

  • The energy of the radiation must be greater than the work function of the emitting surface.
  • Current flows when uv falls on the cathode; interruption of the uv beam cuts off the circuit: use with relay to switch on a second circuit with alarm.
  1.             Electrons ejected from inside the metal lose more energy on the way out

while those on the surface require very little work function to be removed.

  1.             (i)

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)       Work function is given by = hfo

fo is the x- intercept in the graph fo (from graph)

= 1.2 x 1015 F= 6. 63 x 10-34 js x 1.2 x 1015

= 7.95 x 10-19

  1.             Solar cell (photovoltaic); Photocell/ photo electric cell
  2.             (i)        Photo – electric effect takes place releasing the extra electrons.

(ii)       The electrons released are attracted back by the positive charge.

  1. hf0 = 3.2 x 1.6 x 10-19J

f0 = 7.76 x 1014Hz

  1. 2007: PP2

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • The higher the intensity
  • Implies greater number of electrons and hence
  • Higher saturation current
  1. (a) 2.83 x 10-19J

(b) 4.95 x 10-19J

  1.  (a) 3.37 x 10-19J

(b) 2.37 x 10-20J

  1.  (a) 3.56 x 10-19J

(b) 2.84 x 10 -19J

(c) 9.7 x 1014Hz

  1. This is the minimum amount of work required to free an electron from a metal surface
  2. No = hf0

\f0 =  w0

h

= 2.0 x 1.6 x 10-19 Hz

6.63 x 10-34

= 4.85 x 1014 Hz                     λ o = V/f

= 3.0 x 108 ms-1 Hz

4.85 x 1014s-1                                    = 6.2 x 10-7

  1. eV = ½ meV2

V2 =     2ev

Me

V=  2ev                       =     2 x 1.6 x 10-19 x 500

Me                                      9 x 10-31

= 1.3 x 107 ms-1

 

  1. RADIOACTIVITY
  1.             (a)       Radioactive Decay – spontaneous disintegration of the molecules

and atom or emission of or a or β accompanied by release of energy and readjustment of the nuclide.

Isotope: Is a nuclide, which has same no. of proton but different atomic mass, same atomic number but different mass number, same chemical behavior but different properties.

(ii)       -When an alpha or beta particle or gamma ray enters the tube through the mica window, they ionize the gas inside the tube.

-The electrons produced are accelerated by the central electrode and in turn they produce more electrons by collision.

-This avalanche of electrons forms a pulse of current, which, after amplification, is used to operate a rate meter or counter.

-If a small loud speaker is connected a click will be heard every time a particle or gamma photon enters the tube.

(b) (i) Medicine: Deep penetrating gamma rays are used in the treatment of cancerous growth.

(ii) Agriculture: To determine the age of plant material and the movement of minerals implants.

 

  1.             (i)

Time (hrs)       576                  1152                1728                2304

Mass (mg)      640                  320                  160                  80

 

(ii) It will be zero

  1.             -Dosage

-Type of radiation

-Penetrating power

-Part of body exposed

  1. :           235 – 92 = 143 Neutrons
  2.             -Mass of that radioactive material

-Time taken to reduce to half

  1.             a Particles doubly charged and attracted electrons more.

a More massive i.e more momentum and not easily deflected

 

  1. 14        X         0

C  →   N   +    B

6          7          y

14 = x + 0 thus x = 14

6 = 7 + y thus y = -1

14                    14        40

C     =            N + e

6                      7          -1

  1. :           a- particles doubly charged and attract electrons more.

a more massive  i/e  more momentum and not easily deflected.

 

  1.  After 3s number decayed

½ x 5.12 x 1020 = 2. 56 x 1020

Next 3s number decayed

= ½ x 5.12 x 1020 = 2.56 x 1020

\€ Total number decayed

= (1.28 + 2.56) x 1020

= 3.84 x 1020

 

  1. No of T½ = 4

Thus fraction = (1/2)4 = 1/16

 

  1. : Number of neutrons  = 107 – 32  = 65

 

  1.             (a)       (i)        Beta particle (β – particle)

(ii)       A force is to the center of the circle implying negatively charged (Fleming’s L HR (etc)

(b)       (i)        Alpha particle ( particle)

(ii)       X- 88

Y – 228

 

(c)       (i)        Increase in thickness

(ii)       Increase in thickness reduces the number of radiations reaching the Geiger tube.

(iii)      Increase roller pressure

(iv)      Increase in roller pressure squeezes/ presses/ compresses metal sheet more reducing thickness of the foil coming out of them.

(v)       Alpha particles have low penetration power and so will not pass/ very few will pass though sheet.

(vi)      If a half life is short, decay rate reduces very fast with time and so this sudden change may be mistaken a shaving resulted from increase in thickness  OR would  be detecting as change in  thickness of foil, so longer half- life is more suitable

a= 234

b= 82

 

  1. (a)       23/9 X → 8 (8/2 a) + 10 (4/1 β) + Y

 

(b)       (i)        Gamma rays- not charges

(ii)       Alpha particles: mass number decreases by 4 and atomic number

decreases by 2

(iii)      Beta particles: easily deflected because they are light and carries

little charge.

 

  1. The substance takes 57 days to reduce its remaining mass by half.

 

  1. (i)        Alpha particles are weak in penetrating solid. So it has to be thin to

allow enough alpha particles to enter for ionization to take place.

 

(ii)       It causes ionization of the gas inside. The +ve ions move to the –ve plate and –ve ions move to the +ve terminal. This causes a flow of charge which is amplified and then fed to the counter.

(iii)      It controls the extent of ionization without causing avalanche flow of charge.

 

  1.  24       24        0

Na → Y  +    e

11       12        -1

  1. Year                            Amount

0                                  5

5                                  2.5

10                                1.25

15                                0.625

The mass will be 0.625g

 

 

  1. ELECTRONICS

 

 

 

If it doesn’t conduct at all or it gives equal deflections when reversed, then it is spoiled.  It should give deflection when connected in one way and not the other.

  1. (a)       (i)        Semi- conductor-  conducting is  by holes

Conductors- Conducting is by electrons.

(ii)       Semi conductors – silicon

Conductor – copper, tin, iron

 

 

 

 

Connect diode and check whether current flows reverse terminals of diode and check again.

 

  1. (i)        Introducing group III or V ( impurities to group 4 elements to improve

their  conduction

(ii)       The group V elements form covalent bonds with the semiconductor atoms using 4 electrons each. Thus an electron is left free for conduction.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. (i)        Semiconductors are from group 4 while conductors are from group 1,2 or
  1. Semiconductors poor conductors at low temp and improves conduction as temp increases. The conductors are good conductors at low temp and increases resistance with increase in temp.

(ii)       Semi- conductors- Germanium, silicon

Conductor – copper, silver, aluminum, etc.

  1. Positive holes
  2. (i)        It means introduction of impurities to a semi conductor

(ii)       Atom 25 doping has 5 valence electrons

Doper atom has 5 valence electrons (pent valence) Extra electrons unpaired and is available for conduction. n- type because the majority carriers are electrons.

  • Diode is forward – biased: current flows
  • Diode- reverse- biased; no current flows.
  1. Is the atom introduced into the semiconductor (doping) to provide an extra electron for conduction
  2. :

 

 

 

 

  1. No answer
  2. Intrinsic semiconductors are pure materials which conduct electricity under suitable conditions like increase in temperature.

Extrinsic semiconductors are materials that have been fitted with impurities.

  1. (i)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

 

 

 

 

 

 

PHYSICS K.C.SE. YEAR 2008

PAPER 1

SECTION A (25 MARKS)

Answer all the questions in this section in the spaces provided.

  1. A drug manufacturer gives the mass of the active ingredient in a tablet as 5 mg.

Express this quantity in kilogramme and in standard form.                         (1mk)

 

  1. The masses of equal volumes of a certain liquid and of water were found to be mv and mw respectively. Given that the density of water is 1gcm-3, express the density, p, of the liquid in terms of mv  mw (show your work)                       (2mks)

 

  1. Fig. 1 shows a brick placed on a plane inclined at an angle q to the horizontal. The weight, W, of the brick is shown.

 

 

 

 

  1. a) On the same diagram show with arrows the other two forces acting on the brick and name them. (1mk)
  2. b) State how each of the two forces named (a) above is affected when the angle q is reduced. (1mk)

 

  1. Water is known to boil at 1000C. A student heated some water and noticed that it boiled at 1010C.

State two possible reasons for this observation.                                           (2mks)

 

  1. Fig: 2 shows a flask filled with water. The flask is fitted with a cork through which a tube is inserted.  When the flask is cooled, the water level rises slightly, then falls steadily.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Explain observation.                                                                          (3mks)

 

 

 

 

  1. Fig. 3 shows a hot water bath with metal rods inserted through one of its sides.  Some wax is fixed at the end of each rod. Use this information to answer questions 6 and 7.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

What property of metals could be tested using this set-up?             (1mk)

 

  1. Besides the length of the rods that is kept constant, what else should be kept constant when comparing the property for the different metal rods?             (1mk)

 

  1. Fig. 4 shows a conical flask 15cm high, filled with a liquid of density 1200kgm-3. The atmospheric pressure of the surrounding is 8.4 x 104 Pa.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Determine the pressure at the point marked X, at the bottom of the flask.  (3mks)

 

  1. Explaining the difference between a liquid and a gas in terms of intermolecular distances and forces. (2mks)

 

 

  1. Fig. 5 shows a toy resting on top of a closed bottle. Use the information on the figure to answer questions 10 and 11.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mark on the diagram, point Q, the approximate centre of gravity of the toy.

(1mk)

  1. Giving a reason, name the state of equilibrium of the toy. (2mks)

 

  1. Fig. 6 shows a sheet of paper rolled into a tube.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

When a fast stream of air is blown into the tube as shown in the diagram the paper tube collapses. Explain the observation.                                           (2mks)

 

 

  1. The graphs in Fig. 7 represent the relations between extension e and mass m added on two springs x and y.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Given that the two springs are made of same materials, give a reason why the graphs are different.                                                                           (1mk)

 

  1. The system in Fig. 8 is in equilibrium

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

When the temperature of the water is raised the system is observed to tilt to the right, state the reason for this observation.                                       (2mks)

 

 

 

 

SECTION B (55 MARKS)

Answer all questions in this section in the spaces provided.

  1. a) State Newton’s second law of motion.                                 (1mk)
  2. b) A matatu starts from rest and accelerates to cover a distance of 49m in 7 seconds.

Determine

(i)        Its acceleration;                                                          (3mks)

(ii)       Its velocity, after 7seconds                                        (2mks)

  1. c) A trolley moving on a horizontal bench of height 1.2m, strikes a barrier at the edge of the bench. The brass mass on the top of the trolley flies off on impact and lands on the ground 2.5m from the edge of the bench.

Determine:

(i)        The time taken by the brass mass to reach the ground;        (2mks)

(ii)       The speed at which the trolley struck the barrier.                 (2mks)

 

  1. a) Define the term heat capacity.                                               (1mk)
  2. b) You are provided with the apparatus shown in Fig. 9 and a stop watch.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Describe an experiment to determine the specific latent heat of steam, l, using the set up.  In your answer clearly explain the measurements to be made and how these measurements could be used to determine l.   (6mks)

  1. c) A block of metal of mass 150g at 1000C is dropped into a lagged calorimeter of heat capacity 40JK-1 containing 100g of water at 250 The temperature of the resulting mixture is 340C. (Specific heat capacity of water=4200JK-1).

                    Determine:

(i)        Heat gained by calorimeter;                                                   (2mks)

(ii)       Heat gained by water;                                                            (1mk)

(iii)      Heat lost by the metal block;                                                 (1mk)

(iv)      Specific heat capacity of the metal block                              (3mks)

 

  1. a) What is meant by absolute zero temperature?                                  (1mk)

 

Fig. 10 shows a set up to investigate the relationship between temperature and volume for a certain gas.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. b) State two factors that are kept constant, in order to determine the relationship. (2mks)
  2. c) The graph in Fig. 11 shows the relationship between volume and temperature for the experiment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)        What was the volume of the gas at 00C?                               (1mk)

 

(ii)       At what temperature would the volume of the gas be zero? (1mk)

 

(iii)      Explain why the temperature in part (ii) above cannot be achieved.

(2mks)

 

  1. d) A sealed gas cylinder contains 300cm3 of certain gas at a temperature of 250C, and at a pressure of 9.5x 104 the gas in the cylinder was then cooled to 100C.

 

Determine the new pressure of the gas in the cylinder.                    (4mks)

 

 

  1. (a) Define the term velocity ratio of a machine.                                     (1mk)

(b)       Fig. 12 shows part of a hydraulic press. The plunger is the position where effort is applied while the Ram piston is the position where load is applied.  The plunger has cross-section area, a m2 while the Ram piston has cross-section area, a m2.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

When the plunger moves down a distance d the Ram piston moves up a distance D.

(i)        State the property of liquid pressure on which the working of the hydraulic press works.                                                           (1mk)

(ii)       Derive an impression for the velocity ratio (V.R) in terms of A and a.                                                                                                (4mks)

  1. c) A machine of velocity ratio 45, overcomes a load of 4.5 x 103N when an effort of 135N is applied.

Determine:

(i)        The mechanical advantage of the machine;                          (2mks)

(ii)       Efficiency of the machine;                                                     (2mks)

(iii)      The percentage of the work that goes to waste.                     (1mk)

 

19        a)         State the principle of moments.                                             (1mk)

  1. b) A uniform metal strip is 3.0cm wide, 0.6cm thick d 100cm long. The density of the metal is 2.7 g/cm

(i)       Determine the weight of the strip.                                         (3mks)

The strip placed n a pivot and kept in equilibrium by forces as shown in fig. 13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)       Determine the value of F and R                                             (3mks)

 

 

 

(iii)      X is the distance from the end of the plank to the point of application of force F. Force F is now applied at various points nearer to the pivot so that x increases. Equilibrium is maintained all the time.  On the axes provided sketch the relation between force F and x.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)      Give a reason for the answer in (iii) above                                       (1mk)

 

 

 

 

 

 

PHYSICS K.C.S.E YEAR 2008

PAPER 2

SECTION A (25 MARKS)

Answer all the questions in this section in the spaces provided.

  1. Figure 1 shows three point sources of light with an opaque object placed between them and the screen.

 

 

 

 

Explain the nature of the shadow formed along B and C.                 (2mks)

 

  1. A leaf electroscope A is charged and placed on the bench. Another uncharged leaf electroscope B is placed on the same bench and moved close to A until the caps touch. State and explain what is observed on the leaves of A and B.

(2mks)

  1. You are provided with the following;

A cell and holder, a switch, a rheostat, an ammeter, a voltmeter and connecting wires.  Draw a diagram for a circuit that could be used to investigate the variation of the potential difference across the cell with the current drawn from the cell.

(1mk)

  1. An un-magnetized steel rod is clamped facing North-South direction and then hammered repeatedly for some time. When tested, it is found to be magnetized. Explain this observation.                                                                   (2mks)

 

  1. The diagram in figure 2 shows an object O placed in front of a converging lens.  F and F are the principal foci for the lens.

 

 

 

 

The object is now moved along the principal axis until a virtual image is produced.

On the same diagram:

(i)        Draw the object O in the new position along the principal axis;

(ii)       Sketch rays to show formation of the virtual image             (1mk)

 

  1. Figure 3 shows a flat spring made of iron clamped horizontally on the bench over a solenoid.

 

 

 

 

When the switch is closed, the spring vibrates. Explain this observation.   (3mks)

 

  1. Figure 4 shows a hack-saw blade clamped horizontally on a bench and the free end is made to vibrate about the rest position.

 

 

 

 

 

The movement     o            a            0            b              0          a          0          b takes 0.7 seconds.

Determine the frequency of vibration of the blade.                          (2mks)

 

  1. Figure 5 shows wavefronts approaching the boundary between two media.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The speed of the waves in medium (2) is higher than that in medium (1). On the same diagram complete the figure to show the wavefronts after crossing the boundary.                                                                                            (2mks)

 

  1. Figure 6 shows a circuit in which a battery of negligible internal resistance, two resistors, a capacitor, a voltmeter and a switch are connected.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Giving a reason for your answer in each case, state the reading of the voltammeter, V, when the switch is                                                 (2mks)

(i)        Open

V=…………………………………………………………………..

Reason……………………………………………………………..

(ii)       Closed

V=……………………………………………………………….

Reason………………………………………………………….

 

  1. A heating coil is rated 100W, 240V. At what rate would it dissipate energy if it is connected to a 220V supply?                                                                         (3mks)

 

  1. Figure 7 shows how rays from a distant and a near object are focused inside a human eye with a certain defect.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name the defect and state the cause of this defect.                                       (1mk)

Defect…………………………………………………………………………..

Cause of defect…………………………………………………………………

 

  1. A narrow beam of electrons in a cathode ray oscilloscope (CRO) strike the screen producing a spot. State what is observed on the screen if a low frequency a.c source is connected across the y-input of the CRO                                      (1mk)

 

  1. The accelerating potential of a certain X-ray tube is increased. State the change observed on the X-rays produced. (1mk)

 

  1. A radioactive isotope of copper decays to form an isotope of Zinc as shown below

69                     69

Cu                   Zn + radiation

29                     30                                                                                             (2mks)

Name the radiation emitted and give a reason for your answer

Radiation…………………………………………………………………………

Reason……………………………………………………………………………

 

SECTION B (55 MARKS)

Answer ALL the questions in this section in the spaces provided.

  1. a)         State one factor that affects the speed of sound in a solid.              (1mk)
  2. b) An observer stands half-way between two vertical cliffs that are L metres

apart. He moves directly towards one cliff and after a distance x=10cm from the centre, he strikes a gong and measures the time interval, t, between the echoes heard from the two cliffs. He moves a further 10m and again strikes the gong and measure the time interval between the echoes.  The process is repeated several times.  The graph in Figure 8 shows the relation between the time interval, t and the distance, x from the centre.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)        From the graph, determine the value of x for which the time interval was 0.55.                                                         (1mk)

(ii)       Given that t= 4/vx where v is the speed of sound in air, determine the value of v from the graph.                                                      (3mks)

(iii)      If the maximum time measured by the observer was t=4.7s, determine the distance L between the cliffs.                         (3mks)

(c)       A search boat uses a signal of frequency 6.0 x 104 Hz to detect a sunken

ship directly below. Two reflected signals are received; one after 0.1 seconds from sunken boat and the other after 0.14 seconds from the sea bed. If the sea bed is 98 m below the boat, determine:-

(i)        The speed of the signal in water.                                           (3mks)

You may use the value of v from (ii) above.

(ii)       The depth of the sunken ship below the boat                        ( 2 mks)

 

  1. (a) State two conditions necessary for total internal reflection to occur

( 2 mks)

(b)       Figure 9 shows a ray of light incident on the boundary between two media

1 and at an angle θ

 

 

 

 

 

 

Show that the refractive index for a ray of light traveling from medium 1

to medium 2 is given by:

M2 1

Sin θ                                                        (2 mks)

  • Figure 10 shows a ray of light incident on one face of a block of ice of refractive index 1. 31 and totally reflected at the adjacent face

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Determine

(i)        Angle Φ                                                                      ( 2 mks)

(ii)       Angle x                                                                       ( 1 mk)

  • Angle θ, the greatest angle for which the total internal reflection is possible ( 2 mks)

 

  1. (a) Three resistors of resistance 2.0 W, 4.0 W and 6.0 W are connected together

in a circuit.

Draw a circuit diagram to show the arrangement of the resistor which

Gives

(i)        Effective resistance of 3.0 W                                     ( 1 mk)

(ii)       Minimum resistance                                                  ( 1 mk)

 

  • In figure 11 the voltmeter reads 2.1 V when the switch is open. When the switch is closed, the voltmeter reads 1.8 V and the ammeter reads 0.1A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Determine:

(i)        The e.m.f of the cell                                       ( 1 mk)

(ii)       The internal resistance of the cell                  ( 3 mks)

(iii)      The resistance of the lamp                             ( 2 mks)

 

  1. (a) Figure 12 shows two circuits  close to  each other

 

 

 

 

When the switch is closed, the galvanometer shows a reading and then returns to zero. When the switch is then opened, the galvanometer shows a reading in the opposite direction and then returns to zero. Explain these observations.                                                              ( 3 mks)

 

  • Explain how energy losses in a transformer are reduced by having:

(i)        A soft- iron core                                             ( 2 mks)

(ii)       A laminated core                                            ( 2 mks)

 

  • An ideal transformer has 2000 turns in the primary circuit and 200 turns in the secondary circuit. When the primary circuit is connected to a 400V a.c. source, the power delivered to a resistor in the secondary circuit is found to be 800W. Determine the current in:
    • The secondary circuit
    • The primary circuit
  1. (a) X- rays are used for detecting cracks inside  metal  beams

(i)        State the type of the X- rays used                              ( 1 mk)

(ii)       Give a reason for your answer in (i) above               ( 1 mk)

 

  • Figure 13 shows the features of an X- ray tube

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)        Name the parts labeled A and B                                ( 2 mks)

A

B

(ii)       Explain how a change in the potential across PQ changes the intensity of

the X- rays produced in the tube.                               ( 2 mks)

(iii)      During the operation of the tube, the target becomes very hot. Explain

how this heat is caused                                               ( 2 mks)

(iv)      What property of lead makes it suitable for use as shielding material?

(1 mk)

  • In a certain X- ray tube, the electrons are accelerated by a Pd of 12000V. Assuming all the energy goes to produce X- rays, determine the frequency of the X- rays produced. (Plank’s constant h= 6.62 x 10-34 Js and charge on an electron, e = 1.6 x 10-19C). ( 4 mks)

 

 

 

ANSWERS TO KCSE PHYSICS 2008

PAPER 1

SECTION A

  1. 0 x 10-6 kg or 5 x 10-6 kg or 5 x 10-6
  2. since P = m/v = m/p

 

For water V = Mw

1

For liquid V = M1

P

Mw = Mv

1        p

\P = Mv

Mw

Relative density =      Mv = Pv

Mw      1

\P =   Mv

Mw

  1. (a)

 

 

 

 

 

(b)       R (reaction) increases while F (Friction) reduces or R approaches W while F reduces

  1. –Atmospheric pressure is higher than normal/ or pressure is higher than normal

atmospheric pressure/ or  boiled below sea  level.

– Presences of impurities in water.

  1. When flask is cooled it contracts/ volume reduces water due to poor conductivity of glass, subsequently as both cool the contraction of glass is less than that of water or that of water is greater than that of glass.
  2. Heat conductivity of rate of (heat) conductivity.
  3. Cross – sectional area or diameter or thickness or radious of the metal rods.
  4. Pressure in liquids = pgh

= 1200 x 10 x 15 x `0-2

= 1800 pa

Total pressure = (8.4 + 0/18) x 104Pa

= 8.58 x 104 Pa

P= PA + hpg

= 8.4 x 104 + 15 x 10-2 x 1200 x 10

= 8.58 x 104 Pa

 

  1. – Intermolecular distances are greater/ larger/ larger in gases than in liquids

– Forces of attraction in liquids are higher/ stronger/ larger / greater than in gases.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. – Stable equilibrium

–           When it is slightly fitted Q or cog rises or when released it reaches or comes to its original position when fitted.

  1. Fast stream of air reduces pressure inside the tube. Pressure from outside is greater than inside hence collapses or pressure differences causes the paper to collapse.
  2. Diameter of the coils is different or wires have different thickness or number of turns per unit length is different or length of the springs is different cross- sectional area of the sires.
  3. Heated water has lower density; hence lower upthrust.
  4. (a) The rate of change of momentum of a body is  (directly) proportional to

the (resultants external) force producing the change and takes  place in the direction of the force.

(b)       (i) S = ut + ½ at2

49 = 0 + ½ a x 72

9= 2 m/s2

 

(ii) 1st = average v x time

 

u+v   t or

2

 

If = 0 + v    x 7

2

= 14m/s

V = u + at Either

= 0 + 2 x 7

= 14m/s

V2 = u2 + 2as

= 0 + 2 x 49

V=   2 x 2 x 49

= 14m/s

(c)       (i) S= ut + ½ at2 Either

1.2 = 0 + ½ x 10 x t2

 

 

t=    1.2/5      = 0.49

V2 = u2 + 2gs

V= u + gt

V2 = 0 + 2 x 10 x 1.2 = 24

V=    24 = 4.899

  • = 0 + 10 x t

t = 0.4899

(ii)       V = s/t = 2.5/ 0.49 = 5.1 m/s

  1. (a) Heat capacity of a body is the energy required to raise the temperature of

the body by degree centigrade/ Celsius or 1 Kelvin.

(b)    –           Measure initial mass of boiling water + calorimeter = Mi

–           Measure final mass of boiling water + calorimeter = mf

–           Time taken to evaporate (mi – mf) to steam = mf

–           Heat given oral by heater = heat of vaporization or heat absorbed by water to change to steam.

Pt = (mi – mf) L

L =          pt    

mi – mf

Alternative

  • Initial mass = mi
  • Final mass = mf
  • Time taken- t

Heat given = heat gained + heat gained + heat of heat by water by calorimeter vaporization.

 

(c)       (i)        Heat capacity x ∆θ

= 40 (34 – 25) = 40 x 9

= 360J

(ii)       MwCw x ∆θ

= 100 x 10­3 x 4.2 x 103 (34 – 25)

= 3.780J

(iii)      = MmCm (100 – 34)

= 0.15cm x 66 = 9.9 cm or

= 360 +   3780

= 4140J

(iv)      = 0.15cm x 66 = 4140

= Cm = 4140/ 0.15 x 66 = 418 Jkg-1K-1

  1. (a) Absolute zero temperature is the lowest temperature (theoretically)

possible or is the temperature, at which volume/ pressure/ kinetic energy or velocity of particles (is assumed to be zero).

(b)       Mass of the gas

Pressure of the gas

(c)       (i)        40 x 10-6 m3 or 4 x 10-5 m3 or 4.0 x 10-5 m3 or 40 cm3

(ii)       277.5 ± 2.5 i.e ( -275 – -280)

(iii)      A real gas liquefies and/or solidifies before the temperature is

reached.

(d)                   P1 V1 = P2 V2

                                                       T1         T2

 

But V1 = V2

P2 = P1 x T2 = 95 x 103 x 283

T1                                         298

= 90.2 x 103 pa or 9.0 x 104 Pa

  1.            (a)

Velocity ratio    =        Distance effort moves                =       effort distance

Distance load moves             load distance

(b)       (i) Pressure in liquids is transmitted equally throughout the liquid

(ii)       Volume of the oil displace by plunger = volume received

by ram

d x a = A x D

d/D = A/9

But V.R = d/D

\V.R = A/9

Work done on plunger = work done on ram

P x 9 x d = P x A x D

a x d = A x D

Rearranging to have ratio of effort dist to load dist

V.R = d/D = A/9

(c)       (i)        M.A Load/ Effort or substitution

= 4.5 x 103

135

= 33 1/3

= 33.3

(i)        Efficiency = M.A x 100 = 33.3 x 100

V.R                45

= 74%

(ii)       Percentage of work going to waste

= 100 – 74 = 26%

% lost = input – output x 100

Input

= 6075 – 4500 x 100 = 1575 = 25.92

6075                   6075

 

  1.            (a)       When an object is in equilibrium the sum of the anticlockwise

moments about any point is equal to the sum of the clockwise moments about the same point or same point.

(b)       (i)        Volume = 100 x 3 x 0.6 = 180 cm or

 

Mass = volume x density = 180 x 2.7 = 48

W = mg = 486 x 10 = 4.86N

1000

W = mg but M = PV

\W = Pvf

= A 2.7 x 3 x 0.6 x 100 x 10

1000

= 4.86 N

(ii)       Taking moment about R

20F = 15 x 4.86

F= 15 x 4.86 = 3.645N

R= F + W

= 3.645 + 4.86 = 8.51 N

Taking moment about F

20R = 4.86 x 35 = 8.505N

\F = R – W

= 8.505 – 4.86

= 3.645N

(iii)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)      As X increases the distance between F and pivot reduces so F has to increase to maintain equilibrium.

 

 

PAPER 2

  1. -Umbra, total absence of light, total darkness, completely.

-Rays of light are completely blocked from the region or no light reaches this

region

  1. –The leaf in A falls some distance while the leaf in B rises a little distance

– The two leaf electroscopes share charge acquiring same charges

 

 

 

 

  1. Hammering causes the domains (dipoles) in the rod to vibrate, when settling some of the domains align themselves in the N- S direction due to the earths magnetic field causing magnetization.
  2. (i)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. When the switch is closed so that current flows the inner core in the

solenoid is magnetized attracting the flat spring, this causes a break in contact disconnecting the current so that magnetism is lost releasing the spring and repeating the process.

  1. – Movement equals 1. 75 oscillations/ cycles

– So that period T = 0.7 = 0.4 seconds

1.75

f= 1/T = 1/ 0.4 = 2.5Hz

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. (i) V = 0V

Reason No current

(ii)       V = 3v

Reason current flows in the resistor

  1. P = V2 R= 2402

R                    100

  1. Defect- short sightedness (myopia) ½

Cause of defect. Extended eyeball ½ lens, has short focal length lens is too powerful, lens has high refractive power.

  1. The spot moves up and down
  2. The frequency of x- rays increases. Accept – becomes hard, wavelength

shorten (decreases) penetrating power increases, high frequency

  1. Radiation – Beta

Reason- Gain of an electron

– Neutron changes into a proton and an e- is emitted.

– Mass number remains the same, atomic no increases by one.

  1. (a) Temperature, density

(b)       (i)        46.5m

(ii)       V = 4x

t

x/t = slope x 10-1 = (0.51)-1

43

V = 43 x 4 = 337m/s

0.51

(iii)      For maximum internal, observer is at one end so distance = 2L

337 x 4.7 = 2L

L= 792m

(c)       (i)        Distance moved by sound to and from sea bed.

Distance = 98 x 2m

V= 98 x 2                    98

0.14                       0.4

= 1400m/s

(ii)       Distance = v x t

= 1400 x 0.10

2

= 70m

  1. (a) -Light must travel from denser to less dense medium

-Angle of incidence must be greater than critical angle.

(b)       1h2 = Sin i

Sin r

Since i = 90, r = θ

1h2 =   Sin 90

Sin θ

1h2 = 1/ Sin θ

 

 

Alternative

1h2 =   Sin i    = Sin θ = Sin θ

Sin r        Sin 90

 

1h2 =   1          = 1

1h2          Sin θ

 

(c)       (i)        Sin θ = Sin c = 1 = 1  = 0.763

n   1.31

 

θ = 49.80 (49.760)

 

(ii)       X = 90 – θ

= 40.240

 

(iii)      Sin θ = h = 1.31

Sin x

Sin θ = 1.31 x Sin 40.24 = 0.846

θ = 57.8

 

  1. (a) (i)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

 

(b)       (i)        2.1V

(ii)       The difference in reading is the p.d across the internal resistance r.2.1 V – 1.8 V = 1r = 0.1r

0.1r = 0.3V

r= 0.3 = 3W

0.1

(iii)      When current is being drawn from the cell the p.d across the

external circuit is the one measured.

0.1 x R = 1.8V

R = 1.8 = 18 W

0.1

  1. (a) When the switch is closed , flux in the coil on LHS grows and links

the other coil inducing e.m.f

When the I is steady No. flux change and hence no. when the switch is opened, the flux collapses even in the boil on RHS inducing current in opposite director.

(b)       (i)        Soft iron reduces losses due to hysterisis.

This is because the domains in soft iron respond quickly to changes in magnetic (or have low reluctance) or easily magnetism demagnetized.

(ii)       Laminated core reduces losses due to eddy currents, this is because

laminating cuts- off the loops of eddy currents reducing them  (resistance) considerably.

(c)

Vp =    Np

Vs        Ns

Np       = 400V            Vs=?

Ns

Np = 2000 Ns = 200

2000    = 400

200          Vs

2000 = Vs        Vs = 40V

200      400

Power = IS VS = 800W

Is = 800W

40V

= 20A

(ii)       Pp = Ps

800w = 400 x Ip

Ip = 24

  1. (a)      -Hard x- rays

-They are more penetrating (energetic)

(b)       (i)

A: Cathode rays, electron (s), electron beam

B: Anode (copper anode)

(ii)       Change in p.d across PQ changes the filament current

No. of electrons (Intensity of es) (Temperature of cathode)

This changes the no. of es released by cathode hence intensity of x- rays

(iii)      Most of the energy of e s hitting target is converted into heat.

(iv)      High density.

(c)       Energy of e s = ev = QV

Energy of x- rays = hf (ev = hf)

= 6.62 x 10-34 Js x f

= 6.62 x 10-34 x f = 1.6 x 10-19 x 12000

f = 2.9 x 1018 HZ

 

PRACTICALS

EXPERIMENT 1

You are provided with

  • A pendulum bols with a piece  of thread attached
  • Two wooden blocks
  • Retort stand, clamp and boss
  • Metre rule
  • ½ metre rule attached to wooden  block
  • Cello tape  (2 pieces of about 10cm long)
  • Stop watch

(a) Fix the thread between the two wooden blocks and fasten in the clamp. Adjust the thread so that length L shown the figure below is 50cm. Fix the metre rule horizontally to the bench using the cello tape provided. Adjust the clamps so that the marble is next to the end of the metre rule as shown.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i) Displace the pendulum bob by a horizontal distance x = 10cm and measure the corresponding vertical displacement, h

 

(ii)             Repeat the experiment to find h for each of the following values. X = 25 cm, 10cm, 35cm, 10cm, and 45cm. Complete the table below

X (cm) H (cm) X2 (cm2) X2/h cm
20 400    
25 625    
30 900    
35 1225    
40 1600    
45 2025    

(iii)             Plot the graph of X2/h cm against h starting the X2/h axis scale from 50cm and h- axis scale from zero. Draw the best line through the points.

(iv)             Determine the slopes of the graph                                                     (2 mks)

(v)             From the graph find the value of X2 /h when h = 0                           (1 mrk)

 

 

(b)       Raise the clamp slightly without changing the length I so the pendulum bob is free to swing. Displace the bob through a horizontal distance of about 10cm and let it free to swing.

(i)        Determine the periodic, T for one complete oscillation by timing twenty oscillations.

Time for 20 oscillations =                                                      (1 mark)

Period T                                                                                  (1 mark)

(ii)       Calculate the value of P from the following equation

T= 2x√(P/g ) where g = 10ms-2                                                ( 4 marks)

 

EXPERIMENT 2

You are provided with the following apparatus

  • Two retort stands
  • Two bosses
  • A metre rule
  • A pendulum bob
  • Piece of thread
  • Stop watch or clock

 

Proceed as follows

  1. Tie the thread provided to the pendulum bob securely so that it is the centre of the thread (put the thread through the hole or loop of the bob up to the centre and then make a knot).
  2. Use your pen to mark on the loose ends of the thread, point A and B 50 cm from the point where the bob is tied.
  3. Fix the bosses on the stands at points 60 cm above the bench. Suspend the bob between the two stands by tying the loose ends of the thread to the bosses at the points marked in (b) above. See below (A and B are the marked points).

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Adjust the position of one of the stands (by moving it closer to the other) So that the  distance d is 50cm. Give the bob a small displacement perpendicular to the  plane containing the two portions of the thread and then release it. Measure t1 the time for 10 oscillations Repeat the measurement and record in table below.
  2. Repeat the procedure in (d) for other values of d shown in the table and complete the table.
Distance (cm) 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
Time t for 10 oscillations in sec                  
Periodic time T (s)                  
T4 (S4)                  
d2 (sm2)                  

 

  1. On the provided grid plot the graph of T4 ( y- axis) against d2
  2. The relationship between T and d is given by the equation

T4 = pd4 + q

Where p and q are constants. Use your graph to determine

  1. p and q (5 marks)
  2. The length I of the thread (3 marks)

 

EXPERIMENT 3

You are provided with the following

  • Metre rule
  • Retort stand, clamp and boss
  • 500ml beaker ¾ full of water
  • 100g  mass
  • 50g mass
  • Three  pieces of thread

 

Proceed as follows:

  • Balance the metre rule horizontal by suspending it from the stand and clamp with one of the threads

Record the balance point G

G = _______cm                                                                      (1 mark)

(b)             Suspend the 100g mass from the metre rule at a point such that x=5 cm from point G. With 100g mass completely immersed in water in the beaker hang the 50g mass from the metre rule and adjust its position until the system is in equilibrium as shown in the diagram below

Note the point of suspension P of the mass P.

P=_______                                                                              (1 mark)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repeat the procedure for values of x= 5cm, 10cm, 15cm, 25 cm…….. record the values of y in the table below

NOTE: ensure that during each case the position of the thread through G does not change.

 

X (cm) Position of 50g mass Y (cm)
5    
10    
15    
20    
25    

 

(c)       (i)       On the grid provided plot a graph of y against x.                  (5 marks)

(ii)       Determine the slope of the graph                                           (3 marks)

(d)       Find the density d of the liquid given that                                         (4 marks)

Y = (0.68 -12 x 10-5)d

X           0.32

 

EXPERIMENT 4

You are provided with the following

  • A wire soldered to a metallic bar M
  • One clamp, stand  and boss
  • Two masses
  • A stopwatch or clock
  • One metre rule or half metre rule
  • Two wooden blocks

 

Procedure

  • Suspend the bar by the wire such that the length of the wire between the clamp and the bar is 20cm.

Note: ensure that the wire is tightly clamped using the pieces of wood provided and that the metal bar lies horizontally by straightening the wire.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Place the masses on the first mark (r=2cm) on either side of the centre of the bar.

Note: That the distance between the mark is 2 cm

  • Displace the bar slightly as shown in the figure so that it performs oscillations about a vertical axis through the wire.

This may be achieved by turning the bar about the centre and then releasing it.

  • Measure and record in the table provided the time t for 10 oscillations. Determine the period T.
  • Repeat b, c and d above for other values of r shown on the table. Complete the table.

 

R(cm) 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0
R (m)            
R2 (m2)            
Time for 10 osci. (s)            
Periodic time T (s)            
T2 (S2)            

 

  • (i) Plot a graph of T2 (y- axis) against r2

(ii)       Determine the gradient and intercept of the graph.

Gradient                                                                                  (3 marks)

Intercept                                                                                  (1 mark)

(iii)      Given that the slope S = 4x2

5c

Determine the constant C                                                       (2 marks)

 

(iv)      Given that the T2 intercepts is given by 4x2/c I0 where I0 is a constant, determine the value of I0.                                                       (2 marks)

 

 

ANSWERS TO PRACTICAL QUESTIONS

EXPERIMENT 1

(a)       (i)        h = 3.5 – 6cm                                                              (1 mark)

 

X (cm) h (cm) X2 (cm2) X2/hcm
20 3.5 – 6 400 114-66.7
25 6 – 8 625 104- 78.1
30 9-11 900 100-81.8
35 13-15 1225 94.2 -81.8
40 18-20 1600 88.9-80.0
45 24-26 2025 84.4 – 77.9

(6 marks)

(iii)      – Suitable scale

– Labeling

– Plotting

– Straight line

(iv)      – Reading values from graph

– Evaluating of gradient

(v)       Correct intercept of X2/ h

 

(b)       (i)        t= 28 – 29 sec

T= 1.4 – 1.45 sec

(ii)       – Substitution

– Removal of square root

– P the subject

– Evaluation of P

EXPERIMENT 2

(a)

Distance d (cm) 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
Time t for 10 oscillations 13.6 13.44 13.06 12.77 12.38 12.0 11.65 10.84 10.09
Periodic time(s) 1.36 1.344 1.306 1.277 1.238 1.2 1.165 1.084 1.009
T4(S4) 3.42 3.26 2.91 2.66 2.35 2.07 1.84 1.38 1.03
D2 (sm2) 2500 3025 3610 4225 4900 5625 6400 7225 8100

 

(b) Graph of T4 (y- axis) against d2

  • Axes labeled with units (1 mark)
  • 6 points correctly plotted ( 2 marks)
  • Scale consistent and accommodates values ( 1 mark)
  • Straight line passing through at least point ( 1 mark)

 

(c) q= y – intercept = 4.5s4

P = gradient ∆T4

∆d2

= 3.42 – 2.07

2500 – 5625

 

= 1.35

-3125

= 4.32 x 10-4 S4/cm2

 

EXPERIMENT 3

(a) G = 50 ± 0.5cm

(b) P = 58.6cm

X (cm) Position of 50g mass Y (cm)
5 58.6 8.6
10 67.3 17.3
15 75.8 25.8
20 84.6 84.6
25 93.1 43.1

 

(c) (i) Gradient of y against x

  • Well labeled axes with units                         ( 1 mark)
  • At least 4 points correctly  plotted               ( 1 mark)
  • Consistent scale accommodating all values ( 1 mark)
  • Straight line through plotted points              ( 1 mark)
  • Title of graph ( 1 mark)

 

(ii)             Slope = ∆Y

∆X

= 34.6 – 8.6                             = 1.73

20-5

Uses values from plotted points

 

(d)             y/x = (0.68 – 12 x 10­5)d

0.32

 

1.73 = (0.68 – 12 x 10-5)d

0.32

D= 0.8g/cm3

 

EXPERIMENT 4

R(CM) 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0
R(M) 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12
R2 (m2) 0.0004 0.0016 0.0036 0.0064 0.01 0.0144
Time for 10 osci. (s) 19.0 20.7 23.51 27.0 30.9 35.0
Periodic time 1.9 2.07 2.35 2.70 3.09 3.50
T2 (S2) 3.61 4.3 5.52 7.29 9.6 12.25

 

(b) (i)       Graph of T2 (y- axis) against r2

  • Well labeled axes with units
  • At least 5 correctly plotted points
  • Consistent scale accommodating all values
  • Straight line through plotted  points

(ii)      Gradient = 12.25 – 7.29

0.0144 – 0.0064

= 4.96

0.0008

= 620S2/m2

Intercept = 3.4 s2

N.B line should be extrapolated

(iii)     Given slope s = 4x2

5c

C= 4x (3.142)2

5 x 620

 

= 1.274 x 10-2 m2/s2

 

I0 = 3.4 x 1.274 x 10-2

4 x (3.142)2

= 1.097 x 10-2m2

 

 

 

PAST KCSE PRACTICAL PAPERS

2007 PRACTICAL PAPER (232/3)

  1. You are provided with the following

– A metre rule

– An optical pin fixed to a piece of cork

– Two retort stands, two bosses and two clamps

– Two wooden blocks

– A stop watch

– Some thread tied to a mass

 

Proceed as follows

Set up the apparatus as shown in figure 1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The thread tied to the mass should be held firmly between the two blocks of wood and clamped to the upper end of the stand so that the mass hangs freely. The distance L between the point of support and the centre of the mass is 100cm. Ensure that L remains constant throughout the experiment. Adjust the lower clamp so that the optical pin touches the thread when the hanging mass is at rest.

 

(a)       Adjust the position of the lower clamp so that the pin is at the distance X= 35cm above the centre of the mass. Displace the mass slightly to one side and release it so that it swings in a plane perpendicular to the  pin and the thread hits the pin as shown in figure 2.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Measure and record in table 1 the time, t, for 20 oscillations.

(b)       Repeat the procedure in (b) for other values of X shown in table 1.

On the grid provided

Table 1

Distance x (cm) 35 40 45 50 55 60
Time t for osc  (S)            
T = T/20 = (s)            

 

(c)       Plot the graph of T (y – axis) against X                                             (5 marks)

(d)       Determine the slope S of the graph at a point X = 52 cm                 (3 marks)

(e)       Determine the constant n given that n = 52S2                                               (2 marks)

(f)        Determine the constant P given that P = ∏2/4n                                (2 marks)

 

  1. You are provided with the following

– A Voltemeter

– Two cells and a cell holder

– A switch

– A set of six resistors each of resistance 1000 W

 

Proceed as follows

Set the apparatus as shown in the circuit diagram in figure 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)       (i)        Record the voltemeter reading E, when the crocodile clips are connected

together (R=0)

E = __________ volts

Open the switch and separate the crocodile clips. Indicate by ticking below, the range of the voltmeter used.

0- 3V€            0-5V €            0-15V €

(ii)       Now connect the crocodile clips across resistance R= 1000W. Close the switch and record in table 2 the voltemetre reading V. Open the switch

 

(b)       Repeat the procedure in (b) (ii) for other values of resistance R shown in the table.

Table 2

Resistance R 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
V(v)            
I  (v-1)

V

           

(c)       On the grid provided plot the graph of R (y-axis) against I/V (5 marks)

Hint: Draw your axes to include point (0, 0) half way up the page i.e the I/V axis to run across the middle of the page.

  • Determine the slope S of the graph
  • Determine the constant G given that G = S/E
  • From the graph determine

(i)        V0, the value of V when R-0                                      (1 mark)

(ii)       Rg the value of R when I/V = 0

(iii)      Determine G/R8

 

 

2008 PRACTICAL PAPER

232/3 PRACTICAL

Question 1

This questions consists of two parts A and B attempt both parts

PART A

You are provided with the following:

  • Copper wire
  • A retort stand, boss and clamp
  • An optical pin mounted on a cork
  • A stop watch
  • Wire cutters (to be shared)
  • A metre rule or half metre rule
  • Clamp the cork so that the optical pin is horizontal. Hang the copper wire from the pin by the loop as shown in figure 1. Ensure the wire is straight and the length X between the lower tip and the optical pin is 32 cm. If the length exceeds 32 cm reduce by cutting at the lower tip using the wire cutters provided.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Displace the lower tip of the wire slightly in a plane perpendicular to the optical pin and then release it. Measure the time t for 20 oscillations of the wire and record the value in table.

 

  • Repeat the procedure in (b) above for other values of X shown in the table. (Note that each length X is obtained by cutting off an appropriate length from the lower tip of the wire. For example to get X= 28cm cut off 4 cm from the lower end). Complete the table.
Length X (cm) 32 28 24 20 16 12
Time t for 20 oscillations (S)            
Period (T = t/20(S)            
T2 (S2)            
  • Plot a graph of T2 (y- axis) against x
  • (i) Determine the slope, S, of the graph (3 marks)

(ii) Obtain the value of k in the equation                  (2 marks)

S= 8 π

3k

PART B

You are provided with the following:

  • A cylindrical container
  • Some water
  • A stop watch
  • A metre ruler of half–metre rule
  • A boiling tube
  • Some sand
  • A rubber band

Proceed as follows:

  • Tie the rubber band round the boiling tube so that it is at a distance L= 12 cm from the bottom of the tube (see fig 21). Pour water into cylindrical container until the level is about 2.0 cm from the top of the beaker. Float the boiling tube in the water in the container. Add sand gradually into the boiling tube until the tube sinks to the 12 cm mark. See figure 2 (b).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Depress the boiling tube slightly and release so that is oscillates vertically without touching the sides of the container. Measure and record in table 2 the time t1, for five oscillations of the boiling tube, Repeat the procedure two more times to obtain t2, and t3 and record the values in table 2. Complete the table.

Table 2

T1 (S) T2 (S) T3 (S) Average t (S)

T= (t1 + t2 + t3)

3

T = t (S)

5

         

(3 marks)

(h)             Evaluate P=40L given that L is the length of the tube up to the rubber band in (f) and T is the value obtained in (g) above.                                             (2 marks)

P_________

Questions 2

This question consists of two parts A and B attempt both parts.

PART A

You are provided with the following:

  • A triangular glass prism
  • A piece of soft board
  • Four (4) optical pins
  • A sheet of plain paper

Proceed as follows

  • Place the plain sheet of paper on the soft board. Trace the triangular outline of the prism on the sheet of paper. Remove the prism and use a ruler to extend the three sides of the outline. See figure 3 (a).

 

 

 

 

 

 

Use a protractor to measure the refracting angle R of the prism

  • On the side AB of the triangular outline, draw a normal at a point half-way between A and B. This normal will be used for the rest of this experiment.
  • Draw a line at an angle I = 300 to the normal. Stick two pins P1 and p2 vertically on this line. See figure 3 (a)
  • Place the prism accurately on the outline. By viewing through the prism from side AC stick two other P3 and P4 vertically such that they are in line with the images of pins P1 P2. Remove the prism and the pins. Draw a line joining marks made by P3 and P4. Extended this line to meet AC. (see figure 3 (b). Measure and record in table 3 the value of angle θ.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Repeat the procedures in (c) and (d) above for other values of I shown in table 3. Complete the table.

 

Angle of incidence I (degree) 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Angle θ (deg)              
Angle of emergence              

 

  • (i)       On the grid provided plot the graph of the angle of emergence E (y- axis)

against the angle of incidence I                                             ( 5 marks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)       Use the graph to find i0 the angle of incidence at which I = E (1 mark)

(iii)      Evaluate

(I)        y = 2i0 – R

(II)       b= 2 sin i0

 

 

PART B

You are provided with the following:

  • A lens and a lens holder
  • A screen with cross-wires
  • A candle
  • A metre rule
  • Arrange the lightened candle, the lens and the screen as shown in figure 4. Adjust the position of the screen until a sharp inverted image of the candle is formed on the screen.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)        Measure the image distance V

V= _____cm

(ii)       Determine the focal length of the lens using the formula f= uv/u+v (1 mk)

  • Now arrange the lightened candle, the screen with cross wires and the lens as shown in figure 5. Ensure that the centre of the lens, the cross-wires and the

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

candle flame lie on the same horizontal line. The candle flames should be placed close to the cross-wires for better illumination.

  • Adjust the position of the lens until a sharp image of the cross-wire is formed on the screen next to the cross-wires. (Hint you have to rotate the lens slightly about a vertical axis so that the image of the cross-wires falls on the screen next to the cross-wires and not on the cross-wires).

Measure the distanced between the lens and the screen.

D ________ cm                                                                                  (1 mark)

(ii) Evaluate:

(I)        L =      df

f-d                                                                   (1 mark)

(II)       X =      L + 1

2f                                                                     (1 mark)

 

ANSWERS TO KCSE PRACTICAL PAPERS

2007 PRACTICAL PAPER 3

  1. (c)

Table 1

Distance X (cm) 35 40 45 50 55 60
Time t for 20 osc (s) 31.5 33.3 34.5 35.4 36.2 36.6
T= t (s)

20

29.5 – 33.5 31.3 – 35.3 32.5 – 36.5 33.4 – 37.4 34.2-38.2 34.6

(d)

(a)       Slope tangent at X = 51- 53 shown                                        (1 mark)

With correct shape and direction, correct interval                (1 mark)

 

(b)       Correct substitution                                                                (1 mark)

Correct evaluation to 4 s. figures or 2 decimal places in standard form                                                                                                                  (1 mark)

(c)       Substitution of n

Correct evaluation to nearest whole number OR check 2 decimal places in std form (Decimal form)                                                        (1 mark)

 

  1. (b) (i)

E = 3.0 + 0.2 volts 2.8 – 3.2 V (2 cells)

OR       E = 1.5 + 0.1V = 1.4 – 1.6V (1 cell)

2008 PRACTICAL PAPER 3

  1. (c)

 

Length X (cm) 32 28 24 20 16 12
Time t for 20 oscillations (S) 18.50 17.40 16.10 14.60 13.30 11.20
Period (T = t/20(S) 0.925 0.870 0.808 0.738 0.665 0.560
T2 (S2) 0.856 0.757 0.652 0.544 0.442 0.314

(d) Graph

 

(e) (i) Slope = 0.54 – 0.30

20-11

 

=0.24   = 0.0267 s2

9                   cm

 

(ii) S = 2

3k              0.0267 = 2

3k

\k =

3x 0.0267

= 313. 767

Free cbc schemes of work term 2 Grade 1

Get free access to all the latest Grade One CBC schemes of work 2021-2022 Term 2 (All terms also included). Worry not about the cost as these schemes are absolutely free of charge. Visit the Teachers’ Resources Portal for limitless free teaching materials.

GRADE 1 TERM 2 FREE CBC SCHEMES OF WORK.

Music Grade 1 Term 2 Schemes

Physical Education Grade 1 Term 2 Schemes

German Grade 1 Term 2 Schemes

Grade 1 Art and Craft Music

Grade 1 Kiswahili Language Activities 

Grade 1 Kiswahili Language Activities Schemes

Grade 1 English Language Activities

Grade 1 English Language Activities

Grade 1 Mathematical Activities

Grade 1 Literacy Activities

Grade 1 Hygiene and Nutrition Activities

Grade 1 Religious Education Activities

Grade 1 Movement and Creative Activities

Grade 1 Movement and Creative Activities Schemes

Grade 1 Social Studies

Grade 1  Home Science

HOT DOWNLOADS!!

Primary schools free CBC schemes of work for all grades

Free cbc schemes of work

Grade 2 schemes of work (Term 1, 2 and 3)

Free Primary School schemes of work for all schools (CBC and 8-4-4)

Biology Essay Questions and Answers {Over 1,000 Questions and Answers}

 

EXPLORE BIOLOGY ESSAYS

FORM 1-4 COMPLETE KCSE REVISION STUDY GUIDE
   

 

Form 1: Essays

  1. Explain the various ways in which a typical cell is adapted to its functions

Has a cell membrane; with pores; that regulates substances entering and leaving the cell;

Cytoplasm; contain sugars and salts; for maintaining its osmotic pressure; also has a liquid medium; for all biochemical reactions;

Nucleus; contain chromosomes having hereditary material; and controls all the activities of the cell;

Ribosomes; are sites for protein synthesis;

Golgi bodies/apparatus; for secretion of hormones and enzymes; formation of lysosomes;

Lysosomes; contain lytic enzymes for breaking down worn-out organelles;

Secretory vesicles; formed from golgi apparatus for secreting substances;

Smooth endoplasmic reticulum; synthesizes and transports lipids;

Rough endoplasmic reticulum; transport proteins;

Nucleolus; controls the activities of the nucleus; produces ribosomes;

Mitochondria; form sites for energy production;

Centrioles; formation of cilia and flagella; forms spindle fibres used in cell division;

Plant sap vacuoles; store salts and other dissolved substances; controls osmotic pressure and turgidity of cells;

Food vacuoles; involved in digestion of engulfed food;

Chloroplasts; form sites for photosynthesis in plant cells.

 

2.Explain how the various specialized cells are modified to carry out their functions in plants and animals

Animal cells:

Sperm cell;

Has acrosome containing lytic enzymes; that digest the egg membranes for penetration during fertilization;

Has a long tail; containing numerous mitochondria; to generate maximum energy for propulsion/swimming in the vaginal fluid after ejaculation;

Red blood cells;

Are flattened, circular/spherical biconcave in shape; to increase the surface area for packaging of haemoglobin;

Has haemoglobin; that combines with respiratory gases; for transport to and from body tissues;

White blood cells;

Are amoeboid in shape hence able to change shape; to engulf pathogens through phagocytosis;

Lymphocytes produce antibodies to fight pathogens;

Nerve cell;

Has extensions/dentrites; to receive and send information for sensatio ;Ciliated epithelial cells;

Have cilia for propulsion of mucus that traps dust and micro-organisms in the respiratory tract;

Muscle cells;

Elongated, striated and contractile; to bring about movement;

 

 

Plant cells:

Guard cells;

Bean-shaped; to regulate the size of the stomata allowing gaseous exchange; and control water loss;

Has chloroplasts with chlorophyll; for photosynthesis;

Root hair cell;

Elongated; thin-walled; with dense cytoplasm for absorption of water and mineral salts;

Epidermal cell;

Thin; for protection of inner tissues from mechanical and micro-organism attack;

Palisade cell;

Contains numerous chloroplasts with chlorophyll; for photosynthesis; elongated; to increase surface area for trapping maximum amounts of light energy;

Meristematic cell;

Thin-walled; with dense cytoplasm; for primary and secondary growth;

 

 

3.How are the leaves of higher plants adapted to their functions

Broad and flattened lamina; to increase surface area; for absorption of light;

Thin blade; to reduce distance for diffusion of gases and penetration of light waves;

Transparent epidermis and cuticle; to allow light to penetrate to tissues;

Cuticle layer absent on stomata; to allow for gaseous exchange;

One-cell thick epidermal layer; to reduce the distance over which sunlight penetrates;

Palisade cells have numerous chloroplasts containing chlorophyll; to trap maximum amounts of light energy;

Have stomata on the epidermis; to allow for gaseous exchange; and control of water loss through transpiration;

Palisade layer have elongated cells located at right angles to the leaf surface; for maximum absorption of light energy;

Spongy mesophyll consists of spherical and loosely-packed cells; to create air spaces; which communicate with the atmosphere through stomata; for purposes of gaseous exchange and control of water loss;

Veins have conducting tissues: xylem; for movement of water and dissolved mineral salts; phloem; for translocation of manufactured food;

 

4.Explain how the various teeth adapt mammals for nutrition

Incisor; sharp; chisel-shaped; for biting; and cutting food; one root for support in the jaw bone;

Canines; long; sharp; pointed; for holding prey; piercing; and tearing flesh from prey; single root; for support in the jaw bone;

Premolars; large/wide; to increase surface area for grinding food; highly cusped; to increase surface area for grinding food; two roots; for firm support/anchorage in the jaw bone;

Molars; large/wide; to increase surface area for grinding food; highly cusped; to increase surface area for grinding food;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.Describe what happens to a meal of oily beans and maize from the time of ingestion up to the time of absorption

In the mouth;

Starch in maize; is digested by salivary amylase/ptyalin/diastase into maltose; Food is chewed and mixed by teeth and the tongue; rolled into boluses by peristalsis; it enters into the stomach via the cardiac sphincter;

 

In the stomach,

Gastric juice containing pepsinogen that is activated to pepsin; digests proteins in the beans; into shorter peptides; food is churned and allowed into the duodenum; via the pyloric sphincter muscle;

In the duodenum;

Bile juice secreted by the gall bladder; emulsifies the oils in the beans into tiny oil droplets; pancreatic juice;secreted by the pancrease; contains pancreatic amylase; that digests starch to maltose; pancreatic lipase; that digests the oil in the beans to fatty acids and glycerol; trypsin; digests proteins into shorter peptides; food enters into the ileum; where succus entericus is secreted; it contains maltase enzyme; that digests the maltose into glucose; that is absorbed; peptidase; digests peptides into amino acids; lipase digests the remaining lipids (oil) into fatty acids and glycerol; which is absorbed through the lacteals of the villi;

6.How are the small intestines in mammals adapted to their functions?

-Small intestines consists of the duodenum and the ileum; most digestion of food occurs in the duodenum;-Bile from the gall bladder of the liver is secreted through the bile ducts; and it is used to emulsify fats/break fat particles into tiny droplets; to increase the surface area for enzyme action;-The pancrease secretes pancreatic juice to the duodenum; the juice contains pancreatic amylase; that helps to breakdown the remaining starch into maltose; trypsin; (that is secreted in its inactive form, trypsinogen, and activated by enterokinase enzyme); hydrolyses proteins into shorter peptides;

-Pancreatic lipase; converts lipids into fatty acids and glycerol; sodium hydrogen carbonate is also produced; to neutralize the acidic chyme from the stomach; and provide a suitable alkaline medium for pancreatic and other intestinal enzymes;

-The ileum is long; and narrow; to increase the surface area for complete digestion of food; and maximum absorption of digested food; highly-coiled; to reduce speed of food flow; for maximum digestion; and absorption;

-Presence of villi; and microvilli; to increase surface area; for maximum absorption;

-Dense network of capillaries; to transport blood; for efficient transport of absorbed food;

-Presence of lacteals in the villi; for absorption of fatty acids and glycerol molecules;

-Presence of enzymes: Lipase; for digestion of lipids into fatty acids and glycerol; maltase; for digestion of maltose to glucose molecules; peptidase; for breakdown of peptides into amino acids; sucrase; for digestion of sucrose into glucose and fructose; lactase; for digestion of lactose into glucose and galactose;

-Goblet cells; produce mucus; to lubricate the walls of the ileum; for smooth flow of food; coats the walls of ileum to prevent digestion by peptidase enzyme;

 

 

7.Explain why the following conditions are necessary for photosynthesis

  1. Carbon (IV) Oxide

Required in the dark stage of photosynthesis; it combines with the hydrogen ion from the light stage; to form glucose, proteins and lipids; low concentrations reduces the rate of production of energy and food; while high concentrations leads to an increase in the amount of energy and food formed;

  1. Light

It is used to break down water molecules (through photolysis); into hydrogen ions, oxygen and energy;the energy and hydrogen ions formed are used in the dark stage;

  1. Chlorophyll

Green pigment that traps light energy from the sun; that is used in photolysis of water molecules;

  1. Suitable temperature and pH

Temperature affects the enzymes involved in photosynthesis; suitable/optimum temperatures activate enzymes; for maximum production of food; while extremely low temperatures inactivate enzymes;leading to less or no production of food; high temperatures denature enzymes; stopping the process of photosynthesis; photosynthetic enzymes work well in low pH;

so the rate is high; while higher pH reduces enzyme activity; lowering the rate of photosynthesis;

  1. Water

Forms a medium for the chemical reactions; it is split to yield hydrogen ions, oxygen and energy for use in the dark stage; solvent for the materials used in photosynthesis;

8(a.)What is digestion?

Digestion is (mechanical and chemical) the process by which large complex food molecules; are broken down into soluble molecules (for absorption across intestinal wall to bloodstream);

  1. What is the importance of a balance diet in human nutrition?

A balanced diet consists of all the food types in their right proportions; it includes proteins,carbohydrates, minerals, lipids, water, vitamins and roughage;

Proteins; used for growth and repair of worn out tissues; provide energy incase of acute shortage of carbohydrates/starvation; bind and transport specific molecules from one part of the body to another;structural proteins support tissues in the body e.g. bone and cartilage tissues; act as metabolic regulators such as enzymes and hormones;

Carbohydrates; used to produce energy/store energy;

Lipids produce energy; form of storage of energy; insulate the body; major structural components of the cell membrane; when oxidised, it provides metabolic water;

Vitamins; defense against infections; form coenzymes which activate enzymes;

Water; a universal solvent; medium for chemical reactions; used as coolant because of its high specific heat capacity; maintains the shape of cells; hydrolysis of many substances; transport medium in the body;

Mineral salts; formation of teeth and bones; formation of hormones (e.g. thyroxine); formation of blood; maintenance of osmotic pressure of body fluid; transmission of nerve impulses;

Roughage; makes food to be bulk; promotes peristalsis; and absorption of water in the large intestines; induces mucus production;

  1. Explain the factors that affect enzyme activity

Temperature; enzymes are protein in nature; and hence sensitive to temperature changes; as temperature increases, enzyme activity also increases until optimum/maximum; above this optimum the reaction decreases sharply; due to the destruction of the enzyme structure/become denatured; making the enzyme ineffective/nonfunctional; most enzymes have optimum temperature of between 35oC and 40oC; when temperature decreases, the rate of enzyme reaction decreases as the enzyme becomes inactivated;

pH/acidity or alkalinity; most enzymes have optimum pH of close to 7/neutral which is the intracellular pH;however some enzymes work best in an alkaline medium while others work best in an acidic medium/condition; as the pH exceeds optimum, the enzyme activity decreases; extreme acidity or alkalinity denatures most enzymes;

Substrate concentration and enzyme concentration; enzyme reaction increases with increase in substrate concentration; up to a certain level where further increase in substrate concentration does not increase the rate of enzyme reaction; this is because when substrate concentration is increased, all the active sites of the enzyme are occupied; however, when the enzyme molecules are increased, there is a proportional increase in the maximum rate of enzyme action; enzymes are however required in small amounts hence; they speed up the rate of biochemical reactions without altering the equilibrium;

Enzyme cofactors/coenzymes; these are non-proteinous substances which activate the enzymes; most enzymes will not work without them; examples of cofactors are metallic ions such as iron, magnesium, zinc,copper and also vitamins as enzyme coenzymes; these substances are required in small amounts and areused repeatedly/can be recycled;

Enzyme inhibitors; these are substances that inhibit enzyme action by competing with the normal substrate for the active sites; there are two types: competitive and non-competitive; competitive inhibitors have no permanent effect on the enzyme action; while non-competitive inhibitors combine permanently with theenzyme molecules thus distorting or blocking the active sites permanently; examples of these inhibitors include cyanides, mercury, silver; inhibition can be reduced by reducing the concentration of the inhibitors; or by increasing the substrate concentration;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Form 2:essays

1.Describe how the mammalian body protects itself against

Pathogenic microbes are found on the skin, respiratory tract, mouth, vagina and the intestinal tract;

The skin; has a keratinised and waterproof cornified outer layer; that provides a mechanical barrier to microbes/prevents entry of microbes.

Sebaceous gland; produces sebum; which has antiseptic properties.

The respiratory tract; produce mucus secretions that trap dust.

Cilia sweep/waft/propel the microbes to the pharynx for swallowing or to be coughed out;

Reflex actions of coughing/sneezing/vomiting help remove foreign materials from the respiratory tract/digestive tract;

Lysozymes/enzymes in saliva/nasal secretions/tears; digest walls of bacteria destroying them.

Gastric secretions such as hydrochloric acid lowers the pH in the stomach killing micro-organisms;

Clotting of blood; prevents entry of microbes after damage of blood vessels.

Phagocytosis; by phagocytes engulf and destroy microbes and other foreign bodies.

Lymphocytes are stimulated to produce antibodies; by proteins present in microbes protecting the body;

Antibodies destroy/kill micro-organisms through various ways:

Agglutinins; bind to pathogens making them clump together; killing them;

Lysins; bind to pathogens and make them burst or disintegrate;

 

Opsonins; bind to pathogens making them easily recognized hence be engulfed/destroyed by other lymphocytes;

Anti-toxins; bind and neutralize toxins produced by micro-organisms;

Vagina is acidic; hence making it not conducive for growth and reproduction of micro-organisms;

2.Outline and explain the various homeostatic functions of the liver in mammals

Deamination

Process of removal of an amino group from an amino acid molecule; the process gets rid of excess amino acids in the body; as the body is not able to store them; the amino group enters the ornithine cycle; where it is combined with carbon (IV) oxide to form urea; which is excreted in urine through the kidney;

Heat production;

Many metabolic activities take place in the liver; releasing heat energy; that is distributed by the blood to other parts of the body; this helps in thermoregulation; Storage of vitamins and mineral salts; Vitamins A, B, D, E and K; are stored in the liver; worn-out red blood cells, are broken down to yield iron; which is stored in the liver in form of ferritin; this is used later in case of shortage;

Formation of red blood cells;

Occurs in the liver of the foetus; the liver also breaks down old/exhausted red blood cells; leading to formation of more in the bone marrow to replace the worn-out cells; to enhance oxygen and carbon (IV) oxide distribution;

 

 

 

Regulation of blood sugar level;

Liver cells convert excess glucose into glycogen and fats under the influence of insulin hormone; the stored glycogen is however converted back to glucose; when glucose levels are low; by the liver cells; under the influence of glucagon hormone;

Regulation of plasma proteins;

Plasma proteins such as prothrombin and fibrinogen are manufactured in the liver using the amino acids found in the liver; they play a major role in blood clotting; that prevents excessive blood loss and infection at the injured area; other plasma proteins produced by the liver such as serum and albumen; contribute to the

maintenance of osmotic pressure in the body; non-essential amino acids are also synthesized by the liver; for use by the body;

Storage of blood;

The liver is highly vascularised; hence it is capable of holding a large volume of blood when the blood vessels dilate during hot conditions; when the temperatures are low, the blood vessels constrict under the influence of the endocrine and nervous systems; hence less blood is stored in the liver; this contributes to thermoregulation;

Detoxification;

This is the process where harmful compounds such as drugs and poisons; are converted to less toxic compounds in the liver; toxicity is caused by medication, drugs and microorganisms; the toxic compounds are later excreted in urine; detoxification prevents the accumulation of toxins in body cells; which could lead to death or malfunctioning of the body cells;

3 a. What is homeostasis?

Mechanisms of control and maintenance of a constant internal environment regardless of the external conditions;

  1. Name any three factors that must be maintained constant in mammalian bodies

Temperature; Water; Salt or ion content; Carbon (IV) oxide; Glucose; amino acids;

 

  1. Explain how endotherms respond to heat and cold conditions in their environment

Heat/hot conditions:

Increased sweating; to lose heat through latent heat of vaporization;

Dilation of arterioles under the skin; to bring more blood to the skin surface to lose heat to the atmosphere;

Decreased body metabolism; to reduce heat generation;

Erector pili muscles relax; making hair follicles to relax hence hair lies flat on skin, no air is trapped; to lose heat;

Slow/reduced muscular activity due to slow metabolism; to reduce heat production;

Panting to expose tongue and mouth; to release heat;

Moving to shades to avoid direct heat;

Aestivation; to escape the extreme heat; flapping of ears to create currents to carry away heat;

Cold conditions:

Stamping of feet; to generate heat;

Basking in the sun to gain heat directly;

Less production of sweat; to reduce water loss through latent heat of vaporization;

Vasoconstriction of arterioles; hence less blood flow to the skin surface to reduce heat loss;

increased metabolism through release of more thyroxine hormone; to generate heat;

Erector pili muscles contract; pulling hair follicles hence hair is raised; to trap a layer of moist air; to prevent heat loss;

Shivering/rapid contraction of muscles; to yield heat to warm body;

 

  1. Describe the route taken by water from the soil up to the evaporating surface of a plant

Water is drawn into the root hair cells by osmosis; due to the presence of dissolved substances in the cell sap of root hairs, the concentration of cell sap is greater than that of the surrounding solution in the soil/concentration gradient; this exerts a higher osmotic pressure, thus drawing the water molecules across the cell wall and cell membrane into the root hair cells;

More water drawn into the root hair cells dilutes the cell sap; making it less concentrated than that in the adjacent cortex cell of the root;

Due to osmotic gradient, water moves from the adjacent cells to the next by osmosis; until it enters the xylem vessels located in the center of the root;

The xylem vessels of the root then conduct the water up into the xylem vessels in the stem into the leaves;

There is a force in the roots which pushes water up the stem; this force is known as root pressure; and can be considerably high in some plants; energy from the endodermal cells of the root is responsible for driving this force; in the xylem vessels, water would rise up by capillarity; to some extent because the vessels are narrower and there is a high attractive force between the water molecules and the cell walls; the cohesive; and adhesive forces are important in the maintenance of a continuous and uninterrupted water column in the xylem vessels up the tree to the leaves;

Water vaporizes from the spongy mesophyll cells; their cell sap becomes concentrated than the adjacent cells.

This increases the osmotic pressure of the spongy mesophyll cells; as a result of this, water flows into the cell from other surrounding cell, which in turn takes in water from xylem vessels within the leaf veins; this creates a pull/suction force that pulls a stream of water from xylem vessels in the stem and roots.

This force, known as transpiration pull; helps in maintaining a continuous column of water from the roots to the leaves; water flows from the midrib into leaf veins from where it enters leaf cells; from the mesophyll cells, it enters the airspace.

5.How is the mammalian heart adapted to its functions?

Heart is enclosed in a pericardial membrane/pericardium; that produces a fluid; to lubricate it; the membrane also keeps the heart in position;

It is covered in a fatty layer; that acts as a shock absorber;

Made up of cardiac muscles; which are interconnected/interacted hence contract and relax without fatigue or nervous stimulation/myogenic; for continuous pumping of blood throughout the lifespan of the animal;

The muscles are supplied by nutrients and oxygen; by the coronary arteries; and the coronary veins take away wastes and carbon (IV) oxide;

Heart is divided into 4 chambers; for efficient double circulation/ avoid mixing of oxygenated and deoxygenated blood/carry large volume of blood;

Has interventricular septum; to separate oxygenated and deoxygenated blood;

Ventricles are thick/muscular; to generate high pressure to pump blood out of the heart;

Left ventricle has thick muscles/more muscular; to pump blood to all body tissues;

Heart has bicuspid; and tricuspid valves; to prevent back flow of blood to left auricle; and right auricle respectively;

Valves have tendinous cords/valve tendons; to prevent them from turning inside out;

Semi lunar valves located at the beginning of major arteries; prevent backflow of blood into the ventricles;

Has sino-artrio node located in the muscles of the right auricle; to initiate heart beat/contractions of heart muscles/cardiac muscles, rate of heart beat is controlled by nerves; vagus nerve; slows down heartbeat;while sympathetic nerve; speeds up the heartbeat;

Has aorta; to transport oxygenated blood to all body parts;

Has pulmonary artery; that transports deoxygenated blood from right ventricles to lungs for oxygenation;

Has pulmonary vein; that transports oxygenated blood from lungs to the left ventricles; for distribution to all body parts;

Has the venacava; that receives deoxygenated blood from all body parts to right ventricles;

6.Describe double circulation in mammals

Deoxygenated blood from body tissues (except lungs); enters the heart via the right auricle; through the venacava; it flows to the right ventricle; via the tricuspid valve; the right ventricle contracts; pumping blood; via the semi lunar valves; through the pulmonary artery; to the lungs for oxygenation; the oxygenated blood from the lungs; flow through the pulmonary vein; to the left auricle; via the bicuspid valve; to the left ventricle; the left ventricle contracts; pumping blood via the semi lunar valves; through the aorta; to the rest of the body tissues;

7.Describe the process of urine formation in the mammalian kidneys

The afferent arteriole which is a branch of the renal artery supplies blood to the glomerulus; the afferent arteriole has a wider lumen/diameter than the efferent arteriole; which takes away blood from the glomerulus;the differences in the diameter of the afferent and the afferent vessels causes high pressure; leading to ultrafiltration of blood; the walls of the blood capillaries are one-cell thick; hence glucose, amino acids,vitamins, hormones, salts, creatine, urea and water filter into the Bowman&rsquo;s capsule; to form glomerular filtrate;

White blood cells, red blood cells, plasma proteins such as globulin and platelets are too large to pass through the capillary wall; hence remain in the blood capillaries; useful substances in the human body are selectively reabsorbed; back into the blood stream at the proximal convoluted tubule; the tubule is highly coiled; to increase the surface area for reabsorption of the substances; the useful substances include amino acids,glucose, vitamins, hormones, sodium chloride and water;

Many mitochondria found at the proximal convoluted tubule; provide energy for reabsorption of these substances against a concentration gradient; the glomerular filtrate flows into the descending and the ascending limb of the loop of Henle; blood in the capillaries and the glomerular filtrate in the loop of Henle move in opposite directions/counter-current flow; this provides a steep concentration gradient that leads to maximum absorption of water through osmosis;

Sodium chloride is actively absorbed from the ascending limb into the blood capillaries; under the influence of aldosterone hormone; the glomerular filtrate flows into the collecting tubule from where, more water is reabsorbed into the blood stream; antidiuretic hormone influences the amount of water to be reabsorbed depending on the osmotic pressure of the blood; the glomerular filtrate from several collecting tubules now referred to as urine; is emptied into the collecting duct;

The urine passes through pyramid, pelvis and ureter into the bladder; where it is stored for some time. The sphincter on the urethra relaxes to allow urine to be released from the body;

8.Explain the role of the following hormones during homeostasis

  1. a. Antidiuretic Hormone (ADH)

Secreted by the (posterior lobe/end) pituitary gland; in response to an increase in the osmotic pressure of blood; the hormone stimulates the distal convoluted tubules and the collecting ducts; to increase their permeability to water; this increases the reabsorption of water into the bloodstream; concentratedand less urine is excreted; when the osmotic pressure decreases, less or no hormone is produced;hence the tubules become impermeable to water; less water is reabsorbed into the bloodstream;hence more dilute urine is excreted; fluctuations in the osmotic pressure is detected by the hypothalamus;

  1. Insulin

Secreted by the pancrease; in response to a rise in blood sugar level; it stimulates liver cells to convert the excess glucose into glycogen and fats for storage in the liver and muscle cells; increases the oxidation of glucose in respiration to yield water energy and carbon (IV) oxide/increases metabolism in the body; this leads to a fall in blood glucose to normal level;

  1. Glucagon

Secreted by the pancrease; in response to a decline in blood glucose level; it stimulates liver cells to convert the stored glycogen and fats back to glucose; stimulates the conversion of amino acids to glucose; and stops the oxidation of glucose in the body cells; the glucose formed is released to the bloodsteream causing a rise of blood glucose level to normal;

9(a.) Distinguish between Diabetes mellitus and Diabetes insipidus

Diabetes mellitus is a condition/disease caused by failure of the pancrease to produce adequate insulin hormone; leading to excess glucose levels in the body some of which is released in urine while diabetes insipidus is a condition caused by failure/inability of the kidney tubules to control the amount of water in urine as a result of a defect in production of antidiuretic hormone (ADH) leading to production of more dilute urine;

  1. Explain how mammalian bodies regulate glucose and protein levels in their blood

When glucose level is high (above 90mg/100cm3), the brain sends impulses to the (&beta; cells of islets of Langerhans) pancrease cells; to release insulin hormone; the hormone stimulates liver cells to convert the excess glucose into glycogen and fats for storage in the liver and muscle cells; increases the oxidation of glucose in respiration to yield water energy and carbon (IV) oxide/increases metabolism in the body; this leads to a fall in blood glucose to normal level;

However, when the glucose level falls below normal (below 90mg/100cm3); the brain sends impulses to the (&alpha; cells of the islets of Langerhans) pancrease cells; which are stimulated to release glucagon hormone; the hormone stimulates liver cells to convert the stored glycogen and fats back to glucose; stimulates the conversion of amino acids to glucose; and stops the oxidation of glucose in the body cells to avail more glucose; the glucose formed is released to the bloodstream causing a rise of blood glucose level to normal;

The level of plasma proteins such as prothrombin, globulins, albumins and fibrinogen; which play a major role in osmoregulation and blood clotting; are controlled by the liver; which manufactures them using the amino acids found in the liver; when their levels reduce,more is produced; but when the level is high, less of the proteins is produced in the liver; excess amino acids are deaminated; as the body is not able to store them; the process involves removal of an amino group from an amino acid molecule; the amino group enters the ornithine cycle; where it is combined with carbon (IV) oxide to form urea; which is excreted in urine through the kidneys;

  1. Describe the structure and function of the mammalian skin

It has a cornified layer ;made up of dead cells and is tough and impermeable to water; to protect the skin against mechanical damage; bacterial infections and water loss; granular layer; whose cells divide to form the cornified layer;

Malpighian layer; which is made up of diving cells that give rise to a new granular layer;

Contains melanin; to protect skin against ultra-violet rays/radiations;

Sebaceous glands; which secrete sebum; to make the skin supple/soft and waterproof; sebum is also antiseptic;

Blood vessels; dilate during hot weather; increasing blood flow near the skin surface; heat loss is enhanced;constrict; in cold weather; less blood flow; minimize heat loss;

Sensory nerve endings and receptors; enable detection of external environmental changes;

Highly coiled sweat glands; secrete sweat; to control body temperature; when hot sweat evaporates cooling the body; sweat contains excretory products;

Subcutaneous fat/adipose tissue in dermis; for insulation; hair; to regulate body temperature; in cold weather erector pili muscles contract; hair is raised, air trapped to insulate the body; in hot weather, erector pili muscles relax; hair lies flat reducing insulation;

Dense network of blood capillaries; supply nutrients/oxygen to skin tissues; as well as carrying away wastes and carbon (IV) oxide away from the skin tissues; adipose tissue/sub-cutaneous layer; serves as an insulator;helping in temperature control; helps in manufacture of vitamin D;

 

  1. Discuss the various mechanisms of opening and closing of stomata

Photosynthetic theory;

During the day, guard cells carry out photosynthesis manufacturing glucose; This increases the osmotic pressure of the sap vacuole; which becomes higher than that of the neighbouring epidermal cells; guard cells therefore take in water by osmosis; and become turgid; the outer thin wall stretches easily; pulling the thicker inner wall outwards; thus the stomata opens;

At night, there is no light hence no photosynthesis takes place; plant cells respire using up more glucose; the osmotic pressure of the sap vacuole of the guard cells reduces; becoming lower than the neighbouring epidermal cells; the guard cells lose water by osmosis; to adjacent epidermal cells; they then become flaccid; pulling together the thick inner walls; and stomata closes;

Enzymatic inter-conversion between starch and glucose/sugar;

At day time, plants continuously use carbon (IV) oxide for photosynthesis; leading to an increase in the pH of the guard cells; this causes starch to be converted to sugar/glucose; the glucose increases the osmotic pressure of the guard cells; hence water is taken in by osmosis; the cells become turgid and bulge outwards; causing the stomata to open;

At night, no photosynthesis occurs but respiration takes place; carbon (IV) oxide accumulates in guard cells;lowering the pH; the low pH favours conversion of glucose into starch; starch is osmotically inactive;this lowers the osmotic pressure of guard cells; guard cells therefore lose water by osmosis to the adjacent epidermal cells; become flaccid; pulling together the thick inner walls; and the stomata closes;

 

Active ion exudation;

During the day, there&rsquo;s an accumulation of potassium and sodium ions; as aresult of active pumping of the ions by the ATP formed through photosynthesis; carbon (IV) oxide fixation occurs in the guard cells; the guard cells become turgid; and stomata open;

At night, before the stomata close, the ions diffuse out of the guard cells into epidermal cells; the osmoticpressure of guard cells is lowered; they lose water to epidermal cells by osmosis; and become flaccid; thereby closing the stomata;

12a. Explain how the following blood cells are adapted to their functions

  1. Red Blood Cell

Presence of haemoglobin molecules; with a high affinity to combine with oxygen as/to form oxyhaemoglobin;bi-concave shape; to increase the surface area for packaging of haemoglobin;absence of nucleus; to accommodate maximum/more haemoglobin molecules;thin membrane; for faster diffusion of gases;

  1. White blood cell

Irregular in shape/amoeboid; which changes to enable the cell to squeeze through the capillaries;lymphocytes produce antibodies; which help to prevent diseases;phagocytes are amoeboid-shaped; to change shape and engulf bacteria cells;

 

 

 

  1. Explain the different ways in which Carbon (IV) Oxide is transported by blood

-Carbon (IV) oxide diffuses out of the tissues into the red blood cells where it reacts with water; in the presence of carbonic anhydrase enzyme; to produce carbonic acid;

-The acid dissociates into hydrogen and hydrogen carbonate ions; the hydrogen carbonate ions then diffuse out of the red blood cells into the plasma; where it further dissociates to produce carbon (IV) oxide on reaching the alveolar cavities of the lungs and diffuses into the alveoli; some carbon (IV)oxide combines with the amine group in the haemoglobin molecule forming carbaminohaemoglobin; which dissociates in the lungs producing carbon (IV) oxide;

-Some carbon (IV) oxide dissolves in the blood plasma forming carbonic acid, which dissociates to carbon (IV) oxide on reaching the lungs;

 

 

 

  1. a. What is transpiration?

Process by which plants lose water to the atmosphere; in form of vapour (through lenticels, stomata and cuticle);

  1. Explain how the various environmental factors affect the rate of transpiration

Temperature; an increase in temperature increase the water vapour holding capacity of air in the spaces between mesophyll cells due to increased evaporation; therefore more water diffuses from the cells increasing the water vapour pressure; this causes an increase in the diffusion gradient between the intercellular spaces and the atmosphere; hence increasing the rate of transpiration; low temperature decreases water vapour pressure and the diffusion gradient hence; lowering the rate of transpiration;

Light intensity; high light intensity increases the rate of photosynthesis in the guard cells; causing the opening of stomata; leading to increased water loss; it also increases the internal temperature of the leaf; that increases the evaporation rate in the intercellular spaces; leading to a higher rate of transpiration; low light intensity; reduces the rate of water loss;

Humidity; a humid atmosphere lowers the water vapour diffusion gradient; hence lowering the rate of water loss; in a less humid/dry atmosphere, water diffusion gradient is high/steep; hence the rate of transpiration increases;

Availability of water in the soil; more water will diffuse to the atmosphere when there is adequate or excess water; as more will be absorbed; increasing the rate of water loss; the guard cell will also remain turgid; hence stomata are open; leading to more water loss; however, less water in the soil leads to a reduced diffusion gradient between the mesophyll cells and the atmosphere; thereby reducing the rate of transpiration;

Wind/air currents; wind blowing over a leaf surface carries pockets of moisture away from the leaf;creating a steep diffusion gradient between the atmosphere and the leaf; increasing the

rate of water loss; in still air/on a calm day however, water vapour at the leaf area becomes saturated; and the diffusion gradient is lowered; reducing the rate of transpiration;

Atmospheric pressure; low atmospheric pressure leads to a high rate of diffusion of water vapour;since air molecules move at a faster rate; and this increases the rate of water loss; in high atmospheric pressure conditions however, there is low rate of diffusion of water vapour; hence the rate of water loss is lowered;

  1. Discuss the various ways in which anaerobic respiration is utilized in industries and homes .

Bread making; yeast is used to ferment sugar in wheat flour into carbon (IV) oxide and energy; the carbon (IV) oxide is produced in form of bubbles that causes the dough to rise and become porous;

Beer making; yeast is used to ferment sugars in malt/grapes/fruits; to form beer, wines and spirits;

Sewage treatment; anaerobes break down raw sewage and harmful industrial effluents; to harmless products of water, energy/heat and carbon (IV) oxide;

Silage formation; vegetation is fermented by bacteria to produce nutritious and good-scented/flavoured animal feed that increases production/yields;

Production of acids and strong liquors; special bacteria and fungi ferment food products; to produce acids such as citric acid, oxalic acid and vinegar; the products are used as food preservatives and flavouring agents;

Manufacture of dairy products; under controlled environments; anaerobes help in fermentation hence manufacture of milk products such as butter, cheese, ghee and yogurt;

Production of fuels such as biogas and gasohol; cane sugar is fermented by yeast; to produce gasohol for running engines or operating machinery; animal wastes such as guano and cow dung; can be used to produce a mixture of methane and carbon (IV) oxide gas; by exposing it to fermentation agents; methane is used to run simple machines such as water pumps and for cooking;

Production of fermented porridge and milk; maize or wheat flour and milk is exposed to microbes in the air which ferment it; to produce sour and sweet tasting porridge or milk;

  1. Discuss the composition and functions of mammalian

Mammalian blood consists of two main components: Blood plasma; and the blood cells; (Red bloodcells/Erythrocytes, White blood cells/Leucocytes and Platelets/Thrombocytes);

Blood plasma transport nutrients (glucose, amino acids, vitamins, fatty acids and glycerol, dissolved oxygen)to tissues; transports hormones, enzymes/metabolic regulators to target organs and tissues; Transport excretory substances/wastes from the cells; to excretory organs for elimination from the body; Distribute heatenergy; helping in thermoregulation; Transports/contains water, plasma proteins and dissolved mineral salts;important in osmoregulation; Suspends blood cells;

Red blood cells transport oxygen; and dissolved carbon (IV) oxide; helps in regulation of pH;

White blood cells help in protection/immunity; by engulfing or producing antibodies to kill/destroy invading micro-organisms/pathogens;

Platelets help in blood clotting; preventing excessive blood loss; entry of pathogens; and promotes healing of wounds;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Form 3:essays

1.Explain how the various abiotic factors may affect plants

Temperature; affects soil formation and distribution of plants; affect transpiration rate as high temperatures lead to high rates of transpiration; It also affects the rate of photosynthesis with the direct influence on enzyme activity;

Light intensity; affects the rate of photosynthesis;

Wind; increase the transpiration rates; affects dispersal of seeds and fruits; agents of pollination; affect distribution in terms of wind storms/breakages;

Atmospheric pressure; high atmospheric pressure leads to low rates of transpiration; high oxygen and carbon (IV) oxide concentration; high photosynthetic rates; while low atmospheric pressure leads to high transpiration rates; less concentration of oxygen and carbon (IV) oxide; leading to low rates of photosynthesis;

Water/Rainfall; forms a raw material for photosynthesis; helps in support in plant tissues; affects distribution of plants; Humidity; low humidity leads to high transpiration rates; while high humidity leads to low rates of transpiration; pH; affects distribution of plants; some grow in acidic soils; others in alkaline soils; Edaphic/soil factors; affects plant distribution; in terms of being sources of water and mineral salts; provide a substratum for anchorage of plants;

 

  1. Discuss the causes, effects and control measures for water pollution

Causes of water pollution are varied:

Industrial effluents; have heavy metals that poison aquatic organisms;

Untreated organic matter has phosphates/sulphates/nitrates/salts; that cause eutrophication; causing algal bloom that deprives the water of nutrients; when the algae die,they lead to an increase in putrefying bacteria whose decomposition activities lead to the release of awful smells/odours;

Oil effluents clog respiratory surfaces of aquatic organisms/death due to suffocation;

Domestic effluents/sewage; form a habitat of pathogens that spread water borne diseases; decomposing sewage promotes eutrophication leading to algal bloom; death promotes/attracts saprophytic bacteria that use up oxygen in water; causing suffocation/death to aquatic organisms;

Agrochemicals/fertilizers; phosphates/nitrates; cause eutrophication; heavy metals in agrochemicals (herbicides/pesticides); affect respiratory surfaces/cause breathing problems;

Hot water; raise temperature of water; killing organisms; dissolves less oxygen; reducing its content in water;

Oil spillage; in oceans from tanks/refineries; soak feathers of marine birds preventing flight; clogs respiratory surfaces leading to death; coats photosynthetic phytoplanktons; reduces light penetration hampering photosynthesis;

Sediments; from soil erosion makes water dirty; making it unfit for consumption; clogs respiratory surfaces hindering gaseous exchange; reduces light penetration hindering photosynthesis;

 

Control methods:

-Enforcement of environmental laws;

-Use of unleaded fuel/petroleum products;

-Proper treatment and disposal of sewage wastes;

-Treatment of industrial effluents before release;

-Public education on correct use of inorganic fertilizers and agrochemicals; and use of alternatives such as biological control of weeds/pests/organic manure;

-Use of undersea pipelines instead of tankers to transport oil products;

-Cooling hot water before release to water bodies;

 

3.How are xerophytes and hydrophytes adapted to their habitats

Xerophytes:

Thick waxy cuticle; minimize water loss;

 

Leaves are folded and reduced in size; to minimize stomatal transpiration;

Sunken stomata; to reduce rate of transpiration;

Thick/succulent leaves, side branches or stems; for water storage;

Shedding of leaves during the dry periods; to reduce surface area exposed for transpiration;

Reversed stomatal rhythm; prevent excessive loss of water;

Deep penetrating roots; to absorb water from deep below the surface;

Superficial roots; to absorb surface water run-off;

Leaves covered in scales/hairs; to trap a moist layer of air; to reduce the rate of transpiration;

Drought-resistant seeds; that remain dormant till favourable weather resumes;

Underground organs (corms/bulbs); for storage of water and reproduction;

Most stomata located on the lower leaf surface; to avoid exposure to direct light; to reduce evaporation;

Reduced number of stomata; to reduce the rate of transpiration;

 

Hydrophytes:

Stomata on the upper surface of leaves; to provide a large surface area for gaseous exchange; and loss of excess water;

Poorly-developed roots that lack root hairs; to reduce/avoid absorption of water;

Aerenchyma tissue in leaves, stems and roots; to store air; and for buoyancy;

Deeply-dissected leaves; to provide a large surface area for absorption of light;

Highly-sensitive; and numerous chloroplasts; for photosynthesis;

Greatly reduced vascular bundle; to avoid absorption of water;

Flowers raised above the water; to allow for pollination;

Lack of a cuticle or very thin cuticle; for faster loss of water;

 

  1. Outline the differences between wind and insect pollinated flowers

-Flowers of wind pollinated plants are small; with no bracts, sepals or petals; if present the petals are small,inconspicuous; often white or green in colour; while insect pollinated flowers are large; often with brightlycoloured petals, bracts or inflorescence; to attract insects.

-Flowers of wind pollinated plants have no nectaries; and no scent; while flowers of insect pollinated plants are scented; and produce nectar;

-In wind pollinated flowers, the anthers are large; and loosely attached on a flexible filament; to allow pollengrains to be readily released when wind blows on the anthers; while anthers of insect pollinated flowers are usually small; and firmly attached on the filaments; this ensures that the insect rub against the anther; as they crawl into the flower collecting pollen grains onto their bodies;

-In wind pollinated flowers, the stigmas are feathery; widely spread; this acts as nets to catch pollen as it floats through the air; while in insect pollinated flowers the stigmas are small; smooth; and sticky; and are also enclosed; this feature ensures that pollen grains from the body of an insect stick onto it;

-In wind pollinated flowers, the flowers are simple with no particular shape; while some flowers that are insect pollinated have petals with grooves or dark lines; leading from the petal boarder to the nectaries; some have tubular or funnel-shaped corolla; and landing platforms; to guide the insect to the source of the nectar for their food;

Flowers of wind pollinated plants are either on long stalks above the leaves; or develop from flower buds that open before the leaf buds; to increase the flower exposure to air currents; while flowers of insect pollinated plants are on short stalks; often enclosed by the corolla;

 

  1. Describe what happens in a flower from the time of pollination up to the time of seed and fruit development

After pollination, the pollen grain absorbs nutrients from the stigma; and develops a pollen tube; it grows down the style to the embryosac; taking along the male nuclei;

The tube nuclei initiates and maintains pollen tube growth; while the generative nucleus divides by mitosis;to form two male gamete nuclei; which follow behind the tube nucleus as the pollen tube grows down the style;pollen tube enters the ovule through the micropyle; its tip bursts open; while the tube nucleus disintegrates;one of the male gamete nucleus fuses with the egg cell nucleus/oosphere/megaspore; to form the zygote;while the other fuses with the two polar nuclei; to form a triploid nucleus; called the primary endospermnucleus;

After fertilization, the zygote undergoes repeated mitotic divisions; to form an embryo consisting of theplumule, radicle and seed leaves/cotyledons; primary endosperm nucleus divide repeatedly,become separated by membranes; to form an (semi-fluid nutritive) endosperm;

Ovary walls change into the pericarp; ovary changes/develops into a fruit; while ovules lose water and become seeds; the integuments; change into seed coats/testa; style/filaments/petals/sepals wither and fall off (or may persist);

 

  1. Discuss the adaptations of the female reproductive system

Elastic uterine walls; to expand so as to accommodate the growing foetus;

Muscular foot of the pelvis and bladder support the weight of the growing foetus;

Funnel-shaped ends of the oviduct; direct the ova released to the uterus;

Muscular uterine walls; contract and relax to expel the foetus at birth;

Long vaginal canal; allow sufficient entry of penis to avoid wastage of sperms;

The two ovaries maximize chances of releasing ovum after every circle (28 days);

Ovaries are well vascularised/have good blood supply; to ensure nourishment of cells involved in oogenesis (primordial mother/germ cells) or egg formation;

High number of potential mother cells; ensures maximum number of ova which develop to maturity;

Plenty of yolk in egg cells; which nourish the foetus before the placenta becomes functional;

The vitelline membrane of the ovum thickens after fertilization; preventing further entry of sperms;

The oviduct wall is able to contract; in order to facilitate movement of ovum down the oviduct;

Has cilia to waft the ovum forward; wall of the vagina/vulva produce mucus; to lubricate the penis during copulation;

Clitoris; has many nerve endings; to provide maximum stimulation during copulation for maximum ejaculation and faster movement of spermatozoa;

 

  1. Describe the process of gaseous exchange in terrestrial plants

Gaseous exchange occurs in the spongy mesophyll;

During the day, air diffuses into large air spaces of the spongy mesophyll; through the stomata; the carbon (IV) oxide in the air diffuses into photosynthetic cells; in solution form; during photosynthesis, carbon (IV) oxide is used up; while oxygen is produced; some of the oxygen is used in respiration; while the rest diffuses out of the leaf; through the stomata;

During the night, air diffuses into the air spaces; through the stomata; the air dissolves into the film of moisture; oxygen in the air diffuses into the cells; and is used for respiration; carbon (IV) oxide produced; diffuses out through stomata; due to a concentration gradient/diffusion gradient; At night, carbon (IV) oxide accumulates in the leaf since photosynthesis does not occur; some gaseous exchange also takes place through the cuticle; and through the epidermis of young leaves, roots and stems; some plants exchange gases through breathing roots/pneumatophores; older stems exchange gases through lenticels;

 

  1. How is the mammalian gaseous exchange system adapted to its functions?

Nasal cavity; has cells that produce mucus; that together with hairs/cilia; trap and propel dust/microbes to the pharynx to be breathed out/swallowed;

Cavity is supplied with capillaries; that warm the air for faster flow in the channels;

Epiglottis; covers the trachea during swallowing; so that particles of food and water may not enter the trachea;

Trachea and bronchi; have cartilage rings; to keep the passages open/prevent them from collapsing; so that air moves in and out freely and continuously; are also lined with mucous membranes which have hairs/ciliated; whose movement/wafting push out dust particles collected in the passages into the pharynx; richly-supplied with blood vessels; to warm the air; for faster flow;

Lungs; have numerous alveoli; to increase the surface area for gaseous exchange;

Alveoli have a thin epithelium; to reduce the distance through which gases diffuse for easier and faster diffusion; alveoli are moist; to dissolve oxygen for faster transport;

Lungs are spongy; because of many air sacs that contain a large amount of/volume of air; Lungs are also supplied with many blood vessels; for transportation of gases; they are also supplied with a network system of trachea, bronchi and bronchioles; to provide an efficient system/large surface area for gaseous exchange;

Lungs are enclosed in a pleural membrane; which secrete pleural fluid; that protect the lung surface; lubricate the chest cavity; allowing smooth movement of lungs as they change volumes;

Ribs have intercostal muscles; that moves/contracts and relaxes to allow for inhalation and exhalation; ribs also protect the lungs; has the diaphragm muscles whose contraction and relaxation leads to inhalation and exhalation respectively;

  1. Describe the role of the following hormones in the menstrual cycle
  2. Luteinising Hormone (LH)

Produced by the pituitary gland; under the influence of oestrogen hormone; cause the bursting of the Graafian follicle; to release a mature egg/ovum/causes ovulation; stimulates the change/conversion of the Graafian follicle; into the corpus luteum; stimulates the corpus luteum; to secrete progesterone hormone;

  1. Follicle Stimulating Hormone (FSH)

Produced by the anterior lobe of the pituitary gland; it stimulates the maturation of the Graafian follicle in the ovaries; stimulates the ovarian tissue/wall to secrete oestrogen;

  1. Oestrogen

Brings about/stimulates the healing and repair of the uterine wall; after menstruation; stimulates the pituitary gland; to secrete luteinising hormone;

  1. Progesterone

Secreted by the corpus luteum; it stimulates the thickening of the endometrium/uterine wall; in preparation for implantation; inhibits secretion of the Follicle Stimulating Hormone; therefore preventing further development of the Graafian follicle;

 

10 a. What is secondary growth?

Type of growth that occurs due to cambium activity in woody plants/stems; resulting in an increase in girth/width of plants;

 

  1. Describe the process of secondary thickening in a woody stem

Facilitated by meristematic cells (cambium) located between the phloem and the xylem (intervascular cambium); it divides radially to form cambium tissues; with xylem forming the outer ring/to the inside;while the phloem forming the outer ring/to the outside; division of the cambium ring; form a secondary parenchyma; hence increases/forms the medullary rays; other xylems (secondary xylem) are formed;hence pushes the phloem and cambium ring outwards; this creates pressure on the outer cells;resulting in stretching and eventual rupturing of epidermal cells;

A new band/volume of cambium cells are formed in the cortex beneath the epidermis (cork cambium cells/phellogen); to replace these ruptured cells; the phellogen cells divide on either side; where the inner cells become the secondary cortex; while those produced on the outside become cork cells;which are tightly packed; and become coated with an oily/waxy water-proof material/suberin;

Further multiplication of cork cells; lead to formation of the bark; which forms a protective layer (against water loss and damage by organisms); seasons results into annual rings; some cork cells form a loose mass/lenticels that allow gaseous exchange through the stem;

 

  1. Discuss the role of the various hormones in plant growth and development

Indole Acetic Acid/Auxins;

Influences/promotes cell division/elongation (in cambium causing secondary thickening); induces tropisms;promotes fruit formation/parthenocarpy; promotes formation of abscission layer/leaf fall; promotes cell differentiation (of vascular tissue); causes apical dominance/inhibits lateral bud formation; promotes growth of adventitious roots; in conjunction with cytokinins, it induces callous tissue formation;

Gibberellins/Gibberellic acid;

Promotes cell division/elongation in dwarf plants; promotes parthenocarpy; setting of fruit after fertilization initiating formation of fruits; formation of side branches of stems/ends apical bud dormancy; inhibits adventitious root growth; activates hydrolytic enzymes in germination/promotes germination of seeds/breaks seed dormancy; affects leaf expansion and shape/retards leaf abscission;

Cytokinins (e.g. Zeatin or Kinetin);

Promotes flowering in some plant species; breaks dormancy in some plant species; promotes cell division in presence of auxins; stabilizes protein and chlorophyll; promotes root formation on a shoot; low concentration encourages leaf senescence/increases cell enlargement in leaves; stimulates lateral bud formation;

 

 

 

 

 

Ethylene/Ethene;

Promotes ripening of fruits; induces thickening of stem/inhibits stem elongation; promotes flower morphogenesis/formation or flowering in pineapples; causes abscission of leaves/fruit/leaf fall;

Abscissic acid;

High concentration causes stomatal closure; inhibits stem elongation/growth; inhibits sprouting of buds/induces bud dormancy; inhibits seed germination/growth/causes/promotes seed dormancy; causes abscission of leaves/fruits/leaf fall;

Traumatin;

Heals wounds by promoting callous formation;

Florigen;

Promotes flowering;

 

  1. Discuss the adaptations of the male reproductive system of humans

Consists of two oval-shaped testes; lying outside the abdominal cavity in a special sac known as the scrotal sac/scrotum; for protection; the testes are located outside the body to provide a relatively cooler environment/lower temperature; suitable for sperm production; the inside of the testis is divided into seminiferous tubules;there are three coiled and twisted tubules; having rapidly/actively dividing cells that produce sperms;

Interstitial cells; found between these tubules produce the male sex hormones/androgens (mainly testosterone); important in promoting the development of secondary sexual characteristics; and maintaining masculinity in males; the tubules join together to form the epididymis; which are smaller ducts; that convey sperms out of the testes; they also form a temporary storage area for sperms; the epididymis is connected to the sperm duct/vas deferens; which has thick muscular walls; that contracts to propel sperms to the urethra; the sperm duct is joined by a duct from the seminal vesicle; a blindly ending sac; that produces an alkaline fluid containing nutrients for the spermatozoa/sperm cells; to provide energy; at the junction of the two sperm ducts (one from each testis) and urinary bladder there is the prostate gland; that secretes an alkaline fluid that neutralizes the acidic vaginal fluids; and also activates the sperms; by addition ofenzymes and diluting the sperms; below the prostate gland is the cowper&rsquo;s gland; which secretes an alkaline fluid which neutralizes the acidity caused by urine; along the urethra.

The urethra; is a long tube running the length of the penis; used for conduction and expulsion of urine; as well as passage of sperms during copulation; the urethra follows the penis; that projects from the body at the lower abdomen; it consists of a retractable skin known as the prepuce/foreskin; that covers a swollen/bulbous end region of the penis known as the glans; the glands excites the clitoris of the female as it brushes on it during copulation; to stimulate ejaculation/orgasm; the penis is made up of spongy erectile tissue; consisting ofnumerous small blood spaces, muscle and blood vessels; the spongy tissue gets filled with blood; making the penis to become erect during sexual stimulation excitement and activity; enabling the penis to penetrate the vagina during coitus/copulation/sexual intercourse; in order to deposit sperms in the vagina of the female;

 

  1. State the economic importance of members of Monera and Fungi and for each economic importance name a suitable or appropriate organism

 

Fungi:

-Yeast is used in the production of alcohol; and raising dough in baking; production of vitamins B2 and B12 and for beer brewing;

-Some mushrooms are used as food; Saprophytic fungi such as Mucor spp/Rhizopus spp cause food spoilage;are also used in retting of natural fibres such as flax; and in the curing of tea and tobacco;

-The fungi also decompose organic matter helping to clean the environment and recycle materials.

-Saprophytic fungi are also used to make silage; compost; and digesting sewage in sewage treatment plants;

-Penicillium spp is used for the manufacture of antibiotics;

-Fungi is used for making ghee and cheese in dairies;

-Parasitic fungi such as Phytophthora spp infest crops e.g. potatoes and tomatoes and destroy them/cause blight;

-Some fungi such as Aspergillus spp produce food poisons and is also used in the synthesis of enzyme amylase;

-Mycorrizae fungi enable trees e.g. pinus to absorb water and mineral salts more efficiently in silviculture/manmade forests;

-Some fungi such as and Tinus spp cause diseases such as yeast infections (Candidiasis;Athlete foot;) and;ringworms; respectively;

-Candida spp is used in making enriched food/single-celled proteins used in animal feeds/silage;

-Gibberella spp is used in the synthesis of Gibberellins for plant growth; it also causes poor crop growth through bolting of plants e.g. rice and wheat;

Bacteria:

-Some bacteria e.g. Vibrio spp cause disease to humans and other animals (any one disease);

-Clostridium spp and Bacillus spp bacteria are used in retting of flax;

-Lactobacillus spp are important in the manufacture of yoghurt/silage; and lactic acid;

-Some bacteria e.g. Streptomyces are used in making antibiotics (Streptomycin);

-Organic acids such as acetic and ethanoic acids are made using Acetobacter spp of bacteria;

-Some bacteria like the soil bacteria (Bacillus spp) make enzymes used in detergents;

-Escherichia coli (E. coli)/colon bacteria contaminates drinking water and may cause diseases;

-Bacteria such as Bacillus spp and are used in making hormones such as insulin through genetic engineering/modification;

-All saprophytic bacteria such as E. coli/Bacillus spp/Pseudomonas spp are used in the production of methane/biogas;

-Rhizobium spp of bacteria helps in nitrogen fixation making soils fertile;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Form 4:essays

1 a. What is natural selection?

(Theory put forward by Charles Darwin)It explains that nature selects for individuals that are well adapted to a particular environment; and against those that are less adapted

  1. Discuss three examples of natural selection in action

Melanic forms of peppered moths; in Europe, there are two forms of peppered moths; white and black; before industrialization, the tree trunks were white; therefore the white peppered moths were white; hence were camouflaged; the black varieties were easily noticed and fed upon by predatory birds; the white form therefore reproduced and increased in number; during industrialization, the smoke from industries coated tree trunks black; the black variety became camouflaged; reproduced and increased in population; the white variety were easily noticed and fed upon by predators; they reduced in population;

Resistance against drugs and antibiotics; where microorganisms are continually exposed to a certain drug; their cells synthesise specific proteins; which counter the drug; this ability to synthesize the protein is passed onto the offspring;

Resistance to pesticides by insects; insects such as mosquitoes when continually exposed to a particular pesticide; synthesize a specific protein which make them resistant to the pesticide; this is then inherited by their offspring;

  1. Discuss Lamarck’s and Darwin’s theories of evolution

Larmarck’s theory states that when the environment demands the need or use of a particular structure in the body; the body develops it in response; for example giraffes used to have short necks; when all the grass was exhausted, they started stretching their necks in search of leaves on trees; therefore they developed long necks; which then were inherited by their offspring;

However, when a structure is not continually used, it reduces in size and becomes dysfunctional; this theory fails to explain how acquired characteristics become inherited;

Darwin’s theory suggests that in nature there occur struggle for existence; only those individuals with the desired adaptations survive; those poorly adapted fail to compete; and become extinct;

There also occurs variation in nature; where organisms with desired adaptations pass on their characteristics to offspring during reproduction; those poorly adapted fail to reach maturity; and do not reproduce; therefore,nature selects for individuals best suited to an environment; and against those poorly adapted (natural selection); as there occurs survival of the fittest;

  1. Describe how the following vertebrae are adapted to their functions
  2. Atlas

Has a wide neural canal; to accommodate the large spinal cord at the neck region;

Has large/broad wing-like cervical ribs; to increase the surface area for attachment of the neck muscles;

Has facets on the anterior side; for articulation with the occipital condyles of the skull; allowing up and down movement/nodding of the head;

Has posterior facets for articulation with the anterior facets of the axis; forming a joint that allows sideways movement of the head;

  1. Axis

Has a broad centrum; that projects to form the odontoid process; for articulation with the neural canal of the atlas; a joint that allows turning of the head;

Has a large and broad/flattened neural spine; and flat cervical ribs; to increase the surface area for attachment of neck muscles;

  1. Lumbar

Has many transverse processes; and additional projections (metapophyses, hypapophyses,anapophyses); to offer a large surface area for attachment of abdominal muscles;

Broad neural canal; to allow passage of the large spinal cord at the upper abdominal area;

Large/thick centrum; to support the weight of the body; and withstand strains/upthrust force due to movement;

  1. Thoracic

Long/elongated neural spine; to offer a large surface area for attachment of the large back muscles;

Have a large centrum and neural canal; to offer support to the thoracic cage;

Has tubercular facet on the transverse processes; to articulate with the tuberculum of the ribs; while the capitular demifacets on the centrum; articulates with the capitula of the ribs;

Together with the ribs and the sternum form the thoracic/rib cage; for protection of heart and lungs; and for breathing process;

 

4a. Why is locomotion necessary in higher animals?

Animals move in order to look for food; mates; escape danger/predators; look for shelter/ suitable environmental conditions;

  1. Explain how bony fish are adapted to their habitats

Have streamlined bodies; to reduce friction;

Body is covered with scales; which overlap backwards; to reduce friction;

Skin produces mucus; which covers the body making it slippery; reducing friction;

Have swim bladder; which stores air; for buoyancy hence make the fish float;

Myotomes/muscle blocks; that contract alternately; for forward thrust in water;Lateral line system; on either side of the body which is sensitive to pressure and water currents;

Possess fins; that are used for locomotion: tail/caudal fins; for propulsion; dorsal; and anal fins; prevent rolling; pectoral fin; used for breaking/steering; prevents yawing/side to side movement; controls pitching; pelvic fins; for steering/pitching;

  1. Describe how the various supportive tissues in plants adapt them to their habitats

Sclerenchyma tissue;

Long, slender cells with tapering ends; with walls thickened with lignin; provide support and protection to the more delicate tissues; and resistance to storms and strong winds; main constituent of wood;

Xylem vessels;

longitudinally-elongated cells; with perforated end walls; with heavily lignified walls; to increase rigidity and strength to the plant; a main constituent of wood;

Tracheids;

mainly found in angiosperms; made up of long tapering dead cells; cell walls are highly lignified;and pitted; cells lie in large overlapping groups; to offer extra support;

Collenchyma tissue;

longitudinally elongated living cells; located beneath the epidermis and mid rib of leaf veins; thickened at the corners by cellulose and pectin compounds; to provide support in leaves, herbaceous plants and young woody plants;

Parenchyma tissue;

large; spherical cells; with thin cellulose walls; forming the bulk of cortex and pith of most plants; become tightly packed and rigid when turgid; to attain and maintain an erect posture of plants; main support structures in herbaceous stems/plants;

 

 

6.a. What is a reflex action?

Rapid and automatic; response to a particular stimulus;

  1. Outline the activities that occur in the body when one touches a hot object

When the hot object is touched, the pain receptors; in the skin of the finger are stimulated;

Nerve impulses are initiated and transmitted through the sensory neurone; to the grey matter; of the spinal cord to the brain; for interpretation; the impulses are then transmitted through the relay neurone;via a synapse; the impulses from the relay neurone are transmitted via the motor neurone; throughanother synapse; to the effector; which are the biceps muscles of the upper arm; making musclesto contract; straightening the arm; and the arm is withdrawn from the hot object;

  1. Describe the nitrogen cycle

This is the cycling of nitrogen and its compounds in nature;

Plants absorb nitrogen in form of nitrates and then assimilate it into plant proteins; animals obtain this nitrogen in plant proteins through feeding on plants;

When the animals die and decompose, they release the nitrogen in form of ammonia to the soil; free atmospheric nitrogen is converted into nitrates through a process known as nitrogen fixation; the process occurs in two ways: Biological and non biological;

Biological fixation of nitrogen is done by nitrogen-fixing bacteria; which are either free-living or symbiotic; symbiotic bacteria are of the genus Rhizobium; and are found in root nodules of legumes (such as pea, clover and alfalfa); the bacteria convert atmospheric nitrogen into ammonia; that is used directly by the leguminous plants to form nitrogen containing organic compounds (amino acids, nucleic acids, proteins);

When plants die, the nodules release ammonium compounds into the soil; which are then converted to nitrites;by nitrifying bacteria of genus Nitrosomonas and Nitrococcus (nitrite bacteria) and then to nitrates by

Nitrobacter (nitrate) bacteria; free-living micro-organisms that fix nitrogen include putrefying/saprophytic bacteria; (such as Azobacter spp, Clostridium and some algae such as Anabaena, Chlorella and Nostoc);

The organisms fix nitrogen into ammonia by break down of protein material in dead organisms; the ammonia is converted to nitrites; then to nitrates; However, denitrifying bacteria (e.g. Pseudomonas denitrificans and Thiobacillus denitrificans); break down/reduce nitrates to nitrites,ammonium compounds and even gaseous nitrogen; a process known as denitrification; the process helps to release free nitrogen into the air for recycling; nonbiological nitrogen fixing is carried out by lightning during thunderstorms; the lightning energy, causes atmospheric nitrogen and oxygen to combine forming oxides of nitrogen; which dissolve in rain water to form nitrous acid/nitric acid; that is washed down into the soil; the nitric acid formed reacts with other chemical compounds dissolved in soil water; to form nitrates; the nitrates are then utilized by plants;

  1. Discuss how the various tropisms adapt plants to their habitats

Phototropism;

growth curvature in response to direction of light; enables plant shoots to grow and get light for maximum photosynthesis; allows for leaf mosaic;

Thigmotropism;

growth curvature in response to contact/hard surface; makes plants with weak stems to get support on large plant/trees; this makes them to reach and get light for maximum photosynthesis;

Geotropism;

growth curvature in response to gravity; enables plant roots to grow deep into the soil for maximum support/anchorage;

 

Hydrotropism;

growth curvature in response to moisture/water; water is then used as a raw material during photolysis stage of photosynthesis;

Chemotropism;

growth curvature in response to chemical concentration gradient; enables pollen tubes to grow down the style and into the ovary for fertilization to occur in plant flowers;

Thermotropism;

growth curvature in response to temperature changes; enables plants to grow to where they can acquire optimum temperature for effective plant process (e.g.sunflower orientates towards the direction of the sun);

  1. Discuss the various evidences of organic evolution

Comparative anatomy/taxonomy;

Members of a phylum/group show similarities; organs have similar structure/organs performing the same function such as the digestive system, urinary system, vertebrate heart; homologous structures are structureswith the same embryonic origin but have been modified to perform different and specific functions; show a form of divergent evolution; e.g. the pentadactyl limb in vertebrates which has been modified for racing;swimming and flight or beaks of finches and birds; while analogous structures are those with different embryonic origin but have been modified to perform the same function e.g. wings of insects, bats and birds;eyes in octopuses and humans; show a form of convergent evolution; Vestigial structures; have been reduced in size and become functionless; in the course of evolution; e.g. limbs in snakes, human hair and tail;

Cell biology/cytology;

Occurrence of similar organelles such as the mitochondria and the endoplasmic reticula point to common ancestry;

Fossil records/Paleontology;

Remains of organisms preserved in naturally-occurring materials for many years; fossil records show morphological changes of organisms over a long period of time e.g. skull of humans and horse; they provide a direct evidence of existence of organisms at a particular ecological era; however, since only hard parts are preserved, no evidence is available for existence of soft-bodied organisms; and there are many missing links; since remains are accidentally preserved in rudimentary rocks and resins;

Comparative embryology;

Vertebrate embryos are morphologically similar during the early stages of development; suggesting that the organisms had a common ancestry/origin e.g. larvae of mollusks/annelids, embryos of chicken, humans, sheep; the closer the semblance between embryos, the closer their ancestral backgrounds;

Geographical distribution;

Present continents are thought to have been a large land mass joined together; as a result of continental drift; isolation occurred bringing about different patterns of evolution; where plants and animals from different continents yet with common ancestry can no longer interbreed; because they evolved into different species; examples of animals that moved to different areas are the jaguars and Llamas in south America, lions in Africa, Tigers in Asia, marsupials in Australia;

Comparative serology/physiology;

Semblance in blood components such as blood proteins, antigen-antibody reactions, structure of haemoglobin in all vertebrates; reveal some phylogenic relationship among organisms/show common ancestry;

 

 

 

 

10 Describe the structure and functions of the various parts of the mammalian

Ear Pinna; is wide/funnel-shaped to collect/gather sound waves; and direct them to the auditory canal into the ear;

Eardrum/tympanic membrane is thin and light; to convert sound waves into vibrations;

Ear ossicles/maleus, incus and stapes are of high density; to magnify/amplify sound waves;

Oval window is smaller than eardrum; to magnify the sound waves; and direct them to the inner ear;

Cochlea is long and coiled; to increase surface area; for attachment of receptor cells/sensory hairs; cochlea has many sensory hairs; which receive sound vibrations and generate impulses;

Liquid or fluid/endolymph in cochlea; transmit sound vibrations;

Auditory nerve; transmit impulses to the brain for interpretation;

Eustachian tube; link the mouth and middle ear to equalise pressure; between middle and outer ear to prevent damage to delicate eardrum;

Round window; lose excess vibrations; to avoid continuous stimulation;

Semicircular canals; contain receptors for body balance and posture;

External auditory canal cells produce/secrete wax; to trap dust particles/solid/micro-organisms that can damage eardrum;

  1. Discuss the various ways employed by preys to avoid the predators

-Some preys resemble inedible inanimate and animate objects; this is called mimicry; e.g. walking stick insect resembles dry twigs of plants, some moths look like bees or flowers of some plants; this prevents birds from easily noticing and eating them;

-Many have the ability to run very fast; because of having muscular bodies; and long legs; enabling them to escape predators e.g. antelopes, zebras;

-Some have a body colour that resembles the surrounding; which helps them to camouflage or conceal in the background environment; e.g. zebras, giraffes;

-Some graze in large herds; this enables them to fight off predators; e.g. wildebeests and buffaloes;

-Some have evolved tough skin or coverings like shells; which can not be broken by some predators e.g.snails, tortoises, armadillo;

-Production of foul smell e.g. in skunks; that discourages the predators;

-Confrontational display that can scare away the predator e.g. porcupine;

-Large eyes on both sides of the head give animals such as zebra a wide field of vision; enabling them to keep track of their enemies from far; and take precautions;

12 a. What is meant by the term symbiosis?

Nutritional association of two different organisms (2 plants or between an animal and plant); for mutual benefit; the relationship enables the composite organism to survive where neither can live on its own;

  1. Describe five types of symbiotic relationships in a natural ecosystem

Lichens; these are composite plants consisting of blue-green algae; within a mycelial mass of a fungus;algal cells are provided with support, obtain water, carbon (IV) oxide and minerals and protection from fungus; while the fungus obtains oxygen and the carbohydrates made by algae; this enables the plants to survive on hard bare rocks in high attitudes and polar regions;

Leguminous plants and nitrogen-fixing bacteria; the bacteria multiply and fix nitrogen from air into nitrates for the benefit of the plant; bacteria are protected and obtain nutrients from the plants;

Ruminants and bacteria; the rumen has bacteria that secrete cellulose; that digests cellulose in the food/vegetation consumed by the animal to glucose for the animal; while the bacteria get shelter and use part of digested food;

Mycorrhizal fungi and higher plants; the fungi found on forest trees gain photosynthetic organic products made by the trees; while the trees get nutrients/minerals absorbed by the fungus from the soil;

Tryconympha and termites; the former is a protozoan living in gut of termites; and produce cellulose enzyme; that digests cellulose from the plant into digestible products for the benefit of the termite; the termite on the other hand provides shelter and protection; and absorbs some of the food for its use;

13 a. Describe the adaptations of Schistosoma spp to their parasitic mode of life

The parasite utilizes two hosts; the snail and humans; to increase chances of transfer of the parasite from one place to another;

Have suckers for attachment to host walls; to prevent them from being dislodged;

The parasite produces many larval forms (e.g. miracidia, cercariae and redia) in snails; to increase chances of transmission and survival; as this feature poses barriers/difficulties in efforts aimed at eradicating the parasite;

Cercariae larvae and eggs of the parasite have glands that secrete lytic enzymes; which soften the tissues of humans/snails; to allow for penetration;

Chemical substances produced by the adult worm; protects the parasite from the action of the hosts; defense mechanisms;

They exist as separate sexes; with the male carrying the female; this ensures that eggs produced by the female are fertilized before being shed into the blood stream;

 

 

 

  1. Outline five measures that can be employed to prevent and control the spread of the parasite

-Proper disposal of human waste; urine and faecal material should not be disposed in water bodies to avoid contamination by the eggs or adult worms;

-Drainage of stagnant water pools and use of molluscides to kill the intermediate hosts (snails);

-Avoid swimming/bathing in snail-infested water bodies;

-Wearing protective clothing such as gloves and gumboots when working or walking in swampy areas;

-Personal hygiene that includes washing hands after visiting the toilet and drinking of boiled or chemically treated water to kill the eggs and the larval forms in the water;proper treatment of infected persons;

  1. Describe the process of mitosis

Occurs in somatic/body cells; through five main stages/phases:

Interphase/Resting stage;

intense internal activities occur in the cell at this stage in preparation for the division; the activities include;replication of each chromosome to multiply genetic material to retain chromosomal number in daughter cells;chromosomes appear as a diffuse tangle of threads (chromatin); synthesis of new cellular organelles; build-up of energy stores (ATP) to drive the entire cell division process;

Prophase;

chromosomes become visible; as they shorten and thicken appearing as discrete strands (chromatids) lying parallel to each other; in animal cells, centrioles separate and move to opposite ends (poles) of the cell; they radiate from each of the ends forming spindle fibres; nuclear membrane begins tobreakdown; nucleolus disappear;

 

Metaphase;

Chromosomes migrate/move to the centre of the cell; and align themselves along the equatorial plane of the spindle; they get attached to the chromosomes, by their centromeres; nuclear membrane breaks down and disappears; spindle fibres lengthen; and attach to the centrioles at both poles forming asters;

Anaphase;

chromatids separate at the centromere; shortening of the spindle fibres occurs; resulting in the chromatids migrating to opposite poles of the cell; spindle apparatus begins to disappear;

Telophase;

final stage where chromatids reach the poles; become densely packed together and uncoil; a nuclear membrane forms around each mass/set of chromatids (now referred to as chromosomes); cytoplasm divides into two (cytokinesis); in animal cells, the cytoplasm divides by constriction of the cell membrane; while in plant cells, a cell plate forms within the cytoplasm and grows to separate the cell into two; spindle fibres disappear within the cytoplasm; and nucleoli reappear in the nuclei; of the two daughter cells formed at the end of telophase;

  1. Discuss the various mechanisms that hinder self-pollination and self fertilization in plants

Protandry and protogyny;

these are mechanisms where either the male or female parts of the reproductive organs ripen at different times in some flowers; Protandry is a case where stamens ripen earlier; and anthers release their pollen grains before the stigma is mature; while protogyny refers to a case where the stigma matures earlier; and hence becomes ready to receive pollen grains before the anthers are ready/ripe to shed the pollen grains; common in plants of the grass family;

 

 

 

 

Self-sterility or incompatibility;

is a case where pollen grains cannot germinate on stigma of the same plant;but only germinate on a different plant of the same species; hindering self-pollination;

Heterostyly;

condition of having different arrangements of style and stigma; for instance flowers could have shorter stamens than pistils; hence becomes impossible for the pollen to land, germinate and fertilise the ovules of the same flower; pistils on some flowers could also be shorter than the stamens therefore other mechanisms that hinder self-pollination are utilized;

Dioecius and monoecius plants;

dioecius plants have reproductive parts located separately on different plants of the same species; discouraging self-pollination; while monoecius plants have the parts located at different parts of the same plant body; encouraging cross-pollination;

 

 

16 How are seeds and fruits of plants adapted to their mode of dispersal?

Water;

Fruit mesocarp/seed testa has air spaces; thus light/buoyant to float; carried away by water;

Fruits/seeds protected from soaking by waterproof pericarp/testa;

Animal;

Have hooks for attachment to animals; thus carried to other places;

Fruits are brightly coloured;succulent/fleshy; aromatic/scented, to attract animals; which feed on them;

The seed coats/hard seeds are resistant to digestive enzymes; thus are unaffected; seeds dropped away from parent in faeces/droppings;

Wind;

Have hairs/wing-like structures/floss/extensions; which increase surface area/for buoyancy; making it easy to be blown away;

Fruits/seeds are light due to small size; therefore easily carried away by wind;

Censor mechanism;perforated/open/split/capsule; usually loosely attached to the stalk/long stalk; is swayed by wind; scattering seeds;

Selfdispersal/Explosive mechanism;

Tension/pressure is created inside a dry pod; pod opens (violently) along lines of weaknesses; the two halves curl outwards; scattering the seeds;

17 a. Distinguish between mutations, mutants and mutagens

Mutations are sudden, spontaneous and permanent changes; in an individual&rsquo;s genetic material;

Mutants are individuals who develop and exhibit unusual characteristics that were not previously present in the population; due to mutations;

Mutagens are factors in the environment;that cause mutations to occur;

 

  1. Give two causes of mutations

Irradiations such as gamma rays and ultra violet rays; chemical substances such as mustard gas and other heavy metals (mercury, lead, asbestos); sudden extreme (high or low) temperatures;

 

 

 

 

  1. Describe the causes and effects of chromosomal mutations

Deletion;

refers to the absence of a portion of a chromosome; it results from breakage and falling off of a portion of a chromosome; leading to loss of a group of genes that may have a disastrous effect on the development of an organism;

Inversion;

refers to reversal of normal sequence of genes in portion of a chromosome; occurs when a middle portion of a chromosome breaks, turns or rotates (inverts) through 180o and joins up again; this does not change the genetic constitution of the organism; but may bring into close proximity genes whose combined effects to an organism produce a beneficial effect to an organism; or cause disadvantages to the organism;

Translocation;

attachment of a portion of a chromosome to a non-homologous chromosome; occurs when a chromosome breaks and the portion joins another non-homologous chromosome; this may lead to serious consequences, even death depending on what genes are missing;

Duplication;

situation where a set of genes is represented twice in a chromosome; a part of a chromatid formed during cell division may replicate further to form an extra piece; which may attach onto the same or another chromatid; resulting to traits controlled by some genes being excessively expressed;

Non-disjunction;

this is failure of a pair of homologous chromosomes to separate during the first stage of meiosis; resulting in one of the daughter cells formed after division of the cell having two of one kind of a chromosome; while the other cell has less or none; diseases or disorders known as syndromes are known to result from this aberration e.g. Down&rsquo;s Syndrome (Mongolism),Turner Syndrome, Klinefelter Syndrome;

 

 

Polyploidy;

this is the presence of more than two sets of chromosomes in a cell; occurs due to a failure of a cell to divide after the first stage of meiosis or after the chromosomes have replicated in mitosis; common in plants than animals; in plants, it causes some improvements such as resistance to drought, certain diseases and pests, improved yields and early maturity;

  1. How is the mammalian eye adapted to its functions?

Sclera/sclerotic layer; white fibrous layer; made up of thick connective tissue; protects the eye; maintains shape of eyeball;

Cornea; transparent; disc-shaped layer; that allows light to enter the eye; refracts light towards the retina;

Conjunctiva; delicate membrane; lining the inside of the eyelid; protects the cornea/eye;

Eyelids and eye lashes; thin muscle with hairs; protects the cornea/eye from mechanical/chemical damage/protects the eye from entry of foreign particles; protects retina from bright light;

Choroid; dark pigmented and membranous layer; that prevents light reflection within the eye/absorbs light; to prevent distortion of the image; has blood vessels; that nourish eye/retina/supply oxygen/remove carbon (IV) oxide and wastes; extends to form the ciliary body and iris;

Ciliary muscles; have elastic muscles that contract and relax; to alter shape/curvature of lens during accommodation;

Ciliary body; thickened front edge of the choroids layer; that produces aqueous humour;

Suspensory ligaments; made up of elastic connective tissue whose contraction and relaxation helps to adjust the shape of lens during accommodation/holds lens in position;

Lens; transparent; biconvex; balloon-like; it refracts light rays/focus light onto the retina;

Vitreous humour; nourishes cornea/lens; refraction of light; maintains eyeball shape;

Iris; thin circular ring; with circular and radial muscles; it gives eye colour/absorbs light; controls the amount of light entering the eye/adjusts size of pupil;

Pupil; an aperture through which light enters the eye;

Retina; has photoreceptor cells/rods/cones for image formation; generates impulses to the brain for interpretation;

Fovea/Yellow spot; with only cones; for high visual acuity/most sensitive part of the retina;

Blind spot; point where nerve fibres emerge from the optic nerve/where optic nerve leaves eye/point where nerve fibres and blood vessels enter the eye;

Optic nerve; transmits impulses to the brain;

Muscles; inferior and superior oblique muscles; move eye from left to right; superior and inferior rectus muscles; move the eye up and down; external and internal rectus muscles steady the eye in its up and down movement;

Tear/Lachrymal glands; secrete a watery and saline fluid containing lysozymes/lytic enzymes/is antiseptic (tears); that moisten the conjunctiva and cornea; washes away dust and other foreign objects; kills microorganisms entering the eye;

  1. Explain how the process of evolution may result to the formation of a new Species.

For a new species to be formed, a population of organisms must become completely isolated or separated from others; over long periods of time so that any new variations that arise will not therefore flow to the other population; there are various isolation mechanisms:

Geographical isolation; this is due to physical barriers such as oceans/seas/deserts;

Ecological isolation; a barrier resulting from the occupation of different types of habitats from the original type; it may be due to isolation for reasons of feeding/predation/breeding; as well as environmental changes such as climate and vegetation; which may result in a population living in different habitats; to become ecologically separated from one another;

Behavioural isolation; alteration of behaviour proceeding mating; which include courtship behaviour/lack of attraction between males and females in different populations; due to production of different chemicals or pheromones or colouration/songs;

Reproduction isolation; a barrier to successful mating between individuals of a population; due to structural differences in reproductive organs; as well as failure in fertilization/incompatibility;

Genetic isolation; even if fertilization takes place; the zygote may be inferior/fails to develop; however if the zygote develops, the offspring may be inferior or infertile/sterile;

 

  1. Discuss the structure and functions of the various muscle tissues found in humans

Smooth/Visceral Muscle; consists of spindle-shaped cells; made up of long filaments or myofibrils; the cells lack cross striations and sarcolemma; they are uninucleate/with one cell; they contract and fatigue slowly; to bring about contraction and relaxation of the walls of blood vessels,

Urino-genital tract and the gut; which aids in blood flow, urine and sperm flow and peristalsis of food respectively;

Skeletal/Striated muscles; made up of long cylindrical cells; with long myofibrils running parallel to each other; the cells have cross striations/stripes; are multinucleated; they form bundles of long fibres attached to bones by tendons; they contract and fatigue rapidly; to bring about movement of bones; (on the body) they contain contractile protein myosin and actin;

Cardiac/Heart muscle; this is the muscle of the heart; is made up of short cylindrical cells; with parallel myofibrils; the ends of each all are thickened into intercalated discs; that connect adjacent cells; the myofibrils have cross striations; each cell is uninucleate; the myofibrils contract without fatigue;

20.Describe the adaptations of the nervous system to its functions

The central nervous system consists of the brain; and the spinal cord; and nerve fibres; that serve the sensory organs ; and the effector organs and glands; the brain is a collection of millions/billions/109 neurones; that form the biggest ganglion;

It is highly convoluted; to provide a large surface area for impulse reception, processing and transmission;

The brain and the spinal cord are protected by the meninges; the brain and the spinal cord have spaces/canals and ventricles; filled with a cerebrospinal fluid; which acts as a bridge/supply medium for oxygen and nutrients; and the removal of metabolic waste;

The brain has centres for the storage; retrieval and processing of impulses; the cerebrum processes and stores information; the cerebellum; sends impulses to joints and muscles; to correct balance; the medulla oblongata sends impulses to the cardiovascular; and breathing/ventilation systems; to regulate them;

The brain has the hypothalamus that secretes a neurosecretion to influence a pituitary gland that secretes hormones; involved in reproduction; and homeostatic functions; the hypothalamus; detects changes in temperature; and osmotic pressure; and sends impulses to relevant effector organs for their regulation; the thalamus; receives majority of the impulses and channels them to the relevant areas of the brain;

Both the brain and the spinal cord have regions of the grey matter; that enable very rapid processing/transmission of impulses;

The nervous system has neurones (relay/intermediate, motor and sensory); that transmit impulses at a very rapid note/speed (100 ms-1) to and from the central nervous system to effect suitable responses;

There exists in the central nervous system an electrochemical gradient/concentration gradient; that allows for the generation of electrical impulses;

They have numerous mitochondria; for generating energy for the function of the sodium pump; which enables polarization and repolarisation; during impulse transmission and refractory/recovery periods;

The spinal cord has no integration/association functions and is therefore suited for reflex actions; needed in emergencies; the spinal cord is long; and connects nerve fibres of the peripheral nerves with the brain for storage of information; the spinal cord has a dorsal root for sensory fibres/neurones; and a ventral root; for motor neurones/fibres;

  1. Describe the defects that affect the mammalian eye and how they could be corrected

Short-sightedness (myopia);

A condition where light rays from a distant object are focused in front of the retina; while those from a near object are clearly focused on the retina; it is caused by an abnormally elongated eyeball; or too much refractive power of the eye lens;

-It is corrected by wearing concave/diverging lenses; which help to diverge light rays; or reduce the refractive power of the eye before they reach the eye lens;

Long-sightedness (Hypermetropia);

light rays from a near object are not focused by the time they reach the retina; or may be focused behind the retina; while the rays from a distant object are sharply focused; the defect is caused by an eyeball that is too short; or a weak lens system (distance between lens and the retina is short);

-Corrected by wearing a convex/converging lens; which refracts light rays before reaching the eye lens;this enhances refraction resulting in rays being sharply focused onto the retina;

Astigmatism;

rays from an object are brought to focus on different planes; due to unequal curvature of the cornea/lens; causing unequal refraction of light entering the eye; this defect is corrected by wearing special cylindrical lens in front of the eye; the lens corrects the focus in the defective planes;

Colour-blindness;

a genetic defect; in which an animal is unable to distinguish between colours particularly within the red-green spectrum; the retina lacks cones; pigments that respond to colour vision;

Squintedness;

an eye defect in which extrinsic muscles of the eye; that controls the turning of the eyeball do not co-ordinate accordingly on stimulation; it affects the paired rectus muscles that move the eyeball up and down; and the lateral rectus muscles that move the eyeball left to right; the eyeballs therefore face different directions;making focusing and accommodation difficult to achieve; corrected by specialized surgery;

Old sight (Presbyopia);

caused by old age; when supplies of nutrients and oxygen to the lens is far much reduced; hence the cells of the lens die; elasticity is reduced; and hence cannot change shape; and becomes fixed into a shape that is not suitable for distant vision; managed by use of reading glasses that have converging lenses; to give the eyes an extra power to manage close work;

Cataracts;

associated with old age; but may also be caused by an eye injury due to a blow; or complications of diabetes mellitus; the eye lens become cloudy; blocking transmission of light rays; protein fibres become denatured; and clump together making the lens opaque; corrected by surgery; to replace the defective lens with a normal one from a donor; or use of artificial lens;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ENGLISH ACTIVITIES SCHEME OF WORK FOR GRADE 3 TERM 3 IN PDF

 

ENGLISHACTIVITIES SCHEME OF WORKFOR GRADE3 TERM 3

 

School Grade Learning Area Term Year
  3 EnglishActivities 3  

 

 

Week Lesson Strand/Theme Sub Strand/Sub

theme

SpecificLearning

Outcomes

KeyInquiry

Question(S)

Learning

Experience

Learning

Resources

Assessment Remarks
1 1 Listening and

Speaking

Pronunciation

and Vocabulary

Bythe end of the

sub strand, the learner should be ableto:

a)Pronounce words withthe consonant blends /gh//rm/

correctlyand accurately.

b) Recognise new words usedin the theme to acquirea

range ofvocabulary. c)Pronounce the

vocabularyrelatedto thetheme correctlyfor effective

communication.

1. Howdo you

pronouncethe word a)Lamp?

1. Learners listento

the vocabularyused in oraland written sentences anduseit in theirown sentences and dialogues.

 

2. Learners pronouncewords withthe consonant blends /nth/and/nd/

Pictureand

word cards withthe consonant blends, word wheelsand computing devicesthat are available.

 

New Progressive Primary English Learners Book/Grade

3 pg.  116-

117

Oral

questions, portfolio, observation

 
  2 Listening and

Speaking

 

TheFestival

Language structure and functions

 

Describing words-size, shape,colour

Bythe end of the sub

strand,thelearner should be ableto:

a)Useadjectives

‘howmany’and ‘what shape’to describe

people, things and

actionsin afestival.

1)Whatthings

can you see outside?

2)What coloursare

they?

1. Learners group

objectsinterms of size,colour, shape

and numbers.

2. Learnerdescribes objectsinthe

classroomusing

size, colourand

Realia,

computers, pictures, photos,flash cards

 

New

Progressive

Oral

questions, portfolio, observation

 

 

 

 

 

        b)Appreciate the use

ofcolour, size, shape and number to describe nouns

  numbers.

3. Learners colour differentshapesof objectsand describe themappropriately, firstin pairsthen individually.

Primary

English Learners Book/Grade

3 pg. 117-

118

   
  3 Reading Comprehension Bythe end of the sub

strand,thelearner should be ableto:

a)Read words with the consonantblends/rm/

/gh/ in preparation to reading.

b)Readandretellthe

story ‘The music festival’ toenhance oralcommunication. c)Answersimple directandindirect questions based ona textofabout200 words.

1. Whatdo you

thinkwill happeninthis

story?

Learnerstalkabout

the picture/title beforetheyreada

shortprintordigital textand make

predictions.

2. Learners practise readingthetext

‘The musicfestival’

and retellthestory, conversation

accordingtotheir

understanding.

3. Learneranswer questions after readinga textby gettingcluesfrom the storyread.

4. Learners talk abouttheirown experiencesin relationto the story.

Newspaper

cuttings of simple stories,

audio-visual narrations, picture books

 

New Progressive Primary English Learners Book/Grade

3 pg. 118-

120

Oral

questions, portfolio, observation

 
2 1 Writing Guided Writing Bythe end of the sub

strand,thelearner should

be able to:

a)Write wordsfroma prompt to

demonstrate mastery

Howdo you

uselightsat home?

1. Learners are

guided onthefive steps ofthe

writingprocess:

planning, drafting, revising

editingand writing

Charts,

pictures and photographs

 

New Progressive Primary

Oral

questions, portfolio, observation

 

 

 

 

 

 

        of

vocabulary/complete sentences,

b) recognisethe

correct

formand meaningof the wordsto beused

in fillingin gaps,

c)re-arrange wordsto make shortphrases

and sentences,

  thefinalpiece

2. Learners fillingin gapscorrectlyand sensibly.

3. Ingroups, learners mime a

situationandlet others write aboutit.

4. Learners write

phrasesin response to a picture prompt appropriately.

5. Learners write

meaningful sentences in pairs fromsimple substitutiontable

English

Learners

Book/Grade

3 pg. 120-

121

   
  2 Listening and

Speaking

 

Playtime and

Sports

Language structure and functions

 

Comparatives and superlatives

(-erand–est)

Bythe end of the sub

strand,the

learnershould be able to:

a)Identify

comparativesand superlativesthatare usedto describe people andthings duringplaytime and sports day.

b) formcomparatives and superlatives

appropriately

basedon the given examples

foreffective

communication;

1. Whatis the

size ofa football?

1. Learners put

objectsinto 3 groups ofdifferent

sizes

2. Learners observe anddescribeobjects

accordingtosize,

usingpositive, comparative and

superlative forms

3. Learners construct sentences using comparativesand superlativesto describe

Computing

devices

 

Balls of different sizes

 

New Progressive Primary English Learners Book/Grade

3 pg. 123-

124

Oral

questions, portfolio, observation

 

 

 

 

 

 

        c)enjoyusing

comparativesand superlativesbiggerand biggest.

         
  3 Reading Comprehension Bythe end of the sub

strand,thelearner should be ableto:

a)Read words with the

consonantblends/ts/

/ps/ inpreparationto reading.

b)Readandretellthe

story‘Playingtime at

school’to enhance oral

communication. c)Answersimple

directandindirect questions based ona

textofabout200 words.

1. Whatdo you

thinkwill happeninthis

story?

Learnerstalkabout

the picture/title beforetheyreada

shortprintordigital

textand make predictions.

2. Learners practise

readingthetext

‘The musicfestival’

and retellthestory, conversation accordingtotheir understanding.

3. Learneranswer questions after

readinga textby

gettingcluesfrom the storyread.

4. Learners talk

abouttheirown experiencesinrelationto the story.

Newspaper

cuttings of simple stories,

audio-visual narrations, picture books

 

New Progressive Primary English Learners Book/Grade

3 pg. 124-

125

Oral

questions, portfolio, observation

 
3 1 Listening and

Speaking

 

Playtime and

Sports

Language

structure and functions

 

Comparatives and superlatives

(-erand–est)

Bythe end of the sub

strand,thelearner should be ableto:

a)Formcomparatives

and superlatives appropriately

basedon the given examples

foreffective

communication;

Which is your

best game?

1. Learners put

objectsinto 3 groups ofdifferent sizes

2. Learners observe and describeobjects

accordingtosize, and length, using positive,

comparative and

Realia,

computers, pictures, photos, flash cards

 

New Progressive Primary English

Oral

questions, portfolio, observation

 

 

 

 

 

 

        b)Enjoyusing

comparativestallerand superlativestallestto describe people,things and places.

  superlative forms

3. Learners construct sentences using comparativesand superlativesto describe objects inside and outside the classroom, in pairs.

Learners

Book/Grade

3 pg. 127-

128

   
  2 Reading Comprehension Bythe end of the sub

strand,thelearner should be ableto:

a)Read words with the consonantblends/lf/

/rf/in preparationto

reading.

b)Readandretellthe

story‘Anexciting sports day’ to enhance oralcommunication.

c)Answersimple directandindirect questions based ona textofabout200 words.

1. Whatdo you

thinkwill happeninthis story?

Learnerstalkabout

the picture/title beforetheyreada shortprintordigital textand make predictions.

2. Learners practise readingthetext ‘An excitingsports day’ and retellthestory, conversation accordingtotheir understanding.

3. Learneranswer questions after readinga textby gettingcluesfrom the storyread.

4. Learners talk abouttheirown experiencesin relationto the story.

Newspaper

cuttings of simple stories,

audio-visual

narrations, picture books

 

New Progressive Primary English Learners Book/Grade

3 pg.129-

131

Oral

questions, portfolio, observation

 
  3 Writing Spelling Bythe end of the sub

strand,thelearner should be ableto:

a)spellandwrite

Howdo you

spellthe word prize?

1. Learners write

shortsentencesin exercise bookor

computeras the

Charts,

posters, multimedia word lists,

Oral

questions, portfolio,

 

 

 

 

 

 

        words correctly

foreffective communication, b)appreciatethe importance of writingwords clearly, legibly and correctlyfor

differentpurposes

  teacherdictates.

2. Learners re- arrangejumbled lettersto

make fourto five- letterwords.

3. Learners playage appropriate spelling

flash cards

 

New Progressive Primary English Learners Book/Grade

3 pg. 131

observation  
4 1 Listening and

Speaking

Pronunciation

and Vocabulary

Bythe end of the

sub strand, the learner should be ableto:

a)Pronounce words

withthe consonant blends /spl/correctly

and accurately.

b)Recognisenew words usedin the theme to acquirea range ofvocabulary. c)Pronounce the vocabularyrelatedto

thetheme correctlyfor effective

communication.

1. Howdo you

pronouncethe word a) splash?

1. Learners listento

the vocabularyused in oraland written

sentences anduseit

in theirown sentences and

dialogues.

 

2. Learners pronouncewords withthe consonant blends /spl/

Pictureand

word cards withthe consonant blends, word wheelsand computing devicesthat are available.

 

New Progressive Primary English Learners Book/Grade

3 pg. 132-

133

Oral

questions, portfolio, observation

 
  2 Listening and

Speaking

 

Diseasesand

Foods we eat

Language structuresand

functions

 

Conjunction

‘and’

Bythe end of the sub

strand,thelearner should

be able to:

a)use conjunction

‘and’ totalkabout

nutritionand diseases.

Whyis it

important to have ahealthy

diet?

1. Ingroups,

learners groupitems and talk

aboutthemusing

the conjunction

‘and’asindividuals.

2. Learners contrast

Realia (food)

, picturesand photos of food,flash cards, video clips with

Oral

questions, portfolio, observation

 

 

 

 

 

 

        b)enjoyusingthe

conjunction‘and’to conveydifferent meanings.

  objectsorpeople in

theclassroom using ‘and’in pairs/small

Groups.

foodtypes.

 

New Progressive Primary English Learners Book/Grade

3 pg.134

   
  3 Reading Comprehension Bythe end of the sub

strand,thelearner should be ableto:

a)Read words with the

consonantblends/spl/

in preparationto reading.

b)Readandretellthe story‘Apainfultooth’ to enhance oral

communication. c)Answersimple

directandindirect questions based ona textofabout200

words.

1. Whatdo you

thinkwill happeninthis

story?

Learnerstalkabout

the picture/title beforetheyreada

shortprintordigital

textand make predictions.

2. Learners practise

readingthetext ‘A painfultooth’and retell the story, conversation accordingtotheir understanding.

3. Learneranswer questions after

readinga textby gettingcluesfrom

the storyread.

4. Learners talk abouttheirown

experiencesin relationto the story.

Newspaper

cuttings of simple stories,

audio-visual narrations, picture books

 

New Progressive Primary English Learners Book/Grade

3 pg. 135-

136

Oral

questions, portfolio, observation

 
5 1 Listening and

Speaking

 

Diseasesand

Language structuresand

functions

Bythe end of the sub

strand,thelearner should

be able to:

Name two

vegetablesthat you know.

1. Ingroups,

learners groupitems and talk

aboutthemusing

Realia (food)

, picturesand photos offood,flash

Oral

questions, portfolio,

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Foods we eat Conjunction

‘But’

a)Useconjunction

‘but’to talkabout nutritionand diseases. b)enjoyusingthe conjunction‘but’to conveydifferent meanings.

c)distinguishthe uses

ofconjunctions

 

‘and’‘but’in sentences,

  the conjunction

‘but’as individuals.

2. Learners contrast objectsorpeople in

theclassroom using ‘but’in pairs/small

Groups.

 

3. Learners singand recitepoems about diseases andfood

we eatusing

conjunctions ‘but’

&‘and’

cards, video

clips with foodtypes.

 

New Progressive Primary English Learners Book/Grade

3 pg. 139-

140

observation  
  2 Reading Word Reading Bythe end of the sub

strand,thelearner should

be able to:

a)read more and longerwords

withoutletter-sound correspondence for effective

communication.

b)Read more and longergradelevel

vocabularywithout

lettersound correspondence in an appropriate text,

c)enjoyreading grade levelvocabularyfor

effective reading.

Howdo you

readthe word

Ambulance?

1. Learners read

words onprintor digital format to get correct pronunciation as the teachermodels.

2. Learners practise readingunfamiliar words using strategies like chunkingand findingroots and parts.

3. Learnersrecognise andread longerwords as modeled bythe teacherin group, pairs and individuallythrough

Newspapers,

word wheels, word slides, flash cards, videos, tablets, multimedia word lists, tablets,

charts.

 

New Progressive Primary English Learners Book/Grade

3 pg. 141-

Oral

questions, portfolio, observation

 

 

 

 

 

            lookand say,

exposure and other word-attackskills.

142    
  3 Writing Guided Writing Bythe end of the sub

strand,thelearner should

be able to:

a)Write wordsfroma prompt to

demonstrate mastery of

vocabulary/complete sentences,

b)Write sentences correctlyandlegibly. c)re-arrange wordsto

make shortphrases and sentences.

Howdo you

uselightsat home?

1. Learners are

guided onthefive steps ofthe

writingprocess:

planning, drafting, revising

editingand writing thefinalpiece

2. Learners fillingin gapscorrectlyand

sensibly.

3. Ingroups, learners mime a

situationandlet others write aboutit.

4. Learners write

phrasesin response to a picture prompt appropriately.

5. Learners write

meaningful sentences in pairs fromsimple substitutiontable

Charts,

pictures and photographs

 

New Progressive Primary English Learners Book/Grade

3 pg. 137 &

143

Oral

questions, portfolio, observation

 
6 1 Listening and

Speaking

Pronunciation

and Vocabulary

Bythe end of the

sub strand, the learnershould be

ableto:

 

a)Recognisenew words usedin

thetheme (s)to

acquirea range

Which ofthese

words have a similar

beginning

sound?

 

Straight, string, stop,strap,sat.

Learnersare guided

to use the

vocabularycorrectly through dramatisation and roleplayin

the classroom,use of realia,pictures,

Pictureand

word cards withthe consonant blends, word wheelsand computing devicesthat

Oral

questions, portfolio, observation

 

 

 

 

 

        ofvocabulary.

 

b)Pronounce words withthe consonant blends /str/correctly.

 

c)Pronounce the vocabulary related tothe theme correctly foreffective communication,

  verbalorsituational

contextsand synonyms

2. Learners listento

the vocabularyused in oraland written sentences anduseit in theirown sentences and dialogues.

 

3. Learners practise pronunciation of the vocabularyand talk aboutactivities related tothetheme usingthenew

words.

are available.

 

New Progressive Primary English Learners Book/Grade

3 pg. 144-

145

   
  2 Listening and

Speaking

 

Diseasesand

Foods we eat

Language structuresand functions

 

Conjunction

‘Because’

Bythe end of the sub

strand,thelearner should

be able to:

a)Useconjunction

‘because’to talkabout nutritionand diseases. b)enjoyusingthe conjunction‘because’ to

conveydifferent meanings.

c)distinguishthe uses

ofconjunctionsin sentences,

Name two

vegetablesthat you know.

1. Ingroups,

learners groupitems and talk

aboutthemusing the conjunction

‘because’as

individuals.

2. Learners explain reasons usingthe

conjunction because

in questionand answerdialogues

3. Learners singand recitepoems about diseases andfood

we eatusing

conjunctions ‘

Realia (food)

, picturesand photos of food,flash cards, video clips with foodtypes.

 

New Progressive Primary English Learners Book/Grade

3 pg.145-146

Oral

questions, portfolio, observation

 

 

 

 

 

 

            4.  Learners

constructsentences usingconjunctions basedon a story, poemor conversation they

have readorlistened to.

     
  3 Reading

 

Diseasesand

Foods we eat

Comprehension Bythe end of the sub

strand,thelearner should be ableto:

a)Read words with the consonantblends/str/

in preparationto reading.

b)Read more and

longerwords

withoutletter-sound correspondence for

effective

communication,

c)Read andretellthe story‘SickChacha’to enhance oral communication.

1. Whatdo you

thinkwill happeninthis

story?

Learnerstalkabout

the picture/title beforetheyreada

shortprintordigital textand make

predictions.

2. Learners practise readingthetext

‘SickChacha’and

retell the story, conversation

accordingtotheir

understanding.

3. Learneranswer questions after readinga textby gettingcluesfrom the storyread.

4. Learners talk abouttheirown

experiencesin relationto the story.

Newspaper

cuttings of simple stories,

audio-visual narrations, picture books

 

New Progressive Primary English Learners Book/Grade

3 pg. 147-

148

Oral

questions, portfolio, observation

 
7 1 Listening and

Speaking

 

Diseasesand

Foods we eat

Language structuresand

functions

 

Conjunctions

‘and’‘but’

Bythe end of the sub

strand,thelearner should

be able to:

a)use conjunctionsto talkaboutnutrition

Which foods

do you eatat home?

Ingroups, learners

group items and talk aboutthemusing

more than one

conjunctionas individuals,

Realia (food)

, picturesand photos of food,flash cards, video clips with

Oral

questions, portfolio, observation

 

 

 

 

 

      ‘because’ and diseases,

b)distinguishtheuses

ofconjunctions

 

‘and’

 

‘but’insentences,

c)enjoyusingthe conjunctions to conveydifferent meaning

  2. Learners contrast

objectsorpeople in theclassroom

using ‘but’in pairs/small

groups

3. Learners explain reasons usingthe

conjunction because

in questionand answerdialogues

4. Learners singand

recitepoems about diseases andfood we eatusing conjunctions

5. Learners constructsentences usingconjunctions basedon a story, poemor conversation they

have readorlistened to.

foodtypes.

 

New Progressive Primary English Learners Book/Grade

3 pg. 151-

152

   
  2 Reading

 

Diseasesand

Foods weeat

Comprehension Bythe end of the sub

strand,thelearner should be ableto:

a)Read words with the

consonantblends/scr/ in preparationto reading.

b)Read more and longerwords

withoutletter-sound correspondence for

1. Whatdo you

thinkwill happeninthis

story?

Learnerstalkabout

the picture/title beforetheyreada

shortprintordigital

textand make predictions.

2. Learners practise

readingthetext

‘The saltandthe cat’andretellthe

story,

Newspaper

cuttings of simple stories,

audio-visual narrations, picture books

 

New

Progressive

Oral

questions, portfolio, observation

 

 

 

 

 

        effective

communication,

c)Read andretellthe

story ‘The saltandthe cat’ toenhanceoral

communication.

  conversation

accordingtotheir understanding.

3. Learneranswer

questions after readinga textby gettingcluesfrom the storyread.

4. Learners talk abouttheirown

experiencesin

relationto the story.

Primary

English Learners Book/Grade

3 pg. 152-

154

   
  3 Writing

 

Diseasesand

Foods we eat

Guided Writing Bythe end of the sub

strand,thelearner should

be able to:

a)Write wordsfroma prompt to

demonstrate mastery of

vocabulary/complete

sentences,

b)Write sentences correctlyandlegibly.

c)re-arrange wordsto

make shortphrases and sentences.

Howdo you

uselightsat home?

1. Learners are

guided onthefive steps ofthe writingprocess:

planning, drafting, revising

editingand writing thefinalpiece

2. Learners fillingin

gapscorrectlyand sensibly.

3. Ingroups, learners mime a

situationandlet others write aboutit.

4. Learners write

phrasesin response to a picture prompt appropriately.

5. Learners write

meaningful sentences in pairs fromsimple

Charts,

pictures and photographs

 

New Progressive Primary English Learners Book/Grade

3 pg.149 &

154 -155

Oral

questions, portfolio, observation

 

 

 

 

 

 

            substitutiontable      
8 ASSESMENT  

 

STANDARD 8 MATHEMATICS SCHEMES OF WORK TERM 1-3

MATHEMATICS SCHEMES OF WORK

STANDARD EIGHT TERM I

References

  1. New progressive primary mathematics teacher’s guide book 8
  2. New progressive primary mathematics pupil’s book 8
  3. Primary mathematics pupil’s book 8
  4. Primary mathematics teacher’s guide book 8
WEEK LESN TOPIC SUB-TOPIC OBJECTIVES TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES LEARNER’S  ACTIVITIES LEARNING/ TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES ASSESSMENT RMK
1 REPORTING AND PREPARATIONS  
2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 NUMBERS  Place value By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify the place value of a given numbers

 

-Grouping

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

-Grouping

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

-Objects like tins, books, cups etc.

-place value chart

PM PB8 Pg1-16

TG 8Pg1-7

NPM PB8 Pg3-14

TG b8Pg2

Written exercise  
2   Total value By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify total value of a given number -Grouping objects

– arranging

-Labelling and matching objects according to common features.

-Grouping objects

– arranging

-Labelling and matching numbers

place value chart PM PB8 Pg1-16

TG 8Pg1-7

NPM PB8 Pg3-14

TG b8Pg2-11

Filling in the table  
3   Reading numbers By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to read and write numbers in words and in symbols — Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-reading

— Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-reading

place value chart PM PB8 Pg1-16

TG 8Pg1-7

NPM PB8 Pg3-14

TG b8Pg2-11

Working out a problem  
4   Writing numbers  By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to  write numbers in words and in symbols — Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-writing

— Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-writing

place value chart+ PM PB8 Pg1-16

TG 8Pg1-7

NPM PB8 Pg3-14

TG b8Pg2-11

Written exercise  
5   Squares of  numbers By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out squares of perfect square numbers

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Rectangles, circles, triangles

of different sizes and

colours

PM PB8 Pg1-16

TG 8Pg1-7

NPM PB8 Pg3-14

TG b8Pg2-11

Written exercise  
6   Square roots of numbers By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout the square root of perfect square numbers

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Rectangles, circles, triangles

of different sizes and

colours

 

PM PB8 Pg1-16

TG 8Pg1-7

NPM PB8 Pg3-14

TG b8Pg2-11

Filling in the table  
7   Square and square root of numbers By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out square numbers and square root of perfect squares

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Objects like  tins, books, bottles, pictures, of different size

 

PM PB8 Pg1-16

TG 8Pg1-7

NPM PB8 Pg3-14

TG b8Pg2-11

Working out a problem  
  Written exercise
3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 Fractions Conversion By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to convert fraction to decimals

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Divide

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Divide

Objects like  tins, books, bottles, pictures, of different size PM PB8 Pg16-30

TG 8Pg7-11

NPMPB8Pg14-22

TG b8Pg8-12

Written exercise  
2   Conversion By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to convert decimal to fraction

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Divide

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Divide

Objects that have smooth or rough texture like wood,

paper, glass, soil, mirror,

leaves, etc.

PM PB8 Pg16-30

TG 8Pg7-11

NPMPB8Pg14-22

TG b8Pg8-12

Filling in the table  
3   Conversion By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to convert fraction to percentage

 

•  Identifying

•  Matching

 • Comparing- Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

•  Identifying

•  Matching

 • Comparing- Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Objects that have smooth or rough texture like wood,

paper, glass, soil, mirror,

Leaves, etc.

PM PB8 Pg16-30

TG 8Pg7-11

NPMPB8Pg14-22

TG b8Pg8-12

Working out a problem  
4   Conversion By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to percentage to fractions

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Chart PM PB8 Pg16-30

TG 8Pg7-11

NPMPB8Pg14-22

TG b8Pg8-12

Written exercise  
5   Conversion By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out squawroot of fraction involving perfect squares – Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Chart PM PB8 Pg16-30

TG 8Pg7-11

NPMPB8Pg14-22

TG b8Pg8-12

Written exercise  
6 Decimals and percentage Conversion of decimal to fraction By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to convert non-recurring decimal to fraction – Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Conversion

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Conversion

place value chart PM PB8 Pg31-52

TG 8Pg11-16

NPM PB8Pg2241

TG b8Pg12-18

Filling in the table  
7   Conversion of decimal to fraction By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to convert fraction to  decimal

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

place value chart M PB8 Pg31-52

TG 8Pg11-16

NPM PB7Pg2241

TG b8Pg12-18

Working out a problem  
 

4

 

1   Conversion of decimal to fraction By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to convert fraction to  decimal – Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

place value chart M PB8 Pg31-52

TG 8Pg11-16

NPM PB8Pg2241

TG b8Pg12-18

Written exercise  
2 Percentages Conversion By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to convert percentage into fraction

 

– Explanation

-Conversion

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-Conversion

-demonstration

-Discussion

Conversion chart

Chalk board layout

M PB8 Pg31-52

TG 8Pg11-16

NPM PB8Pg2241

TG b8Pg12-18

Written exercise  
3   Conversion By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to convert fraction into percentage. – Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Multiplication table M PB8 Pg31-52

TG 8Pg11-16

NPM PB8Pg2241

TG b8Pg12-18

Filling in the table  
1   Conversion By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be convert decimal into percentage

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Multiplication table M PB8 Pg31-52

TG 8Pg11-16

NPM PB8Pg2241

TG b7Pg12-18

Working out a problem  
2   Conversion By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to convert percentage into decimals

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Multiplication table M PB8 Pg31-52

TG 8Pg11-16

NPM PB8Pg2241

TG b8Pg12-18

Written exercise  
3 OPERATION ON WHOLE NUMBER

Note :in jkf is included in first topic

Whole numbers

Addition

By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to add whole numbers by whole numbers correctly

– Explanation

-Addition

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-Addition

-demonstration

-Discussion

Multiplication table M PB8 Pg31-16

TG 8Pg1-7

NPM PB8Pg2-18

TG b8Pg1-8

Written exercise  
4   subtraction By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to subtract whole numbers by whole numbers correctly

– Explanation

-Subtraction

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-Subtraction

-demonstration

-Discussion

Multiplication table M PB8 Pg31-16

TG 8Pg1-7

NPM PB8Pg2-18

TG b8Pg1-8

Filling in the table  
5   Multiplication By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to multiply whole number by whole numbers correctly

 

– Explanation

-Multiplication

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-Multiplication

-demonstration

-Discussion

Multiplication table M PB8 Pg31-16

TG 8Pg1-7

NPM PB8Pg2-18

TG b8Pg1-8

Working out a problem  
6   Division By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to divide whole numbers by up to 3-digit numbers

 

– Explanation

-Division

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-Division

-demonstration

-Discussion

Multiplication table M PB8 Pg31-16

TG 8Pg1-7

NPM PB8Pg2-18

TG b8Pg1-8

Written exercise  
7   Mixed exercise By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to do a revision exercise on the work covered. – Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Multiplication table M PB8 Pg31-16

TG 8Pg1-7

NPM PB8Pg2-18

TG b8Pg1-8

Written exercise  
5 1   Combined operation By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to work out problems involving combined operation in whole numbers

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Multiplication table PM PB8 Pg43

TG 8Pg34

NPM PB8 Pg

TG b7Pg38

Filling in the table  
2   Number sequence By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to recognize and identify  number sequence involving whole numbers

 

– Explanation

-addition

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-addition

-demonstration

-Discussion

Multiplication table M PB8 Pg17-30

TG 8Pg7-11

NPM PB8Pg18-31

TG b8Pg8-17

Working out a problem  
3 Fraction Addition By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to work out addition of fraction by fraction

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Place value table M PB8 Pg17-30

TG 8Pg7-11

NPMPB8Pg18-31

TG b8Pg8-17

Written exercise  
4   Subtraction By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to work out subtraction of fraction by fraction

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Chalkboard layout P M PB8 Pg17-30

TG 8Pg7-11

NPMPB8Pg18-31

TG b8Pg8-17

Written exercise  
5   Multiplication By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to work out multiplication of fraction by fraction

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-Multiplication

-Discussion

– Explanation

-Working out

-Multiplication

-Discussion

Place value table M PB8 Pg17-30

TG 8Pg7-11

NPMPB8Pg18-31

TG b8Pg8-17

Filling in the table  
6   Division By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to work out division of fraction by fraction

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Division

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Division

Chalkboard layout M PB8 Pg17-30

TG 8Pg7-11

NPMPB8Pg18-31

TG b8Pg8-17

Working out a problem  
7   Combined operation By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to work out combined operation involving fraction

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Place value table M PB8 Pg17-30

TG 8Pg7-11

NPMPB8Pg18-31

TG b8Pg8-17

Written exercise  
6 MID TERM EXAMINATIONS    
7 1   Number sequence By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to work out number sequence involving  fraction

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Chalkboard layout M PB8 Pg17-30

TG 8Pg7-11

NPMPB8Pg18-31

TG b8Pg8-17

Filling in the table  
2   Revision By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to do a revision exercise on the work covered. – Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-revision

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-revision

Place value table M PB8 Pg17-30

TG 8Pg7-11

NPMPB8Pg18-31

TG b8Pg8-17

Working out a problem  
3 Decimals Addition By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out addition involving decimal and decimals

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Place value table M PB8 Pg30-52

TG 8Pg11-17

NPMPB8Pg31-49

TG b8Pg817-20

Written exercise  
4   Subtraction By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out subtraction involving decimal and decimals – Explanation

-subtraction

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-subtraction

-demonstration

-Discussion

Chalkboard layout M PB8 Pg30-52

TG 8Pg11-17

NPMPB8Pg31-49

TG b8Pg817-20

Written exercise  
5   Multiplication By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out multiplication involving decimal and decimals – Explanation

-multiplication

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-multiplication

-demonstration

-Discussion

Place value table M PB8 Pg30-52

TG 8Pg11-17

NPMPB8Pg31-49

TG b8Pg817-20

Filling in the table  
6   Division By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out division  involving decimal and decimals – Explanation

-dividing

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-dividing

-demonstration

-Discussion

Chalkboard layout M PB8 Pg30-52

TG 8Pg11-17

NPMPB8Pg31-49

TG b8Pg817-20

Working out a problem  
7     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out combined operation involving decimal – Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Place value table M PB8 Pg30-52

TG 8Pg11-17

NPMPB8Pg31-49

TG b8Pg817-20

Written exercise  

 

 

WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB-TOPIC OBJECTIVES TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES LEANINER’S ACTIVITIES LEARNING/ TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES ASSESSMENT REMARKS
8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 Percentage Percentage increase By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving percentage increase

 

— Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

— Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

-Objects like tins, books, pencils, cups, pictures, etc M PB8 Pg30-52

TG 8Pg11-17

NPMPB8Pg31-49

TG b8Pg817-20

Written exercise  
2   Percentage decrease By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving percentage decrease

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

-percentage chart M PB8 Pg30-52

TG 8Pg11-17

NPMPB8Pg31-49

TG b8Pg817-20

Filling in the table  
3   Sequence in decimal By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving sequence in decimals

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

A CHART M PB8 Pg30-52

TG 8Pg11-17

NPMPB8Pg31-49

TG b8Pg17-20

Working out a problem  
4 GEOMETRY Working out problems

( Cm, mm)

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving units of length (MM,CM) – Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

-measuring

– Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

-measuring

Coloured Manila cards

(squares, triangles,  circles),

books, beads,

M PB8 Pg46-86

TG 8Pg21-36

NPMPB8Pg49-80

TG b8Pg20-40

Written exercise  
5     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving conversion of units of length(dm, Dm) -Identifying Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

measuring

-Identifying Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

measuring

 Manila cards

(squares, triangles,  circles),

books, beads,

M PB8 Pg46-86

TG 8Pg21-36

NPMPB8Pg49-80

TG b8Pg20-40

Written exercise  
6     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving conversion of units of length(Hm, Km) Identifying

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

Identifying

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

Rectangles, circles, triangles

of different sizes and

colours

 

M PB8 Pg46-86

TG 8Pg21-36

NPMPB8Pg49-80

TG b8Pg20-40

Filling in the table  
7   Converting units of  length By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving conversion of units of length(mm, cm, dm, Dm, Drawing

-Discussion

Measurement

-conversion

Drawing

-Discussion

Measurement

-conversion

Geometrical set

Rulers

String

M PB8 Pg46-86

TG 8Pg21-36

NPMPB8Pg49-80

TG b8Pg20-40

Working out a problem  
 

9

                Written exercise  
1     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving conversion of units of length(mm, cm, dm, Dm, Hm, Km, ) Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

measurement

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

measurement

Rectangles, circles, triangles

of different sizes and

colours

M PB8 Pg46-86

TG 8Pg21-36

NPMPB8Pg49-80

TG b8Pg20-40

Written exercise  
2   add By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out addition problems involving length in (mm, cm, dm, Dm, Hm, Km, ) Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

measurement

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

measurement

Geometrical set

Rulers

String

M PB8 Pg46-86

TG 8Pg21-36

NPMPB8Pg49-80

TG b8Pg20-40

Filling in the table  
3   Subtraction By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out subtraction problems involving length in (mm, cm, dm, Dm, Hm, Km, ) Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

measurement

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

measurement

Geometrical set

Rulers

String

M PB8 Pg46-86

TG 8Pg21-36

NPMPB8Pg49-80

TG b8Pg20-40

Working out a problem  
4

 

5

  Division By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out division problems involving length in (mm, cm, dm, Dm, Hm, Km, ) Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

measurement

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

measurement

Geometrical set

Rulers

String

M PB8 Pg46-86

TG 8Pg21-36

NPMPB8Pg49-80

TG b8Pg20-40

Written exercise  
6   Multiplication By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out multiplication  problems involving length in (mm, cm, dm, Dm, Hm, Km, ) Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

measurement

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

measurement

Geometrical set

Rulers

String

M PB8 Pg46-86

TG 8Pg21-36

NPMPB8Pg49-80

TG b8Pg20-40

Written exercise  
7   Perimeter By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving perimeter

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

Objects like  tins, books, bottles, pictures, of different size

 

P M PB8 Pg88-114

TG 8Pg38-41

NPMPB8Pg80-123

TG b8Pg40-43

Filling in the table

Working out a problem

 
 
10 1   Perimeter and circumference By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving circumference  Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

Objects like  tins, books, bottles, pictures, of different size P M PB8 Pg88-114

TG 8Pg38-41

NPMPB8Pg80-123

TG b8Pg40-43

Written exercise  
2     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out perimeter involving quadrilateral

 

-Drawing

-Discussion •  Matching objects according

•  Identifying the texture of an Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

Objects that have smooth or rough texture like wood,

etc.

P M PB8 Pg88-114

TG 8Pg38-41

NPMPB8Pg80-123

TG b8Pg40-43

Written exercise  
3     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving units of length in real life

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

Objects that have smooth

paper, glass, soil, mirror,

Leaves, etc.

P M PB8 Pg88-114

TG 8Pg38-41

NPMPB8Pg80-123

TG b8Pg40-43

Filling in the table  
4   Area By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout the area of a circle  Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

Rectangles, circles, triangles

of different sizes and

colours

P M PB8 Pg88-114

TG 8Pg38-41

NPMPB8Pg80-123

TG b8Pg40-43

Working out a problem  
5     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving area of a circle  using the formulae Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

Rectangles, circles, triangles P M PB8 Pg88-114

TG 8Pg38-41

NPMPB8Pg80-123

TG b8Pg40-43

Written exercise  
6   Trapezium By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to  calculate the area of the of a trapezium Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

of different sizes P M PB8 Pg88-114

TG 8Pg38-41

NPMPB8Pg80-123

TG b8Pg40-43

   
7   Parallelogram By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to calculate the area  of parallelograms Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Rectangles, circles, triangles P M PB8 Pg88-114

TG 8Pg38-41

NPMPB8Pg80-123

TG b8Pg40-43

Written exercise  
11 1   Area of a border By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving area of a border Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

of different sizes P M PB8 Pg88-114

TG 8Pg38-41

NPMPB8Pg80-123

TG b8Pg40-43

Filling in the table  
2   Combined shape By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving area combined shape Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Rectangles, circles, triangles P M PB8 Pg88-114

TG 8Pg38-41

NPMPB8Pg80-123

TG b8Pg40-43

Working out a problem  
3   Surface area of cuboids By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving surface area of cuboids Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

of different sizes P M PB8 Pg88-114

TG 8Pg38-41

NPMPB8Pg80-123

TG b8Pg40-43

Written exercise  
4-7   Surface area of cylinder By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving surface area of cylinders   Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

CYLINDERS P M PB8 Pg88-114

TG 8Pg38-41

NPMPB8Pg80-123

TG b8Pg40-43

Written exercise  
12 FIRST KCPE TRIAL
13 REVISION    
14 EXAMINATIONAND CLOSING THE SCHOOL    

 

 

 

MATHEMATICS SCHEMES OF WORK

STANDARD EIGHT TERMII

YEAR 2014

 

 

 

References

  1. New progressive primary mathematics teacher’s guide book 8
  2. New progressive primary mathematics pupil’s book 8
  3. Primary mathematics pupil’s book 8
  4. Primary mathematics teacher’s guide book 8

 

 

WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB-TOPIC OBJECTIVES TEACHER’S  ACTIVITIES LEANER’S ACTIVITIES LEARNING/ TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES ASSESSMENT EMARKS
1 REPORTING AND PREPARATIONS    
2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 VOLUME CAPACITY AND MASS

 

Volume  

VOLUME OF PRISMS By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify the cross-section are of a regular prism

 

— Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Explanation

 Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

-Objects like tins, books, pencils, cups, pictures, etc P M PB8 Pg114-130

TG 8Pg41-46

NPMPB8Pg123-136

TG b8Pg43-47

Written exercise  
2   Volume of cubes By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving volume of cubes by stacking – Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

-Working out

Explanation

-Answering

-calculating

-measuring ring

-Objects like tins, -books, pencils, -cups, pictures, etc P M PB8 Pg114-130

TG 8Pg41-46

NPMPB8Pg123-136

TG b8Pg43-47

Filling in the table  
3   Volume of cubes and cuboids By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving volume of cuboids – Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Explanation

Measuring

Working out

Coloured Manila cards

(squares, triangles, 

books, beads,

P M PB8 Pg114-130

TG 8Pg41-46

NPMPB8Pg123-136

TG b8Pg43-47

Working out a problem  
4   Cylinder By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out volume of cylinder through pilling coins – Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

-measuring

-Working out Coloured Manila circles

(coins   circles),

books, beads,

P M PB8 Pg114-130

TG 8Pg41-46

NPMPB8Pg123-136

TG b8Pg43-47

Written exercise  
5   Cylinder By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out volume of cylinder using the formulae -Identifying Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

measuring

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

-measuring

circles,

colours

 

P M PB8 Pg114-130

TG 8Pg41-46

NPMPB8Pg123-136

TG b8Pg43-47

Written exercise  
6   Cylinder By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out volume of cylinder using the formulae Identifying

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

-measuring

Coloured Manila circles

(coins   circles),

books, beads,

P M PB8 Pg114-130

TG 8Pg41-46

NPMPB8Pg123-136

TG b8Pg43-47

Filling in the table  
7   Capacity By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving capacity of cubes

 

Drawing

-Discussion

Measurement

-conversion

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

Rectangles, circles, triangles

of different sizes and

P M PB8 Pg114-130

TG 8Pg41-46

NPMPB8Pg123-136

TG b8Pg43-

 

Working out a problem  
1   Capacity of cuboids By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving capacity of cuboids

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

measurement

Identifying sizes of objects.

group objects according to size

  Matching cuboids

Objects like  tins, books, bottles, pictures, of different size

 

P M PB8 Pg114-130

TG 8Pg41-46

NPMPB8Pg123-136

TG b8Pg43-47

Written exercise

Written exercise

 
3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

2   Capacity cylinder By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving capacity of cylinders

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

measurement

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

-measuring

Objects like  tins, books, bottles, pictures, of different size P M PB8 Pg114-130

TG 8Pg41-46

NPMPB8Pg123-136

TG b8Pg43-47

Filling in the table  
3   Capacity and volume By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognize and identify the relationship between capacity and volume

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

measurement

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

-measuring

Objects that have smooth or rough texture like wood, P M PB8 Pg114-130

TG 8Pg41-46

NPMPB8Pg123-136

TG b8Pg43-47

Working out a problem  
4 Mass Mass in

Grams

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving mass in grams

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

measurement

•  Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

-measuring

Objects that have smooth or rough texture like wood,

 

P M PB8 Pg114-130

TG 8Pg41-46

NPMPB8Pg123-136

TG b8Pg43-47

Written exercise  
5   Kilograms  By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving mass in kilograms

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

measurement

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

-measuring

Scale P M PB8 Pg114-130

TG 8Pg41-46

NPMPB8Pg123-136

TG b8Pg43-47

Written exercise  
6   Tonnes  By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving mass in tonnes

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

-measuring

Scale P M PB8 P1130-154

TG 8Pg46-49

NPMPB8Pg136-158

TG b8Pg47-50

Filling in the table  
7 MONEY PROFIT AND LOSS By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving profit

 

  Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

 

  P M PB8 P1130-154

TG 8Pg46-49

NPMPB8Pg136-158

TG b8Pg47-50

Working out a problem  
1     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving loss

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

 

  P M PB8 P1130-154

TG 8Pg46-49

NPMPB8Pg136-158

TG b8Pg47-50

Written exercise  
2   Percentage profit By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving percentage profit

 

•  Identifying the texture of an Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

 

Multiplication table P M PB8 P1130-154

TG 8Pg46-49

NPMPB8Pg136-158

TG b8Pg47-50

Written exercise  
3   Percentage loss By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving percentage loss

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

 

Multiplication table P M PB8 P1130-154

TG 8Pg46-49

NPMPB8Pg136-158

TG b8Pg47-50

Filling in the table  
4   The bill By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving bills in buying and selling

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

 

Multiplication table P M PB8 P1130-154

TG 8Pg46-49

NPMPB8Pg136-158

TG b8Pg47-50

Working out a problem  
5   Discount By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving discounts

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

Multiplication table P M PB8 P1130-154

TG 8Pg46-49

NPMPB8Pg136-158

TG b8Pg47-50

Written exercise  
6-7   Percentage discount By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving percentage discount

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

Multiplication table P M PB8 P1130-154

TG 8Pg46-49

NPMPB8Pg136-158

TG b8Pg47-50

Written exercise  
5 1   Commission By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving commission  Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

Multiplication table P M PB8 P1130-154

TG 8Pg46-49

NPMPB8Pg136-158

TG b8Pg47-50

Filling in the table  
2   Percentage commission By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving percentage commission

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

Multiplication table P M PB8 P1130-154

TG 8Pg46-49

NPMPB8Pg136-158

TG b8Pg47-50

Working out a problem  
3   Simple interest By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving simple interest

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

Multiplication table P M PB8 P1130-154

TG 8Pg46-49

NPMPB8Pg136-158

TG b8Pg47-50

Written exercise  
4   Simple interest By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving simple interest Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

Multiplication table P M PB8 P1130-154

TG 8Pg46-49

NPMPB8Pg136-158

TG b8Pg47-50

Written exercise  
5   Hire purchase By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving hire purchase

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

Multiplication table P M PB8 P1130-154

TG 8Pg46-49

NPMPB8Pg136-158

TG b8Pg47-50

Filling in the table  
6   Hire purchase By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving hire purchase Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

Revision

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

Multiplication table P M PB8 P1130-154

TG 8Pg46-49

NPMPB8Pg136-158

TG b8Pg47-50

Working out a problem  
7   Compound interest By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving compound interest using simple interest per unit time Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

Revision

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

Multiplication table P M PB8 P1130-154

TG 8Pg46-49

NPMPB8Pg136-158

TG b8Pg47-50

Written exercise  
6 1   Compound interest By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving compound interest using simple interest per unit time Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

Revision

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table

 

P M PB8 P1130-154

TG 8Pg46-49

NPMPB8Pg136-158

TG b8Pg47-50

Written exercise  
2 Postal charges Inland postal charges By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving inland postal charges

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

Revision

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table

Postal order

P M PB8 P154-170

TG 8Pg49-56

NPMPB8Pg158-179

TG b8Pg50-61

Filling in the table  
3   International postal charges By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving international postal charges

 

Lead in discussion

Demonstrate

Asking questions

explaining

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table P M PB8 P154-170

TG 8Pg49-56

NPMPB8Pg158-179

TG b8Pg50-61

Working out a problem  
4   International postal charges By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving international postal charges

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

Revision

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table P M PB8 P154-170

TG 8Pg49-56

NPMPB8Pg158-179

TG b8Pg50-61

Written exercise  
5   Money order By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving money order

 

Lead in discussion

Demonstrate

Asking questions

explaining

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table

Money order

P M PB8 P154-170

TG 8Pg49-56

NPMPB8Pg158-179

TG b8Pg50-61

Written exercise  
6   Postal orders By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving postal orders

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

Revision

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table P M PB8 P154-170

TG 8Pg49-56

NPMPB8Pg158-179

TG b8Pg50-61

Filling in the table  
7   Telegram By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to write a telegram

 

Lead in discussion

Demonstrate

Asking questions

explaining

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table P M PB8 P154-170

TG 8Pg49-56

NPMPB8Pg158-179

TG b8Pg50-61

Working out a problem  
7 MID TERM EXAMINATION  
8 1   Telegram By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving telegrams

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

Revision

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table

telegram

P M PB8 P154-170

TG 8Pg49-56

NPMPB8Pg158-179

TG b8Pg50-61

Written exercise  
2 TIME AND SPEED AND TEMPARATURE Distance By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout distance given time and speed

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table P M PB8 P170-185

TG 8Pg56-60

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Filling in the table  
3   Time  By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout time given speed and distance

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

Revision

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table

Travel tables

P M PB8 P170-185

TG 8Pg56-60

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Working out a problem  
4   Speed  By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout speed  given time and distance Lead in discussion

Demonstrate

Asking questions

explaining

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table

Travel tables

clock

P M PB8 P170-185

TG 8Pg56-60

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Written exercise  
5     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving speed, time and distance

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

Revision

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table

Travel tables

P M PB8 P170-185

TG 8Pg56-60

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Written exercise  
6   Conversion 12h-24h system By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving converting units of time

 

Lead in discussion

Demonstrate

Asking questions

explaining

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

conversion

Multiplication table

clock

P M PB8 P170-185

TG 8Pg56-60

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Filling in the table  
      By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving converting units of time

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

Revision

Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

conversion

clock P M PB8 P170-185

TG 8Pg56-60

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Working out a problem  
7 T Average speed  By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving average speed given time and distance

 

Lead in discussion

Demonstrate

Asking questions

explaining

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

conversion

Multiplication table P M PB8 P170-185

TG 8Pg56-60

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Written exercise  
9 1 TEMPERATURE Direct comparison By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to compare temperature using hotter, warmer, colder and same as

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

Revision

Comparing

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table

thermometer

P M PB8 P170-185

TG 8Pg56-60

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Written exercise  
2     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to do a revision exercise on the work covered. Lead in discussion

Demonstrate

Asking questions

explaining

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table P M PB8 P170-185

TG 8Pg56-60

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Filling in the table  
3   Degree Celsius (oC) By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognise and identify degree Celsius as a unit of measuring temperature

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

Revision

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table

Thermometer

P M PB8 P170-185

TG 8Pg56-60

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Working out a problem  
4   Degree Celsius (oC) By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognise and identify degree Celsius as a unit of measuring temperature

 

Lead in discussion

Demonstrate

Asking questions

explaining

Explanation

-Working out

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table

Wood cutting

P M PB8 P170-185

TG 8Pg56-60

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Written exercise  
5   Degree Celsius (oC) By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognise and identify degree Celsius as a unit of measuring temperature

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

Revision

Explanation

-Working out

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table P P M PB8 P170-185

TG 8Pg56-60

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Written exercise

 

 
6   Degree Celsius (oC) By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognise and identify degree Celsius as a unit of measuring temperature

 

Lead in discussion

Demonstrate

Asking questions

explaining

Explanation

-Working out

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table

Drawing on a chart

P M PB8 P170-185

TG 8Pg56-60

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Filling in the table  
7   Degree Celsius (oC) By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognise and identify degree Celsius as a unit of measuring temperature

 

  Explanation

-Working out

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table P M PB8 P170-185

TG 8Pg56-60

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Working out a problem  
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB-TOPIC OBJECTIVES TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES LEARNING/ TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES ASSESMENT REMARKS  
10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

1 GEOMETRY

Come after algebra in jkf

Construction of triangle By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to construct  an isosceles triangle using a ruler and a pair of compasses – Explanation

-Working out

-Construction

-Discussion

Demonstration

– Explanation

-Working out

-Construction

-Discussion

Demonstration

-Objects like tins, books, pencils, cups, pictures, etc P M PB8 P46-68

TG 8Pg23-46

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Written exercise    
2   Construction of triangle By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to construct  a equilateral triangle using a ruler and a pair of compasses Explanation

-Working out

-Construction

-Discussion

Demonstration

Explanation

-Working out

-Construction

-Discussion

Demonstration

-Objects like tins, -books, pencils, -cups, pictures, etc P M PB8 P46-68

TG 8Pg23-46

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Filling in the table    
3   Circumscribe By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to construct  a circles passing through vertices using a ruler and a pair of compasses — Explanation

-Working out

-Construction

-Discussion

Demonstration

— Explanation

-Working out

-Construction

-Discussion

Demonstration

Coloured Manila cards

(squares, triangles,  circles),

books, beads,

P M PB8 P46-68

TG 8Pg23-46

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Working out a problem    
4   Perpendicular By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to construct  a perpendicular from a point given a line — Explanation

-Working out

-Construction

-Discussion

Demonstration

— Explanation

-Working out

-Construction

-Discussion

Demonstration

Geometrical set P M PB8 P46-68

TG 8Pg23-46

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Written exercise    
5   Inscribing By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to construct  a circles touching the three sides of a triangle — Explanation

-Working out

-Construction

-Discussion

— Explanation

-Working out

-Construction

-Discussion

Geometrical set P M PB8 P46-68

TG 8Pg23-46

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Written exercise    
6   Pythagorean relationship By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognise and identify Pythagorean relation ship – Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-Discussion

Demonstration

– Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-Discussion

Demonstration

Coloured Manila cards

 

String pegs

P M PB8 P46-68

TG 8Pg23-46

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Filling in the table    
7     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognise and identify Pythagorean relation ship – Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-Discussion

Demonstration

– Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-Discussion

Demonstration

Rectangles, circles, triangles

of different sizes and

colours

 

P M PB8 P46-68

TG 8Pg23-46

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Working out a problem    
1   Parallelograms By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to construct  a parallelogram using a ruler and a pair of compasses Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

Revision

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

Revision

Geometrical set P M PB8 P46-68

TG 8Pg23-46

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Written exercise    
2   Rhombuses By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to construct  a rhombuses using a ruler and a pair of compasses Lead in discussion

Demonstrate

Asking questions

explaining

Lead in discussion

Demonstrate

Asking questions

explaining

Geo metrical set P M PB8 P46-68

TG 8Pg23-46

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Filling in the table    
3     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving parallelogram, rhombuses and trapezium Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

Revision

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

Revision

Geometrical set P M PB8 P46-68

TG 8Pg23-46

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Working out a problem    
4   l By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to revise the topic geometry and answer revision question

 

Identifying shapes of objects

Matching objects according to

shapes

Identifying shapes of objects

Matching objects according to

shape

Rectangles, circles, triangles

of different sizes and

colours

P M PB8 P46-68

TG 8Pg23-46

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Written exercise    
5 ALGEBRA

Note in jkf

It comes  after decimal

Forming By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to form a simple algebraic equation

 

Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

A chart  P M PB8 P53-63

TG 8Pg18-20

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Written exercise    
6     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to form a simple algebraic equation

 

Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

  P M PB8 P53-63

TG 8Pg18-20

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Filling in the table    
7   Simplifying  By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to simplify an algebraic equation Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

  P M PB8 P53-63

TG 8Pg18-20

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Working out a problem    
12 REVISION        
13 EXAMINATION        
14 MARKNG AND CLOSING THE SCHOOL        
 

 

 

 

MATHEMATICS SCHEMES OF WORK

STANDARD EIGHT TERM III

YEAR 2014

 

References

 

  1. New progressive primary mathematics teacher’s guide book 8
  2. New progressive primary mathematics pupil’s book 8
  • Primary mathematics pupil’s book 8
  1. Primary mathematics teacher’s guide book 8

 

WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB-TOPIC OBJECTIVES TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES LEARNER’S  ACTIVITIES LEARNING/ TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES ASSESSMENT REMARKS
1 REPORTING AND PREPARATION    
2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 Algebra   Form and Simplifying  By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to form and simplify an algebraic equation – Explanation

-Working out

-Construction

-Discussion

Demonstration

-Grouping like terms

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

-Objects like tins, books, pencils, cups, pictures, etc P M PB8 P53-63

TG 8Pg18-20

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Written exercise  
2   Substitution By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out the value of algebraic equation through substitution Explanation

-Working out

-Construction

-Discussion

Demonstration

-Grouping objects

– arranging

– Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

-Objects like tins, -books, pencils, -cups, pictures, etc P M PB8 P53-63

TG 8Pg18-20

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Filling in the table  
3   Substitution By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out the value of algebraic equation through substitution — Explanation

-Working out

-Construction

-Discussion

Demonstration

– Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

Coloured Manila cards

(squares, triangles,  circles),

books, beads,

P M PB8 P53-63

TG 8Pg18-20

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Working out a problem  
4   Solving By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to form and solve  algebraic expression with one unknown — Explanation

-Working out

-Construction

-Discussion

Demonstration

Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

Coloured Manila cards

(squares, triangles,  circles),

books, beads,

P M PB8 P53-63

TG 8Pg18-20

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Written exercise  
5     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to form and solve  algebraic expression with one unknown — Explanation

-Working out

-Construction

-Discussion

Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

Rectangles, circles, triangles

of different sizes and

P M PB8 P53-63

TG 8Pg18-20

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Written exercise  
6   Simplifying in equalities By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to simplify inequality with one unknown 

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-Discussion

Demonstration

Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

Rectangles, circles, triangles

of different sizes and

colours

P M PB8 P53-63

TG 8Pg18-20

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Filling in the table  
7     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to simplify inequality with one unknown 

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-Discussion

Demonstration

Explanation

Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

Objects like  tins, books, bottles, pictures, of different size

 

P M PB8 P53-63

TG 8Pg18-20

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Working out a problem  
 
3 1 AVERAGES TABLES AND GRAPHS Median  By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognize and identify median Lead in discussion

Demonstrate

Asking questions

explaining

Identifying linear scale

Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing graph

Objects like  tins, books, bottles, pictures, of different size P M PB8 P118-232

TG 8Pg68-76

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Written exercise  
2   Mean By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out a problem involving the mean Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

Revision

Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

 

Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

 

P M PB8 P118-232

TG 8Pg68-76

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Filling in the table  
3   The mode By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out a problem involving the mode Identifying shapes of objects

Matching objects according to

shapes

 

Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

Calculating the mode

 

Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

 

P M PB8 P118-232

TG 8Pg68-76

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Working out a problem  
4   Median By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out a problem involving the median Rectangles, circles, triangles

of different sizes and

colours

Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

 

Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

 

P M PB8 P118-232

TG 8Pg68-76

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Written exercise  
5   Drawing graph from given data By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to determine the appropriate scale for the graphs Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing graph

Objects that have smooth or rough texture like wood,

 

P M PB8 P118-232

TG 8Pg68-76

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Written exercise  
6   Interpreting tables By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to read and interpret tables in real life situation

 

Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

•  Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing graph

Objects that have smooth or rough texture like wood,

 

P M PB8 P118-232

TG 8Pg68-76

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Filling in the table  
7     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to read and interpret tables in real life situation

 

Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing graph

Chart P M PB8 P118-232

TG 8Pg68-76

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Working out a problem  
1   Bar graph By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to read and interpret data on a bar graph  Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing graph

Explanation

-drawing

Representing data

Chart P M PB8 P118-232

TG 8Pg68-76

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Written exercise  
2     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to interpreting data on  a graph  Explanation

-drawing

Representing data

-Discussion

-interpreting data

-drawing

Chart P M PB8 P118-232

TG 8Pg68-76

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Written exercise  
3   Pie chart By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to reading and represent data on a pie chart -Discussion

-interpreting data

-drawing

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing pie chart

Chart P M PB8 P118-232

TG 8Pg68-76

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Filling in the table  
4 4     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to interpret data on a pie chart   Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing graph

-Conversion

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing pie chart

Chart P M PB8 P118-232

TG 8Pg68-76

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Working out a problem  
5   Travel graph By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to read and interpret data on  a travel graph   Explanation

-drawing

Representing data

Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing graph

Chart P M PB8 P118-232

TG 8Pg68-76

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Written exercise  
6     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to

 Present  data on a travel graph  

Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing graph

– Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing graph

Chart P M PB8 P118-232

TG 8Pg68-76

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Written exercise  
7   Line graph By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to read and interpret data on  a line graph   Explanation

-drawing

Representing data

– Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing graph

Chart P M PB8 P118-232

TG 8Pg68-76

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Filling in the table  
1     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to

 Present  data on a line graph  

-Discussion

-interpreting data

-drawing

-Explanation

-demonstration

-Discussion

-Working out

 

Chart P M PB8 P118-232

TG 8Pg68-76

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Working out a problem  
5 2     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving arithmetic mean and mode in real life situation Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing graph

Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

-Observation

Chart P M PB8 P118-232

TG 8Pg68-76

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Written exercise  
3 Scale drawing Read and interpret diagrams drawn to scale By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to read and write scale

 

Explanation

-drawing

Representing data

-Explanation

-Discussion

-drawing

-Working out

-Conversion

Chart P M PB8 P186-193

TG 8Pg60-62

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Written exercise  
4   Conversion By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to convert linier scale from statement to ratio form

 

-Discussion

-interpreting data

-drawing

Explanation

-Discussion

-Demonstration

-Working out

-Conversion

Chart P M PB8 P186-193

TG 8Pg60-62

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Filling in the table  
5     By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to convert linier scale from ratio form to statement

 

Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing graph

-Explanation

-Discussion

-Demonstration

-Working out

-Conversion

Chart P M PB8 P186-193

TG 8Pg60-62

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Working out a problem  
6     By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to convert linier scale from statement to ratio form and vice versa

 

Explanation

-drawing

Representing data

Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

Chart P M PB8 P186-193

TG 8Pg60-62

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

Written exercise  
7   Making scale drawing By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to make a scale drawing

 

-Discussion

-interpreting data

-drawing

-Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

Chart PM PB7 Pg162

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg142

TG b7Pg

Written exercise  
      . By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to work out problems involving scale drawing

 

Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing graph

Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

-Observation

Chart PM PB7 Pg143

TG 7Pg97

NPM PB7 Pg143

TG b7Pg95

Filling in the table  
6 MID TERM EXAMINATIONS  
7 1   Mixed exercise By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to do a revision exercise on the work covered Explanation

-drawing

Representing data

Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-answering

Chart PM PB7 Pg162

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg162

TG b7Pg97

Written exercise  
2 Ratio and proportion Ratio as a fraction By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to recognize and identify  ratio as a fraction

 

-Discussion

-interpreting data

-drawing

Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

Chart PM PB7 Pg163

TG 7Pg98

NPM PB7 Pg161

TG b7Pg99

Written exercise  
3 Fraction Ratio sharing By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to interpret and use ratio on sharing 

 

Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing graph

-Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

Chart PM PB7 Pg163

TG 7Pg103

NPM PB7 Pg161

TG b7Pg99

Filling in the table  
4     By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to interpret and use ratio on sharing 

 

Explanation

-drawing

Representing data

Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

Chart PM PB7 Pg164

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg162

TG b7Pg100

Working out a problem  
5     By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to work out problems involving ratio using unitary method

 

-Discussion

-interpreting data

-drawing

-Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

Chart PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg163

TG b7Pg102

Written exercise  
6   Ratio increase By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to interpret and use ratio in increase

 

Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing graph

Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

Chart PM PB7 Pg163

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg162

TG b7Pg

Written exercise  
7     By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to interpret and use ratio in increase

 

Explanation

-drawing

Representing data

-Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

Chart PM PB7 Pg164

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 161Pg102

TG b7Pg

Filling in the table  
8 1   Ratio decrease By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to interpret and use ratio in decrease

 

-Discussion

-interpreting data

-drawing

Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

Chart PM PB7 Pg163

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg163

TG b7Pg103

Working out a problem  
2     By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to interpret and use ratio in decrease

 

Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing graph

-Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

Chart PM PB7 Pg164

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg162

TG b7Pg

Written exercise  
3     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to do a revision exercise on the work covered. Explanation

-drawing

Representing data

Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

Chart PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg163

TG b7Pg104

Written exercise  
4   Direct proportion By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognize and identify simple direct proportion Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing graph

-Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

Chart PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg164

TG b7Pg103

Filling in the table  
5     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving simple direct proportion Explanation

-drawing

Representing data

Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

Chart PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg165

TG b7Pg

   
6   Indirect proportion By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognize and identify indirect  proportion -Discussion

-interpreting data

-drawing

-Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

Chart PM PB7 168Pg162

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg106

TG b7Pg105

Written exercise  
7     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving simple indirect proportion Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing graph

-Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

Chart PM PB7 Pg160

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 160Pg169

TG b7Pg106

Filling in the table  
 

 

WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB-TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEANING/ TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEANING/ TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/ TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES  
9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1   MODEL MAKING AND GEOMETRICAL PATTERND By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognize and identify triangular based pyramid  Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-drawing

Measuring

Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-drawing

Measuring

Geometrical set

String

Pair of scissors

P M PB8 P233-247

TG 8Pg77-79

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

 
2     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognize and identify triangular based pyramid  -Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-drawing

Measuring

-Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-drawing

Measuring

Geometrical set P M PB8 P233-247

TG 8Pg77-79

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

 
3     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognize and identify triangular based prism Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-drawing

Measuring

Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-drawing

Measuring

String P M PB8 P233-247

TG 8Pg77-79

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

 
4     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognize and identify square based pyramid  Explanation

-Working out

-drawing

Measuring

Explanation

-Discussion

-drawing

Measuring

Pair of scissors P M PB8 P233-247

TG 8Pg77-79

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

 
5     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognize and identify square based prism  Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-drawing

Measuring

Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-drawing

Measuring

Geometrical set P M PB8 P233-247

TG 8Pg77-79

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

 
6-

7

    . By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to make nets  of square based pyramid  Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-drawing

Measuring

Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-drawing

Measuring

Geometrical set

String

Pair of scissors

P M PB8 P233-247

TG 8Pg77-79

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

 
11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to make nets  of square based prism Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-drawing

Measuring

Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-drawing

Measuring

Geometrical set P M PB8 P233-247

TG 8Pg77-79

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

 
2     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to make nets  of triangular based pyramid  Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-drawing

Measuring

Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-drawing

Measuring

String P M PB8 P233-247

TG 8Pg77-79

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

 
3     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to make nets  of triangular based prism Explanation

-Discussion

-drawing

Measuring

Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

Measuring

Pair of scissors P M PB8 P233-247

TG 8Pg77-79

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

 
4   Geometrical patterns By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to make geometrical patterns   Explanation

-Working out

-drawing

Measuring

Explanation

-Discussion

-drawing

Measuring

Geometrical set P M PB8 P233-247

TG 8Pg77-79

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

 
5     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to do a revision exercise on the work covered. -Working out

-drawing

Measuring

Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

 

String P M PB8 P233-247

TG 8Pg77-79

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

 
6-7     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to do a revision exercise on the work covered. Explanation

-Working out

-drawing

Measuring

Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-drawing

Geometrical set

String

Pair of scissors

P M PB8 P233-247

TG 8Pg77-79

NPMPB8Pg179-188

TG b8Pg6165

 
12 REVISION  
13 EXAMINATION AND CLOSING THESCHOOL  

 

Grade 9 Rationalized Term 2 CBC Schemes of Work

Download Grade 9 Rationalized Term 2 CBC Schemes of Work at no cost:

GRADE_9_TERM_2_CRE_SCHEMES 
GRADE 9 RATIONALIZED INTEGRATED SCIENCE SCHEMES OF WORK-TERM 2_
G9-rationalized-mathematics-schemes-of-work-term-2–klb-top-scholar 
G9-rationalized-kiswahili-schemes-of-work-term-2-klb-top-scholar 
G9-rationalized-creative-arts-and-sports-schemes-of-work-term-2 
grade9-rationalized-english-schemes-of-work-term-2-skills-in-english 
grade-9-rationalized-pre-technical-schemes-of-work-term-2 
GRADE 9 TERM 2 AGRICULTURE SCHEMES.docx
GRADE 9 TERM 2 SOCIAL STUDIES SCHEMES mtp.docx

Free Grade 8 CBC Notes and Schemes of Work

Free Grade 8 CBC Notes and Schemes of Work

In need of updated Grade Eight Competency Based Curriculum, CBC, Notes and exams? You are at the right place. Download unlimited Grade 8 CBC Notes, Examinations and Schemes of work at no cost.

GRADE 8 TERM 2 MENTOR CRE SCHEMES OF WORK (3).pdf
GRADE 8 TERM 2 MTP SOCIAL STUDIES SCHEMES OF WORK (3).pdf
GRADE 8 TERM 2 MTP SOCIAL STUDIES SCHEMES OF WORK (4).pdf
GRADE 8 TERM 2 RATIONALIZED ENGLISH SCHEMES OF WORK (3).pdf
GRADE 8 TERM 2 AGRI NUTRITION SCHEMES OF WORK (3).pdf
GRADE 8 TERM 2 AGRI NUTRITION SCHEMES.doc
GRADE 8 TERM 2 CRE SCHEMES.doc
GRADE 8 TERM 2 CREATIVE ARTS SCHEMES-1 (2).pdf

Grade-8-integrated-science-notes-term-1.pdf
Grade-8-mtp-Agriculture-and-Nutrition-Schemes-of-work-Term-2 (3).pdf

GRADE 8 CURRICULUM DESIGNS- BUSINESS STUDIES (2).pdf
GRADE 8 CURRICULUM DESIGNS- ENGLISH (2).pdf
GRADE 8 CURRICULUM DESIGNS- HOME SCIENCE (2).pdf
GRADE 8 CURRICULUM DESIGNS- INTEGRATED SCIENCE-1.pdf
GRADE 8 CURRICULUM DESIGNS- KISWAHILI (2).pdf
GRADE 8 CURRICULUM DESIGNS- KISWAHILI-2.pdf
GRADE 8 CURRICULUM DESIGNS- LIFE SKILLS (2).pdf

GRADE_7_TERM_2_RATIONALIZED_PRETECHNICAL_SCHEMES_OF_WORK_2024 (3).pdf
GRADE_8_TERM_2_MENTOR_INTEGRATED_SCIENCE_SCHEMES_OF_WORK (3).pdf
GRADE_8_TERM_2_RATIONALIZED_PRE_TECHNICAL_STUDIES_SCHEMES_OF (3).pdf
GRADE-7-TERM-2-ENGLISH-SCHEMES (1).docx

CRE-GRADE-8-Design.pdf

G8 CREATIVE ARTS & SPORTS (2).pdf
G8 CREATIVE ARTS & SPORTS-2 (2).pdf
G8 CREATIVE ARTS & SPORTS-2.pdf
G8 CREATIVE ARTS & SPORTS.pdf
G8 pretechnical NOTES-1 (2).pdf
G8 pretechnical NOTES-1.pdf
G8 SOCIAL STUDIES (2).pdf